Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Reg 2014-06-02 COMPLETE AGENDA PACKET
REGULAR MEETING Jim Haggerton, Joe Duffie Dennis Robertson David Cline,Allan EkbergVerna Seal De’Sean Quinn,Kathy HougardyKate Kruller Monday, June 2, 2014; 7:00 Ord #2440 Res #1827 PM 1.CALL TO ORDER / PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE / ROLL CALL 2.SPECIAL a.Recognition of “Tukwila, City of Opportunity” scholarship recipients PRESENTATIONS Tulasa Ghimirey and Lea Buenavista. b.2014 mid-year priorities update and priorities for 2015-2016. c.2013 financial update. Pg.1 3.CITIZENAt this time, you are invited to commenton items on this agenda COMMENT To comment on an item on this agenda, please save your comments until the issue is presented for discussion. 4.CONSENTa.Approval of Minutes: 5/19/14 AGENDA b.Approval of Vouchers. c.Authorize the Mayor to sign Community Connectivity Consortium Pg.41 Project Agreement #64 for the design and installation of a 288-strand fiber optic cabling system for consortium member use and installation of a 72-strand fiber optic backbone cable for Tukwila. d.A resolution adopting the 2013 Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan Pg.61 and providing for sanitary sewer service policies for theCity, and repealing Resolution Nos. 904, 1263 and 1605. e.A resolution authorizing investment of City of Tukwila monies in the Pg.69 Local Government Investment Pool and repealing Resolution No. 1013. f.A resolution increasing the Finance Department change fund level and Pg.91 decreasing the Finance Department petty cash fund level, repealing Resolution No. 1824. g.Authorize the Mayor to sign a consultant agreement with KPG, Inc. for Pg.99 design of the 42nd Avenue South/Allentown Roadside Barrier Project in the amount of $95,927.49. REGULAR MEETING Monday, June 2, 2014 Page 2 4.CONSENTh.Interurban Avenue South (South 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way) Pg.123 Project: AGENDA (1)Authorize the Mayor to sign a contract with Anchor QEA, LLC, for Pg.131 construction management in the amount of $1,078,720.00. (2)Authorize the Mayor to sign Supplement No. 2 to contract Pg.169 #13-028 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $357,973.00. i.A resolution declaring an emergency in response to damages to public Pg.179 property due to a landslide above Klickitat Drive. j.Authorize the Mayor to sign Supplement No. 1 to contract #13-193 Pg.191 with KPG, Inc. for construction management services for the 2014 Annual Overlay and Repair Program in the amount of $168,729.49. 5.BID AWARDAward a bid to James W. Fowler Co. for the East Marginal Way South Pg.211 Storm Pipe Replacement Project in the amount of $2,058,782.32 and authorize the Mayor to sign the contract. 6.UNFINISHED a.Authorize the Mayor to sign three labor agreements with Teamsters Pg.213 BUSINESSLocal #763 for the period of January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2016 for the Administrative/Technical, Maintenance/Trades, and Professional/Supervisory units. b.Tukwila South:Pg.215 (1)An ordinance relating to development agreements authorized Pg.217 pursuant to Chapter 18.86 of the Tukwila Municipal Code; approving and authorizing the third amendment to the Tukwila South Development Agreement with Segale Properties, LLC, a Washington limited liability company. (2)Authorize the Mayor to sign a Fire Facilities Agreement by and Pg.225 between the City ofTukwila and Segale Properties, LLC. Pg.237 c.An ordinance establishing sewer connection fees for the preliminary plat of Tukwila South and property fronting on Orillia Road, to be codified at Chapter 14.19 of the Tukwila Municipal Code. REGULAR MEETING Monday, June 2, 2014 Page 3 6.UNFINISHED d.Southcenter Subarea Plan legislation:Pg.245 BUSINESS (1)An ordinance amendingvarious ordinances as codified in Pg.249 Tukwila Municipal Code Title 18, “Zoning,” to incorporate changes relating to the Tukwila Urban Center Districts. (2)An ordinance repealing various ordinances as codified in Tukwila Pg.259 Municipal Code Chapter 18.28, reenacting Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28 to implement the goals and policies of the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan and Southcenter Subarea Plan. (3)A resolution adopting the Southcenter Design Manual. Pg.339 Pg.397 (4)A resolution adopting the Southcenter Subarea Plan. 7.NEW BUSINESS 8.REPORTSa.Mayor b.City Council c.Staff -City Administrator Reportand 2014 Mid-Year UpdatePg.469 d.City Attorney e.Intergovernmental 9.MISCELLANEOUS 10.EXECUTIVE SESSION 11.ADJOURNMENT Tukwila City Hall is wheelchair accessible. Reasonable accommodations are available at public hearings with advance notice to the City Clerk's Office (206-433-1800or TukwilaCityClerk@TukwilaWA.gov). This notice is available at www.tukwilawa.gov, and in alternateformats with advance notice for those with disabilities. Tukwila Council meetings are audio/videotaped. HOW TO TESTIFY If you would like to address the Council, please go to the podium and state your name and address clearly for the record. Please observe the basic rules of courtesy when speaking and limit your comments to five minutes. The Council appreciates hearing from citizens but may not be able to take immediate action on comments received until they are referred to a Committee or discussed under New Business. COUNCIL MEETINGS No Council meetings are scheduled on the 5th Monday of the month unless prior public notification is given. Regular Meetings - The Mayor, elected by the people to a four -year term, presides at all Regular Council Meetings held on the 1st and 3rd Mondays of each month at 7:00 p.m. Official Council action in the form of formal motions, adopting of resolutions and passing of ordinances can only be taken at Regular Council meetings. Committee of the Whole Meetings - Council members are elected for a four -year term. The Council President is elected by the Council members to preside at all Committee of the Whole meetings for a one -year term. Committee of the Whole meetings are held the 2nd and 4th Mondays at 7:00 p.m. Issues discussed are forwarded to the Regular Council meeting for official action. GENERAL INFORMATION At each Council meeting citizens are given the opportunity to address the Council on items that are not included on the agenda during CITIZENS COMMENTS. Please limit your comments to 5 minutes. Special Meetings may be called at any time with proper public notice. Procedures followed are the same as those used in Regular Council meetings. Executive Sessions may be called to inform the Council of pending legal action, financial, or personnel matters. PUBLIC HEARINGS Public Hearings are required by law before the Council can take action on matters affecting the public interest such as land -use laws, annexations, rezone requests, public safety issues, etc. Section 2.04.150 of the Tukwila Municipal Code states the following guidelines for Public Hearings: 1. The proponent shall speak first and is allowed 15 minutes for a presentation. 2. The opponent is then allowed 15 minutes to make a presentation. 3. Each side is then allowed 5 minutes for rebuttal. 4. Citizens who wish to address the Council may speak for 5 minutes each. No one may speak a second time until everyone wishing to speak has spoken. 5. After each speaker has spoken, the Council may question the speaker. Each speaker can respond to the question, but may not engage in further debate at this time. 6. After the Public Hearing is closed and during the Council meeting, the Council may choose to discuss the issue among themselves, or defer the discussion to a future Council meeting, without further public testimony. Council action may only be taken during Regular or Special Meetings. Pr �.w D�DDyyyU 19� 8 ��rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr SL IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII The City experienced a year of financial restoration. An additional $6M was added to City -wide funds bringing the balances closer to pre- recession levels. The main drivers for these positive fi- nancial results were: • The Local Improvement District #33 assessment process was completed resulting in a net $8.5M reimbursement to the City for costs incurred in connection with the Klickitat Urban Access project. • Construction activity increased generating $1.2M in new construction sales tax, a $200K or 20% increase over the prior year. Permit and other fees also increased as a result. • A general improvement in the economy stimulated retail sales producing a $645K or 5% increase in retail sales tax in addition to the new construction sales tax increase. General fund ongoing revenues came in at 102% of budget yielding an additional $1.1M; depart- mental expenditures were 98% of budget producing $764K of savings. The City used this oppor- tunity to fund postponed transfers to other governmental funds and to restore reserves. The General Fund added $3.5M to its balance and the Contingency fund added $4.3M. Additionally, the $2.6M balance of golf course bonds were paid off; $1.4M was invested in two new fire engines and the fire apparatus was added to the Equipment Rental and Replacement fund to ensure adequate replace- ment funding. Structural balance continues to be monitored. In 2013, general fund ongoing reve- nues of $52M less departmental expenses of $47M and debt service funding of $3M left $2M for capital projects and other initiatives. This margin will be considered in the forthcoming budgeting and resource allocation decisions. The utility funds performed well with the Water and Sewer funds increasing by $460K and $1.4M respectively yielding ending fund balances of $6.5M and $3.5M. The Surface Water fund experi- enced a slight decline of $96K bringing its fund balance to $2.2M. The Golf Course Fund met reve- nue projections and expenditures came in at 96% of budget increasing fund balance to $610K. The Equipment Rental and Replacement fund and the Self- Insured Healthcare Fund for Active Em- ployees met budget expectations resulting in fund balances of $4.2M and $4.5M respectively. The Self- Insured Healthcare Fund for Retirees experienced higher claim costs than projected, 61% more than budget, reducing ending fund balance to 82% of budget. Claims for 2014 will be closely mon- itored. 2014 Outlook. The economy continues to strengthen; City challenges, however, remain. Sales tax for the first months of the year has softened slightly and construction activity has slowed compared with 2013. Fire department overtime continues to exceed budget; easing is expected in September when the firefighter hired into the new pipeline position is trained up and available for active duty. With the high claim experience in 2013, consideration will be given to the appropriate funding level of the retiree healthcare plan. 2014 also brings continued emphasis on Tukwila International Boule- vard with plans to purchase the seized motels and ground breaking for Tukwila Village. With a strong and sound reserve policy, continued efforts to diversify the City's economy and pru- dent use of City resources -- all aligned with the City's strategic goals -- the outlook for the City remains very positive. Peggy McCarthy, Finance Director CITY -WIDE FUND BALANCES CHANGE IN FUND BALANCE ACTUAL - -- ACTUAL ------ BUDGET - -• VARIANCE 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 Governmental funds $ 18,149,420 $ 23,333,905 $ 5,184,485 $ 1,120,969 $ 4,063,516 Enterprise funds 11,011,319 12,969,403 1,958,084 (2,509,507) 4,467,591 Internal service funds 10,638,313 9,586,511 (1,051,802) (761,388) (290,414) City -wide Total $ 39,799,053 $ 45,889,820 $ 6,090,767 $ (2,149,926) $ 8,240,693 Inside this issue: Governmental funds 2 -7 Enterprise funds 8 Internal Service funds 8 1 Overview GOVERNMENTAL FUND BALANCES CHANGE IN FUND BALANCES FUNDS ACTUAL - -- ACTUAL -- - - - - -- BUDGET - - -- Variance 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 General Fund $ 6,026,030 $ 9,580,354 $ 3,554,324 $ 1,583,253 $ 1,971,071 Special Revenue 4,753,461 9,064,975 4,311,514 2,826,795 1,484,719 Debt Service 3,012,381 677,110 (2,335,271) (2,619,686) 284,415 Capital Project 4,357,549 4,011,467 (346,082) (669,393) 323,311 GOVERNMENTAL FUNDS $18,149,420 $23,333,905 $ 5,184,485 $ 1,120,969 $ 4,063,516 General fund fiscal year activity increased fund balance by $3.6M. Results for the year include operating revenues of $52.2M or 102.23% of budget. The City sold $1M in bonds to help finance MPD pool improvement project. Additionally, $8.5M was transferred in from the Arterial Street fund and other funds after bonds were sold to reimburse the City for expendi- tures related to the Klickitat Urban Center project. The General Fund had year -to -date department expenditures of $47.3M or 98.41% of annual budget yielding a savings of $763K . Departments experiencing very positive budget results include Mayor's Office at 93.01 %, Information Technology at 94.57 %, and Public Works at 94.78 %. It should be noted that approxi- mately $177K of savings on salaries and benefits in the Public Works department is due to project allocations to the Arterial Street fund which shows salaries and benefits over budget by roughly the same amount. Detailed information on departments can be found in the fund financial statements. By type, all operating expenditure categories were under budget. Non departmental expenditures were slightly over budget, pri- marily due to the loan to the MPD. • Salaries and benefits (99.6 %): vacancies, reduction in use of extra labor, and medical costs lower than budget. • Supplies & professional services (95.3% & 96.3 %): all departments worked to hold costs down where possi- ble. • Intergovernmental category includes City costs of $20K associated with the LID. The cost is for parcels owned by the City that reside in the Local Improve- ment District No. 33 area. • The loan to the MPD was budgeted at $1M but $1.25M was loaned in 2013; $1M for capital needs and $250K for the final operating loan. • Transfers out were budged at $9.8M but only $9.6M was necessary for a savings in transfers out of $200K. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Page 2 2 2013 ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT DEPARTMENTS CityCounci .............................. ............................... Mayo r....................................................... ............................... Human Resources Finance City Attorney i Recreaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Community Development M u ni ci p al.... Court .............. ............................... Police . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fire Information Technology Public Works i Park Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Street Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . apt 20 TOTAL 2010 % of Budget . . . . . . . . $ 242,851 86% 2,228,656 464,095 2,183,069 578,908 3,130,852 2,635,296 1,208,632 13,165,552 9,920,730 953,361 4,572,757 992,222 2,368,562 5,108,229 86% 81% 102% 97% 89% 86% 104% 94% 96% 88% 93% 99% 92% 83% 2011 % of Budget 244,029 93% 2,218,089 487,920 1,446,736 647,990 2,513,184 2,560,151 945,174 14,296,485 9,814,177 1,046,573 3,199,554 982,596 2,517,770 7,062,750 94% 90% 95% 92% 88% 97% 97% 100% 99% 95% 95% 100% 95% 87% 2012 251,197 2,486,158 514,637 1,405,588 595,140 2,273,480 2,861,070 1,014,372 14,019,692 10,476,394 1,106,138 3,166,787 1,072,302 2,711,415 6,955,263 % of Budget 93% 93% 90% 88% 93% 90% 100% 100% 98% 99% 96% 88% 1 00% 98% 70% 2013 $ 279,702 2,735,592 602,151 2,254,995 678,993 2,465,397 3,181,827 1,093,017 14,725,183 10,708,909 1,245,356 3,394,522 1,142, 944 2,812,580 10,779,163 % of Budget 99 %.. 93% 98 %.. 1 00% 1 03% 97% 9 . . . . . . . . 97 %... 103% 97% 9 . . . . . . . . 102% 95% 95% 101% 99% 9 . . 99% $ 49,753,773 103% $ 49,983,178 95% $ 50,909,631 92% $ 58,100,333 99% EXPENDITURE TYPE 2010 % °f Budget 2011 % °f Budget 2012 % °f Budget 2013 %of Budget Salary and benefits $ 32,629,767 92% $ 31,521,305 97% $ 33,182,824 97% $ 34,444,121 100% Supplies 1,243,721 97% 1,153,105 91% 1,095,524 92% 1,323,872 95% Professional services 8,255,412 87% 7,694,782 89% 8,156,708 95% 9,135,455 96% Intergovernmental 2,183,336 105% 3,119,057 108% 2,582,425 67% 2,060,502 94% Capital expenditures 330,504 87% 212,643 95% 273,560 89% 250,482 67% Miscellaneous general 5,111,033 -62% 6,282,286 89% 5,618,590 75% 10,885,902 106% TOTAL $ 49,753,773 103% $ 49,983,178 95% $ 50,909,631 92% $ 58,100,333 100% IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Page 3 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 2013 ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT 3 Sales Tax Local retail sales and use tax includes natural gas use tax and criminal justice use tax, and earned $16.5M in 2013 compared with $15.7 million in 2012. This represents an $847K increase year- over -year and a 8% increase com- pared with budget. Over 74% ($12.3 million) of the City's sales tax revenue was derived from the Retail Trade and Services NAICS categories with code 452- General Merchandise Stores, contributing $2.2M, 448 - Clothing and Accessories, con- tributing $2.1Mand 443- Electronics and Appliances, con- tributing $997K. The Construction category represented $1.2M or 7% of total sales tax earned. As in previous years, sales tax earned in December was significant- ly higher than any other months owing to the holiday season. Sales tax charged in the City of Tukwila is 9.5 %. Of this, the State receives 6.5 %, King County Transit Benefit Area (Metro) re- ceives .9 %, King County receives .25 %, RTA (Sound Transit) re- ceives .9 %, Criminal Justice receives .1% and the City re- ceives .85 %. The City is charged a 1% admin fee by the State of Washington for collecting and distributing sales tax. Pro erty Tax. General fund property taxes earned in 2013 is $57K less than budget and $73K less than 2012. The City's levy rate for 2013 was $2.98778 per $1,000 of assessed value (AV) based on a City -wide assessed valuation of $4,649,191,308. AV declined 1/2 of 1% from 2012 but increased to $4,756,373,688 or 2.3% for 2014 collections. 2010 2011 2012 2013 $13,188,942 $13,427,445 $13,830,166 $13,757,092 Collection of Revenue Generating Regulatory license (RGRL) and Rental Housing license fees began in 2011. RGRL fees were lower than budget by $25K but added $1.7 million to General Fund revenues. RGRL increased in 2013 from 2012 collections by $31K. Rental housing license fees came in slightly above budget by $3K and added $38K to revenue. Business license fees earned $791K and was above budget by $19K. Utility Taxes The City of Tukwila imposes a utility tax on electrical energy, natural gas, solid waste, cable television ser- vice and telephone service at a rate of 6 %. Additional- ly, a tax is levied on City -owned water, sewer and surface water utilities. The rate was 15% through April 30, 2010 and 10% thereafter. The customer based utility tax revenue is below budget by $245K while the interfund utility tax exceeds budg et by $201K. Actual 2013 customer utility tax collec- tions are $121K lower than 2012 and interfund utility taxes are $152K higher than 2012. Utility Taxes 2010 2011 2012 2013 Electricity $ 1,504,325 $ 1,550,245 $ 1,554,587 $ 1,519,189 Natural Gas 533,811 617,296 567,841 537,181 Solid Waste 339,654 345,375 347,835 362,046 Cable 229,841 224,985 227,755 231,962 Telephone 1,456,322 1,314,362 1,303,368 1,229,614 CUSTOMER 4,063,953 4,052,263 4,001,385 3,879,992 Interfund - Water 501,592 475,210 518,461 561,931 Interfund - Sewer 618,096 561,831 647,043 736,739 Interfund - Storm 378,094 335,339 369,077 388,189 INTERFUND 1,360,197 1,372,380 1,534,581 1,686,859 TOTAL $ 5,424,150 $ 5,424,643 $ 5,535,966 $ 5,566,851 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Page 4 4 2013 ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT Excise Taxes In 2013, 97% of the gambling excise tax revenue was derived from card games with the remainder generated by punchboards, pull tabs and amuse- ment games. The excise tax charged on card games is 10% of gross proceeds; the excise tax charged on most other forms of gambling is 5% of gross proceeds. 2013 total excise tax revenue is $259,553 more than budget but $421,201 less than collected in 2012. 2012 revenue included $439K for prior year back taxes. Real estate excise tax (REET) is levied on all sales of real estate. The City credits the first quarter percent of the REET to the 301 Park Acquisition Fund and the second quarter percent to the 104 Arterial Street Fund. REET revenue earned in 2013 exceeded budget by $127K or 149 %. Leasehold excise tax is charged in lieu of a proper- Excise Tax 2010 2011 2012 2013 Leasehold Excise Tax $ 129,746 $ 52,695 $ 89,564 $ 64,609 Real Estate Excise Tax (REET) 378,052 255,836 748,001 387,401 Gambling Excise Tax 1,980,559 1,471,762 2,329,210 2,293,465 TOTAL $ 2,488,357 $ 1,780,293 $ 3,166,776 $ 2,745,475 ty tax and is collectible on most leases of publicly -owned real and personal property in the state. The leasehold tax rate is 12.84% of the rent paid for the property and payment of the tax is the responsibility of the lessee. The City remits the tax to the State, then receives back approximately 30.5% of the tax collected. The majority of the excise tax is earned by the general fund. Gen- eral Fund leasehold tax revenue for 2013 was $4K more than budget. The larg- est generator of leasehold excise tax is King County International Airport. Cuitt e a Roc Fees Culture and Rec fees are fees collected at the Tukwila Community Center (TCC) and include fees for fit- ness, youth and adult classes, before & after school programs, and programs for senior citizens. Revenue in 2013 is less than budget by $79K but up $2K over last year. This is primarily due to lower than expected registrations for classes and programs offered as well as holding rates to a level that are affordable by community members. The Metropolitan Park District was formed in late 2011, which accounts for the decrease from 2011 to 2012 revenue. 2010 2011 2012 2013 $701,216 $569,571 $437,894 $440,273 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Page 5 2013 ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT 5 The General Fund receives 100% of permit revenue. Permit revenue for 2013 exceeded budget by $100K and was more than 2012 by 39% or $332K. Permit activity increased in 2013 in all categories except plumbing / gas. The highest value for each of the per- mit types for 2013 and 2012 were as follows: BUILDING PERMITS MECHANICAL PERMITS PLUMBING /GAS PERMITS ELECTRICAL PERMITS 2013: Sound Transit: $10,951,570, Tukwila Home 2 Suites Hotel: $11,018,510 2012: Westfield Mall: $2,375,000, Boeing #9 -101: $1,680,000 2013: Sabey Corporation: $1,674,530, Boeing #9 -101: $1,600,000 2012: Westfield Mall: $435,495, Boeing #9 -96: $1,499,543 2013: Boeing #9 -53: $651,124, Sabey Corporation: $389,720 2012: Providence Infusion and Pharmacy: $194,860, Fruititude: $130,000 2013: Sabey Corporation: $ 1,700,000, Boeing #9 -101: $ 1,253,000 2012: Boeing #9 -101: $1,073,709, Boeing #9-101: $753,409 Permit Revenue 2010 2011 2012 2013 Permits Issued 2010 2011 2012 2013 Buildings / Structures $ 619,262 $ 596,081 $ 472,202 $ 713,153 Building 306 389 354 374 Mechanical 111,368 156,884 82,239 88,144 Mechanical 177 180 191 221 Electrical 300,084 347,201 260,689 346,989 Electrical 1,040 1,158 1,175 1,337 Plumbing / gas / other 37,700 35,422 37,754 37,093 Plumbing / gas 172 187 210 167 TOTAL $ 1,068,414 $1,135,588 $ 852,885 $1,185,379 TOTAL 1,695 1,914 1,930 2,099 Plan check and other fees recorded into the Gen- eral Fund in 2013 totaled $688,564, an increase of $88,161 or 15% from 2012 and $70K more than budget. The fire impact fees and park impact fees re- ceived in 2013 were significantly more than amounts received in 2012 and $135K more than budget. Park and fire impact fees are budgeted based on planned projects. Plan Check & Other Fees 2010 2011 2012 2013 Plan checking fees 582,422 417,590 479,119 514,164 Zoning and subdivision 95,321 97,025 93,374 133,572 Electrical plan review 35,505 24,971 16,966 20,340 Other 5,612 13,410 10,944 20,488 TOTAL GENERAL FUND $ 718,860 $ 552,996 $ 600,403 $ 688,564 Fire impact fees 142,383 157,654 33,686 139,714 Park impact fees 108,177 88,487 21,128 105,179 TOTAL $ 969,420 $ 799,137 $ 655,217 $ 933,457 Intergovernmental revenue comprises grant funds from federal, state and local governmental entities and other governmental receipts. Approximately $829K was received as grant funding either directly or indirectly from the federal govern- ment, $1.4M in grant revenue was received from the state, and the balance from various other governmen- tal sources including sales tax for criminal justice, 2010 2011 2012 2013 $12,915, 585 $22,436,436 $8,591,989 $8,237,842 liquor excise tax, and the City's share of the EMS levy. The General Fund received $4.8 in intergovernmental revenue with $2.1 million derived from the Seattle City Light agreement and $1.1 from sales tax mitigation. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Page 6 6 2013 ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT ID , .l. : � �:��:�i I e F.0 m 11i FUND BALANCES CHANGE IN FUND BALANCES ACTUAL GOVERNMENTAL FUND BALANCES CHANGE IN FUND BALANCES Special Revenue ACTUAL - -- ACTUAL -- - - - - -- BUDGET - - -- Variance 301 - Parks Acq Fund 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 $ 129,700 $ 27,000 $ 102,700 101 - Hotel /Motel Tax Fund $ 710,707 $ 714,946 $ 4,238 $ (124,416) $ 128,654 103 - Street Fund 1,046,772 1,415,955 369,183 107,000 262,183 104 - Arterial Street Fund 483,331 1,095,534 612,203 2,331,395 (1,719,192) 105 - Contingency Fund 1,460,454 5,762,931 4,302,477 1,576,816 2,725,661 107 - Fire Equip Cum Reserve 892,072 (0) (892,072) (1,030,000) 137,928 109 - Drug Seizure Fund 160,125 75,609 (84,515) (34,000) (50,515) Total Capital Project $ 4,753,461 $ 9,064,975 $ 4,311,514 $ 2,826,795 $ 1,484,719 Special revenue funds increased $4.3 million for the fiscal year. Fund 105- Contingency Fund was the largest contributor to the total increase. Fund 103 - Street: A transfer of $130K from the general fund that had been delayed from 2012 was made in 2013. Fund 104- Arterial Street: Bond proceeds of $6M were received in November. The bond proceeds along with excess fund balance was transferred back to the general fund. The TUC Transit Center project was approved by Council in No- vember with construction slated to begin in 2014. Additionally, Boeing Access Road over BNRR Bridge and the Tukwila Urban Center -Ped /Bike Bridge were both in design phase late in 2013. Fund 105- Contingency: Transfers in of $4.3M occurred in 2013 bringing the ending fund balance more in line with the City's fund balance policy. Fund 107 -Fire Equip Cum Reserve: The balance of $892K was transferred to fund 501 and allocated to the aerial ladder truck replacement. The City had several significant debt related transactions in 2013. - The 2003 LTGO bonds ($2.7M) for the golf course were retired early. - The City issued $1M LTGO bond and loaned the proceeds to the Tukwila Metropolitan Park District for pool renovation costs. The bonds will be repaid over 10 years. -The City also issued $6.7M special assessment (LID) debt for the Urban Center Access (Klickitat) project. The bonds will be re- paid with special assessments from property owners within the LID area over a 15 year repayment period. ital Project Fu GOVERNMENTAL Capital Project FUND BALANCES CHANGE IN FUND BALANCES ACTUAL - -- ACTUAL -- - - - - -- BUDGET - - -- Variance 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 301 - Parks Acq Fund $ 1,090,188 $ 1,219,889 $ 129,700 $ 27,000 $ 102,700 302 - Facility Replacement Fund 2,005,520 1,902,602 (102,918) (584,398) 481,480 303 - General Gov Improvements 913,830 451,754 (462,076) (107,095) (354,981) 304 - Fire Impact Fee Fund 348,010 437,222 89,213 (4,900) 94,113 Total Capital Project $ 4,357,549 $ 4,011,467 $ (346,082) $ (669,393) $ 323,311 Total capital project fund balances decreased $346K for the fiscal year. Fund 301 -Parks Acquisition: Fund balance increased by $130K. While revenue is at 46% of budget, expenditures are at 35% of budg- et. Duwamish Gardens project is still in the design phase Fund 302 - Facilities Replacement: Fund balance decrease of $103K is less than planned because a demo on TIB did not occur as scheduled. Expenditures are 18% of budget. Fund 303 - General Government Improvements: Has the largest decline in fund balance within the capital projects fund group. Revenue received is 19% of budget while expenditures are at 52% of budget. Grant revenue is tied to projects and invoiced to gran- tors after project funds are expended. Additionally, transfers into this fund occur on an as- needed basis. Fund 304 -Fire Impact Fees: Fund balance increased $90K due to impact fee revenue exceeding budget. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Page 7 2013 ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT 7 to ise Fu ENTERPRISE FUNDS FUND BALANCES CHANGES IN FUND BALANCES ACTUAL - -- ACTUAL -- - - - - -- BUDGET - - -- Variance 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 401 - Water Fund $ 6,077,949 $ 6,538,048 $ 460,099 $ (1,204,809) $ 1,664,908 402 - Sewer Fund 2,199,823 3,589,175 1,389,352 (508,884) 1,898,236 411 - Foster Golf Fund 404,389 609,990 205,601 123,980 81,621 412 - Surface Water Fund 2,329,158 2,232,190 (96,968) (919,794) 822,826 ENTERPRISE FUNDS $ 11,011,319 $ 12,969,403 $ 1,958,084 $ (2,509,507) $ 4,467,591 All enterprise funds, with the exception of the Surface Water fund, increased fund balance for the fiscal year. The Surface Water fund showed a slight decrease. Fund 401 - Water. The Water fund realized a fund balance increase of $460 for the fiscal year. Total revenue exceeded budget by 10% or $558K and expenses were under budget by 17% or $1.1M. This is primarily due to the Andover West/Strander new water main pro- ject carried into 2014. Fund 402 - Sewer. The Sewer fund realized a fund balance in- crease of $1.4M for the fiscal year. Revenues exceeded budget by 15% or $978K and expenses were under budget by 13% or $920K. Revenues exceeded budget due to conservative budgeting even without receiving the Public Works Trust Fund loan that was budg- eted. Expenses were lower than budget because the CBD Sewer Rehab project was delayed due to a sewer main break in the project area. The project will be carried into 2014. Fund 411 -Golf Course. The Golf Course realized a fund balance increase of $206K for the fiscal year. Revenues were right on budget but expenses were lower than budget by 4% or $69K. Capital outlay was postponed until 2014 and both salaries and extra labor were below budget. Fund 412- Surface Water. The Surface Water fund realized a fund balance increase of $97K for the fiscal year. Revenues were lower than budget by 6% or 287K primarily due to not receiving a grant award for the Lower Duwamish Surface Water Convey- ance project. Expenses were lower than budget by 22% or $1.1M due to late starts on both the annual small drainage program and Storm Lift Station #15. INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS FUND BALANCES CHANGES IN FUND BALANCES ACTUAL - -- ACTUAL -- - - - - -- BUDGET - - -- Variance 12/31/2012 12/31/2013 501 - Equipment Replacement $ 4,132,395 $ 4,229,285 $ 96,889 $ 96,520 $ 369 502 - Self- Insurance Fund 4,794,386 4,460,344 (334,041) (352,757) 18,716 503 - LEOFF Insurance Fund 1,711,532 896,882 (814,650) (505,151) (309,499) INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS $ 10,638,313 $ 9,586,511 $ (1 ,051 ,802) $ (761 ,388) $ (290,414) Fund 501- Equipment Replacement. Fund balance increased by $97K for the fiscal year. All budgeted purchases were made with the exception of the fire command vehicle. Additionally, $71K in costs for 2 fire pumpers ordered in 2013 will be paid in 2014. Fund 502- Insurance. Fund balance decreased by $334K for the fiscal year, however, the decrease is slightly less than budgeted by $19K. This is primarily due to lower than expected expenditures. Fund 503 -LEOFF Insurance. Fund balance decreased by $815K for the fiscal year. Fund balance was budgeted to decrease by $505K. The additional reduction in fund balance is attributable to several large claims in 2013. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Page 8 8 2013 ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT City of Tukwila General Fund 000 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 2013 % of year expired 100.00% Revenue General Revenue Property Taxes Sales and Use Taxes Admissions Tax Utility Taxes Interfund Utility Tax Excise Taxes Total General Revenue Licenses and Permits Revenue Generating Regulatory Lics Business Licenses and Permits Rental Housing License Building Permits and Fees Total Licenses and Permits Intergovernmental Revenue Sales Tax Mitigation Seattle City Light Agreement Grants State Entitlements Other Total Intergovernmental Revenue Charges for Services General Government Security Engineering Services Transportation Plan Check and Review Fees Culture and Rec Fees Total Charges for Services Fines and Penalties Miscellaneous Revenue Indirect cost allocation Ongoing Revenue Sale of Bond Proceeds for MPD Transfers In Total Revenue Expenditures Department Expenditures Loan to MPD Transfers to Debt Service Funds Transfers to Other Funds Total Expanditurea Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance. Cash and investments $ 13,814,401 15,298,722 612,000 4,124,920 1,486,000 2,097,341 37,433,384 1,750,000 772,089 35,000 1,085,000 3,642,089 1,165,641 2,206,344 802,997 312,874 453,096 4,940,952 54,363 554,725 9,867 167,000 618,500 519,755 1,924,210 234,829 803,875 2,035,740 $ 13,814,401 15,298,722 612,000 4,124,920 1,486,000 2,097,341 37,433,384 1,750,000 772,089 35,000 1,085,000 3,642,089 1,165,641 2,206,344 802,997 312,874 453,096 4,940,952 54,363 554,725 9,867 167,000 618,500 519,755 1,924,210 234,829 803,875 2,035,740 13,757,092 16,520,856 689,640 3,879,992 1,686,859 2,356,894 38,891,333 1,724,557 790,947 37,550 1,185,379 3,738,432 1,122,631 2,084,039 695,635 342,560 598,400 4,843,264 48,178 399,502 42,964 688,564 440,273 1,619,480 242,638 783,822 2,035,687 $ (57,309) 99.59% 1,222,134 107.99% 77,640 112.69% (244,928) 94.06% 200,859 113.52% 259,553 112.38% 1,457,949 103.89% 11,015,079' 1,000,000 8,500,000 60,515,079 48,084,998 1,000,000 2,664,688 7,182,140 58,931,826 1,583,253 6,000,000 3,253 51,015,079 52,154,656 1,000,000 1,000,000 8,500,000 8,500,000 60,515,079 61,654,656 48,084,998 1,000,000 2,664,688 7,182,140 58,931,826 1,583,253 6,000,000 47,321,170 1,250,000 2,940,244 6,588,919 58,100,333 3,554,324 6,026,030 3,253 $ (25,443) 98.55% 18,858 102.44% 2,550 107.29% 100,379 109.25% 96,343 102.65% (43,010) 96.31% (122,305) 94.46% (107,362) 86.63% 29,686 109.49% 145,304 132.07% (a) (97,688) 98.02% (6,185) 88.62% (155,223) 72.02% (b) (9,867) 0.00% (124,036) 25.73% (c) 70,064 111.33% (79,482) 84.71% (304,730) 84.16% 7,809 103.33% (20,053) 97.51% (53) 100.00% 1439,577 102.23 %� 100.00% 100.00% 1,139,577; 01:88 ° /a, (763,828) 98.41% 250,000 125.00% 275,556 110.34% (593,221) 91.74% {831,493) 98.59% 1,971,071 224.49% 26,030 100.43% 9,580,354 1,997,101 126.34% $ 7,737,222 (a) Other governmental revenue includes $400K from the EMS levy and other local government agencies. (b) Protective inspection fees $45K less than budget, law enforcement service contract $61 K less than budget. (c) Budget is for street repair & maintenance. Less damage to streets occurred in 2013 than budgeted. ** Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 9 CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Category As of December 31 2013 TOTALS BY, CATEGORY ,? SALARIES AND BENEFITS SUPPLIES PROFESSIONAL SERVICES INTERGOVERNMENTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURES DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES LOAN TO MPD TRANSFERS OUT TOTAL EXPENDITURES TOTALS BY CATEGORY - DETA 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 15 HOLIDAY PAY 21 FICA 22 LEOFF 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 26 UNEMPLOYMENT COMP 28 UNIFORM CLOTHING 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 34 ITEMS FOR INVENT /RESALE 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIP 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 44 ADVERTISING 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 46 INSURANCE 47 PUBLIC UTILITY SERVICES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 51 INTERGVRNMTL PROF SVCS 53 EXT TAXES & OPER ASSMNTS 63 OTHER IMPROVEMENTS 64 MACHINERY & EQUIP, OTHER OPERATING EXPENDITURES'; n 52 LOAN TO MPD 00 TRANSFERS OUT Grand Totals 34,590,101 1,388,678 9,482,101 2,176,118 372,000 48,008,998 1,000,000 9,922,828 $ 58,931.826 Annual Budget $ 24,418,896 482,412 1,620,086 194,452 1,463,286 614,477 985,762 431,947 4,338,708 30,000 10,075 1,119,229 14,428 255,021 2,589,802 368,596 120,565 56,050 2,232,887 605,535 1,497,374 766,990 1,244,302 2,176,118 5,000 34,590,101 1,388,678 9,482,101 2,176,118 372,000 48,008,998': 1,000,000 9,922,828 $ 58,93,1,828. Pi Budget Actual Spent Variance % Spent $ 24,41 8,896 $ 24,098,335 $ (320,561) 98.69% 482,412 472,859 (9,554) 98.02% 1,620,086 1,815,492 195,406 112.06% 194,452 191,359 (3,093) 98.41% 1,463,286 1,533,223 69,937 104.78% 614,477 747,730 133,253 121.69% 985,762 975,125 (10,637) 98.92% 431,947 406,790 (25,157) 94.18% 4,338,708 4,166,773 (171,935) 96.04% 30,000 30,794 794 102.65% 10,075 5,641 (4,434) 55.99% 1,119,229 1,060,347 (58,882) 94.74% 14,428 36,101 21,673 250.22% 255,021 227,423 (27,598) 89.18% 2,589,802 2,292,450 (297,352) 88.52% 368,596 303,565 (65,031) 82.36% 120,565 94,692 (25,873) 78.54% 56,050 30,920 (25,130) 55.17% 2,232,887 2,299,383 66,496 102.98% 605,535 586,557 (18,978) 96.87% 1,497,374 1,538,824 41,450 102.77% 766,990 693,218 (73,772) 90.38% 1,244,302 1,295,845 51,543 104.14% 2,176,118 2,060,434 (115,684) 94.68% 67 67 0.00% 5,000 - (5,000) 0.00% (116,518) 68.25% (794,567) 98.34% % of year expired 100.00% of Annual foal Spent Variance Budget S $ 34,444,121 $ (145,980) 99.58% 1,323,872 (64,806) 95.33% 9,135,455 (346,646) 96.34% 2,060,502 (115,616) 94.69% 250,482 (121,518) 67.33% 47,214,431: ; (794,587) " 98.34% 1,250,000 9,635,902 $� 58,100,333' 250,000 (286,926) (831,493) 125.00% 97.11% 98.59% 367,000 367,000 250,482 48,008,998 48 008,998 ; 47,214,431 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,250,000 250,000 125.00% $ 9,922,828 9,922,828 9,635,902 (286,926) 97.11% $ 58,931,826 $ 58,931 1826 ,..4_6,11, 333,_ $ (831,493) 98.59% " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Category 10 CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 % of year expired 100.00% Mier, TOTALS ALL DEPAR' CITY COUNCIL MAYOR HUMAN RESOURCES FINANCE CITY ATTORNEY RECREATION COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MUNICIPAL COURT POLICE FIRE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PUBLIC WORKS PARK MAINTENANCE STREET MAINTENANCE & OPERATION TOTAL ALL DEPARTMENTS; ; ';° LOAN TO MPD TRANSFERS OUT (DEPT 20 ONLY) GRAND TOTAL 01 - CITY COUNCIL 11 SALARIES 21 RCA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 49 MISCELLANEOUS CITY COUNCIL nual Buy $ 282,431 2,941,131 614,578 2,258,494 661,860 2,537,008 3,286,009 1,063,296 15,125,412 10,447,976 1,316,862 3,581,482 1,127,098 2,841,361 48,084,998,,; 1,000,000 9,846,828 $ 58.931 .8t8 Annual Budget 164,446 12,580 21,481 2,504 19,150 3,870 16,500 6,000 25,000 10,900 282,431 282,431 2,941,131 614,578 2,258,494 661,860 2,537,008 3,286,009 1,063,296 15,125,412 10,447,976 1,316,862 3,581,482 1,127,098 2.841 361 48,084,998 1,000,000 9,846,828 1.828; ;`$ Pi Budget 164,446 12,580 21,481 2,504 19,150 3,870 16,500 6,000 25,000 279,702 2,735,592 602,151 2,254,995 678,993 2,465,397 3,181,827 1,093,017 14,725,183 10,708,909 1,245,356 3,394,522 1,142,944 2 812,580 47,321070 1,250,000 9,529,163 58.100.333, an (2,729) (205,539) (12,427) (3,499) 17,133 (71,611) (104,182) 29,721 (400,229) 260,933 (71,506) (186,960) 15,846 (28,781) (783,x)' 250,000 (317,665) (831.4931 Variance 172,664 8,218 105.00% (a) 13,311 731 105.81% 21,758 277 101.29% 2,286 (218) 91.30% 24,809 5,659 129.55% (b) 2,210 (1,660) 57.09% 11,230 (5,270) 68.06% 5,005 (995) 83.42% 16,209 (8,791) 64.84% 10,900 10,219 (681) 93.76% 99.03% 93.01% 97.98% 99.85% 102.59% 97.18% 96.83% 102.80% 97.35% 102.50% 94.57% 94.78% 101.41% 98.99% 98.41% 125.00% 96.77% 282,431 279,702 -2,729 99.03% •` Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept 11 CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOREQUIPMENT 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 44 ADVERTISING 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 49 -00 Miscellaneous 49 -01 Memberships, dues, subscriptions 49 -02 Microfilm imaging 49 -03 Employee recognition 49-04 Recorded documents 49-05 Registrations 49-08 Credit card fees 49-51 CTR reimbursement 49-53 Hearing examiner fees 49-56 Green initiatives 51 INTERGVRNMTL PROFESSIONAL SVCS 53 EXT TAXES & OPERATING ASSMNTS MAYOR 04 HUMAN RESOURCE 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 44 ADVERTISING 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS HUMAN RESOURCES •' Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget 12 % of year expired 100.00% nual'Budget';;; Budget Actual Spent Varian et 1,131,716 1,131,716 1,093,614 (38,102) 96.63% 10,500 10,500 1,385 (9,115) 13.19% 573 573 34 (539) 6.02% 81,188 81,188 79,234 (1,954) 97.59% 92,560 92,560 89,614 (2,946) 96.82% 3,991 3,991 3,279 (712) 82.17% 174,880 174,880 168,668 (6,212) 96.45% 43,024 43,024 33,220 (9,804) 77.21% 4,935 4,935 990 (3,945) 20.07% 943,970 943,970 830,198 (113,772) 87.95% (c) 72,600 72,600 58,590 (14,010) 80.70% 16,300 16,300 14,959 (1,341) 91.77% 14,750 14,750 8,127 (6,623) 55.10% 29,148 29,148 18,451 (10,697) 63.30% 17,750 17,750 10,184 (7,566) 57.38% 275,746 275,746 274,608 (1,138) 99.59% 31,065 31,065 87,658 56,593 282.18% 175,650 175,650 120,713 (54,937) 68.72% 20,800 20,800 15,953 (4,847) 76.70% 5,000 5,000 7,848 2,848 156.96% 4,300 4,300 4,300 100.00% 2,500 2,500 2,484 (16) 99.36% 431 431 422 (9) 6,000 6,000 4,425 (1,575) - - 311 311 30,000 30,000 30,493 493 101.64% 27,500 27,500 50,435 22,935 183.40% (d) - - 1 1 0.00% 2941,131 " 2,941,131 2,735,592; " : "(205,539),"': 93.01% Prorated Annual Budget Budget` 380,552 380,552 26,966 31,222 1,252 56,956 4,842 85,625 1,500 7,000 3,108 5,105 10,450 614,578 % of Annual ante; Budget Spent 26,966 31,222 1,252 56,956 4,842 85,625 1,500 7,000 3,108 5,105 10,450 614,578 Fund 000 By Dept 380,397 1,812 27,117 31,110 1,079 58,786 6,414 81,200 9 1,022 2,170 3,062 2,532 5,441 (155) 99.96% 1,812 0.00% 151 100.56% (112) 99.64% (173) 86.18% 1,830 103.21% 1,572 132.46% (4,425) 94.83% 9 0.00% (478) 68.11% (4,830) 30.99% (46) 98.53% (2,573) 49.61% (5,009) 52.07% 602,151 (12,427) 97.98% CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 nu % of year expired 100.00% SALARIES 988,041 988,041 977,124 (10,917) 98.90% 12 EXTRA LABOR 30,000 30,000 (30,000) 0.00% 13 OVERTIME 10,000 10,000 2,350 (7,650) 23.50% 21 FICA 73,927 73,927 73,258 (669) 99.10% 23 PERS 81,036 81,036 80,378 (658) 99.19% 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 3,756 3,756 3,131 (625) 83.35% 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 198,970 198,970 182,945 (16,025) 91.95% 26 UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION 30,000 30,000 30,000 100.00% 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 19,296 19,296 11,347 (7,949) 58.81% 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 175,000 175,000 79,743 (95,257) 45.57% (e) 42 COMMUNICATION 1,000 1,000 144 (856) 14.35% 43 TRAVEL 5,000 5,000 2,378 (2,622) 47.57% 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 2,700 2,700 1,275 (1,425) 46 INSURANCE 240,000 240,000 218,402 (21,598) 91.00% 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 2,500 2,500 55,260 52,760 2210.39% (e) 49 MISCELLANEOUS 397,268 397,268 537,248 139,980 135.24% (f) 49-00 Miscellaneous 21,900 21,900 13,393 (8,507) 61.15% 49-03 Claims and judgments 370,000 370,000 519,959 149,959 140.53% (f) 49-08 Credit card fees 5,368 5,368 3,896 (1,472) 72.59% 53 EXT TAXES & OPERATING ASSMNTS - - 12 12 0.00% FINANCE 2 258,494 " 2,258,494 2,254,995 (3,499) 99.85% 06 - CITY "ATTORNEY 12 EXTRA LABOR 21 FICA 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 41 -00 Professional services 41 -01 Contracted Attorney services 41 -02 Contracted prosecution service 41 -03 Special matters 42 COMMUNICATION 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS CITY ATTORNEY nual Budget 3,100 652,260 2,000 340,200 105,060 205,000 2,000 2,100 1,400 1,000 661,860 of Annual Budget" -.; pent;. Variance; Budget Spent 902 1,902 0.00% 145 145 0.00% 150 150 0.00% 5,077 1,977 163.79% 671,344 19,084 102.93% 15,906 13,906 795.29% 320,005 (20,195) 94.06% 119,605 14,545 113.84% 215,829 10,829 105.28% - (2,000) 0.00% (2,100) 0.00% - (1,400) 0.00% 375 (625) 37.50% 3,100 652,260 2,000 340,200 105,060 205,000 2,000 2,100 1,400 1,000 661,860 " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept Actual "S 678,993 17,133 102.59% 13 CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 07 RECREATION 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 28 UNIFORM CLOTHING 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 34 ITEMS PURCH. FOR INVENT /RESALE 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 44 ADVERTISING 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 49-01 Printing and binding 49-04 Trip admissions Seniors 49-05 Trip admissions Youth 49 -08 Special Accommodations other 5* INTERGOV TAXES & ASSMNTS 64 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT RECREATION COMMUNITY" DEVELOPMEI 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 28 UNIFORM CLOTHING 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 44 RECYCLING - KC WRR 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 51 INTERGVRNMTL PROFESSIONAL SVCS 53 EXT TAXES & OPERATING ASSMNTS 64 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT nuai 1,234 948 1,234,948 295,851 295,851 1,100 1,100 114,524 114,524 101,325 101,325 28,375 28,375 241,908 241,908 82,428 82,428 14,428 14,428 184,037 184,037 14,380 14,380 8,450 8,450 28,500 28,500 37,406 37,406 32,350 32,350 90,998 90,998 35,000 35,000 7,250 7,250 8,900 8,900 2,000 2,000 37,848 37,848 26,000 26,000 2,537,008 ' 2,537,001 Annual Budget 1,912,511 94,338 5,951 144,253 158,943 15,785 289,989 975 31,350 1,300 233,835 2,925 8,600 3,500 20,804 44,550 101,400 15,000 Budget 1,912,511 94,338 5,951 144,253 158,943 15,785 289,989 975 31,350 1,300 233,835 2,925 8,600 3,500 20,804 44,550 101,400 15,000 200,000 200,000 % of year expired 100.00% % o nnual al Sperrf %, Variance ;:;', Bud 7 1,228,387 (6,561) 99.47% 279,621 (16,230) 94.51% 6,382 5,282 580.21% 112,979 (1,545) 98.65% 109,436 8,111 108.01% (g) 34,090 5,715 120.14% 239,314 (2,594) 98.93% 131 131 0.00% 116,065 33,637 140.81% (h) 36,101 21,673 250.22% (h) 107,406 (76,631) 58.36% (i) 8,812 (5,568) 61.28% 5,425 (3,025) 64.20% 19,962 (8,538) 70.04% 50,945 13,539 136.20% (h) 20,433 (11,917) 63.16% 86,848 (4,150) 95.44% 26,550 (8,450) 75.86% 14,713 7,463 202.94% 10,529 1,629 118.30% (2,000) 0.00% 35,057 (2,791) 92.62% 3,059 3,059 0.00% (26,000) 0.00% (j) 2,465,397 (71,611). ":: 97.18% 3,286,009 3,288,009 •* Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept 14 % of Annual al °,Saint Variance - ` , Budget Spent 1,944,116 31,605 101.65% (k) 82,771 (11,567) 87.74% 8,402 2,451 141.19% 150,773 6,520 104.52% (k) 162,044 3,101 101.95% (k) 13,678 (2,107) 86.65% 295,731 5,742 101.98% 186 (789) 19.09% 44,261 12,911 141.18% (I) 227 (1,073) 17.43% 213,296 (20,539) 91.22% (m) 4,446 1,521 152.02% 6,103 (2,497) 70.97% 363 (3,137) 10.37% 20,708 (96) 99.54% 52,749 8,199 118.41% (m) 57,570 (43,830) 56.78% (n) 7,176 (7,824) 47.84% 2 2 0.00% 117,224 (82,776) 58.61% (o) 3,181,827 (104,182); . 96.83% CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 - MUNICIPAL COURT 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 49 -00 Professional Services 49 -01 Pro Tem Judge 49 -03 Interpreters 49 -04 Court Security 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 53 EXT TAXES & OPERATING ASSMNTS 64 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT MUNICIPAL COURT nu au esu 666,631 2,500 5,016 50,704 57,386 2,817 116,431 11,708 4,660 105,300 800 11,000 53,000 40,500 7,300 9,215 3,058 1,300 19,270 100.00% 666,631 2,500 5,016 50,704 57,386 2,817 116,431 11,708 4,660 105,300 800 11,000 53,000 40,500 7,300 9,215 3,058 1,300 19,270 672,406 2,214 718 49,750 56,577 2,502 129,319 19,196 26,158 95,926 5,177 11,100 40,722 38,927 6,292 6,422 1,067 3,576 15,173 1 5,721 5,775 (286) (4,298) (954) (809) (315) 12,888 7,488 21,498 (9,374) 4,377 100 (12,278) (1,573) (1,008) (2,793) (1,991) 2,276 (4,098) 1 5,721 1,063,296 1,063,296 1,093,017 Prorated Annual Budget Budget ; i Actual Spent 7,720,506 7,720,506 7,449,295 1,000 1,000 1,986 908,263 908,263 1,020,481 581,135 581,135 632,725 339,406 339,406 392,742 93,011 93,011 90,298 135,522 135,522 132,461 1,394,472 1,394,472 1,291,022 - - 794 225,950 225,950 195,521 600 600 51 77,875 77,875 71,731 89,471 89,471 80,957 24,500 24,500 35,130 800 800 299 1,026,948 1,026,948 986,099 240,080 240,080 236,250 1,525 185,948 185,948 159,023 128,372 128,372 107,949 57,576 57,576 51,074 75,661 75,661 78,710 73,811 73,811 77,605 1,850 1,850 1,105 2,004,264 2,004,264 1,853,448 - 3 14,630 15,125,412 14,725,183 ' (400,229), 10 - POLICE 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 21 FICA 22 LEOFF 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 26 UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 44 ADVERTISING 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 46 INSURANCE 47 PUBLIC UTILITY SERVICES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 48 -00 Repair and maintenance 48 -01 800 MHZ radio assessment 49 MISCELLANEOUS 49 -00 Miscellaneous 49 -03 Explorer post 51 INTERGVRNMTL PROFESSIONAL SVCS 53 EXT TAXES & OPERATING ASSMNTS 64 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT POLICE- 15,125,412, 29,721 100.87% 88.56% 14.31 % 98.12% 98.59% 88.82% 111.07% 163.96% (p) 561.32% (p) 91.10% 647.16% 100.91% 76.83% 96.11% 86.19% 69.70% 34.88% 275.11% 78.74% 0.00% 0.00% 102.60% % of Annual Variance. Budget Spent (271,211) 986 112,218 51,590 53,336 (2,713) (3,061) (103,450) 794 (30,429) (549) (6,144) (8,514) 10,630 (501) (40,849) (3,830) 1,525 (26,925) (20,423) (6,502) 3,049 3,794 (745) (150,816) 3 14,630 •• Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept 96.49% (q) 198.63% 112.36% (q) 108.88% (q) 115.71% (q) 97.08% 97.74% 92.58% 0.00% 86.53% 8.57% 92.11% 90.48% 143.39% (r) 37.38% 96.02% 98.40% 0.00% 85.52% 84.09% 88.71% 104.03% 105.14% 59.73% 92.48% (s) 0.00% 0.00% 97.35% 15 CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expendltures - By Department As of December 31 2013 00 HYDRANT RENTALS 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 15 HOLIDAY PAY 21 FICA 22 LEOFF 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 28 UNIFORM CLOTHING 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 46 INSURANCE 47 PUBLIC UTILITY SERVICES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 49 -00 Miscellaneous 49 -03 Explorer Post 49 -05 Uniform cleaning 49 -08 Credit card fees 49 -44 Education training - contract 51 INTERGVRNMTL PROFESSIONAL SVCS 64 MACHINERY& EQUIPMENT FIRE ., . % of year expired 100.00% nual Budget'; ;, :; :'Budget Actual Spent '> ';, Variencs ' ;'' = Bu 106,000 106,000 103,680 (2,320) 97.81% 6,322,837 6,322,837 6,478,938 156,101 102.47% (t) - 564 564 0.00% 670,858 670,858 751,655 80,797 112.04% (u) 194,452 194,452 191,359 (3,093) 98.41% 89,685 89,685 110,321 20,636 123.01% (v) 275,071 275,071 354,988 79,917 129.05% (v) 28,040 28,040 28,091 51 100.18% 170,058 170,058 155,802 (14,256) 91.62% 1,100,605 1,100,605 1,090,610 (9,995) 99.09% 1,500 1,500 (1,500) 0.00% 218,277 218,277 271,109 52,832 124.20% (w) 43,845 43,845 41,455 (2,390) 94.55% 54,000 54,000 61,921 7,921 114.67% 32,170 32,170 25,755 (6,415) 80.06% 17,000 17,000 5,579 (11,421) 32.82% 451,686 451,686 548,116 96,430 121.35% (x) 90,000 90,000 94,500 4,500 105.00% 73,360 73,360 73,385 25 100.03% 152,304 152,304 56,693 (95,611) 37.22% (y) 117,874 117,874 75,203 (42,671) 63.80% 78,083 78,083 49,611 (28,472) 63.54% 325 325 0.00% 20,791 20,791 19,769 (1,022) 95.08% 1,000 1,000 887 (113) 88.69% 18,000 18,000 4,612 (13,388) 25.62% 129,354 129,354 129,354 - 100.00% 109,000 109,000 59,832 (49,168) 54.89% (w) 10,447,978 " 10,447,976 10,708,909 260,933 .. ; :. ,102.50% Prorated % of Annual 12 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Annual Budget Budget Actual Spent " ; Variance Budget Spent 11 SALARIES 613,769 613,769 577,798 (35,971) 94.14% (z) 12 EXTRA LABOR 2,500 2,500 52,000 49,500 2080.00% (z) 13 OVERTIME - - 2,201 2,201 0.00% 21 FICA 44,861 44,861 46,713 1,852 104.13% 23 PERS 50,368 50,368 48,276 (2,092) 95.85% 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 2,504 2,504 2,094 (410) 83.64% 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 131,878 131,878 124,172 (7,707) 94.16% 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 5,766 5,766 3,472 (2,294) 60.22% 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 122,000 122,000 116,681 (5,319) 95.64% 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 1,000 1,000 4,445 3,445 444.48% 42 COMMUNICATION 128,700 128,700 106,723 (21,977) 82.92% 43 TRAVEL 1,500 1,500 414 (1,086) 27.57% 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 6,016 6,016 6,901 885 114.72% 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 56,500 56,500 17,719 (38,781) 31.36% (aa) 49 MISCELLANEOUS 117,500 117,500 135,747 18,247 115.53% (bb) 49 -00 Miscellaneous 27,000 27,000 35,017 8,017 129.69% 49 -01 Software upgrades 88,000 88,000 99,726 11,726 113.32% 49 -03 Training 2,500 2,500 1,004 (1,496) 40.16% 64 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT 32,000 32,000 - (32,000) 0.00% (cc) INFORMATION ;TECHNOLOGY 1,316,862 1,316,862 1,245,356 (71,506) 9457% " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept 16 CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 13,- PUBLIC WOAI 00 UNALLOCATED BUDGET REDUCTION 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 28 UNIFORM CLOTHING 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 47 PUBLIC UTILITY SERVICES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 49 -00 Miscellaneous 49 -08 Credit card fees 49 -50 Neighborhood revitalization 79 Assessment PUBLIC WORKS 15 - PARK MAINTENANCE 11 SALARIES 12 EXTRA LABOR 13 OVERTIME 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 28 UNIFORM CLOTHING 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 42 COMMUNICATION 43 TRAVEL 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 47 PUBLIC UTILITY SERVICES 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 49 MISCELLANEOUS 63 OTHER IMPROVEMENTS PARK MAINTENANCE nual Bud (30,000) 1,952,152 2,000 4,556 142,157 160,100 26,176 345,324 3,800 99,550 63,750 31,400 7,750 800 172,300 379,449 203,183 17,035 10,035 2,000 5,000 (30,000) 1,952,152 2,000 4,556 142,157 160,100 26,176 345,324 3,800 99,550 63,750 31,400 7,750 800 172,300 379,449 203,183 17,035 10,035 2,000 5,000 1,808,901 300 12,091 133,133 149,011 20,494 313,316 1,312 84,613 30,796 29,859 5,419 706 169,034 348,088 258,964 8,466 7,034 706 725 20,021 1,482; 3,581,482 , ; 3,394,522 (186,960) % of year expired 100.00% 30,000 (143,251) (1,700) 7,535 (9,024) (11,089) (5,682) (32,008) (2,488) (14,937) (32,954) (1,541) (2,331) (94) (3,266) (31,361) 55,781 (8,569) (3,001) (1,294) (4,275) 20,021 0.00% 92.66% (dd) 15.00% 265.38% (ee) 93.65% 93.07% 7829% 90.73% 34.53% 85.00% 48.31% 95.09% 69.93% 8828% 98.10% 91.74% 127.45% (ff) 49.70% 70.10% 35.32% 14.50% 0.00% Annual Budget 517,680 2,295 38,847 42,450 15,074 78,133 1,425 36,968 1,500 25,000 108,726 213,000 37,000 4,000 5,000 1,127,098. Prorated Budget Actual Spent 517,680 524,078 2,179 5,327 40,032 41,755 12,512 75,718 1,833 36,567 876 33,385 220 64 108,625 232,848 24,091 2,834 2,295 38,847 42,450 15,074 78,133 1,425 36,968 1,500 25,000 108,726 213,000 37,000 4,000 5,000 1,127,098 ** Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept %of Annual ariance - ' Budget Spent 6,398 2,179 3,032 1,185 (695) (2,562) (2,415) 408 (401) (624) 8,385 220 64 (101) 19,848 (12,909) (1,166) (5,000) 101.24% 0.00% 232.11% 103.05% 98.36% 83.00% 96.91% 128.61% 98.91% 58.40% 133.54% 0.00% 0.00% 99.91% 109.32% (gg) 65.11% 70.85% 0.00% 1,142,944„ 15,846 " 101.41% 17 18 CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 % of year expired 100.00% 6 STREET MAINTENANCE <& ,OPERATION ,' Annual Budget Budg 11 SALARIES 813,107 813,107 790,617 (22,490) 12 EXTRA LABOR 43,723 43,723 46,124 2,401 13 OVERTIME 11,474 11,474 5,852 (5,622) 21 FICA 62,459 62,459 63,732 1,273 23 PERS 67,840 67,840 66,776 (1,064) 24 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE 24,133 24,133 23,231 (902) 25 MEDICAL,DENTAL,LIFE,OPTICAL 190,012 190,012 172,363 (17,649) 28 UNIFORM CLOTHING 2,375 2,375 2,179 (196) 31 OFFICE & OPERATING SUPPLIES 333,100 333,100 231,275 (101,825) 35 SMALL TOOLS & MINOR EQUIPMENT 12,431 12,431 10,190 (2,241) 41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 4,000 4,000 766 (3,234) 42 COMMUNICATION 4,300 4,300 1,192 (3,108) 43 TRAVEL 2,700 2,700 281 (2,419) 44 ADVERTISING 1,500 1,500 (1,500) 45 OPERATING RENTALS & LEASES 368,887 368,887 385,099 16,212 46 INSURANCE 35,455 35,455 37,406 1,951 47 PUBLIC UTILITY SERVICES 831,565 831,565 882,978 51,413 48 REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE 27,100 27,100 31,993 4,893 49 MISCELLANEOUS 5,200 5,200 7,402 2,202 53 EXT TAXES & OPERATING ASSMNTS - 49 49 64 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT 53,074 53,074 STREET MAINTENANCE & OPERATION 2,841,361 2,841,361 2,812,580 Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept 97.23% 105.49% 51.00% 102.04% 98.43% 96.26% 90.71% 91.74% 69.43% (hh) 81.97% 19.14% 27.73% 10.41 % 0.00% 104.39% 105.50% 106.18% (ii) 118.06% 142.35% 0.00% 0.00% (jj) (2.8,781) 98.99% CITY OF TUKWILA General Fund Expenditures - By Department As of December 31 2013 % of year expired ONTRIBUTIONS / FUND - BALANCE' ;; AnnualBudget`;' Budgets "'_" `;Actual Spent Varian 02 DEBT SERVICE TRANSFERS 2,664,688 2,664,688 2,940,244 275,556 110.34% 01 TRANSFERS OUT 7,182,140 7,182,140 6,588,919 (593,221) 91.74% 01 -103 Transfer to Fund 103 Street 100,000 100,000 230,000 130,000 230.00% 01 -104 Transfer to Fund 104 Arterial Street 4,550,000 4,550,000 1,650,000 (2,900,000) 36.26% 01 -105 Transfer to Fund 105 Contingency 1500,000 1,500,000 4,225,000 2,725,000 281.67% 01 -107 Transfer to Fund 107 Fire Equipmnet - - 83,919 83,919 0.00% 01 -109 Transfer to Fund 109 Drug Seizure 75,000 75,000 - (75,000) 0.00% 01 -303 Transfer to Fund 303 Gen Gov't Improve 500,000 500,000 - (500,000) 0.00% 01 -411 Transfer to Fund 411 Golf Course 400,000 400,000 400,000 - 100.00% 00 OTHER MISCTRANSFERS/ADJUSTMENTS 57,140 57,140 - (57,140) 0.00% 52 MPD LOANS 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,250,000 250,000 125.00% CONTRIBUTIONS 1 FUND BALANCE , ;; ° 10,846,828 10,846,828 ' ° 10,779,163 ; " -87,8 100.00% (a) Council analyst position was budgeted at step 1 for budget year. Previous analyst remained in position until May 2013. (b) Council member medical reimbursements exceeded budget. (c) Berk Contract underspent and Neighborhood Outreach Liaison program meetings were anticipated to occur in the fall of 2013 rather than early 2014. (d) Voter registration costs exceeded budget. (e) Annual maintenance for Eden was budgeted in Professional Services category but charged to Repairs & Maintenance. (f) Claims & judgments higher than anticipated due to unforeseen circumstances. (g) Use of part- time/extra labor that qualify for PERS, however, PERS is not budgeted for these positions. (h) Significant events during the summer increased the need for supplies and rental services. (i) Some classes did not meet minimum number of participants so were canceled. This also canceled the need for instructors. Additionally, no large volunteer appreciation event was held in 2013. 0) Partial funds for the volunteer trailer were expended but didn't qualify as capital so were charged to operating GL codes. (k) Payout for retirement, part-time increase in hours which were grant funded. FICA and PERS increased respectively. (I) King County recycling grant budgeted for $4K, spent $11K. Revenue received corresponds to funds spent. (m) Software support charged to Repairs & Maintenance rather than Professional Services category. (n) Abatement costs under budget by $43K. (o) TRAIT- expenditures of $50K were budgeted to capital but charged to other operating GL accounts. (p) Received grant to purchase computer for $4.7K, also purchased furniture and reconfiguration of front office. (q) Difficulty in hiring staff therefore needed to use overtime until staff could be hired. (r) Additional costs for recruitment of new officers. Costs were associated with background checks. (s) Jail costs were over budgeted allowing for $100K of King County services that were not needed and not used. (t) Primarily acting pay due to backfilling positions due to vacancies. Also had one payout. (u) Overtime is higher than budget due to backfilling positions during temporary promotions, vacancies, and several staff out on injuries. (v) Both FICA and LEOFF are over budget due to both salaries and overtime being over budget. (w) Air packs were rebuilt rather than purchasing new; costs were charged to supplies rather than capital. This extended the life by approximately 5 years. (x) Suppression O &M adjusted to reflect actual costs by $75K, other O &M adjusted for actuals. (y) Repairs on saws, MDCs, extrication equipment, etc. was lower than anticipated. (z) Extra labor was due to vacancy in the IT department. Because the vacancy was not immediately filled, it also caused Salaries to be under budget. (aa) Items budgeted to repair but charged to either professional services or misc category. (bb) Microsoft licenses reclassified to Miscellaneous category from Capital. (cc) No capital items purchased in 2013. (dd) Time spent on projects in other funds over what was originally budgeted. (ee) Overtime is required for private development permits for utility work. Work done at night is reimbursed by developer or utility company. (ff) Overage is due to repairs needed for aging facilities with heating/AC, roof repairs, etc. (gg) Utility charges reflect actual usage and is related to Spray Park at TCC. (hh) Operating supplies are budgeted based on anticipated accidents that could happen that damage City property. Less accidents occurred than anticipated. (ii) Additional streetlights along SC Pkwy and rate increases from both Puget Sound Energy and Seattle City Light. (jj) 2 traffic control devices were purchased some of the excess operating supplies budget. This went to Council on 11/18/13 for approval. Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 000 By Dept 19 City of Tukwila HoteVMotel Tax Fund 101 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 % of year expired 100.00% Revenue General Revenue HoteVMotel Taxes Total General Revenue $ 538,000 538,000 538,000 538,000 526,832 526,832 (11,168) (11,168) 97.92% 97.92% Intergovernmental Revenue 898,000 898,000 882,810 (15,190) 98.31% Sea Tac Base Costs 350,000 350,000 655,000 305,000 187.14% Sea Tac Joint Media Costs 165,000 165,000 147,988 (17,012) 89.69% Kent Costs 60,000 60,000 60,000 - 100.00% Des Moines Costs 18,000 18,000 19,822 1,822 110.12% Community Services -Sea Tac 100% 305,000 305,000 - (305,000) 0.00% Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Other Misc Revenue Total Miscellaneous Revenue Total Revenue Expenditures 11 Salaries 12 Extra Labor 13 Overtime 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 Industrial Insurance 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 31 Office & Operating Supplies 41 Professional Services 42 Communication 43 Travel 44 Advertising 45 Operating Rentals & Leases 47 Public Utility Services 48 Repairs & Maintenance 49 Miscellaneous 64 Capital Outlay Total HoteVMotel Tax Fund Indirect cost allocation Total Expenditures Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments 1,766 1,766 933 (833) 52.81 % 12,000 12,000 21,708 9,708 180.90% 13,766 13,766 22,641 8,875 164.47% 1,449,766 1449766, 1,432,282 (17,484) 98.79% 293,878 293,878 45,000 45,000 4,110 4,110 22,243 22,243 24,100 24,100 1,252 1,252 38,867 38,867 29,063 29,063 161,000 161,000 76,100 76,100 23,000 23,000 657,800 657,800 51,741 51,741 1,500 1,500 1,000 1,000 35,400 35,400 10,000 10,000 1,476,054 1,476,054 278,463 (15,415) 94.75% 27,983 (17,017) 62.18% 4,542 432 110.51% 23,790 1,547 106.96% 24,983 883 103.67% 1,484 232 118.51% 31,610 (7,257) 81.33% 28,987 (76) 99.74% 146,764 (14,236) 91.16% 88,346 12,246 116.09% 13,347 (9,653) 58.03% 571,616 (86,184) 86.90% 47,059 (4,682) 90.95% 900 (600) 59.98% (1,000) 0.00% 41,979 6,579 118.58% - (10,000) 0.00% 1,331,852 (144,202) 90.23% 98,128 98,128 96,191 1,574,182 1,574,182 1,428,043 (124,416) (124,416) 650,000 650,000 (1,937) 98.03% (146,139) 90.72% 4,239 128,655 -3.41% 710,707 60,707 109.34% 525,584 ;$ 525,584 $ ',714,946 , $ . , ` 189,362. 136.03% $ 537,454 (a) $9K of the miscellaneous expenditure line item is for membership dues in various organizations. " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 101 20 City of Tukwila Street Fund 103 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Intergovernmental Revenue Dept of Transportation- Thomdyke State Grant - Cascade View State Grant - Thomdyke MVFT Cities Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Total Miscellaneous Revenue • Transfers In Total Revenue Expenditures 11 Salaries 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 Industrial Insurance 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 41 Professional Services 64 Capital Outlay Total Streets Fund % of year expired 443,000 $ 443,000 $ 321,625 $ (121,376) 21,875 21,875 133,000 133,000 30,252 (102,748) 48,000 48,000 (48,000) 262,000 262,000 269,498 7,498 1,000 1,000 100,000 1,000 1,000 100,000 1,763 1,763 230,000 763 763 130,000 100.00% 72.60% 0.00% 22.75% 0.00% 102.86% 176.28% 176.28% 230.00% (a) 544,000 544,000 ' 9,387; 101.73% 13,539 13,539 0.00% 1,014 1,014 0.00% 1,156 1,156 0.00% 147 147 0.00% 990 990 0.00% 359,000 359,000 167,358 (191,642) 46.62% (b) 78,000 78,000 - (78,000) 0.00% (b) 437,000 437,000 184,203 (252,797) 42.15% Total Exptndl#ures 437 000 437,000 " „:184,203 ; (252,797) , ; .:42.15% Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance 107,000 107,000 369,184 262,184 345.03% 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,046,771 46,771 104.68% Ending Fund Balance $ 1 107 000 $ ::;, 1 107 000 $ > ".1,415,955 $ „308,955 -:. 127.91% Cash and investments $ 1,359,905 (a) $130K transfer in was a transfer delayed from 2012. (b) 42nd Ave S Phase III is still in design with 50% of design funds carried into 2014, Cascade View Safe Routes to School construction will be carried over into 2014, and Thomdyke Safe Routes to School project is in design phase. " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 103 21 City of Tukwila Arterial Street Fund 104 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 % of year expired 100.00% Revenue General Revenue Parking Taxes Real Estate Excise Taxes Total General Revenue Charges for Services Traffic & Park Impact Fees Total Charges for Services 151,000 $ 151,000 130,000 130,000 281,000 281,000 155,860 $ 4,860 193,700 63,700 349,560 68,560 103.22% 149.00% 124.40% 270,446 270,446 0.00% 270,446 270,446 0.00% Intergovernmental Revenue 2540,000 2,540,000 1,545,665 (994,335) 60.85% (a) Dept of Transportation - Tukwila 9,121 9,121 0.00% Fed Grant -Tuk Urb Ctr-Ped 878,000 878,000 301,647 (576,353) 34.36% Boeing Access Bridge 108,511 108,511 0.00% Fed Grant - Overlay & Repair EMW 1,000,000 1,000,000 383 (999,617) 0.04% State Grant- TIB PH III 2,634 2,634 0.00% WSDOT Reg Mobility Grant -Trans 550,000 550,000 995,373 445,373 180.98% State Grant -APW - 1,174 1,174 0.00% MVFT Cities 112,000 112,000 126,822 14,822 113.23% Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Earnings 3,820 3,820 5,650 1,830 147.92% Contributions/Donations 272,000 272,000 306,593 34,593 112.72% LID Prepayments - - 2,788,350 2,788,350 0% Total Miscellaneous Revenue 275,820 275,820 3,100,593 2,824,773 1124.14% Transfer In 4,550,000 4,550,000 1,650,000 (2,900,000) 36.26% Prior Period Revenue 413,321 413,321 0.00% LID Debt Proceeds 8,500,000 8,500,000 6,018,750 (2,481,250) 70.81% (b) Total Revenue ' 16,148,820 ;16,146,820, 13,348,335; ", (2,798;485) 82.67% Expenditures 11 Salaries 214,104 214,104 349,178 135,074 163.09% (c) 12 Extra Labor - 6,360 6,360 0.00% 13 Overtime - - 150 150 0.00% 21 FICA 15,951 15,951 26,538 10,587 166.37% 23 PERS 17,556 17,556 29,124 11,568 165.89°! 24 Industrial Insurance 626 626 2,417 1,791 386.08% (d) 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 26,188 26,188 44,502 18,314 169.93% 31 Office & Operating Supplies 394 394 0.00% 41 Professional Services 2,493,000 2,493,000 1,306,525 (1,186,475) 52.41% (e) 42 Communication - 35 35 0.00% 43 Travel - - 345 345 0.00% 44 Advertising - - 3,228 3,228 0.00% 45 Operating Rentals & Leases 1,027 1,027 0.00% 47 Public Utility Services - - 1,574 1,574 0.00% 48 Repairs & Maintenance - 42,594 42,594 0.00% 49 Miscellaneous - - 22,751 22,751 0.00% 64 Capital Outlay 2,548,000 2,548,000 2,194,528 (353,472) 86.13% (e) 80 Debt Service Principal - - 49,140 49,140 0.00% 81 Debt Service Interest and costs 155,719 155,719 0.00% Total Arterial Streets 104 5,315,425 5,315,425 4,236,131 (1,079,294) 79.70% Transfers Out 8,500,000 8,500,000 8,500,000 - 100.00% (b) Total idlturea -„ ?;13,815,425" ,,;" 13,815,425 2,735,131 (1,079,294) , ' `. 92.19% Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments 2,331,395 2,331,395 612,204 (1,719,191) 26.26% 450,000 450,000 483,330 33,330 107.41% 2,781,385 $ 2,781,396 ; $ 1,09$534 - ` r$ (1,685,861): $ 1,167,156 (a) Grant revenue is tied to construction projects including Boeing Access Bridge and Tukwila Urban Center - Transit Center. (b) Bond proceeds are for the Tukwila Urban Center Access Project Local Improvement District No. 33. Bonds were sold in November 2013. Once LID proceeds were received, most of the proceeds will be transferred into the general fund. (c) Salary and benefit costs are related to the Southcenter Parkway project and LID. Project has been closed out. (d) Budget of $626 is for two administrative personnel. However, personnel working on projects are budgeted in other funds but charged to fund 104 for specific project work. Their industrial insurance rate is substantially higher than administrative personnel. (e) Boeing Access Rd over BNRR Bridge Rehab is under design late in the year, Tukwila Urban Center - Ped/Bike Bridge and Overlay & Repair - E Marginal Way S is under design. TUC - Transit Center and Andover Pk W (Tukwila Pkwy - Strander Blvd) is under design with Council approved the bid in November with construction in 2014.. Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 104 22 City of Tukwila Fund 104 Arterial Streets As of December 31, 2013 PROJECT PROJECT DESCRIPTION 10901301 Howard Hanson Dam Flood Response 90310402 Interurban Ave S 90510403 TUC Pedestrian/Bicycle Bridge 90610402 TUC Transit Center 90810406 Transportation Element Comp Plan 91210401 2012 Overlay & Repair 91210405 ADA Improvements 91210406 Overlay & Repair E Marginal Wy S 91310401 2013 Overlay & Repair 91310402 2013 Bridge Inspections 91310404 Annual Traffic Signals 2013 91310406 Tukwila MIC Smart Street Non - Motorized 91310407 Boeing Access Bridge over Airport Way 91410401 2014 Overlay & Repair 98410419 Tukwila Urban Center Access (Klickitat) 98410437 Southcenter Pkwy Extension 98610403 Strander Blvd Extension 98810404 Andover Park W (Tuk Pk - Strander) 99410408 Boeing Access Rd Bridge Rehabilitation 99510404 Tukwila Intl Blvd Phase III 99110405 Andover Park E/lndustry Dr Intersection 90310405 Andover Park e/Minkler Blvd Intersection 99310410 West Valley Hwy /S 156 St Intersection 99510402 S 144 St Phase II (42nd Ave S -TIB) 99510405 S 133 SUSR599 Southbound Intersection 90610405 Macadam Rd & S 144th St Intersection 91310403 Traffic Counts 2013 11100301 Public Records Request 11000300 Tukwila South Project Annual Bill Totals Other Revenue: - PROJECT REVENUE - - -- - -- PROJECT EXPENDITURES -- 1 Actual YTD '1 Over (under) I ACTUAL YTD 12 -31 -13 I Over (under) et ' 12 -31 -13 1 Bu • et BUDGET ! Staff Time Other Total Budget I$ !$ - 1$ 217 $ - $ 217!$ 2171 - ' P/, i 400,000 ' 22,645 555,780 578,425 ' 178,425 ' 361,258 I (516,742) 1,171,000 I, 20,791 316,800 337,591 ; (833,409); 995,373 1 445,373 �' 6,130,000 1 51,614 1,043,461 1,095,075 ' (5,034,925)1 12,842 12,842 , I 1,450,000 ; 1,899 1,899 (1,44812,842 101), ' - I 163,000 I 1,947 28,757 30,704 , (132,296)1 383 (999,617) i 1 1,475,000 i 9,516 119,573 129,089 i (1,345,911)i - ' 6(' - . 1,942 30,863 32,805 . 32,805 ' - 1 275,0001 19,138 56,282 75,4201 (199,580) - 1 - 0 ' 150,000 1 - 115,188 115,188 ' (34,812)1 9,121 ' 9,121 E 2,668 7,876 10,544 � 10,544 ' I - I - 16,727 16,727 ; 16,727 1 ( 261 14,894 15,1551 15,1551 - - ' 21,177 260,646 281,823 ; 281,823 ' 195,836 195,836 I - 1 106,010 992,186 1,098,196 1 1,098,196 ; r +s,. �,� - 1 41 1,574 1,615 , 1,815 1,174 1,174 `i 1,840,000' 21,564 80,539 102,103 I (1,737,897)' 108,511. 108,511 1,400,000. 59,348 89,904 149,252 ; (1,250,748). 2,634 1 2,634 j - 1 - - I - ' ' - 1 ^ 100,000 1 - i - - � (100,000) _ 75,000 ' - - - 1 (75,000). r,. !,�, 75,000 ! - (75,000)1 �nna 68,0001 - - - ! (68,000)1 - - ' - f° 20,000 ' - ' (20,000)' - ! - spa 17,000 ! (17,000)1 - 1 - 1 - 1 450 450 ' 450 1 - - ' 110 - 110 I 110' I I ' £ r 528 - 528 ' °^ ,$ 878,000 I, 550,000 1 - 1,000,000 i _ I 753.711- Parking Taxes Real Estate Excise Taxes Park Impact Fees Traffic Impact Fees MVFT Cities Investment Eamings Contributions/Donations Transfers In LID Prepayments LID Debt Proceeds Total Other Revenue Total Revenue Fund 104 Budget Actual YTD $ 151,000 1 $ 155,860 130,000 193,700 19,907 - I 190,9271 112,000 j 126,822 3,820 ' 81,157 272,000 , 35,250 !(b) 4,550,000 1 2,300, 000 1 2,788,350 ; 8,500,000 , 6,018,750 , 13, 718, 820 I 11, 910, 724 I S 18.148.820 ; i 13.585.013 I 4 per! 1,11 $354 709 3 731 050 4'085 759 'i 10 723 "241> (a) Includes $60K of park impact fees (b) Developer agreement recorded in Contributions/Donations category in fund 104 statement. $195,836 is allocated to the Southcenter Pkwy Extension project. 23 City of Tukwila Contingency Fund 105 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Total Miscellaneous Revenue Transfers In Total Revenue Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments nual Budi % of year expired 100.00% $ 1,816 $ 1,816 1,816 1,816 1,575,000 1,575,000 ear-To -Date ; ; Variance:'*% 2,477 $ 661 136.40% 2,477 661 136.40% 4,300,000 2,725,000 273.02% (a) 576,816 1,576,816 4,302,477 2,725,661 272.86% 1,576,816 1,576,816 1,500,000 1,500,000 4,302,477 1,460,454 2,725,661 272.86% (39,546) 97.36% 3, 076 ,816 $ , 3,076,816 $ ; ;: 6, 762 1. 5 ,931, � � $- 2,666,115: ; ., 187.30% (a) Transfer from general fund to contingency occurred upon receipt of LID bond proceeds. " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 105 24 City of Tukwila Fire Equipment Cum. Reserve 107 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Intergovernmental Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Total Miscellaneous Revenue Transfers In Total Revenue Expenditures Total Transfer Out Total Expendltun Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance, Cash and investments 52,698 1,311 1,311 % of year expired 100.00% 52,698 1,311 1,311 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 83,919 83,919 0.00% 137,928 137,828, ' ' ,0.00% 1,030,000 1,030,000 1,030,000 1,030,000 `: ' 1,030,000.. 1,030,000. 0.00% 100.00% 00.00% (1,030,000) (1,030,000) 1,030,000 1,030,000 (892,072) 892,072 137,928 (137,928) 86.61% 86.61% (0) : _ $" (0) 0.00%,(a) (a) The balance of this fund has been moved to Fund 501 - Equipment Rental and Replacement and allocated to the aerial ladder truck replacement ** Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 107 25 City of Tukwila Drug Seizure Fund 109 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings $ 1,000 Seizure Revenue 20,000 Total Miscellaneous Revenue 21,000 Transfers In Tara! Revenue Expenditures 31 Office & Operating Supplies 35 Small Tools & Minor Equipment 41 Professional Services 43 Travel 45 Operating Rentals & Leases 49 Miscellaneous 51 Intergovernmental Prof Svcs Total Drug Seizure Fund 1,000 20,000 21,000 75,000 75,000 61,213 61,213 % of year expired 100.00% (1,000) 41,213 40,213 0.00% 306.07% 291.49% (75,000) 0.00% 96 000'; '96 000' 61 213" (34,787) % `,'63.76% 3,000 3,000 - (3,000) 0.00% - 1,541 1,541 0.00% 10,000 10,000 30,000 20,000 300.00% 5,268 5,268 0.00% 10,000 10,000 - (10,000) 0.00% 2,000 2,000 3,920 1,920 196.00% 30,000 30,000 30,000 - 100.00% 55,000 55,000 70,729 15,729 128.60% Transfer Out 75,000 75,000 75,000 - 100.00% Total Expenditures 130,000 130,000 . 145,729 15,729, . 112.10% Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments (34,000) 280,000 (34,000) 280,000 246,000 $ 2 ** Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 109 26 (84,516) (50,516) 160,125 (119,875) 248.58% 57.19% 75.609` $ ' : -(170,391) ,.., 30.74 %` $ 75,609 City of Tukwila Debt Service Funds 2XX - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 100.00% Revenue Build America Bonds Tax Credit $ 66,657 $ 66,657 $ 61,358 (5,299) 92.05% (a) Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings - - 28,911 28,911 0.00% Capital Contributions 36,000 36,000 0.00% Total Miscellaneous Revenue 680,000 680,000 733,661 53,661 107.89% Transfers In Total Revenue Expenditures 80 Debt Service Principal 81 Debt Service Interest/Misc Fees Total Debt Service Funds Transfers Among Debt Service Funds Total Expendituress Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments 2,664,688 2,664,688 3,019,329 354,641 113.31% 3,411,345 ` 3,411,345. 3,814 347, ' , 403,002 ; 111.81% 4,926,000 4,926,000 5,024,991 98,991 102.01% (b) 1,105,031 1,105,031 1,123,633 18,602 101.68% 6,031,031 6,031,031 6,148,623 117,592 101.95% 995 995 0.00% 6,031,031 6,031,031 6,149,618 118,587 101:97% (2,619,686) (2,619,686) (2,335,271) 3,308,000 3,308,000 3,012,381 284,415 89.14% (295,619) 91.06% 688,314. $ 688,314, $ ; 677,110 $ (11,204). 98.37% $ 678,665 (a) Tax credit for 2010 BABs bonds. Bonds were issued for the Southcenter Parkway in the Tukwila South Annexation area and for the cost of emergency preparedness capital and other equipment. Sequestration reduced the tax credit by 8.7% or $5K. (b) Principal due for most bonds is in December of each year. Includes the early retirement of $2.7M for the LTGO 2003 bonds. .• Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 2XX 27 City of Tukwila Land Acquisition, Rec and Park Development Fund 301 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue General Revenue Excess Prop Tax Levy -Dwmsh Hill Real Estate Excise Taxes Total General Revenue % of year expired 100.00% 34,000 $ 34,000 $ 33,566 $ (434) 98.72% 130,000 130,000 194,935 64,935 149.95% 164,000 164,000 228,501 64,501 139.33% Charges for Services Park Impact Fees 60,000 60,000 25,661 (34,339) 42.77% Total Charges for Services 60,000 60,000 25,661 (34,339) 42.77% Intergovernmental Revenue 915,000 915,000 271,562 (643,438) 29.68% (a) Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings 10,000 10,000 1,904 (8,096) 19.04% Rents and Concessions - - - - 0.00% Total Miscellaneous Revenue 10,000 10,000 1,904 (8,096) 19.04% Total Revenue 1,149,000 - 1,149,000. , 527,622 (621,373) 4592%i Expenditures 11 Salaries - 15,844 15,844 0.00% 21 FICA 1,190 1,190 0.00% 23 PERS - 1,310 1,310 0.00% 24 Industrial Insurance 44 44 0.00% 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical - 2,198 2,198 0.00% 41 Professional Services 952,000 952,000 299,287 (652,713) 31.44% (b) 43 Travel - 12 12 0.00% 44 Advertising 400 400 0.00% 48 Repairs & Maintenance - 5,183 5,183 0.00% 64 Capital Outlay 170,000 170,000 72,459 (97,541) 42.62% (b) Total Park Acquisition Fund 1,122,000 1,122,000 397,926 (724,074) 35.47% Total Expenditures 1,122,000 .1122,000 397,926 (724,074) .'35.47% Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance 27,000 27,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 129,702 1,090,187 102,702 480.38% 90,187 109.02% Ending Fund Balance '$;:: ,1.027, 000 = "$ 1,027,000 $ 1,219,889 $ 192,889 118.78% Cash and investments $ 1,159,366 (a) Grant revenue is tied to projects and invoiced to grantors after project funds are expended. Grants budgeted include DHP $515K. Duwamish Gardens $350K, and Duwamish Gardens Acquisition $50K. Grant for DHP went to CAP in 4th quarter. (b) Duwamish Gardens project and Parks, Recreation and Open Space Plan are both in design phase. " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 301 28 City of Tukwila Fund 301 Land Acquisition, Roc and Park Development As of December 31, 2013 ' PROJECT DESCRIPTION 81330101 Parks, Recreation & Open Space Plan 90030104 WRIA 9 Watershed Planning 90330109 Duwamish Hill Preserve 90510403 TUC Pedestrian/Bicycle Bridge 90630102 Duwamish Gardens 91030101 TCC Spray Park Sewer Connection 99830106 Codiga Park 90330107 Fort Dent Park 90730101 Black River Trail Connector Totals Other Revenue: Real Estate Excise Taxes Park Impact Fees Investment Eamings Rents and Concessions Total Other Revenue Total Revenue Fund 301 (a) Excess property tax levy - - -- PROJECT REVENUE - - -- i Actual YTD I Over (under) dx -t •_ 12-31-13 Bud $ - 1 - I 624,000 � 59,226 350,000 ! 271,562 1 - I - I (564,774) (78,438) 974 000 330788 $ 643,212 Budget Actual YTD $ 130,000 1 $ 194,935 1 35,0001 - 1 • 10,0001 1,9041 1 175,000 I 196,839 1 i $ 1,149,000 i $ 527,627 i PROJECT EXPENDITURES ACTUAL YTD 12 -31 -13 i BUDGET 1 Staff Time Other ` Total $ 100,000 1, $ 210 $ 80,367 $ 80,577 1 12,000 I 11,175 11,175 610,000 i 11,861 11,861 350,000 ! 20,930 201,478 222,408 - 72,459 72,459 27,000 . - - 23,000 1 1 21,140 $3 Over (under) Budget' • $ (19,423), (825)1 (598,139)1 (127,592)! - 1 72,459 (27,000) (23,000) 1. 723 520 29 City of Tukwila Facility Replacement Fund 302 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Total Miscellaneous Revenue Total Revenue Expenditures 11 Salaries % of year expired 5,602 $ 5,602 $ 3,373 $ (2,229) 5,602 5,602 5,602 3,373 (2,229) 100.00% 60.22% 60.22% 3 373t!,,'., 2229 : :602296 1,707 1,707 0.00% 21 FICA 129 129 0.00% 23 PERS - 145 145 0.00% 24 Industrial Insurance - 21 21 0.00% 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical - 70 70 0.00% 31 Office & Operating Supplies - - 446 446 0.00% 41 Professional Services 508,000 508,000 94,349 (413,651) 18.57% (a) 44 Advertising - 636 636 0.00% 47 Public Utility Services 8,500 8,500 8,481 (19) 99.78% 48 Repairs & Maintenance 1,500 1,500 224 (1,276) 14.97% 49 Miscellaneous - 82 82 0.00% 64 Capital Outlay 72,000 72,000 (72,000) 0.00% (a) Total Expenditures 590,000 590,000 106,291 (483,709) 18.02% TobiExpenditures 590,000 590,000. 106,291 (483,709) 18.02% Change in Fund Balance (584,398) (584,398) (102,918) 481,480 17.61% Beginning Fund Balance 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,005,520 5,520 100.28% Ending Fund Balance $; 1,415,602 s , $t= 1,415,602 $ 1,902,602 $" 487,000, `� 134.40% Cash and investments $ 2,005,539 (a) City facility needs assessment contract was approved at the June 3, 2013 C.O.W. meeting. ** Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 302 30 City of Tukwila General Government Improvements 303 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 % of year expired 100.00% Revenue Intergovernmental Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Total Miscellaneous Revenue Transfers In Total Revenue Expenditures 11 Salaries 13 Overtime 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 Industrial Insurance 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 28 Uniform Clothing 31 Office & Operating Supplies 35 Small Tools & Minor Equipment 41 Professional Services 20,000 20,000 48 Repairs & Maintenance - - 49 Miscellaneous - - 64 Capital Outlay 1,180,000 1,180,000 Total Gen Government Improve 1,329,937 1,329,937 nuahBudge 722,000 $ 722,000 $ 231,473 $ (490,527) 842 842 500,000 100,374 7,665 8,234 313 13,351 842 743 842 500,000 (99) 743 (99) (500,000) 32.06% (a) 88.23% 88.23% 0.00% (b) 1222842 232 216;: 100,374 7,665 8,234 313 13,351 Transfers Out Total Expenditures Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance 77,799 1,240 6,024 6,494 494 12,231 139 5,215 8,024 60,414 51,333 2,906 383,890 616,203 78,089 1,329,937 . 1,329,937 694,292 (107,095) (462,076) 913,830 900,000 900,000 792,905 $ 7 (990,626) ,18.99%'r (22,575) 1,240 (1,641) (1,740) 181 (1,120) 139 5,215 8,024 40,414 51,333 2,906 (796,110) (713,734) 78,089 (635,6451.„ (354,981) 13,830 451,754 Cash and investments $ 516,311 . (341,151) (a) Grant revenue is tied to projects and invoiced to grantors after project funds are expended. (b) Transfers in are done on an as- needed basis. (c) Just under $52k in professional services is related to the Hesco removal project. (d) Repairs & maintenance to fire stations: install security cameras, window replacement, and flooring budgeted in 2012 but paid for in 2013. (e) Funds spent are continuation of the project to televise Council meetings. Of the total capital budget Levee repairs & maintenance. Additionally, the HHD Removal project came in under budget. 77.51% 0.00% 78.59% 78.87% 157.78% 91.61% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 302.07% (c) 0.00% (d) 0.00% 32.53% (e) 46.33% 0.00% (f) 52.20% 431.46% 101.54% i.97%` replacement. Costs to fire stations (f) Unused 2010 GO bond proceeds transferred to debt service fund to pay principal and interest. **Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 303 of $1,1B0M, $1M is for Tukwila 31 City of Tukwila Fund 303 General Government Improvements As of December 31, 2013 PROJECT PROJECT DESCRIPTION' 10901301 Howard Hanson Dam Flood Response 11030301 2010 MINOR HOME REPAIR Facility Improvements 90730302 City Hall Campus Wayfinding 90730303 George Long Water /Oil Separator 91130303 6300 Bldg Fire Alarm System 91130304 Fire Station 51 Fence & Rolling Gate 91230306 Televising City Council Meetings 91330301 6300 Bldg Interior Wayfinding Signage 91330309 Heritage Center 2013 Alarm Upgrade 91330311 TCC Fire Alarm Repair/Upgrade 91330312 Fire Marshall Office 6300 Bldg Ste 115 91330313 General Facility Improvements 91330304 Mayor's Office Remodel 32 Totals - - -- PROJECT REVENUE - - -- f i Actual YTD i Over (und Budget ' 12 -3113 ' Budget 722,000 $ 231,281 I, $ (490,719) - I 192 I 192 - - -- PROJECT EXPENDITURES ACTUAL YTD 12 -31 -13 I Over (under) BUDGET !Staff lime Other Total ; Budget 1,000,000 I, 37,221 320,789 358,010 I (641,990), I - - I 200,000 I 14,763 134,560 149,324 I (50,676) - I 216 1,227 1,443 616 616 I I - - I - 1,625 1,625 , i 4,752 61,757 66,509 i , 361 - 361 ' I 1,996 11,732 13,728 1 ' 2,334 23,862 26,196: ' 2,574 1,824 4,398 I I - 1,576 1,576 - j 1,914 30,957 32,871 I 200000 ' $ 51,984 $455,349 $507,334 692666' 722 000 - 1 231 473 + $ 490,527 Other Revenue: ' Budget Actual YTD Investment Earnings 1 $ 842 i $ 743 1 Transfers In ' 500,000 ' - i Miscellaneous I - - I Total Other Revenue ! 500,842 1 743 1 Total Revenue Fund 303 1 $ 1,222,842 : $ 232,218 � City of Tukwila Fire Impact Fees 304 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Charges for Services Fire Impact Fees Total Charges for Services Investment Eamings Total Miscellaneous Revenue Total Expenditures 80 Debt Service Principal Total Expenclltures >" Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance $ 50,000 $ 50,000 100 100 50,100;;: 55,000 55000 (4,900) 300,000 % of year expired 100.00% 50,000 $ 139,714 $ 89,714 50,000 139,714 89,714 279.43% 279.43% 100 581 481 580.99% 100 581 481 580.99% 50 100 140,295:: 90195 280.03 %t 55,000 51,083 (3,917) 92.88% 55 000; :. 51 083 (3,917) -- ,� - 92.88% (4,900) 89,212 94,112 - 1820.66% 300,000 348,010 48,010 116.00% $ 295,100 $ 295,100. - $ : 437,222 $ 42,122 Cash and investments $ 437,222 •. Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 304 48.16 %, 33 City of Tukwila Water Fund 401 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Charges for Services Water Sales Security Total Charges for Services Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Capital contributions Connection Fees Other Misc Revenue Total Miscellaneous Revenue Sale of Capital Assets Transfers In Hydrant Rental ear-To- % of year expired 100.00% 5,228,000 $ 5,228,000 $ 5,747,418 1,000 1,000 315 5,229,000 5,229,000 5,747,733 6,700 6,700 15,500 672 50,000 50,000 83,104 300 300 480 57,000 57,000 99,756 106,000 106,000 (1,446) 103,680 Total Revenue 5392000 5,392,000 Expenses 11 Salaries 12 Extra Labor 13 Overtime 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 Industrial Insurance 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 28 Uniform Clothing 31 Office & Operating Supplies 33 Water Purchased for Resale 35 Small Tools & Minor Equipment 41 Professional Services 42 Communication 43 Travel 44 Advertising 45 Operating Rentals & Leases 46 Insurance 47 Public Utility Services 48 Repairs & Maintenance 49 Miscellaneous 53 Excise Taxes 54 Interfund utility taxes 64 Capital Outlay 80 Debt Service Principal 81 Debt Service Interest 00 Prior Period Expense Total Water Fund Indirect cost allocation Total, Expenses 6,590,809 $ 519,417.90 (685) 518,733 8,800 672 33,104 180 42,756 (1,446) (2,320) 109.94% (a) 31.50% 109.92% 231.34% 0.00% 166.21% (b) 160.00% 175.01% 0.00% 97.81% 5,949,723 557,723' 110.34% 572,435 572,435 563,676 6,000 6,000 - 5,738 5,738 6,505 43,634 43,634 42,982 46,940 46,940 46,234 14,235 14,235 12,134 123,273 123,273 114,000 1,330 1,330 1,392 92,839 92,839 112,711 2,195,596 2,195,596 2,333,276 11,000 11,000 7,893 270,300 270,300 101,917 2,500 2,500 218 1,500 1,500 86 - - 54 116,809 116,809 144,837 21,000 21,000 21,656 23,000 23,000 22,146 3,000 3,000 10,458 35,200 35,200 33,339 184,000 184,000 254,633 534,000 534,000 561,931 1,237,000 1,237,000 22,443 460,181 460,181 462,394 83,852 83,852 76,063 - - 25,201 6,085,362 6,085,362 4,978,177 511,447 511,447 511,447 6,598,809 5,489,624 Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments (1,204,809) (1,204,809) 6,000,000 6,000,000 460,099 6,077,949 (8,759) (6,000) 767 (652) (706) (2,101) (9,273) 62 19,872 137,680 (3,107) (168,383) (2,282) (1,414) 54 28,028 656 (854) 7,458 (1,861) 70,633 27,931 (1,214,557) 2,213 (7,789) 25,201 (1,107,185) 98.47% 0.00% 113.36% 98.51% 98.50% 85.24% 92.48% 104.66% 121.40% 106.27% (a) 71.75% 37.70% 8.72% 5.71% 0.00% 123.99% 103.12% 96.29% 348.60% (c) 94.71% 138.39% (d) 105.23% 1.81% (e) 100.48% 90.71% 0.00% 81.81% 100.00% (1,107,185) 83.22% 1,664,908 - 38.19% 77,949 101.30% $ ".,.4,795,191 " "$ . ' 4,795,191 $ " . 6,538,048 " $., ` 1,742,857 - 136.35 %I $ 6,315,350 (a) When water usage is higher both revenue and water sales are higher. (b) Connection fees are related to permit activity or sale of property. (c) Annual maintenance for Eden was budgeted in the Miscellaneous category but charged to Repairs & Maintenance. (d) Excise tax budget has not been adjusted even though revenue has increased over the last several years. (e) Andover Park W /Strander new water main project construction has been carried over into 2014. •' Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 401 34 City of Tukwila Sewer Fund 402 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Charges for Services Sewer Sales Total Charges for Services Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Connection fees Total Miscellaneous Revenue Sale of Capital Assets Public Trust Fund Loan Proceeds Total Revenue Expenses 11 Salaries 12 Extra Labor 13 Overtime 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 Industrial insurance 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 28 Uniform Clothing 31 Office & Operating Supplies 33 Metro Sewage Treatment 35 Small Tools & Minor Equipment 41 Professional Services 42 Communication 43 Travel 44 Advertising 45 Operating Rentals & Leases 46 Insurance 47 Public Utility Services 48 Repairs & Maintenance 49 Miscellaneous 53 Excise Taxes 54 Interfund utility tax 64 Capital Outlay 80 Debt Service Principal 81 Debt Service Interest 00 Prior Period Expense Total Sewer Fund Indirect cost allocation Total Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments $ 5,780,000 $ 5,780,000 5,780,000 5,780,000 5,000 120,000 125,000 750,000 5,000 120,000 125,000 750,000 % of year expired 7,366,555 $ 1,586,555 7,366,555 1,586,555 20,493 248,946 269,439 (3,184) 15,493 128,946 144,439 (3,184) (750,000) 127.45% 127.45% 409.86% 207.46% (a) 215.55% 0.00% 0.00% ,655,000 16,855,000. 7,632,810 : 977,810 ; 114.69% 289,014 8,000 3,442 21,998 23,699 6,189 44,420 570 22,393 3,749,000 5,500 241,600 2,500 1,000 150 90,261 15,195 27,050 43,000 30,000 40,000 579,000 1,180,000 275,961 78,801 289,014 8,000 3,442 21,998 23,699 6,189 44,420 570 22,393 3,749,000 5,500 241,600 2,500 1,000 150 90,261 15,195 27,050 43,000 30,000 40,000 579,000 1,180,000 275,961 78,801 6,778,743 6,778,743 385,141 7,163,884 385,141 7,163,884 (508,884) (508,884) 1,389,352 2,100,000 2,100,000 2,199,823 1,591,116 ": $ ..,1,591,116:% $ 3,589,175 $ 2,755,073 340,316 8,347 8,611 27,475 29,425 6,804 61,397 603 34,350 3,447,428 1,662 187,991 2,174 662 144 82,407 16,734 31,350 154,800 32,038 104,845 736,739 153,167 277,359 76,749 34,737 5,858,316 385,141 6,243,457 51,302 347 5,169 5,477 5,726 615 16,977 33 11,957 (301,572) (3,838) (53,609) (326) (338) (7) (7,854) 1,539 4,300 111,800 2,038 64,845 157,739 (1,026,833) 1,398 (2,052) 34,737 (920,427) (920,427)x` 1,898,236 99,823 1,998,059"' ." 117.75% 104.33% 250.19% (b) 124.90% (b) 124.16% (b) 109.94% (b) 138.22% (b) 105.86% 153.40% 91.96% 30.22% 77.81% 86.96% 66.24% 95.67% 91.30% 110.13% (c) 115.90% 360.00% (d) 106.79% 262.11% (e) 127.24% 12.98% (f) 100.51% 97.40% 0.00% 86.42% 100.00% 87.15% - 273.02% 104.75% 225.58% (a) Connection charges are directly tied to permit activity and property sales. (b) Emergency sewer repair work on Andover Park West. Employees from other departments were charged here for the emergency repair. (c) Budget for insurance based on 2012 actuals. (d) APW /APE sewer repair in March for $29,884. Additionally, annual maintenance for Eden is budgeted in the Miscellaneous category but charged to Repairs & Maintenance. (e) Budget has been $40,000 since 2005 but as revenue increases, so does the excise tax. Need to revise budget to reflect current taxes owed. (f) The CBD sewer rehab project was delayed due to a sewer main break in the project area. This project has been carried over into 2014. ** Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 402 35 City of Tukwila Foster Golf Course 411- Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue General Revenue Excise Taxes Total General Revenue Charges for Services Sale of Merchandise Greens Fees, Instruction Total Charges for Services Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Rents and Concessions Other Misc Revenue Total Miscellaneous Revenue Transfers In Total Ravens Expenses 11 Salaries 12 Extra Labor 13 Overtime 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 Industrial Insurance 25 Medical, Dental, Lite, Optical 26 Unemployment Compensation 28 Uniform Clothing 31 Office & Operating Supplies 34 Items Purchased for Resale 35 Small Tools & Minor Equipment 41 Professional Services 42 Communication 43 Travel 44 Advertising 45 Operating Rentals & Leases 46 Insurance 47 Public Utility Services 48 Repairs & Maintenance 49 Miscellaneous 53 Excise Taxes 54 Interfund admissions tax 64 Capital Outlay Total Foster Golf Course Fund Indirect cost allocation Total Expenses Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance End/ng Fund Ea/ance $ 2,617 2,617 134,000 977,850 1,111,850 1,130 276,000 277,130 400,000 ,791,597 2,617 $ 2,617 134,000 977,850 1,111,850 1,130 276,000 277,130 400,000 4,470 4,470 139,902 973,311 1,113,213 5,249 281,482 (150) 286,581 400,000 % of year expired 100.00% 1,853 1,853 5,902 (4,539) 1,362 4,119 5,482 (150) 9,451 1,791,597 1,804,264:: 1 654,633 89,000 2,000 49,577 53,692 14,499 140,818 6,000 1,164 88,750 80,000 2,500 9,600 5,150 750 4,000 82,445 15,195 44,293 19,400 40,950 6,400 54,000 10,000 1,474,816 192,801 1,667617� 123,980 200,000 323,9 .. 654,633 89,000 2,000 49,577 53,692 14,499 140,818 6,000 1,164 88,750 80,000 2,500 9,600 5,150 750 4,000 82,445 15,195 44,293 19,400 40,950 6,400 54,000 10,000 1,474,816 192,801 610,993 78,937 1,509 52,082 54,738 17,044 102,516 1,114 83,551 91,896 2,540 9,013 1,993 23 2,767 105,962 16,734 46,747 31,441 30,652 5,468 58,141 1,687,617 123,980 200,000 1,405,862 192,801 1,598,663 205,601 404,389 609,990; (43,640) (10,063) (491) 2,505 1,046 2,545 (38,302) (6,000) (50) (5,199) 11,896 40 (587) (3,157) (727) (1,233) 23,517 1,539 2,454 12,041 (10,298) (932) 4,141 (10,000) (68,954) 170.81% 170.81 % 104.40% 99.54% 100.12% 464.47% 101.99% 0.00% 103.41% 100.00% 00.71% 93.33% 88.69% 75.47% 105.05% 101.95% 117.55% 72.80% 0.00% 95.68% 94.14% 114.87% 101.61% 93.89% 38.70% 3.05% 69.18% 128.52% (a) 110.13% (b) 105.54% 162.07% 74.85% 85.44% 107.67% 0.00% (c) 95.32% 100.00% Cash and investments (a) Monthly ER &R O &M costs adjusted at year -end to reflect actual costs. (b) Budget for insurance based on 2012 actuals. (c) $40k of capital outlay did not occur in 2013. The 2013 budget amendment included an entry to carry forward the $40k into 2014. $ 520,926 ( 68,954): ;" 95.87% 81,621 165.83% 202.19% 204,389 286010 188.28% " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 411 36 City of Tukwila Surface Water Fund 412 - Revenue and Expenditures M of December 31 2013 Revenue Charges for Services Surface Water Sales Total Charges for Services Intergovernmental Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Earnings 12,591 12,591 21,177 8,586 168.19% Capital contributions - - 6,221 6,221 0.00% Other Misc Revenue 120 120 0.00% Total Miscellaneous Revenue 12,591 12,591 27,517 14,926 218.55% % of year expired 100.00% $ 3,839,309 $ 3,839,309 $ 3,865,438 $ 26,129 100.68% 3,839,309 3,839,309 3,865,438 26,129 100.68% 355,000 355,000 27,387 (327,613) 7.71% (a) Sale of Capital Assets (937) (937) 0.00% Toth Revenue 4,206,900 4,200,000 3,919,405 ' ` (287,495) 93.17% Expenses 11 Salaries 729,589 729,589 744,916 15,327 102.10% 12 Extra Labor 25,000 25,000 30,398 5,398 121.59% (b) 13 Overtime 9,358 9,358 5,773 (3,585) 61.69% 21 FICA 55,149 55,149 58,364 3,215 105.83% 23 PERS 59,837 59,837 63,086 3,249 105.43% 24 Industrial Insurance 15,709 15,709 15,124 (585) 96.28% 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 151,768 151,768 143,985 (7,783) 94.87% 28 Uniform Clothing 1,425 1,425 781 (644) 54.78% 31 Office & Operating Supplies 92,130 92,130 35,748 (56,382) 38.80% 35 Small Toole & Minor Equipment 4,000 4,000 10,632 6,632 265.79% (c) 41 Professional Services 953,570 953,570 360,531 (593,039) 37.81% 42 Communication 2,000 2,000 432 (1,568) 21.62% 43 Travel 2,000 2,000 149 (1,851) 7.46% 44 Advertising 500 500 1,655 1,155 330.93% (d) 45 Operating Rentals 3 Leases 135,301 135,301 134,154 (1,147) 99.15% 46 Insurance 15,195 15,195 16,734 1,539 110.13% (e) 47 Public Utility Services 156,600 156,600 34,853 (121,747) 22.26% 48 Repairs & Maintenance 13,965 13,965 19,595 5,630 140.32% (f) 49 Miscellaneous 18,000 18,000 35,275 17,275 195.97% (g) 53 Excise Taxes 25,000 25,000 52,167 27,167 208.67% (h) 54 Intertund utility tax 385,000 385,000 388,189 3,189 100.83% 64 Capital Outlay 1,485,000 1,485,000 665,690 (819,310) 44.83% (I) 80 Debt Service Principal 287,154 287,154 288,528 1,374 100.48% 81 Debt Service Interest 28,503 28,503 28,075 (428) 98.50% 00 Prior Period Expense - - 406,597 406,597 0.00% Total Surface Water Fund 4,651,753 4,651,753 3,541,431 (1,110,322) 76.13% Indirect Cost Allocation 474,941 474,941 474,941 100.00% Total Expenses 5,128,894 5,125,994 4,016,372 (1,110,322)" 78.34% Change in Fund Balance (919,794) (919,794) (96,968) 822,826 - 10.54% Beginning Fund Balance 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,329,158 329,158 116.46% Ending Fetid Balance $ 1,080,206 $ 1,080,208 $ 2,232,190 $1.181,984 208.64% Cash and investments $ 2,612,292 (a) Grant revenue is tied to projects and is billed after project funds expended. The City was not awarded the $310K grant for Lower Duwamish Surface Water Conveyance project that was budgeted in 2013. (b) Extra labor was for repairing the break on E Marginal Way. Break occurred 11- 19.12. (c) Purchased seals for storm drains for $3K. (d) Advertising for bids. (e) Budget for insurance based on 2012 actual. (f) Annual maintenance for Eden was budgeted in the Miscellaneous category but charged to Repairs & Maintenance. (g) The majority of miscellaneous costs are comprised of Ilen fees and credit card fees. (h) Excise tax budget has not been adjusted even though revenue has increased over the last several years. (1) Late start on the 2013 annual small drainage program and storm lift station #15 has started construction but will continue into 2014. Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 412 37 City of Tukwila Equipment Rental/Replacement Fund 501 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Charges for Services ERR O &M Dept Charges Equipment Replacement Charges Transportation Total Charges for Services Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Other Misc Revenue Total Miscellaneous Revenue Sale of Capital Assets Transfers In Total Revenue 11 Salaries 12 Extra Labor 13 Overtime 21 FICA 23 PERS 24 Industrial Insurance 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 28 Uniform Clothing 31 Office & Operating Supplies 34 Items Purchased for Resale 35 Small Tools & Minor Equipment 41 Professional Services 42 Communication 44 Advertising 45 Operating Rentals & Leases 46 Insurance 48 Repairs & Maintenance 49 Miscellaneous 64 Capital Outlay Total Equipment Rental Fund Indirect Cost Allocation Total Expenses Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending ,Fund Balance Cash and investments $ 1,409,325 972,088 150 2,381,563 14,269 14,269 397,226 1,030,000 3,823,058: $ 1,409,325 972,088 150 2,381,563 14,269 14,269 397,226 1,030,000 1,560,249 1,032,088 2,592,337 12,882 6,918 19,800 65,943 1,030,000 % of year expired $ 150,924 60,000 (150) 210,774 (1,387) 6,918 5,531 (331,283) 100.00% 110.71% 106.17% 0.00% 108.85% 90.28% 0.00% 138.76% 16.60% 100.00% 3,823,058 3;708'080 (114,978) ,96.99°,6; 364,615 12,000 2,000 27,788 29,902 10,051 77,956 950 2,979 679,000 2,500 1,000 2,000 30,142 10,130 120,781 8,000 2,052,906 3,434,700 291,838 3,726,538 96,520 4,000,000 4,096,520 $ 364,615 12,000 2,000 27,788 29,902 10,051 77,956 950 2,979 679,000 2,500 1,000 2,000 30,142 10,130 120,781 8,000 2,052,906 3,434,700 365,459 13,739 28,791 31,129 9,552 79,111 580 1,829 647,715 3,700 1,531 1,318 373 38,381 10,828 34,171 7,132 2,044,013 3,319,352 844 1,739 (2,000) 1,003 1,227 (499) 1,155 (370) (1,150) (31,285) 1,200 531 (682) 373 8,239 698 (86,610) (868) (8,893) (115,348) 291,838 291,838 3,726,538 > 3,611,190: (115,348) 96,520 4,000,000 96,890 370 4,132,395 132,395 ,096,520 $ .4,229,285 $ 132,765: $ 4,303,989 100.23% 114.49% 0.00% 103.61% 104.10% 95.04% 101.48% 61.02% 61.39% 95.39% 148.01% 153.14% 65.89% 0.00% 127.34% 106.89% 28.29% 89.15% 99.57% (a) 96.64% 100.00% 96.90% 100.38% 103.31% 103.24% (a) All equipment except the fire command vehicle have been ordered. The purchase of the fire command vehicle has been deferred to 2014 as well as $71,000 in costs for the fire pumpers. The deferred costs were included in the 2013 budget amendment. " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 501 38 City of Tukwila Insurance Fund 502 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 % of year expired 100.00% Revenue Charges for Services Employee Benefit Programs Total Charges for Services Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Eamings Employer Trust Contributions Employee Contributions Other Misc Revenue Total Miscellaneous Revenue Total-Revenue Expenses 25 Medical, Dental, Lite, Optical 41 Professional Services 49 Miscellaneous Total Indirect cost allocation Total Expenses Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments $ 1,200 $ 1,200 $ 1,200 96,000 4,483,192 78,000 1,000 4,658,192 1,200 96,000 4,483,192 78,000 1,000 4,658,192 711 $ (489) 711 (34,954) 4,375,649 70,225 4,410,919 (489) (130,954) (107,543) (7,775) (1,000) (247,273) 59.24% 59.24% - 36.41% (a) 97.60% 90.03% 0.00% 94.69% 4,859,392, :. ~. 4,659,392:.' ';4,411,630: (247,762) 94.68% 4,892,940 25,000 20,500 4,938,440 4,892,940 25,000 20,500 4,938,440 4,628,141 28,510 15,312 4,671,963 73,709 73,709 73,709 6,012,149° . . 5,012,149 .. 4,745,672 . (266,477) 94.68% (264,799) 3,510 (5,188) (266,477) 94.59% 114.04% 74.69% 94.60% 100.00% (352,757) 4,500,000 (352,757) 4,500,000 (334,042) 4,794,386 4,147,243 ; $ 4,147,243 $ 4,460,344; 5,868,475 (a) Includes interest eamings of $148K and $183K of unrealized market value adjustment for 2013. •• Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 502 18,715 294,386 $ 313,101 94.69% 106.54% 107.55% 39 City of Tukwila LEOFF Insurance Fund 503 - Revenue and Expenditures As of December 31 2013 Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Investment Earnings Total Miscellaneous Revenue Total Reven Expenses 25 Medical, Dental, Life, Optical 41 Professional Services 49 Miscellaneous Total Indirect Cost Allocation Total Expenses Change in Fund Balance Beginning Fund Balance Ending Fund Balance Cash and investments $ 3,340 3,340 3,340 479,372 19,500 498,872 9,619 508,491; (505,151) 1,600,000 3,340 3,340 % of year expired 2,707 $ (633) 2,707 3 2 707;: (633) 100.00% 81.05% 81.05% 479,372 19,500 498,872 9,619 508,491 (505,151) 1,600,000 ,094,849 " Variance = Actual over (under) prorated budget Fund 503 40 (633).. 81.05% 802,848 323,476 167.48% 4,390 (15,110) 22.51% 500 500 0.00% 807,738 308,866 161.91% 9,619 100.00% 817,357 ' 308,866 160.74% (814,650) (309,499) 161.27% 1,711,532 111,532 106.97% 896,882 $ (197,967) 81.82%` $ 1,111,132 1,04vriee, COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Meetin,gDate Prepared by Mayor's review Council review 06/02/14 BG (-414_6L_ ,,----,IL E Resolution Alts Date E Ordinance AN Date 0 Bid Award 714g Date E Public Hearing AN Date E Other Alts Date Alts SPONSOR Council 1 Mayor fl HR E DCD D Finance E Fire fl IT L 1 &R fl Police Piri SPONSOR'S Per Resolution Nos. 1763 and 1863, Tukwila joined the regional Community Connectivity SUNINIARY Consortium (CCC) to participate in fiber optic projects. Each Project Agreement (PA) needs to be approved by Council. PA 64 is for the design and installation of a 288-strand count fiber optic cabling system and a 72-strand count backbone cable for Tukwila's exclusive use. This fiber installation will connect to the Sabey Data Center Campus. Council is being asked to approve the Community Connectivity Consortium Project Agreement 64. REV II NXF:1) BY El COW Mtg. E CA&P Cmte Cmte H Arts Comm. ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 4.C. 41 STAFF SPONSOR: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINAL AGENDA DATE: 06/02/14 AGINDA DEM TITLE, Community Approve Connectivity Consortium Project Agreement 64 CATEGORY E Discussion Itftg Date Motion Date 06/02/14 E Resolution Alts Date E Ordinance AN Date 0 Bid Award 714g Date E Public Hearing AN Date E Other Alts Date Alts SPONSOR Council 1 Mayor fl HR E DCD D Finance E Fire fl IT L 1 &R fl Police Piri SPONSOR'S Per Resolution Nos. 1763 and 1863, Tukwila joined the regional Community Connectivity SUNINIARY Consortium (CCC) to participate in fiber optic projects. Each Project Agreement (PA) needs to be approved by Council. PA 64 is for the design and installation of a 288-strand count fiber optic cabling system and a 72-strand count backbone cable for Tukwila's exclusive use. This fiber installation will connect to the Sabey Data Center Campus. Council is being asked to approve the Community Connectivity Consortium Project Agreement 64. REV II NXF:1) BY El COW Mtg. E CA&P Cmte Cmte H Arts Comm. E F&S Cmte 0 Parks E Transportation Cmte Comm. D Planning Comm. C} [AIR: KATE KRULLER Utilities DATE: 05/19/14 COMMI ITEE RECOMMENDATIONS: SpoNsoR/ADmiN. COMMIT-11'M: Public Works Department Unanimous Approval; Forward to Regular Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE EXPFNDITURE REQUIRFL) AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Fund Source: Comments: Tukwila's in-kind contribution will be our conduits and vaults. MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 06/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 5/16/14 Consortium Project Agreement 64 Route Map Minutes from the Utilities Committee meeting of 05/19/14 41 42 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Haggerton Utilities Committee FROM: Bob Giberson, PW Director BY: Frank Iriarte, Deputy PW Director DATE: May 16, 2014 SUBJECT: Community Connectivity Consortium Project Agreement 64 ISSUE Approve Community Connectivity Consortium Project Agreement 64. BACKGROUND Through Resolution No. 1763 (later amended by Resolution No. 1863), Council acknowledged the formation of the Community Connectivity Consortium (CCC), approved its charter, and authorized the Mayor to sign an Interlocal Agreement (ILA). The ILA allowed the City to formally join the CCC along with other governmental agencies and participate in future Consortium fiber optic projects. DISCUSSION Under the terms of the ILA, all fiber optic projects must have a Project Agreement (PA) signed by participating parties. The PAs specify the lead agency, participant roles, budget, route, fiber allocation and ownership, maintenance responsibilities, and other operational details. PA 64 has been finalized and is ready for Council's action. Specifically, PA 64 provides for the design and installation of a 288-strand count fiber optic cabling system for Consortium member use and installation of a 72-strand count fiber optic backbone cable for Tukwila's exclusive use. This project provides a critical gateway to the Sabey Data Center. PA 64's route is depicted in Exhibit A. In consideration for use of City conduits and associated infrastructure, Tukwila will be allocated 12 fibers. The City will also have access to additional fibers held in trust by the CCC for future use. Additionally, the 72-strand count fiber optic backbone that would be installed for traffic control and other City requirements will be accomplished at no additional cost to the City. FINANCIAL IMPACT Other than potential maintenance requirements, no additional City funds are required. RECOMMENDATION Council is being asked to approve the Community Connectivity Consortium's Project Agreement 64 and consider this item on the Consent Agenda at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. Attachments: Consortium Project Agreement 64 Route Map W:1PW Eng \PROJECTS \ Communications \Community Connectivity Consortium \ Info Memo Project Agreement 64.docx 43 44 Community Connectivity Consortium Project Agreement 64 City of Bellevue 450 110th Ave NE Bellevue, WA 98009 City of Kirkland 123 Fifth Ave Kirkland, WA 98033 City of Renton 1055 S Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 University of Washington 4545 15th Ave NE Seattle, WA 98105 Provide pathway, conduit and fiber to connect the SW Grady Way and Interurban Ave South meet me point in the City of Tukwila to Sabey Data Center Campus in the City of Tukwila. Addendum to the Community Connectivity Consortium's Project Agreement Template Policy 45 Table of Contents I. Project Description 3 A. Project Number 64 3 B. Project Name Connect the Fun Center and Sabey Data Center Campus 3 C. Project Description 3 D. Lead Agency / Project Manager 3 E. Participating Agencies 3 II. Physical Description of Project 3 A. Project Route (see Exhibit A) 3 B. Points of Demarcation 4 C. Facilities to be Used, Owners and Managers 4 D. Project Specifications and Scope of Work 4 E. Fiber Apportionment 7 F. Fiber Splice Details 8 Attached as Exhibit B of this agreement is the project splice table 8 III. Project Budget 8 A. Construction Budget 8 B. Construction Cost Apportionment 8 C. In -Kind Asset Contributions 8 D. Maintenance Responsibilities and Costs, including Ongoing Maintenance and Responsibilities for Repairs and Relocations. 9 IV. Apportionment of Liability 10 V. Project Schedule 10 VI Changes or Addenda to Project Agreement Template Policy 10 46 1. Project Description A. Project Number 64 B. Project Name Connect the Fun Center and Sabey Data Center Campus. C. Project Description Provide a 288 count fiber optic cable for Consortium member use as a segment in the Consortium's Ring Around the Lake goal and install a 72 strand count fiber optic backbone cable for the exclusive use of the City of Tukwila from SW Grady Way /Interurban Ave S north on Interurban to South 133r1 Street, west on South 133"1 Street to South120th Place and East Marginal Way and Sabey Data Center as generally illustrated in Exhibit A (Route Illustration). D. Lead Agency / Project Manager City of Bellevue The Lead Agency is responsible for ensuring that all applicable terms and conditions of the Project Agreement(s), General Terms and Conditions, exhibits and addenda are included in the contract agreements with Facility Owners and contractors. E. Participating Agencies City of Bellevue City of Kirkland City of Renton City of Tukwila University of Washington 11. Physical Description of Project A. Project Route (see Exhibit A) Segment A: From the City of Tukwila manhole located in the traffic triangle on the east side of the intersection of Interurban Avenue South and SW Grady Way continue north in City of Tukwila conduit to 4x4 pull vault at the intersection of Interurban Avenue South and South 143x' Street. Segment B: Continuing north on Interurban Avenue South to the intersection of Interurban Avenue South and South 133r1 Street, turning west on South 133rd Street until the road transitions to East Marginal Way; continue in City of Tukwila conduit to the City of Tukwila manhole approximately 200 feet south of South 120th Street adjacent to the Sabey Data Center Campus property, entering Building 2. Total estimated project length is approximately 25,000 feet. 47 1 1 48 B. Points of Demarcation Existing City of Tukwila TA -25 on the east side of Interurban Avenue South on the west side of the traffic island on the east side of the intersection of Interurban Avenue South and Southwest Grady Way; City of Tukwila manhole east of Building 2, Sabey Data Center — Intergate West. C. Facilities to be Used, Owners and Managers Facilities to be used on this project are the existing underground pathway and conduit systems owned by the City of Tukwila, along with modifications and additions specified herein. All upgrades to conduit systems installed on City property and in the City right of way will be owned and maintained by the City where the modifications are installed. D. Project Specifications and Scope of Work This project and all Work performed hereunder shall meet all requirements of the City of Tukwila Public Works Department Standards, including traffic control plans, street use permits, waiver of existing underground ordinance, city and county business license requirements, and any other applicable requirements, as appropriate. All improvements made in the right of way shall become an asset of the City of Tukwila. Note: All construction instructions are subject to conditions that may not be known before proofing /locates are completed. The contractor performing the Work hereunder is responsible for all project conditions. Route Preparation • Work to be done during normal working hours: Project Route: Obtain the required permits and permissions before proceeding with the work. o Using City of Tukwila provided drawings, the City will locate and install the following three (3) new 4' x 4' vaults, to City of Tukwila Public Works specifications and standards: o The first vault /fiber storage location is approximately 700 feet north of the beginning City of Tukwila TA -25 located at Interurban Ave S and SW Grady Way, adjacent to the traffic cabinet at SW Grady Way o The second vault /fiber storage location is approximately 1,500 feet north of the beginning TA -25, noted above, at SW Grady Way and Interurban Avenue South. o The third vault shall be located approximately 6,300 feet north of the beginning TA -25 located at SW Grady Way and Interurban Avenue South, at 140th. o The fourth vault will be installed as a part of this work and shall be located approximately 7,500 feet north (at South 140th St.) of the beginning City of Tukwila TA -25 at SW Grady Way and Interurban Avenue South. o Project route has not been proofed. The Contractor performing the Work hereunder shall assume responsibility for proofing all conduit, handholds, pull boxes and vaults to be used by this project. Infrastructure Improvements • Work to be done during normal working hours: 1. Install one new manhole described as manhole number 4 above, placed adjacent to the city's 4" conduit. Uncover the city conduit and insert two 90 degree sweeps connected to the existing conduit, into the manhole. All work must be coordinated with the City of Tukwila, including specific placement of the manhole. The Contractor will contact Mr. Scott Bates, 206.571.6302, City of Tukwila Public Works Department, for specific placement instructions before beginning any work. 2. Two manholes located at station 50 on McLeodUSA drawing sheet 21, have been paved over and will need to be uncovered and raised to road level as per the City of Tukwila Public Works requirements. Underground Fiber Placement • Work to be done during normal working hours: 1. Installation shall conform to generally accepted, industry standards. 2. All fiber optic cable provided for this project shall meet the requirements of long haul, full spectrum, low water peak fiber including ITU -T G.652. 3. All cabling will be labeled, as noted below, with UASI Project data and emergency contact information. The Contractor shall attach a weather - resistant, bright orange label with black machine generated lettering to each cable (288 and 72 strand) at each access point along the route reading: 288 Strand Cable Purchased with 2010 UASI Funds Grant # E14 -118 Fiber Optic Cable Contact: City of Bellevue IT 425.452.2886 72 Strand Cable Fiber Optic Cable Contact: City of Tukwila 206 - 465 -2062 49 4. Fusion splices along the route shall be performed such that there are no breaks in the Consortium strands and that all Consortium strands are continuous between the identified points of demarcation. 5. Install four one inch, smooth wall, orange /blue innerduct with toneable mule /pull cord in City of Tukwila owned conduit designated by Mr. Scott Bates, 206.571.6302, City of Tukwila Public Works Department. There are multiple city owned conduits. The city will designate the appropriate conduit for use with this project. Four (4) one (1) inch innerduct will run the entire length of the project. 6. Install a 288 strand count OSP, single mode, full spectrum, loose tube, fiber optic cable meeting the requirements of ITU G652 and specifically meet ITU G652.D Attributes for Zero Water Peak full spectrum Optical Cable. The fibers shall support the transmission of wavelengths for Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing (CWDM) as defined in ITU G694.2. At each vault along the route, leave a 200 foot service loop for future access, maintenance and future splicing. 7. Install a 72 strand, single mode fiber optic cable, provided by the City of Tukwila, in separate innerduct along the project route leaving the identical service loops as with the 288 strand cable using the route specified above. Fiber Terminations and Splicing • Work to be done during normal working hours: Important Note: Confirm all splice details prior to undertaking any work in this section. The items below will be detailed in a separate splice document. Where appropriate, each participating agency has provided the spice details for the fibers assigned in E. Fiber Apportionment below. Any splice diagrams /tables /details will be consistent with paragraph E. below and are noted in paragraph F. Fiber Splice Details below. 1. The TA -25 vault location adjacent at SW Grady Way and Interurban South is the starting point for this project. Install a water proof, sealed splice case of sufficient size to accommodate splicing 216 existing fiber optic strands to the newly installed 288 strand fiber optic backbone. Specific splice instructions are noted below. All splicing shall use the fusion method of splicing and shall be tested from the manhole meet me point at the Sabey Data Center campus, Tukwila through to the backbone end point at Coal Creek Parkway and Factoria Boulevard, Bellevue using fiber optic testing industry standards, acceptable to the Consortium. Label the splice case: Community Connectivity Consortium Purchased with 2010 UASI Funds Grant # E14 -118 Contact: City of Bellevue IT 425.452.2886 Contact must be made 24 hours prior to opening. 50 Label shall be machine generated and water /weather resistant, attached with adhesive appropriate for the application. 2. At the City of Tukwila vault adjacent to Building 2, Sabey Data Center, splice a 48 strand SM cable into the Consortium's 288 strand backbone, as shown in the project splice table attached as Exhibit B to this agreement, leaving a service loop of 200 feet of both cables for future splicing. Install an appropriately sized splice case, labeled as noted above, to accommodate a future 288 strand fiber optic cable run going north. 3. The 72 strand cable shall be left unterminated in the City's manhole adjacent to Building 2, Sabey Data Center. This cable will also be left unterminated in the originating manhole at SW Grady Way and Interurban Avenue South. 4. Test procedures shall follow industry standards, specifically TIA/EIA -455 and shall be submitted to the Consortium for approval prior to final invoicing. Test results shall be submitted on DVD. Testing shall be coordinated with the Consortium such that all splices are tested. 5. Additional splice section requirements may be added to this Agreement by an addendum after the fiber topology and fiber count and ownership have been fully negotiated. E. Fiber Apportionment One 288 count single -mode fiber optic cable will be installed for Consortium member use. Fiber allocation will be as follows: 1. Fibers 1 - 12 (12 fibers) will be owned and maintained by the City of Tukwila. 2. Fibers 13 — 72 will be held in trust by the Consortium for future use of Consortium members which may include: cities, school districts, fire districts, water districts, hospital districts and others. 3. Fibers 73 - 78 (6 fibers) will be owned and maintained by the City of Bellevue. 4. Fibers 79 - 80 (2 fibers) will be owned and maintained by the City of Renton. 5. Fibers 81 - 108 (28 fibers) will be held in trust by the Consortium for future use of Consortium members which may include: cities, school districts, fire districts, water districts, hospital districts and others. 6. Fibers 109 — 120 (12 fibers) will be owned and maintained by the University of Washington. 7. Fibers 121 — 132 (12 Fibers) will be held in trust by the Consortium for future use of Consortium members which may include: cities, school districts, fire districts, water districts, hospital districts and others. 8. Fibers 133 — 134 (2 Fibers) will be owned and maintained by the City of Kirkland. 9. Fibers 135 — 288 (154 Fibers) will be held in trust by the Consortium for future use of Consortium members which may include: cities, school districts, fire districts, water districts, hospital districts and others. One 72 count single -mode fiber optic cable, provided by the City of Tukwila, will be installed. 1. Fibers 1 - 72 will be owned and maintained by the City of Tukwila. 51 F. Fiber Splice Details Splice details will be attached as Exhibit B of this agreement at a future date after approval of the project members. lll. Project Budget A. Construction Budget Estimated Construction Budget Item Description Quantity Price Extended City of Tukwila, 25,000' 72 strand fiber Cable $81,250 City of Tukwila, 5 miles conduit $400,000 72 count Single Mode Fiber Optic Cable (to be supplied by the City of Tukwila) 25,000 ft. $ .00 $0 288 count Single Mode Fiber Optic Cable ( +20% slack) 25,000 ft. $5.00 $125,000 Four 1" inner duct within Tukwila on Interurban Ave S. 100,000 ft. $0.50 $50,000 One 4'x4' TA -25 vault, installed to city standards 1 each $20,000 $20,000 Two manhole risers, installed to city standards 2 each $2,500 $5,000 Consumables, bonds, misc. 1 each $4,530 Toneable Mule Tape 25,000 ft. $ 0.75 $18,750 Fiber Installation Labor 25,000 ft. $ 1.50 $67,500 Flagging Costs 1 each $10,500 Splicing and Termination Materials and Labor 4 $ 2,500 $10,000 Allowance for unanticipated work 10% $39,000 Tax 9.5 % $34,323 Total $395,613 B. Construction Cost Apportionment Construction Cost Apportionment Table Participating Agency Cost City of Bellevue (2010 UASI Grant Funding) $395,613 City of Tukwila, 25,000' 72 strand fiber Cable $81,250 City of Tukwila, 5 miles conduit $400,000 Total $395,613 C. In -Kind Asset Contributions In -Kind Asset Contribution Table Participating Agency Cost City of Bellevue (Project Management) $65,000 City of Tukwila, 25,000' 72 strand fiber Cable $81,250 City of Tukwila, 5 miles conduit $400,000 City of Bellevue, 2010 UASI Grant Funding $395,613 Total $941,863 52 D. Maintenance Responsibilities and Costs, including Ongoing Maintenance and Responsibilities for Repairs and Relocations. Expected future maintenance of project facilities has been broken down into the categories below. If a maintenance issue arises that is not listed below, those costs will be proportionately split based on fiber ownership in each fiber segment by the participating agencies. Splice Case Access Access to Consortium splice cases must be preceded by notification to the Consortium, 48 hours in advance of the opening, at 425.452.2886. Locates Each participating agency agrees to perform or pay for all locates required and requested through Underground Utilities Locate Center (UULC) for the fiber and conduit installed as a result of this agreement that is on property owned by the affected City, in the City right -of -way and in the right -of -way in potential annexation areas. Relocation The cost of any and all relocations will be borne by the parties to this agreement. Cost shall be apportioned based on the percent of fiber owned by each Participating Agency. Repairs/Breaks The jurisdictions within which fiber optic cables are installed pursuant to this Agreement shall be responsible for immediate and timely repair of all breaks or outages of the subject fiber. The Community Connectivity Consortium and /or the City of Tukwila shall contract with a competent and qualified vendor to provide 7x24x365, four -hour response to any fiber breaks /outages that happen on the fiber segments subject to this agreement. The Community Connectivity Consortium and /or the City of Tukwila will determine cost apportionment of costs of repair using a formula based on the percentage of fiber owned by each Participating Agency to this agreement. Upon completion of the repair, the Community Connectivity Consortium and /or the City of Tukwila shall invoice each Participating Agency for their share of costs. 53 IV. Apportionment of Liability During construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the project work and the project site. In the event that the project work causes or contributes to any harm, damage, injury or loss to any person or property, whether during construction or after completion of the project, each party shall be responsible as set forth in Section VI, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability, of the Consortium Project Agreement Template Policy (adopted Feb. 2, 2012). Each Participating Agency to this agreement shall ensure that the Participating Agency and all persons performing the Work, including without limitation project suppliers and subcontractors, maintain in effect at all times during the Work, coverage or insurance in accordance with the applicable laws relating to worker's compensation and employer's liability insurance (including, but not limited to, the Washington Industrial Insurance Act and the laws of the state in which any such person was hired), regardless of whether such coverage or insurance is mandatory or merely elective under the law. The Lead Agency or contracting party shall furnish to Participating Agencies such assurance and evidence of such coverage or insurance (such as copies of insurance policies and Certificates of Compliance issued by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries) as Participating Agencies may request. Each Participating Agency shall maintain in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement, a minimum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) liability insurance for property damage and bodily injury. In satisfying the insurance requirements set forth in this section, the participating agency may self - insure against such risks in such amounts as are consistent with good utility practice or shall obtain a coverage agreement through a Risk Pool authorized by Chapter 39.24 RCW which shall provide liability coverage to the Participating Agency for the liabilities contractually assumed by the Participating Agency in this Agreement. At the time of execution of this Agreement, and prior to commencement of performance of any of the Work, each Participating Agency shall furnish the other Participating Agencies, upon request, with a Certificate of Insurance as evidence that policies providing insurance (or self - insurance) with such provisions, coverage's and limits are in full force and effect. V. Project Schedule Task Target Completion Date Circulate and sign copies of the Project Agreement. - Trench and install conduit and vault Prep conduit and install fiber and toneable tape Terminate and splice fibers May 2014 Summer 2014 Fall 2014 Fall 2014 VI Changes or Addenda to Project Agreement Template Policy This Agreement shall run concurrent with and be considered an attachment to the Project Agreement Template Policy document and supersedes the Policy document to the extent it contains terms and conditions which change, modify, delete, add to, supplement or otherwise amend the terms and conditions of the Project Agreement Template Policy document. 54 Approvals IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fiber Optic Project Agreement on the respective dates indicated below. Approved as to Form: Denis Law Date City Attorney Mayor City of Renton Approved as to Form: Jim Haggerton Date City Attorney Mayor City of Tukwila Date Associate Vice President UW Information Technology Approved as to Form: Kirk Triplett Date City Attorney City Manager City of Kirkland Approved as to Form: Brad Miyake Date City Attorney City Manager City of Bellevue 55 56 Appendix A Project Route Map 57 58 UTILITIES COMMITTEE Meeting Minutes May 19, 2014 — 5:15 p.m. — Foster Conference Room, 6300 Building City of Tukwila Utilities Committee PRESENT Councilmembers: Kate Kruller, Chair; Allan Ekberg, Kathy Hougardy Staff: David Cline, Bob Giberson, Robin Tischmak, Ryan Larson, Frank Iriarte, Mike Cusick, Gail Labanara, Laurel Humphrey CALL TO ORDER: Committee Chair Kruller called the meeting to order at 5:15 p.m. I. PRESENTATIONS II. BUSINESS AGENDA A. Community Connectivity Consortium: Project Agreement 64 Staff is seeking Council approval of Community Connectivity Consortium Project Agreement 64, which provides for the design and installation of a 288 - strand fiber optic cabling system for member use and installation of a 72- strand fiber optic backbone cable for Tukwila's exclusive use. This project provides a critical gateway to the Sabey Data Center, originating from Southwest Grady Way and Interurban Avenue South. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. B. Bid Award: East Marginal Way South Storm Pipe Replacement Staff is seeking Council approval to award a bid to the James W. Fowler Co. in the amount of $2,058,782.30 for construction of the East Marginal Way South Storm Pipe Replacement Project. In November 2012, a 30 -inch storm water pipe on East Marginal Way South just south of South 124th Street burst, creating a sinkhole, and a complete replacement of the pipe system in that area was deemed necessary. James W. Fowler Co. was the lowest of five bids received and is under the engineer's estimate of $2,485,995.00. As part of the project, the City plans to relocate Valley View Sewer and Water District 125 facilities, with reimbursement expenses paid through a separate agreement that will come before the Utilities Committee. With contingency, the project is over budget and the additional $175,000 is available from the Surface Water ending fund balance. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO MAY 27, 2014 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE. C. Public Works Trust Fund Loan Application: Andover Park East Water Main Replacement Staff is seeking Committee approval to apply for a Public Works Trust Fund loan in the amount of $3,131,000.00 for the Andover Park East Water Main Replacement Project. This project includes replacement of the water line, installation of a 15" sewer line and the repair and overlay of Andover Park East from Strander Boulevard to 1 -405. The original water and sewer lines are from 1961 and are no longer sufficient to support current and future development. UNANIMOUS COMMITTEE APPROVAL. D. Ordinance: Establishing Sewer Connection Fees for Tukwila South Staff is seeking Council approval of an ordinance that would establish the sewer connection fees for parcels and plats in the Tukwila South area. In 2012 the City installed sanitary sewers and a sewer pump station to serve the Tukwila South Plat as part of the Southcenter Parkway Extension Project. The total cost of sewer construction was $2,525,570.90, 73% of which was grant funded. The balance of $694,504.14 will be collected from the sewer connection fees as 59 60 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Meeting Date Prepared by 06/02/14 BG Ma lor's review Council review MATION ITEM No. 4.D. 61 STAFF SPONSOR: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINAL AC;INDA DATr: 06/02/14 A( ;ENDA ITF,M THLE Resolution Adopting the 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan Cximx;( )RY Discussion Mtg Date U Motion Mtg Date 1 0 Ordinance Afig Date 0 Bid Award Mfg Date 0 Public Hearing, AN Date D Other Mtg Date ' Resolution Mtg Date 06/02/14 SPONSOR Couto' l M. E HR 0 DCD E Finance E Fire IT E P&R Police C PW' SPONSOR'S This Resolution will approve the updated Sewer Comprehensive Plan. Additional SUNINL \ RY components were added to the 2006 Plan that include; changes in regulations required under the Washington State Department of Ecology, the Tukwila South annexation area, a sewer map book, and completed CIP projects. Council is being asked to approve the Resolution adopting the 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan. RI NI EwED BY E COW Mtg. 0 CA&P Cmte 0 F&S Cmte D Transportation CI-rite Cmte 0 Arts Comm. 0 Parks Comm. 0 Planning Comm. COMMITTEE CHAIR: KATE KRULLER r■ 1 Utilities DATE: 05/19/14 RECOMMENDATIONS: SpoNsoR/ADmiN. COMMITTEE Public Works Department Unanimous Approval; Forward to Regular Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE ExpLNDITURE RI.,QLJ 'RFD AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Fund Source: 402 SEWER FUND Comments: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 06/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/16/14 Draft Resolution Electronic copy of the Sewer Comp Plan on City's website Minutes from the Utilities Committee meeting of 05/19/14 61 62 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Haggerton Utilities Committee FROM: Bob Giberson Public Works Director, BY: Mike Cusick, Senior Program Manager DATE: May 16, 2014 SUBJECT: Sewer Comprehensive Plan Project 91040102 Resolution to Adopt 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan ISSUE Adopt by resolution the 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan. BACKGROUND The City hired Carollo Engineers in 2010 to update our Water and Sewer Comprehensive Plans. Update to the Comprehensive Plans is needed to reflect changes in regulatory requirements for water and sewer utilities within the City of Tukwila systems. The Sewer Comprehensive Plan was last updated in 2006 and did not reflect changes in regulations required under the Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE). The plans also needed to be updated to include completed Capital Improvement Projects, the Tukwila South annexation area, and newly identified needs. The State of Washington's DOE and King County have both approved the Sewer Plan and the City of Tukwila's Department of Community Development has issued the SEPA determination. DISCUSSION The updated 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan contains the following overall changes: • Tukwila South area was added. • A map book was added, showing a schematic of the sewer lines within the City of Tukwila's sewer system. • New/revised list of recommended Capital Improvement Projects. • Increased funding in the CIP for the rehabilitation of sewers in the Commercial Business District to prevent more collapsed mains. • Developed a funding strategy that will provide financial strength and viability for the City to implement the schedule of capital improvements. • Developed accurate flow projections for the sewer system to forecast future expansion needs. • Developed an Annual Sewer Repair Program for small repairs and capital maintenance. RECOMMENDATION Council is being asked to adopt by Resolution the 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan and consider this item on the Consent Agenda at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. Attachments: Draft Resolution Copies of the 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan will be distributed to all Council members C:\ Users \susan 1AppData Local Microsoft \Windows \Temporary Internet Files 1Content.Outiook1360AGYOJ1Info Memo Resolution to Adopt 2013 Sewer Comp Plan.docx 63 64 RAFT A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, ADOPTING THE 2013 SANITARY SEWER COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND PROVIDING FOR SANITARY SEWER SERVICE POLICIES FOR THE CITY, AND REPEALING RESOLUTION NOS. 904, 1263 AND 1605. WHEREAS, the City of Tukwila is an Optional Municipal Code city, subject to the duties imposed under the provisions of Chapter 35A of the Revised Code of Washington; and WHEREAS, the Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan identifies specific actions and strategies to manage and control the quality of the sanitary sewer system in Tukwila; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Tukwila has deemed it desirable to adopt a Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan in accordance with the provisions of WAC 173- 240 -050; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The 2013 Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan and Appendices dated July 2013, prepared by Carollo Engineers, are hereby adopted by this reference as if set forth in full. Section 2. The Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan shall be revised every six years to reflect changes in the City of Tukwila Capital Improvement Program requiring facility modifications, as it relates to the standards outlined in WAC 173 - 240 -050. Section 3. Repealer. Resolution Nos. 904, 1263 and 1605 are hereby repealed. W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan adopted 5 -12 -14 MC:bjs Page 1 of 2 65 PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk De'Sean Quinn, Council President APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Resolution Number: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Attachment: 2013 Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Sanitary Sewer Comprehensive Plan adopted 5 -12 -14 MC:bjs 66 Page 2 of 2 Utilities Committee Minutes Mav 19, 2014 - Page 2 building permits are issued, and under this proposal the fee will be based on the area of the parcel being developed. Fees will start at $0.056530 per square foot. King County is now connected to the new sewer to service their Bow Lake Transfer Station, and approval of this ordinance will clear the way for their $49,355.45 payment as determined by the proposal. Councilmembers and staff discussed the fee implementation with particular regard to the timing of payments. The City will not recoup its expenses until development occurs and permits are issued, which could be a long time. The Committee decided to forward the ordinance to the May 27 Committee of the Whole, rather than the June 2 Consent Agenda. In addition, they asked staff to be prepared to discuss options for a possible fee escalation tied to the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the sewer connection fees. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO MAY 27, 2014 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE. E. Resolution: Adopting Sewer Comprehensive Plan Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would adopt the 2013 Sewer Comprehensive Plan, which is an update that reflects changes in regulatory requirements for water and sewer utility systems as well as completed Capital Improvement Projects, the Tukwila South annexation area, and other emergent needs. This update has been approved by the Washington State Department of Ecology and King County. The Department of Community Development has issued the SEPA determination. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. III. MISCELLANEOUS Meeting adjourned at 6:25 p.m. Next meeting: Monday, June 2, 2014 — 5:15 p.m. — Foster Conference Room Committee Chair Approval Minutes by LH., Reviewed by GL 67 68 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Meefing Date Prepared by Ahyor's v"eiv Co 4nei 1 review 06/02/14 PMC C.rvi'i,x;()It Y Discussion Altg Date 06/02/14 Motion Zv[g Date — Ordinance 111tgDate 0 Bid Award A lig Date Public Hearing AltgDate Other A'NDate U Resolution tlitgDate 06/02/14 Sl'ONSOlt Council I Mayor HR IT P&R Police NV _ DCD LII Finance _Ffre SPONSOR'S Adopt Resolution authorizing investment of City funds in the Local Government Investment SUMMARY Pool. RI NIIAX711) 131/ COW Mtg. E Utilities Cmte DATE: 05/20/14 CA&P Cmte Z F&S Cmte Transportation Cmte Arts Comm. Parks Comm. Planning Comm. COMMITTEE CHAIR: SEAL ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 4.E. 69 STAFF SPONSOR: PEGGY MCCARTHY ORIGINAL AGENDA DATE: 06/02/14 AGENDA ITEM TITLE A Resolution authorizing Investment Pool investment (LGIP) of City funds in the Local Government C.rvi'i,x;()It Y Discussion Altg Date 06/02/14 Motion Zv[g Date — Ordinance 111tgDate 0 Bid Award A lig Date Public Hearing AltgDate Other A'NDate U Resolution tlitgDate 06/02/14 Sl'ONSOlt Council I Mayor HR IT P&R Police NV _ DCD LII Finance _Ffre SPONSOR'S Adopt Resolution authorizing investment of City funds in the Local Government Investment SUMMARY Pool. RI NIIAX711) 131/ COW Mtg. E Utilities Cmte DATE: 05/20/14 CA&P Cmte Z F&S Cmte Transportation Cmte Arts Comm. Parks Comm. Planning Comm. COMMITTEE CHAIR: SEAL RECOMMENDATIONS: SpoNsoR/AamiN. 011)MMITIEF, Finance Unanimous Approval, Forward to Consent Agenda of 6/2/14 COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE ExpFiNDITuRH REQUIR1.1) AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $0 $0 $0 Fund Source: Comments: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 6/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/13/14 Resolution in Draft Form Local Government Investment Pool Prospectus January 2014 Minutes from the Finance and Safety Committee meeting of 5/20/14 69 70 TO: City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM Mayor Haggerton Finance & Safety Committee FROM: Peggy McCarthy, Finance Director BY: Vicky Carlsen, Deputy Finance Director DATE: May 13, 2014 SUBJECT: Resolution authorizing investment of City funds in the Local Government Investment Pool ISSUE Approve Resolution authorizing investment of City funds in the WA State Local Government Investment Pool. BACKGROUND The Local Government Investment Pool (LGIP) is an investment pool in the custody of the Washington State Treasurer for investment of public funds. The purpose of the LGIP is to allow governmental entities to participate with the state in the investment of surplus funds in such a way as to optimize liquidity and return on investment. The City passed Resolution No. 1013 in August 1986, authorizing the City to invest monies in the LGIP. The City utilizes LGIP to invest funds not needed to meet immediate financial obligations of the City. DISCUSSION In an effort to provide more clarity on how the LGIP operates, and as a result of recently amended WACs, the Treasurer of the State created a prospectus. The prospectus discusses the purpose of the LGIP, the LGIP — Money Market Fund including strategies, risks, and earnings and distributions, and management of the pool. As a result of the prospectus, each government agency that participates in the LGIP must have their governing body pass an updated Resolution using the template that was provided. The Resolution acknowledges that the City Council is responsible for overseeing or making investment decisions and has read and understands the prospectus. The Resolution will not change how the City manages the investing of surplus funds or the responsibilities of the City Council. The LGIP continues to be a good investment tool for the City's surplus funds. It is quick and easy to move funds in and out of the pool, fees are reasonable, and the risk remains low compared to other investment vehicles available to the City for large amounts of surplus funds. RECOMMENDATION Council is being asked to approve the resolution authorizing investment of City funds in the Local Government Investment Pool and forward this item on the Consent Agenda at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. ATTACHMENTS Draft Resolution Local Government Investment Pool Prospectus January 2014 71 72 RAFT A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, AUTHORIZING INVESTMENT OF CITY OF TUKWILA MONIES IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT INVESTMENT POOL AND REPEALING RESOLUTION NO. 1013. WHEREAS, pursuant to Chapter 294, Laws of 1986, the Legislature created a trust fund to be known as the public funds investment account (commonly referred to as the Local Government Investment Pool) for the contribution and withdrawal of money by authorized governmental entities, including the City of Tukwila, for purposes of investment by the Office of the State Treasurer; and WHEREAS, from time to time it may be advantageous for the City of Tukwila to contribute funds available for investment in the Local Government Investment Pool (LGIP); and WHEREAS, the investment strategy for the LGIP is set forth in the LGIP policies and procedures; and WHEREAS, any contributions or withdrawals to or from the LGIP made on behalf of the City of Tukwila shall be first duly authorized by the City Council of the City of Tukwila or any designee of the City Council pursuant to this resolution or a subsequent resolution; and WHEREAS, the City Council and any designee appointed by the City Council with authority to contribute or withdraw funds of the City of Tukwila has received and read a copy of the prospectus and understands the risks and limitations of investing in the LGIP; and WHEREAS, the City Council attests by adoption of this resolution that it is duly authorized and empowered to enter into this agreement, to direct the contribution or withdrawal of City of Tukwila monies, and to delegate certain authority to make adjustments to the incorporated transactional forms, to the individuals designated herein; W: \Word Processing \Local Government Investment Pool authorization 5 -6 -14 VC:bjs Page 1 of 3 73 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The City Council hereby authorizes the contribution and withdrawal of City of Tukwila monies in the Local Government Investment Pool (LGIP) in the manner prescribed by law, rule, and prospectus. Section 2. The City Council has approved the Local Government Investment Pool Transaction Authorization Form (the "Form ") as completed by the City of Tukwila's Finance Director and incorporates said Form into this resolution by reference, as Exhibit A, and does hereby attest to its accuracy. Pursuant to the Transaction Authorization Form, the Finance Department officers named on the form shall be authorized to order the deposit or withdrawal of City monies in the Local Government Investment Pool. Section 3. The City of Tukwila designates the individual holding the position of City of Tukwila Finance Director, and his or her successor, as the authorized individual (the "authorized individual ") to authorize all amendments, changes, or alterations to the Form or any other documentation including the designation of other individuals to make contributions and withdrawals on behalf of the City of Tukwila. Section 4. This designation ends upon the written notice, by any method set forth in the prospectus, of the City Council that the authorized individual has been terminated or that his or her designation has been revoked. The Office of the State Treasurer will rely solely on the City Council to provide notice of such revocation and is entitled to rely on the authorized individual's instructions until such time as said notice has been provided. Section 5. The Form, as incorporated into this resolution or hereafter amended by delegated authority, or any other documentation signed or otherwise approved by the authorized individual, shall remain in effect after revocation of the authorized individual's delegated authority, except to the extent that the authorized individual whose designation has been terminated shall not be permitted to make further withdrawals or contributions to the LGIP on behalf of the City of Tukwila. No amendments, changes, or alterations shall be made to the Form or any other documentation until the City Council passes a new resolution naming a new authorized individual. Section 6. The City Council acknowledges that it has received, read, and understood the prospectus as provided by the Office of the State Treasurer, and attached hereto as Exhibit B. In addition, the City Council agrees that a copy of the prospectus will be provided to any person delegated or otherwise authorized to make contributions or withdrawals into or out of the LGIP, and that said individual(s) will be required to read the prospectus prior to making any withdrawals or contributions or any further withdrawals or contributions if authorizations are already in place. W: \Word Processing \Local Government Investment Pool authorization 5 -6 -14 VC:bjs 74 Page 2 of 3 Section 7. The Finance Director will cause to be filed a certified copy of this resolution and any subsequent resolution with the Office of the State Treasurer. Section 8. Repealer. Resolution No. 1013 is hereby repealed. PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk De'Sean Quinn, Council President APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Resolution Number: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Attachments: Exhibit A — Local Government Investment Pool Authorization Form Exhibit B — Prospectus W: \Word Processing \Local Government Investment Pool authorization 5 -6 -14 VC:bjs Page 3 of 3 75 76 EXHIBIT A LOCAL GOVERNMENT INVESTMENT POOL TRANSACTION AUTHORIZATION FORM Please fill out this form completely, including any existing information, as this form will replace the previous form. Name of Entity: City of Tukwila Mailing Address: 6200 Southcenter Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 Fax Number: 206 - 433 -1833 E -mail Contact: Peggy.McCarthy @TukwilaWA.gov Do you wish to have your monthly LGIP statements faxed to the number listed above? Please note — if you choose to receive statements via fax, you will not receive another copy via U.S. mail. 0 YES, please fax statements 0 No, please send statements via U.S. mail Bank account where funds will be wired when a withdrawal is requested. (Note: Funds will not be transferred to any account other than that listed). Bank Name: US Bank Branch Location: Tukwila Bank Routing Number: 125000105 Account Number: 153501056854 Account Name: City of Tukwila Persons authorized to make deposits and withdrawals for the entity listed above. Name Title Signature (Autho i, 'gnature) Telephone Number Peggy McCarthy Finance Director , i ', ye,i (2) / ,0 Jill, ' 206 - 433 1838 Vicky Carlsen Deputy Finance Director 206- 433 -1839 Laurie Anderson Fiscal Specialist ature below, I certify I am authorized to represent the institution/agency for the purpose of this transaction. 72/ C{ 0- Finance Director June 2, 2014 (Autho i, 'gnature) (Title) (Date) Peggy y Peeav,McCarthv@TukwilaWA.uov 206 -433 -1838 (Print Authorized Signature) (E -mail Address) (Telephone number) Any changes to these instructions must be submitted in writing to the Office of the State Treasurer. this form to the address listed below: OFFICE OF THE STATE TREASURER LOCAL GOVERNMENT INVESTMENT POOL PO Box 40200 OLYMPIA, WA 98504 -0200 FAx: (360) 902 -9044 Please mall Date Received: Rind Number: (for LGIP use only) State of Washington ) County tte:� Signed or a sted before me by Dated this ('Say of r'1 Peggy 20J. Signature of Notary SEAL OR STAMP L7iW1 � L. And P.rsov► Typed or printed name of Notary Notary Public in and for the State of Wash. My appointment expires: 2 - 1 q - 15 77 78 EXHIBIT B LOCAL GOVERNMENT INVESTMENT POOL Prospectus January 2014 James L. McIntire Washington State Treasurer 79 Contents I. The LGIP 3 -4 II. Local Government Investment Pool — Money Market Fund 4 -9 III. Management 9 IV. Miscellaneous 9 -10 2 80 The Ltd) The Local Government Investment Pool (the "LGIP") is an investment pool of public funds placed in the custody of the Of ceoftheVVashingtunStateTmasu,er(the^StateT,easuner")forinvetmentandminvestmentasdefined byR[VV43J5O.OZ0. The purpose of the LGIP is to allow eligible governmental entities to participate with the state in the investment of surplus public funds, in a manner that optimizes liquidity and return on such funds. In establishing the LGIP, the legislature recognized that not all eligible governmental entities are able to maximize the return on their temporary surplus funds, and theref re it provided a mechanism whereby they may, at their option, utilize the resources of the State Treasurer to maximize the potential of their surplus funds while ensuring the liquidity of those funds. The State Treasurer has established a sub-poo within the LGIP whose shares are offered by means of this Prospe'tuoTheLG|P'Money[WarketFund(the^LG|P'[N[NF^orthe"Fvnd^). The State Treasurer has the authority to establish additional sub-pools in the future. The Fund offered in this Prospectus seekstnpmvdecunentincomebyinvesinginhigh'qua|ity,shorttennmuney market instruments. These standards are specific to the Fund, as illustrated in the following table. The LGIP-MMF offers daily contributions and withdrawals. FUND SNAPSHOT The table below provides a summary comparison of the Fund's investment types and sensitivity to interest rate risk. This current snapshot can be expected to vary over time. LGIP-Money Market Fund Current Investments (as of November 1, 2013) 1','ees and Expenses Cash 60 days Bank Deposits US Treasury bills Repurchase agreements 05 Government agency obligations Administrative Fee The State Treasurer charges pool participants a fee representing administration and recovery costs associated with the operation of the Fund. The administrative fee accrues daily from pool participants' earnings prior to the earnings being posted to their account. The administrative fee will be paid monthly. In the event that there are no earnings, the administrative fee will be deducted from principal. The chart below illustrates the operating expenses of the LGIP-MMF for past years, expressed in basis points as a percentage of fund assets. Local Government Investment PooI-MMF Operating Expenses by Fiscal Year (in Basis Points) 2005 2007 2008 3009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Total Operatin Expenses 1.12 0.96 0.84 0.88 0.64 0.81 0.68 0.87 (1 basis point 0.01%) Because most of the expenses of the LGIP-MMF are fixed costs, the fee (expressed as a percentage of fund assets) will be affected by: (i) the amount of operating expenses; and (ii) the assets of the LGIP-MMF. The table below shows how the fee (expressed as a percentage of fund assets) would change as the fund assets change, assuming an annual fund operating expenses amount of $800,000. Fund Assets $6.0 bn Total Operating Expenses (in Basis Points) 1.33 $8.0 bn $10.0 bn 1.0 .80 Portfolio Turnover: The Fund does not pay a commission or fee when it buys or sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). However, debt securities often trade with a bid/ask spread. Consequently, a higher portfolio turnover rate may generate higher transaction costs that could affect the Fund's performance. IL. Local Government Investnent Pool Money Ma.rket 11001d Intotstuent 01*n:thim The LGIP-MMF will seek to effectively maximize the yield while maintaining liquidity and a stable share price of $1. 111r1 p ittvestrik eat Strategies The LGIP-MMF will seek to inves phmah|yinhigh'qua|ity, short term money marke instruments. Typically, at least 55% of the Fund's assets will be invested in US government securities and repurchase agreements collateralized by those securities. The LGIP-MMF means a sub-pool of the LGIP whose investments will primarily be money market instruments. The LGIP-MMF will only invest in eligible investments permitted by state law. The LGIP-MMF will not be an SEC-registered money market fund and will not be required to follow SEC Rule 2a-7. Investments of the LGIP-MMF will conform to the LGIP Investment Policy, the most recent version of which will be posted on the LGIP website and will be available upon request. Counterparty Credit Risk A party to a transaction involving the Fund may fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement ts investment strategies. lnterest Rate Risk. The LGIP-MMF's income may decline when nterest rates fall. Because the Fund's inoome is based on short-term interest rates, which can fluctuate significantly over short periods, income risk is expected to be high. In addition, interest rate increases can cause the price of a debt security to decrease and even lead to a loss of principal. 4 82 Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk is the risk that the Fund wiPI experience significant net withdrawals of Fund shares at a time when it cannot find wiUing buyers for its portfolio lio securities or can only sell its portfolio securities at a material loss. Management Risk. Poor security selection or an ineffective investment strategy could cause the LGIP-MMF to underperform relevant benchmarks or other funds with a similar investment objective. Issuer Risk The LGIP-MMF is subject to the risk that debt issuers and other counterparties may not honor their obligations. Changes in an issuer's credit rating (e.g., a rating downgrade) or the market's perception of an issuer's creditworthiness could also affect the value of the Fund's investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation. Also, a decline in the credit quality of an issuer can cause the price of a money market security to decrease. Securities Lending Risk and Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk. The LGIP-MMF may engage in securities lending or in reverse repurchase agreements. Securities lending and reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the Fund may lose money because the borrower of the Fund's securities fails to return the securities in a timely manner or at all or the Fund's lending agent defaults on its obligations to indemnify the Fund, or such obligations prove unenforceable. The Fund could also lose money in the event of a decline in the value of the collateral provided for loaned securities or a decline in the value of any investments made with cash collateral. Risks Associated with use of Amortized Cost. The use of amortized cost valuation means that the LGIP-MMF's share price may vary from its market value NAV per share. In the unlikely event that the State Treasurer were to determine that the extent of the deviation between the Fund's amortized cost per share and its market-based NAV per share may result in material dilution or other unfair results to shareholders, the State Treasurer may cause the Fund to take such action as it deems appropriate to eliminate or reduce to the extent practicable such dilution or unfair results. An investment in the LGIP-MMF is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of investments at $1 per share, pool participants could lose money by investing in the LGIP-MMF. There is no assurance that the LGIP-MMF will achieve its investment objective. The foliowing information is intended to address the risk of investing in the LGIP-MMF. The information illustrates changes in the performance of the LGIP-MMF's shares from year to year. Returns are based on past results and are not an indication offuture performance. Updated performance information may be obtained on our website at www.tre.=o9ovorby calling the LG|P toll-free at8OO'33I'3ZO4. 5 6.00% 5.00% 4.00% 3.00% 2.00% 1.00% 0.00% -1.00% -2.00% -3.0O% Fiscal Year-by-Year Returns: Net Yield Local Government Investment Pool 2.13% 4.14% 5.21% 4.04% 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Local Government Investment PooI-Money Market Fund Average Accrued Net Yield 1Year 3years 5Veerm 10 years 0.17% 0.19% .52% 1.94% General Information The minimum transaction size (contributions or withdrawals) for the LGIP-MMF will be five thousand dollars. The State Treasurer may, in ts sole discretion, allow for transactions of Iess than five thousarid dollars, Valuing Shares The LGIP-MMF will be operated using a net asset value (NAV) calculation based on the amortized cost of all securities held such that the securities will be valued at their acquisition cost, plus accrued income, amortized daily. The Fund's NAV will be the value of a single share. NAV will normally be calculated as of the close of business of the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. If the NYSE is closed on a particular day, the Fund will be priced on the next day the NYSE 5 open. 6 84 NAV will not be calculated and the Fund will not process contributions and withdrawals submitted on days when the Fund is not open for business. The tme at which shares are priced and until which contributions and withdrawals are accepted is specified below and may be changed as permitted by the State Treasurer. 10 the extent that the LGIP-MMF's assets are traded in other markets on days when the Fund is not open for business, the value of the Fund's assets may be affected on those days. In addition, trading in some of the Fund's assets may not occur on days when the Fund is open for business. Transaction Limitation The State Treasurer reserve the right at its sole discretion to set a minimum and/or maximum transaction amount from the LGIP-MMF and to limit the number of transactions, whether contribution, withdrawal, or transfer permitted in a day or any other given period of time. The State Treasurer also reserves the right at its sole discretion to rejec any proposed contribution, and in particular to reject any proposed contribution made by a pool participant engaged in behavior deemed by the State Ireasurer to be abusive of the LGIP-MMF. A pooI participant may transfer funds from one LGIP-MMF account to another subject to the same time and contribution Iimits as set forth in WAC 210.10.060. Contributions Pool participants may make contributions to the LGIP-MMF on any business day. All contributions will be effected by electronic funds transfer to the account ofthe LGIP-MMF designated by the State Treasurer. It is the responsibility of each pool participant to pay any bank charges associated with such electronic transfers to the State Treasurer. Failure to wire funds by a pool participant after notification to the State Treasurer of an intended transfer will result in penalties. Penalties for failure to timely wire will be assessed to the account of the pool participant responsible, Notice. To ensure same day credit, a pool participant must inform the State Treasurer of any contribution over one million dollars no later than 9 a.m. on the same day the contribution is made. Contributions for one million dollars or less can be requested at any time prior to 10 a.m. on the day of contribution. For all other contributions over one million dollars that are requested prior to 10 a.m., a pool participant may receive same day credit at the sole discretion of the State Treasurer. Contributions that receive same day credit will count, for earnings rate purposes, as of the day in which the contribution was made. Contributions for which no notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m. will be credited as of the fol!owing business day. Notice of contributions may be given by calling the Local Government Investment Pool (800-331-3284) OR by logging on to State Treasurer's Treasury Management System ("TMS"). Please refer to the LGIP-MMF Operations Manual for specific instructions regarding contributions to the LGIP-MMF. Direct deposits from the State of Washington wiU be credited on the same business day. Pricing. Contribution requests received in good order will receive the NAV per unit of the LGIP-MMF next determined after the order is accepted by the State Treasurer on that contribution date. Withdrawals Pool participants may withdraw funds from the LGIP-MMF on any business day. Each pool participant shall file with the State Treasurer a letter designating the financial institution at which funds withdrawn from the LGIP-MMF shall be deposited (the "Letter"). This Letter shall contain the name of the financial institution, the location of the financial institution, the account name, and the account number to which funds will be deposited. This Letter shall be signed by local officials authorized to receive and disburse funds, as described in WAC 210-10-020. 7 Disbursements from the LGIP-MMF wII be effected by eectronic funds transfer. Failure by the State Treasurer to wire funds to a pool participant after proper notification to the State Treasurer to disburse funds to a pool participant may result in a bank overdraft in the pool participant's bank account. The State Treasurer will reimburse a pool participant for such bank overdraft penalties charged to the pool participant's bank account. Notice. In order to withdraw funds from the LGIP-MMF, a pool participant must notify the State Treasurer of any withdrawal over one million dollars no later than 9 a.m. on the same day the withdrawal is made. Withdrawals for one million dollars or less can be requested at any time prior to 10 a.m. on the day of withdrawal. For all other withdrawals from the LGIP-MMF over one million dollars that are requested prior to 10 a.m., a pool participant may receive such withdrawal on the same day it is requested at the sole discretion of the State Treasurer. No earnings will be credited on the date of withdrawal for the amounts withdrawn. Notice of withdrawals may be given by calling the Local Government Investment Pool (800-331-3284) OR by logging on to TMS. Please refer to the LGIP-MMF Operations Manual for specific instructions regarding withdrawals from the Fund. Pricing. Withdrawal requests with respect to the LGIP-MMF received in good order will receive the NAV per unit of the LGIP-MMF next determined after the order is accepted by the State Treasurer on that withdrawal date. Suspension of Withdrawals. If the State Treasurer has determined that the deviation between the Fund's amortized cost price per share and the current net asset value per share calculated using available market quottions (or an appropriate substitute that reflects current market conditions) may result in material dilution or other unfair results, the State Treasurer may, if it has determined irrevocably to liquidate the Fund, suspend withdrawals and payments of withdrawal proceeds in order to facilitate the permanent termination of the Fund in an orderly manner. The State Treasurer will distribute proceeds in liquidation as soon as practicable, subject to the possibility that certain assets may be illiquid, and subject to subsequent distribution, and the possibility that the State Treasurer may need to hold back a reserve to pay expenses. The State Treasurer also may suspend redemptions if the New York Stock Exchange suspends trading or closes, if US bond markets are closed, or if the Securities and Exchange Commission declares an emergency. If any of these events were to occur, it would likely result in a delay in the pool participants' redemption proceeds. The State Treasurer will notify pool participants within five business days of making a determination to suspend withdrawals and/or irrevocably liquidate the fund and the reason for such action. Earnings liistribulticEn LGIP-MMF Daily Factor The LGIP-MMF daily factor is a net earnings figure that is calculated daily using the investment income earned (excluding realized gains or losses) each day, assuming daily amortization and/or accretion of income of all fixed income securities held by the Fund, less the administrative fee. The daily factor is reported on an annualized 7-day basis, using the daily factors from the previous 7 calendar days. The reporting of a 7-day annualized yield based solely on investment income which excludes realized gains or losses is an industry standard practice that aliows for the fair comparison of funds that seek to maintain a constant NAV of $1.00. LGIP-MMF Actual Yield Factor The LGIP-MMF actual yieid factor is a net daily earnings figure that is calculated using the total net earnings including realized gains and losses occurring each day, less the administrative fee. 8 86 Dividends The LGIP-MMF's dividends include any net realized capital gains or losses, as well as any other capital changes other than investment income, and are declared daily and distributed monthly. Distribution The total net earnings of the LGIP-MMF will be declared daily and paid monthly to each pool participant's account in which the income was earned on a per-share bass. These funds will remain in the pool and earn additional interest unless withdrawn and sent to the pool participant's designated bank account as specified on the Authorization Form. Interest earned will be distributed monthly on the first business day of the following month. Monthly Statements and Reporting On the first business day of every calendar month, each pool participant will be sent a monthly statement which includes the pool participant's beginning balance, contributions, withdrawals, transfers, administrative charges, earnings rate, earnings, and ending balance for the preceding calendar month. Also included with the statement will be the monthly enclosure. This report will contain information regarding the maturity structure ofthe portfolio and balances broken down by security type. 111 Pilainigetnent The State Treasurer is the manager of the LGIP-MMF and has overall responsibility for the general management and administration of the Fund. The State Treasurer has the authority to offer additional sub-pools within the LGIP at such times as the State Treasurer deems appropriate in its sole discretion. Administrator and Transfer Agent. The State Treasurer will serve as the administrator and transfer agent for the Fund. Custodian. A custodian for the Fund will be appointed in accordance with the terms of the LGIP Investment Policy. Nlisrelianeotis Limitation of Liability All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Fund offered in this Prospectus shall look only to the asset of the Fund that such person extended credit to, contracted with or has a claim against, and none of (i) the State Treasurer, (ii) any subsequent sub-pool, (iii) any pool participant, (iv) the LGIP, or b�the State Treasurer's officers, employees or agents (whether past, present orfu*um)' shall be liable therefor. The determination of the State Treasurer that assets, debts, liabilities, obligations, or expenses are allocable to the Fund shall be binding on all pool participants and on any person extending credit to or contracting with or having any claim against the LGIP or the Fund offered in this Prospectus. There is a remote risk that a court may not enforce these limitation of liability provisions. 9 Amendments This Prospectus and the attached Inves ment Policy may be amended from time to time. Pool participants shall receive notice of changes to the Prospectus and the Investment Policy. The amended and restated documents will be posted on the State Treasurer website: www,t,e,waoov. Should the State Treasurer deem appropriate to offer additional sub-pools within the LGIP, said sub-pools will be offered by means of an amendment to this prospectus. LGIP-MMF Contact Information Internet: www.te.wm.govTeasuryx0anaOementSystem/TN1S Phone: 1-800-331-3284 (within Washington State) Mail: Office ofthe State Treasurer Local Government Investment Pool PO Box 400 Olympia, Washington 98504 FAX: 360-902-9044 88 10 City of Tukwila Finance and Safety Committee FINANCE AND SAFETY COMMITTEE Meeting Minutes May 20, 2014 — 5:30 p.m.; Hazelnut Conference Room PRESENT Councilmembers: Dennis Robertson (Acting Chair, for Verna Seal); Joe Duffie, Kathy Hougardy Staff: David Cline, Jennifer Ferrer, Laurel Humphrey CALL TO ORDER: Acting Committee Chair Robertson called the meeting to order at 5:30 p.m. I. PRESENTATIONS No presentations. II. BUSINESS AGENDA A. Resolution: Authorizing Investment in the Washington Local Government Investment Pool Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would authorize investment of surplus City funds in the Washington State Local Government Investment Pool (LGIP). The State Treasurer published a prospectus in January 2014, outlining the purpose of the LGIP and its strategies, risks, earnings, distributions, and management. Governing bodies of all participating agencies must pass an updated resolution acknowledging receipt and understanding of the prospectus. Staff confirms that the LGIP continues to be a good investment tool for surplus funds. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. B. Resolution: Changing the Finance Department Petty Cash and Change Fund Levels Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would modify the Finance Department's Change Funds and Petty Cash Fund in response to changing needs. Both of the Change Funds need to be increased due to more residents paying utility invoices with large bills. It is not unusual for staff to encounter change shortages later in the day as a result. The Petty Cash Fund can be reduced due to the implementation of the City's PCard purchasing program that allows designated employees to use a credit card for City expenses. The requested changes are as follows: • Change Fund — General: Increase from $100 to $300 • Change Fund — Water: Increase from $100 to $400 • Petty Cash: Decrease from $800 to $300 UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. III. MISCELLANEOUS Meeting adjourned at 5:38 p.m. Next meeting: Tuesday, June 3, 2014 — 5:30 p.m. — Hazelnut Conference Room Minutes by!LH Acting Committee Chair Approval 89 90 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Meal ng. Date Prepared by Ala or's review Gained review 06/02/14 PMC , ... Ordinance Mt Date 0 Bid Award Aft ,Dale E Public Hearing illtsDale Other Mtg Date SP ONS( )R 7 Council Mayor FIR IT P '1 Police P117 DCD Finance lire SPONSOR'S Adopt Resolution increasing the Finance department change fund levels and decreasing the SUMMARY Finance department petty cash fund level and repealing Resolution No. 1824 RiNIEWED BY COW Mtg. _ CA&P Cmte El F&S Cmte Transportation Cmte Utilities Cmte Arts Comm. Parks Comm. Planning Comm. DATE: 05/20/14 COMMITTEE CHAIR: SEAL RECOMMENDATIONS: SPoNsoR/ADmiN. COMMFF1IK Finance Unanimous Approval, Forward to 6/2 Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 4.F. 91 STAFF SPONSOR: PEGGY MCCARTHY ORIGINAL AGENDA DATE: 06/02/14 Ac;;,:NDA PrEmTyrim: Resolution increasing the Finance department change fund levels and decreasing the Finance department petty cash fund level CATI(;( n' Dioission /11/,g Date motion Mt Dale Eg Resolution AN Dale 06/02/14 Ordinance Mt Date 0 Bid Award Aft ,Dale E Public Hearing illtsDale Other Mtg Date SP ONS( )R 7 Council Mayor FIR IT P '1 Police P117 DCD Finance lire SPONSOR'S Adopt Resolution increasing the Finance department change fund levels and decreasing the SUMMARY Finance department petty cash fund level and repealing Resolution No. 1824 RiNIEWED BY COW Mtg. _ CA&P Cmte El F&S Cmte Transportation Cmte Utilities Cmte Arts Comm. Parks Comm. Planning Comm. DATE: 05/20/14 COMMITTEE CHAIR: SEAL RECOMMENDATIONS: SPoNsoR/ADmiN. COMMFF1IK Finance Unanimous Approval, Forward to 6/2 Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE EXPENDITURE, REQUIRID AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $0 $0 $0 Fund Source: Comments: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 06/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/13/14 Resolution in Draft Form Minutes from the Finance and Safety Committee meeting of 05/20/14 91 92 TO: City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL U��U�^��������U� nn�n ��nan�n��n ox��nm�m�~ nmn�~n�nv^�mn��nm���wn�n Mayor Haggerton Finance & Safety Committee FROM: Peggy McCarthy, Finance Director BY: Vicky Carlsen, Deputy Finance Director DATE: May 13, 2014 SUBJECT: Resolution changing the Finance Change Fund levels and the Finance Petty Cash Fund level ISSUE Approve Resolution authorizing an increase in the Finance Change Fund levels and @decrease in the Finance Petty Cash Fund. BACKGROUND The change fund and petty cash fund needs in the Finance department have changed since the implementation of PCards for most of the City's purchasing. Additiona|k/, more utility customers are paying their utility bilis with large currency bills. Both the change funds and petty cash fund limits have not been changed for several years. DISCUSSION Both change funds in the Finance department need to be increased. More citizens are paying their utility invoices with large bills ($50s and $100s) using up the existing change funds of $100 each before the day has ended. On many uucasions, by the sfternoon, there is not enough small bills and change Ieft for those that pay their accounts later in the day. Increasing both change funds to the proposed levels of $300 for the general fund and $400 for the water fund will provide a Iarge enough bank for change to be made throughout the day. With the use of PCards for most City purchases, the use of petty cash, while not completely eliminated, has decreased significantly. Reducing the petty cash fund by $500 will still leave $300 available for small, incidental purchases by those that do not have City issued PCards. RECOMMENDATION Council is being asked to approve the resolution authorizing an increase in the Finance Change Funds and a decrease in the Finance Petty Cash Fund and forward this item on the Consent Agenda at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. ATTACHMENTS Draft Resolution 94 DRAFT A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, INCREASING THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT CHANGE FUND LEVELS AND DECREASING THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT PETTY CASH FUND LEVEL, AND REPEALING RESOLUTION NO. 1824. WHEREAS, the Tukwila City Council previously established Change Fund and Petty Cash Fund levels by Resolution No. 1824, passed on May 5, 2014; and WHEREAS, there is a need to modify the Change Fund levels and Petty Cash Fund level for the Finance Department due to operational needs; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The Change Fund levels are hereby set as follows: Finance Department General Fund 000 $100.08 300.00 Finance Department Water Fund 401 -00.00 400.00 City Clerk's Office General Fund 000 100.00 Seattle Southside Visitor Center Hotel /Motel Tax Fund 101 100.00 Municipal Court General Fund 000 300.00 Parks and Recreation General Fund 000 350.00 Golf Course Foster Golf Course Fund 411 1,200.00 (or less as needed) W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Revise Fund Levels for Finance 5 -12 -14 VC:bjs Page 1 of 2 95 Section 2. The Petty Cash Fund levels are hereby set as follows: Finance Department General Fund 000 $800.00 300.00 Police Investigation/Tukwila General Fund 000 10,000.00 Fire Department General Fund 000 350.00 Parks and Recreation General Fund 000 300.00 Public Works Division I General Fund 000 350.00 Section 3. Resolution No. 1824 is hereby repealed. PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk De'Sean Quinn, Council President APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Resolution Number: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Revise Fund Levels for Finance 5 -12 -14 VC:bjs 96 Page 2 of 2 City of Tukwila Finance and Safety Committee FINANCE AND SAFETY COMMITTEE Meeting Minutes May 20, 2014 — 5:30 p.m.; Hazelnut Conference Room PRESENT Councilmembers: Dennis Robertson (Acting Chair, for Verna Seal); Joe Duffie, Kathy Hougardy Staff: David Cline, Jennifer Ferrer, Laurel Humphrey CALL TO ORDER: Acting Committee Chair Robertson called the meeting to order at 5:30 p.m. I. PRESENTATIONS No presentations. II. BUSINESS AGENDA A. Resolution: Authorizing Investment in the Washington Local Government Investment Pool Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would authorize investment of surplus City funds in the Washington State Local Government Investment Pool (LGIP). The State Treasurer published a prospectus in January 2014, outlining the purpose of the LGIP and its strategies, risks, earnings, distributions, and management. Governing bodies of all participating agencies must pass an updated resolution acknowledging receipt and understanding of the prospectus. Staff confirms that the LGIP continues to be a good investment tool for surplus funds. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. B. Resolution: Changing the Finance Department Petty Cash and Change Fund Levels Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would modify the Finance Department's Change Funds and Petty Cash Fund in response to changing needs. Both of the Change Funds need to be increased due to more residents paying utility invoices with large bills. It is not unusual for staff to encounter change shortages later in the day as a result. The Petty Cash Fund can be reduced due to the implementation of the City's PCard purchasing program that allows designated employees to use a credit card for City expenses. The requested changes are as follows: • Change Fund — General: Increase from $100 to $300 • Change Fund — Water: Increase from $100 to $400 • Petty Cash: Decrease from $800 to $300 UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. III. MISCELLANEOUS Meeting adjourned at 5:38 p.m. Next meeting: Tuesday, June 3, 2014 — 5:30 p.m. — Hazelnut Conference Room Acting Committee Chair Approval Minutes byLH 97 98 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Initials Meeting Date Prepared by Mayor's review Council review 06/02/14 BG '21 et _ Motion Date 06/02/14 Li Refolution Altg Date 11 Ordinance Altg Date El Bid Award Alt; Date El Public Hear/ n_ AI Date • Other Altg Altg Date SPONSOR E Canna' / • Mayor HR El DCD E Finance I in, IT P&R fl Police PIE' SPONSOR'S In 2013, a study evaluated the need for installation of a guardrail or barrier between the SUMMARY Duwamish River and the adjacent streets of 42nd Ave S and S 115th St in Allentown. This contract will include the design of those roadside barriers. KPG, Inc. was evaluated from the MRSC Consultant Roster and was the most qualified for the design contract as they completed the 2013 study. Construction of the most critical areas is budgeted in 2015. Council is being asked to approve the design contract with KPG, Inc. for $95,927.49. REVIEWIM BY COW Mtg. Ell CA&P Cmte LI F&S Cmte flUtilities Cmte 111 Arts Comm. 111 Parks Comm. DATE: 05/27/14 commITTEE CHAIR: ALLAN Transportation ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 4.G. 99 STAFF SPONSOR: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINAL AGEND■ DATE: 06/02/14 AGENDA ITENI TiTLF: Small Roadway and Safety Improvements - 42nd Ave S/Allentown Consultant Selection and Agreement with KPG, Inc. Roadside Barriers C, \TEG( )RY Dircussion Altg Date Motion Date 06/02/14 Li Refolution Altg Date 11 Ordinance Altg Date El Bid Award Alt; Date El Public Hear/ n_ AI Date • Other Altg Altg Date SPONSOR E Canna' / • Mayor HR El DCD E Finance I in, IT P&R fl Police PIE' SPONSOR'S In 2013, a study evaluated the need for installation of a guardrail or barrier between the SUMMARY Duwamish River and the adjacent streets of 42nd Ave S and S 115th St in Allentown. This contract will include the design of those roadside barriers. KPG, Inc. was evaluated from the MRSC Consultant Roster and was the most qualified for the design contract as they completed the 2013 study. Construction of the most critical areas is budgeted in 2015. Council is being asked to approve the design contract with KPG, Inc. for $95,927.49. REVIEWIM BY COW Mtg. Ell CA&P Cmte LI F&S Cmte flUtilities Cmte 111 Arts Comm. 111 Parks Comm. DATE: 05/27/14 commITTEE CHAIR: ALLAN Transportation Cmte • Planning Comm. EKBERG RECOMMENDATIONS: SPoNsuR/ADmIN. COMMITTIT Public Works Department Unanimous Approval; Forward to Regular Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE ExpENDITuRi REQuIRED AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $95,927.49 $110,000.00 $0.00 Fund Source: 103 RESIDENTIAL STREETS (PG 5, 2014 CIP) Comments: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 06/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/23/14 Vicinity Map Consultant Selection Scoring Matrix Page 5, 2014 CIP Contract, Scope of Work, and Fee Estimate Minutes from the Transportation Committee meeting of 05/27/14 99 100 TO: City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM Mayor H Transportation Committee FROM: Bob Giberson, Public Works Direc tor BY: Dave Sorensen, P ject Manager DATE: May 23, 2014 SUBJECT: Small Roadway and Safety Improvements 42nd Ave South/Allentown Roadside Barriers (Project No. 91310301) Consultant Selection and Agreement ISSUE Approve a contract with KPG, Inc. to provide design services for the 42nd Ave South/Allentown Roadside Barrier Project. BACKGROUND In 2013 a study was conducted to evaluate the need for installation of a guardrail or barrier between the Duwamish River andthe adjacent streets of 42 Ave S and S llSth Stin Allentown, Several sections are recommended for guardrail/barrier installation and funding for design in 2014 was approved in the current CIP. City staif used the Municipal Research and Services Center (MRSC) Consultant Roster to evaluate engineering firms to provide the desired services, Five (5) engineering firms were evaluated (see attached scoring and selection matrix) and, although all are well qualified, KPG, Inc. provides a unique knowledge and understanding of the City's program providing efficiency and benefits which cannot be matched at this time by the other firm. KPG, Inc. has also prepared the 42nd Ave South/AI Ientown Roadside Barrier Study. DISCUSSION This contrac will include the design of roadside barriers along portions of 42nd Ave S and S 115th St that are recommended in the previous study. Construction is to be at only the highest risk/highest priority areas and will include guardrail placement on 42nd Ave S from S 116th St to the vicinity of the Duwamish Community Church. FISCAL IMPACT KPG, Inc. has provided a contract, scope of work, and fee estimate to complete design of the 42nd Ave South /Allentown Roadside Barrier p joctendodvortioeforconotmodonbids.Grantfundingisbeingsough1forconxtruchon. KPG Contract Contract Design Budget $95,927.49 $110,000.00 RECOMMENDATION Council is being asked to approve the consultant selection and contract with KPG, Inc. for design of the 42nd Ave South/Allentown Roadside Barrier P 'SCt in the amount of $95,927.49 and consider this item on the Consent Agenda at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. Attachments: Vicinity Map Consultant Selection Scoring Matrix Page 5, 2014 CIP Contract, Scope of Work and Fee Estimate VV:IPWcng1PnneCTsmmw&nspmjemm42nd Ave s Allentown Roadside Barrier (91310301»nesign \Conswmntxeloctiomoocsmrmnm Memo Consult Selection o^u.docx 1 01 102 Google Maps 1 of 2 https: / /www.google.com/maps/ preview ?hl =en &source= newuser -ws "t` A to ttp Kuntig Co n tro Sou h Base S TA f S 1 r I Group Health .^.3operMive S 1 2!4t "I St IDA s '122m xf, S t.. S '4 orti ar, r i River 'Trait ITT r�k:taarh ti i >ropaine tits ip Ua �,1 "ptw Map data ©2014 Google 500 ft BED 5/19/2014 11:M 104 42nd Ave South /Allentown Roadside Barrier Consultant Selection Matrix (Internal Selection, No Interviews) 1 DEA Associates o a Y Jacobs Engineering BergerABAM NH Pacifc Safety Projects Experience 3 2 2 _ 3 _ 3 Current Knowledge of Tukwila Standards and Procedures 4 1 3 4 4 Environmental Experience 3 1 2 2 3 Experience with similar projects? 3 2 3 2 3 Expertise Using Federal Funds 3 1 2 2 2 Pavement Design / Rehabilitation Repair Expertise 3 1 2 2 3 Planning and Design 3 3 3 3 3 Small Scale Projects 3 1 3 2 3 Storm water Drainage & Detention Design 3 1 2 2 2 Survey Crew In -House 3 1 4 4 1 TOTALS 31 14 26 26 27 For each category, highest score is 1 (with the lowest or worst score at 5) Consultant with the lowest score is ranked the best. Staff: Dave Sorensen Selection Date: 4/10/14 Selected Consultant: KPG, Inc. Selection Justification: This firm has demonstrated small project design experience, in house survey, and they are very current on Tukwila standards and procedures. And have current and past expeirence with the City on multiple projects which produced outstanding results. Based on overall score KPG, Inc. prevailed. CITY OF TUKWILA CAPITAL PROJECT SUMMARY 2014 to 2019 PROJECT: SmaII Roadway and Safety Improvements Project No. Varies Programmatic approach to addressing small roadway and safety concerns through a variety of methods. DESCRIPTION: Addresses needs not included in general maintenance traffic calming, or other approaches. |noreasingpub|icdemand ona�ffdmo Local access a�ee�in�sidondo|ne�hborhoodo may need minor JUSTIFICATION: � roadway or satety improvements that can not be addressed with any other City program. STATUS: 42nd Ave S/Allentown Roadside Barrier is proposed in phases, Project No. 91310301. MAINT. IMPACT: Minimal. COMMENT: Full program is only feasible if Public Works adds a Traffic Engineer to staff (same position as Traffic Calming). FINANCIAL Through Estimated in $0u0's) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 BEYOND TOTAL EXPENSES Design 6 110 116 LandUR880 0 Cunst. Mgmt. 10 40 50 Construction 60 200 280 TOTAL EXPENSES 0 6 110 70 0 0 0 0 240 426 FUND SOURCES Awarded Grant 0 Proposed Grant O Mitigation Actual 0 Mitigation Expected O City Oper.Revenue 0 6 110 70 0 0 0 O 240 426 TOTAL SOURCES 0 6 110 70 0 0 0 0 240 426 1 06 cow'20/x Capital Improvement Program 5 City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 Contract Number: CONSULTANT AGREEMENT FOR ENGINEERING SERVICES THIS AGREEMENT is entered into between the City of Tukwila, Washington, hereinafter referred to as "the City ", and KPG, Inc., hereinafter referred to as "the Consultant ", in consideration of the mutual benefits, terms, and conditions hereinafter specified. 1. Project Designation. The Consultant is retained by the City to perform engineering services in connection with the project titled `42nd Ave S Roadside Barrier'. 2. Scope of Services. The Consultant agrees to perform the services, identified on Exhibit "A" attached hereto, including the provision of all labor, materials, equipment and supplies. 3. Duration of Agreement; Time for Performance. This Agreement shall be in full force and effect for a period commencing upon execution and ending December 31, 2014, unless sooner terminated under the provisions hereinafter specified. Work under this Agreement shall commence upon written notice by the City to the Consultant to proceed. The Consultant shall perform all services and provide all work product required pursuant to this Agreement no later than December 31, 2014 unless an extension of such time is granted in writing by the City. 4. Payment. The Consultant shall be paid by the City for completed work and for services rendered under this Agreement as follows: A. Payment for the work provided by the Consultant shall be made as provided on Exhibit "B" attached hereto, provided that the total amount of payment to the Consultant shall not exceed $95,927.49 without express written modification of the Agreement signed by the City. B. The Consultant may submit vouchers to the City once per month during the progress of the work for partial payment for that portion of the project completed to date. Such vouchers will be checked by the City and, upon approval thereof, payment shall be made to the Consultant in the amount approved. C. Final payment of any balance due the Consultant of the total contract price earned will be made promptly upon its ascertainment and verification by the City after the completion of the work under this Agreement and its acceptance by the City. D. Payment as provided in this section shall be full compensation for work performed, services rendered, and for all materials, supplies, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. E. The Consultant's records and accounts pertaining to this Agreement are to be kept available for inspection by representatives of the City and the state of Washington for a period of three (3) years after final payments. Copies shall be made available upon request. 107 5. Ownership and Use of Documents. All documents, drawings, specifications and other materials produced by the Consultant in connection with the services rendered under this Agreement shall be the property of the City whether the project for which they are made is executed or not. The Consultant shall be permitted to retain copies, including reproducible copies, of drawings and specifications for information, reference and use in connection with the Consultant's endeavors. The Consultant shall not be responsible for any use of the said documents, drawings, specifications or other materials by the City on any project other than the project specified in this Agreement. 6. Compliance with Laws. The Consultant shall, in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement, faithfully observe and comply with all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances and regulations, applicable to the services rendered under this Agreement. 7. Indemnification. The Consultant shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers harmless from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses or suits including attorney fees, arising out of or resulting from the acts, errors or omissions of the Consultant in performance of this Agreement, except for injuries and damages caused by the sole negligence of the City. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this Agreement is subject to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Consultant and the City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers, the Consultant's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the Consultant's negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided herein constitutes the Consultant's waiver of immunity under Industrial Insurance, Title 51 RCW, solely for the purposes of this indemnification. This waiver has been mutually negotiated by the parties. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 8. Insurance. The Consultant shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Consultant, its agents, representatives, or employees. Consultant's maintenance of insurance as required by the agreement shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Consultant to the coverage provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the City's recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. A. Minimum Amounts and Scope of Insurance. Consultant shall obtain insurance of the types and with the limits described below: 1. Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident. Automobile Liability insurance shall cover all owned, non - owned, hired and leased vehicles. Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage. CA revised : 1 -2013 108 Page 2 2. Commercial General Liability insurance with limits no less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 and shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors and personal injury and advertising injury. The City shall be named as an insured under the Consultant's Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the City. 3. Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 4. Professional Liability with limits no less than $1,000,000 per claim and $1,000,000 policy aggregate limit. Professional Liability insurance shall be appropriate to the Consultant's profession. B. Other Insurance Provision. The Consultant's Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain that they shall be primary insurance with respect to the City. Any Insurance, self - insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by the City shall be excess of the Consultant's insurance and shall not be contributed or combined with it. C. Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A:VII. D. Verification of Coverage. Consultant shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the insurance requirements of the Consultant before commencement of the work. Certificates of coverage and endorsements as required by this section shall be delivered to the City within fifteen (15) days of execution of this Agreement. E. Notice of Cancellation. The Consultant shall provide the City with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. F. Failure to Maintain Insurance. Failure on the part of the Consultant to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the City may, after giving five business days notice to the Consultant to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the City on demand, or at the sole discretion of the City, offset against funds due the Consultant from the City. 9. Independent Contractor. The Consultant and the City agree that the Consultant is an independent contractor with respect to the services provided pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be considered to create the relationship of employer and employee between the parties hereto. Neither the Consultant nor any employee of the Consultant shall be entitled to any benefits accorded City employees by virtue of the services provided under this Agreement. The City shall not be responsible for withholding or otherwise deducting federal income tax or social security or for contributing to the state industrial insurance program, otherwise assuming the duties of an employer with respect to the Consultant, or any employee of the Consultant. CA revised : 1 -2013 Page 3 109 10. Covenant Against Contingent Fees. The Consultant warrants that he has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bonafide employee working solely for the Consultant, to solicit or secure this contract, and that he has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bonafide employee working solely for the Consultant, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gifts, or any other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this contract. For breach or violation of this warrant, the City shall have the right to annul this contract without liability, or in its discretion to deduct from the contract price or consideration, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or contingent fee. 11. Discrimination Prohibited. The Consultant, with regard to the work performed by it under this Agreement, will not discriminate on the grounds of race, religion, creed, color, national origin, age, veteran status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status, political affiliation or the presence of any disability in the selection and retention of employees or procurement of materials or supplies. 12. Assignment. The Consultant shall not sublet or assign any of the services covered by this Agreement without the express written consent of the City. 13. Non - Waiver. Waiver by the City of any provision of this Agreement or any time limitation provided for in this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other provision. 14. Termination. A. The City reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time by giving ten (10) days written notice to the Consultant. B. In the event of the death of a member, partner or officer of the Consultant, or any of its supervisory personnel assigned to the project, the surviving members of the Consultant hereby agree to complete the work under the terms of this Agreement, if requested to do so by the City. This section shall not be a bar to renegotiations of this Agreement between surviving members of the Consultant and the City, if the City so chooses. 15. Applicable Law; Venue; Attorney's Fees. This Agreement shall be subject to, and the Consultant shall at all times comply with, all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, and rules, including the provisions of the City of Tukwila Municipal Code and ordinances of the City of Tukwila. In the event any suit, arbitration, or other proceeding is instituted to enforce any term of this Agreement, the parties specifically understand and agree that venue shall be properly laid in King County, Washington. The prevailing party in any such action shall be entitled to its attorney's fees and costs of suit. Venue for any action arising from or related to this Agreement shall be exclusively in King County Superior Court. 16. Severability and Survival. If any term, condition or provision of this Agreement is declared void or unenforceable or limited in its application or effect, such event shall not affect any other provisions hereof and all other provisions shall remain fully enforceable. The provisions of this Agreement, which by their sense and context are reasonably intended to survive the completion, expiration or cancellation of this Agreement, shall survive termination of this Agreement. CA revised : 1 -2013 110 Page 4 17. Notices. Notices to the City of Tukwila shall be sent to the following address: City Clerk City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, WA 98188 Notices to Consultant shall be sent to the following address: KPG 753 9th Avenue North Seattle, WA 98109 18. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Agreement, together with attachments or addenda, represents the entire and integrated Agreement between the City and the Consultant and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements written or oral. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless it is in writing and signed by the parties. DATED this CITY OF TUKWILA day of , 2014. Mayor, Jim Haggerton CONSULTANT By: Printed Name:Nelson Davis, KPG Title: Principal Attest /Authenticated: Approved as to Form: City Clerk, Christy O'Flaherty Office of the City Attorney CA revised : 1 -2013 Page 5 111 112 EXHIBIT A City of Tukwila 42nd Avenue S Roadside Barrier Engineering Design Scope of Work May 10, 2014 BACKGROUND: The City of Tukwila intends to install roadside barrier along 42 'd Avenue S and S 115th Street in general accordance with the recommendations contained in the `42nd Avenue S — Roadside Barrier Analysis' prepared by KPG (9/25/2013). The proposed improvements include installation /replacement of approximately 2,400 linear feet of barrier along the west side of 42nd Avenue S / south side of S 115th Street. The roadway is located adjacent to the Duwamish River and the barrier will improve safety along this stretch of the roadway. The work includes survey, geotechnical investigations, utility coordination, grant funding assistance, and permitting to support final design and construction of the improvements as described in the Scope of Work. It is anticipated that the barrier will be installed in one or more segments depending on available budget and other considerations. The Consultant and City will work collaboratively to prioritize the segments at the 30% design level. 90% Design will be completed for the entire project and final Plans, Specifications, and Estimates will be prepared for the initial project segment for advertisement and award by the City. Preparation of Bid Documents for future segments, if required, is not included in this scope of work and will be completed under separate authorization as funding becomes available. City of Tukwila KPG 42 "d Ave S Roadside Barrier Page 1 of 5 May 10, 2014 113 SCOPE OF WORK: Task 1 — Management, Coordination & Administration 1.1 The estimated project duration is 6 months. The Consultant shall provide overall project management including: ♦ Project staff management and coordination ♦ Subconsultant management and coordination ♦ Schedule and budget monitoring and reporting 1.2 The Consultant shall assist the City with construction grant funding application for the Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP). Task 2 — Field Investigations 2.1 The Consultant shall coordinate geotechnical review to determine groundwater depths, trenching recommendations, and other information for construction of the new pipeline. Geotechnical review will be performed by GeoDesign under subcontract to the Consultant and will include the following work: ♦ Review available existing geotechnical, geological, and environmental reports for the project area. ♦ Select boring locations and coordinate and manage the field investigation. ♦ Mark the boring locations and request public utility locates. A separate trip to the site will be necessary to mark the boring locations in order to get the utility locates completed and obtain a right -of -way use permit from the City of Tukwila (City). We assume the City will waive the permit fee, as they have on past City - related projects. ♦ Explore subsurface conditions by completing up to two soil borings along the west side of the roadway to a depth of approximately 20 feet below ground surface. Drilling will be completed using hollow -stem auger drilling techniques, and samples will be collected using standard penetration tests for correlation with soil engineering parameters. Samples will be collected at 2.5 -fot intervals to a depth of approximately 15 feet and then at 5 -foot intervals to the bottom of the boring. Our representative will collect soil samples and maintain a log of the subsurface conditions encountered. We anticipate the borings can be completed in one day. City of Tukwila KPG 42nd Ave 5 Roadside Barrier Page 2 of 5 May 10, 2014 114 ♦ Complete laboratory analyses on disturbed soil samples obtained from the explorations to assist in soil classification and evaluating engineering parameters. Testing may include up to two moisture content determinations and up to two grain -size distribution tests. ♦ Prepare a report summarizing our findings, conclusions, and recommendation related to the following: • Subsurface soil and groundwater conditions and results of laboratory testing. • Soil parameters for use in design of guardrail supports. Task 3 — Survey and Mapping 3.1 The Consultant shall perform topographic survey and prepare project base maps. Base mapping shall extend approximately 4,000 linear feet from S 115th Street at the east side of the intersection with 40th Avenue S to the existing guardrail on 42nd Avenue S approximately 300 feet south of the intersection with S 124th Street. Survey shall extend from the north /east edge of pavement on S115th Street / 42nd Avenue S to the apparent ordinary high water mark of the Duwamish River and will include channelization, surface features, grade breaks, and existing guardrail. 3.2 The Consultant coordinate with a utility locate firm to mark the horizontal location of utilities within the mapping limits and incorporate into the project base maps. Measure downs for gravity utilities crossing the proposed guardrail will be obtained and incorporated into the base maps. 3.3Right of way will be shown on the base maps based on GIS information and other publicly available sources. It is assumed that all proposed features lie within the existing right of way and that no acquisition or right of way calculations will be required. Task 4 — Prepare Final Plans, Specifications, and Estimates The Consultant shall prepare Final Plans, Specifications and Estimates for the initial phase of this project for advertisement and award by the City. Plans shall be formatted to provide sufficient detail for convenient field layout of all proposed facilities. City standard details and WSDOT standard plans will be supplemented with project specific details as required. Final bid documents will be signed by a licensed professional engineer in the State of Washington. City of Tukwila 42 "d Ave 5 Roadside Barrier Page 3 of 5 KPG May 10, 2014 115 4.1 The Consultant shall prepare 30% Plans and cost estimates for the entire project area consistent with the recommendations contained in the `42nd Avenue S — Roadside Barrier Warrant Analysis' (KPG, 9/25/2013) and modified based on actual survey and geotechnical findings. 4.2The Consultant shall distribute 30% plans to utility providers along the corridor for verification of their facilities, identification of conflicts with proposed barrier, and coordinate with franchise utilities for any necessary relocations. 4.3The Consultant shall work collaboratively with the City to prioritize segments for implementation over one or more years. Priorities will be based on available budget, severity of safety concern, utility issues, and /or other factors as determined by the City. Project segments will be summarized in a brief technical memo for use by the City in future budget considerations. 4.4The Consultant shall incorporate comments and prepare 90% Plans for the entire project area, with cost estimate broken into the segments determined in Task 4.3. Plans will show layout of guardrail, terminal ends, curbing, channelization, and cross sections at key locations to permit convenient layout in the field. Details showing modifications to WSDOT standard plans based on actual site conditions will also be included. Specifications will be prepared for the initial segment anticipated for construction. A $5,000 allowance is included in the project budget for geotechnical assistance with final design. Structural streambank repairs / retaining walls are not anticipated or included in the project budget. 4.5The Consultant shall incorporate city comments and finalize Plans, Specifications, and Estimate for bid advertisement of the initial segment. The plans may be for the entire project length or for a portion of the project based on available budget or other considerations at the discretion of the City. 4.6 The Consultant shall upload Bid documents to bxwa.com for advertisement. Fees for advertisement will be paid by the City. 4.7The Consultant shall provide bid period services to include responses to bidder inquiries, preparation of addenda, attendance at bid opening, preparation of bid tabulation, and recommendation to award or reject the apparent low bidder. The budget assumes a straight forward review process with the low bidder receiving the contract award. City of Tukwila KPG 42 "d Ave 5 Roadside Barrier Page 4 of 5 May 10, 2014 116 Task 5 — Permitting 5.1 The Consultant shall prepare and submit a SEPA checklist to the City for processing. No other permits are anticipated or included in the scope of work. ADDITIONAL SERVICES: The City of Tukwila may require other services of the consultant. These services could include additional design, right of way, environmental documentation, construction phase services, or other work tasks not included in the scope of work. At the time these services are required, the Consultant will provide the City with a detailed scope of work and an hour and fee estimate. The Consultant will not proceed with the work until the City has authorized the work and issued a Notice to Proceed. DELIVERABLES • Draft and Final Geotechnical Report • 30% Plans and Estimate (5 copies) • Technical memo for project phasing • 90% Plans, Specifications, and Estimates (5 copies) • % size final Plans (10 copies) • Full size final Plans (5 copies) • Final Specifications (10 copies) • Final Engineer's Estimate • Upload of Bid Documents to bxwa.com • Completed SEPA checklist City of Tukwila KPG 42°' Ave 5 Roadside Barrier Page 5 of 5 May 10, 2014 117 118 HOUR AND FEE ESTIMATE Project: City of Tukwila 42nd Ave S Roadside Barrier Engineering Design EXHIBIT B KPG • Architecture • Landscape Architecture • Civil Engineering • Task Description Labor Hour Estimate Total Fee Project Manager $ 185.60 Senior Engineer $ 132.60 Project Engineer $ 112.71 Design Engineer $ 99.45 CAD Technician $ 86.18 Const Inspector $ 106.06 Survey Crew $ 139.96 Senior Admin $ 106.06 Office Admin $ 66.30 Fee Task 1 - Management, Coordination, Administration 1.1 Project Management (6 months) 1.2 Assist with HSIP grant application Task Total 6 0 6 0 0 0 0 6 12 4 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 4 10 0 14 0 4 0 0 6 16 $ 3,221.83 $ 2,254.01 $ 5,475.83 Task 2 - Field Investigations 2.1 Coordinate geotechnical investigations 1 0 4 0 2 0 0 0 2 $ 941.40 Reimbursable - Geotechnical (GeoDesign) Task Total 1 0 4 0 2 0 0 0 2 $ 9,931.40 Task 3- Survey and Base Mapping 3.1 Topographic survey 2 4 0 32 0 0 70 0 0 $ 13,880.95 3.2 Utility pick ups 0 0 0 4 0 0 8 0 2 $ 1,650.05 3.3 Incorporate GIS right of way into base maps 0 0 2 4 0 0 4 0 0 $ 1,183.04 Reimbursable - Utility locates 3,000.00 Task Total 2 4 2 40 0 0 82 0 2 $ 19,714.03 Task 4 - Prepare Final Plans, Specifications, and Estimate 4.1 Prepare 30% Plans and Estimate 4 8 40 24 40 0 0 0 2 $ 12,278.17 4.2 Utility coordination 4 0 16 8 8 0 0 0 8 $ 4,561.18 4.3 Prioritize segments for installation 8 0 8 0 8 0 0 0 4 $ 3,341.13 4.4 Prepare 90% Plans, Specifications, and Estimate 8 16 80 40 40 0 0 0 24 $ 21,639.46 4.5 Finalize Bid Documents for Segment 1 4 0 16 16 16 0 0 0 8 $ 6,046.20 4.6 Upload bid documents to bxwa.com 0 0 4 0 8 0 0 0 4 $ 1,405.49 4.7 Bid period services 4 0 8 4 4 0 0 0 4 $ 2,651.79 Reimbursable - Mileage $ 500.00 Reimbursable - Reprographics $ 1,500.00 Reimbursable - Geotechical allowance (GeoDesign) $ 5,000.00 Task Total 32 24 172 92 124 0 0 0 54 $ 58,923.42 Task 5 - Permittin 5.1 Prepare and submit SEPA checklist Task Total 9 2 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 4 $ 1,882.81 2 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 4 * Hourly rates are based on the following: Direct Salary Costs Overhead Rate Fixed Fee $ 1,882.81 Project Total: $ 95,927.49 $ 67.30 $ 48.08 $ 40.87 $ 36.06 I $ 31.25 I $ 38.46 I $ 50.75 $ 38.46 $ 24.04 145.78% 30% 5/10/2014 Totals $ 27, 898.14 $ 40, 669.91 $ 8,369.44 120 TRANSPORTATION COMMITTEE - Meeting Minutes May 27, 2014 — 5:15 p.m. — Foster Conference Room City of Tukwila Transportation Committee PRESENT Councilmembers: Allan Ekberg, Chair; Dennis Robertson, Kate Kruller Staff: Bob Giberson, Robin Tischmak, Pat Brodin, Gail Labanara, Dave Sorensen, Grant Griffin, Michael Ronda, Cyndy Knighton Laurel Humphrey CALL TO ORDER: Committee Chair Ekberg called the meeting to order at 5:17 p.m. I. PRESENTATIONS No presentations. II. BUSINESS AGENDA A. Consultant Agreement: 42nd Avenue South /Allentown Roadside Barriers Staff is seeking Council approval to enter into a consultant agreement with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $95,927.49 for design services for the 42nd Avenue South /Allentown Roadside Barrier Project. KPG was chosen from the MRSC Consultant Roster due to its unique knowledge and experience with the City's program. This contract will include the design of roadside barriers along portions of 42nd Avenue South and South 115th Street. Only the high risk areas are scheduled for construction in 2015 unless grant funding is sucessful. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. B. Grant Application: 42nd Avenue South /Allentown Roadside Barriers Staff is seeking Committee approval to submit an application for a 2015 City Safety Grant for the 42nd Avenue South /Allentown Roadside Barriers project. This grant program, overseen by WSDOT Highways and Local Programs, includes federal funds for design, engineering, right -of- way, and construction of projects intended to reduce fatal and injury collisions. There is no required City match, and if the application is successful, construction funding for this project will be increased in 2015. KPG, Inc. is assisting with the grant preparation as part of the contract discussed above. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL TO SUBMIT GRANT APPLICATION. C. Consultant Agreement: East Marginal Way South (Boeing Access Road — South 112th Street) Staff is seeking Council approval to enter into a consultant agreement with TransOlympic Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $88,032.00 for a feasibility analysis for the East Marginal Way South (BAR — S 112th) Project. This project has been identified as a capacity improvement project and as such the City has collected $112,642.00 in traffic impact fees. The design feasibility report will analyze the cost benefit of design and construction of curb, gutter, drainage, lighting, turn lanes, traffic control and other improvements that could be needed over the next twenty years. Upon completion of the report, staff wil evaluate the cost benefit to either move forward or discontinue the traffic impact fee collection zone. If discontinued, the fees collected can still be used elsewhere. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 9, 2014 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE. 121 122 040" vlitod 10Mtfih COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS M eetingDate Prepared by klailarlr review Council review 06/02/14 BG / i..i \ A 0 Ordinance AN Date j Bid Award Mtg Date E Public Hearin s Mtg Date EI Other Alts Date AN SPONSOR t E Council E Mayor HR LJ DCD Finance fl Fire IT P 7-R Police PIT/ SP oNSoie S Construction management Request for Proposals for the Interurban Ave S Street SUMMARY Improvement Project were advertised on February 18 and 25, 2014. Nine proposals were submitted, four consultants were interviewed, and Anchor QEA was chosen as the most qualified. KPG, Inc. is currently the design consultant and is also needed for on-call design support services. Council is being asked to approve the construction management contract with Anchor QEA for $1,078,720 and Supplement No. 2 with KPG, Inc. for $357,973.00. REvirWkl) BY E COW Mtg. E CA&P Cmte E i Itiliries Cmte LI Arts Comm. DATE: 05/27/14 El F&S Cmte Comm. CI-LMR: Transportation Cmte ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 4.H. 123 STAFF SPoNS0R: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINAL AGENDA DATE: 06/02/14 AGUNDA ITEM TITLE Interurban Ave S - Construction Management Contracts with Anchor QEA and On-call Design Support Services with KPG, Inc. CATI;()RY E Discussion Z\Ig Date Motion Date 06/02/14 0 Resolution AN Date 0 Ordinance AN Date j Bid Award Mtg Date E Public Hearin s Mtg Date EI Other Alts Date AN SPONSOR t E Council E Mayor HR LJ DCD Finance fl Fire IT P 7-R Police PIT/ SP oNSoie S Construction management Request for Proposals for the Interurban Ave S Street SUMMARY Improvement Project were advertised on February 18 and 25, 2014. Nine proposals were submitted, four consultants were interviewed, and Anchor QEA was chosen as the most qualified. KPG, Inc. is currently the design consultant and is also needed for on-call design support services. Council is being asked to approve the construction management contract with Anchor QEA for $1,078,720 and Supplement No. 2 with KPG, Inc. for $357,973.00. REvirWkl) BY E COW Mtg. E CA&P Cmte E i Itiliries Cmte LI Arts Comm. DATE: 05/27/14 El F&S Cmte Comm. CI-LMR: Transportation Cmte 0 Planning Comm. ALLAN EKBERG • Parks COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS: sPoNsoR/ADmiN. CONINEITTEE Public Works Department Unanimous Approval; Forward to Regular Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE EXPENDITURE REQUIRED AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $1,436,693.00 $10,795,000.00 $0.00 Fund Source: 104 ARTERIAL STREETS (PG 14, 2014 CIP) AND SURFACE WATER (PG 83, 2014 CIP) Commen ts: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 06/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/23/14 Consultant Selection Scoring Matrix Pages 14 & 83, 2014 CIP Anchor QEA Contract KPG Supplement No. 2 to Contract 13-028 Minutes from the Transportation Committee meeting of 05/27/14 123 124 TO: City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM Mayor Haggerton Transportation Committee FROM: Bob Giberson, Public Works Director BY: DATE: Michael Ronda, Construction Project Manager May 23, 2014 SUBJECT: Interurban Avenue South (S 143rd St to Fort Dent Way) Project No. 90310402 1) CM Consultant Agreement with Anchor QEA 2) On-Call Design Support Services with KPG, Contract No. 13-028, Supplement No. 2 ISSUE Execute 1) a contract with Anchor QEA (Anchor) in the amount of $1,078,720.00 to perform construction management (CM) services and 2) a supplement with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $357,973.00 to perform on-call design support services for the Interurban Ave S Street Improvement Project. BACKGROUND Design for the proposed improvements on Interurban Ave S from S 143rd St to Fort Dent Way began in 2004. The contract has been bid and awarded to Walsh Construction II LLC and a Notice to Proceed is expected sometime in June. A Request for Proposals was advertised on February 18 and 25, 2014 and nine CM proposals were received on March 11, 2014. Four consultants were interviewed and Anchor was chosen as the most qualified. DISCUSSION Anchor has provided the attached contract, scope of work, and fee estimate to perform the majority of CM services over the 450 calendar day construction contract. An additional supplement for on-call construction engineering support from KPG, our design consultant, is also needed. Negotiations for CM services revealed that the expected construction management budget was underfunded, but with the favorable low construction bid, the overall project budget is sufficient for the entire project. FINANCIAL IMPACT Contracts Budget Construction Contract (Incl. 15% Contingency) $8,737,508.39 $9,400,000.00 Anchor QEA Construction Management 1,078,720.00 1,300,000.00 KPG On-Call Construction Support Sup No, 2 357,973.00 Tukwila Staff, Field Office Expenses, WSDOT 225,000.00 Potential Utility Conflicts 100,000.00 Storm Quality Retrofit Budget (CIP page 83) 95,000.00 Totals $10,499,201.39 $10,795,000.00 RECOMMENDATION Council is being asked to approve the CM contract with Anchor in the amount of $1,078,720.00 and Supplement No. 2 with KPG in the amount of $357,973.00 for the Interurban Ave S Street Improvement Project and consider this item on the Consent Agenda of the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. Attachments: Selection Matrix 2014 CIP, pages 14 & 83 Anchor QEA Contract KPG Supplement No. 2 W:\PW EngIPROJECTSlA. RN/ 8 RS Projects\Interurban Ave S (90310402)\Consultant Selection1Info Memo CM Anchor 8 KPG.clocx 125 126 0) Y C f6 EC O co r 0 0 0 0 M M Off) rr O r co ti L a� E N 127 128 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION: JUSTIFICATION: STATUS: MAINT. IMPACT: COMMENT: CITY OF TUKWILA CAPITAL PROJECT SUMMARY 2014 to 2019 Interurban Ave S (S 143 St - Fort Dent Way) Design and construct sidewalks, pavement restoration, drainage, and lighting. Project No 90310402 Pedestrian traffic is forceci to waik in traveled way, lighting is substandard, drainage is poor and pavement failure is accelerating. Completed final design in 2013. Construc on scheduled for 2014. Reduce annual pavement repairs and increase pedestrian safety Federal Hwy STP Grant of $389,000 for design. State TIB grant of $5m, Federal STP grant of $2.145m, and developer mitigation of $550,000. City Bond for $3.465m in 2014. FINANCIAL Through Estimated in $000's 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 BEYOND TOTAL EXPENSES Design 466 349 815 Land(R8N) 111 111 Const. Mgmt. 1.300 1.300 Construction 9.400 9.400 TOTAL EXPENSES 468 460 10.700 0 0 0 0 O 0 11.628 FUND SOURCES Awarded TIB Gran 389 5.000 5.388 Awarded 5TPGrant 2.145 2.145 Mitigation 550 550 Bond 3,465 3.465 City Oper. Revenue 77 460 (460) 0 0 0 0 0 0 77 TOTAL SOURCES 466 480 10,700 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.626 Project Location . � am§ 160 2014 zo/y Capital Improvement Program 14 CITY OF TUKWILA CAPITAL PROJECT SUMMARY 2014 to 2019 PROJECT: Storm Water Quality Retrofit Program Project No 81241202 DESCRIPTION: Design and install water quality vaults at selected drainage locations throughout the City. JUSTIFICATION: NPDES permit requirements to improve water quality. STATUS: Two candidates have been identified; water quality vaults (WQV) for 48th Ave S and S 122nd St. MAINT. IMPACT: Expected to increaso maintenance. Combine with other CIP projects for design and construct on, where feasible. Additional water quality is being added to Interurban Ave S in 2014 and 42nd Ave S in 2015. FINANCIAL Through Estimated 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 3017 2018 2019 BEYOND TOTAL EXPENSES Design 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 105 Lond(RVV) 0 ConoLMgmL 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 105 Construction 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 560 TOTAL EXPENSES 0 V 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 770 FUND SOURCES Awarded Grant 0 Proposed Grant 0 Mitigation Actual 0 Mitigation Expected 0 Utility Revenue O 0 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 770 TOTAL SOURCES 0 0 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 770 Project Location: Entire System = 201* 2019 Capita/ Improvement Program 1 30 83 Local Agency Standard ��~ ^" nvu ~� "=° Agreement ~ C�~~'~^~~~~'^~~'~'~~'~~ Anchor QEA, LLC 720 Olive Way, Suite |9O0 Seattle, VyA98101 (206) 287-9130 i /\rohitaoturo|/EnginearingAgreennent O Personal Services Agreement Agreement Number Project TitIe And Work Description Interurban Avenue South Improvernents PruvideConxtruchonMunugcmout3en/icrofoc roadway improvernents from S. 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way, including walls, storm drainage, illumination, Iaridscaping, paving, and pedestrian facilities. Federal Aid Number 8TPT]L-1045(007) ` ' Agreement Type (Choose one) [� �� Lump Surn Lump Sum Amount $ % 96 96 160.44 Cost PIus Fixed Fee Overhead PrcJgress Payment Rate Overhead Cost Method 0 Actual Cost DBE Participation 96 160.94 ' El Yes 0NNn -- Federal ID Number or Social Securfty Number 91-1051322 Actual Cost Not To Exceed 0 Fixed Overhead Rate 0 Do you require a 1099 for IRS? 0� Yes No Completion Date December 31, 2015 Fixed Fee $ 87,043.45 O Specific Rates Of Pay o Negotiated Hourly o Provisional Hourly O Cost Per Unit of Work Total Amount Authorized $ Management Reserve Fund $ Maximum Amount Payable $ 1,078,720.00 1,070,720.00 Index of Exhibits (Check all that apply): Exhibit A-1 Scope of Work El Exhibit A-2 Task Orde Agreement O Exhibit B-1 DBE Utilization Certification Exhibit C Electronic Exchange ofData [l Exhibit D-1 Payment Lump Sum Exhibit D-2 Payment - Cost Plus o Exhibit D-3 Payment ' Hourly Rate El Exhibit D-4 Payment - Provisional Exhibit E-1 Fee - Lump/Fixed/Unit O Exhibit E-2 Fee - Specific Rates Exhibit F Overhead Cost Exhibit G Subcontracted Work Fl ExbibitG'I Subconou|tan,Fry 44 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this El Exhibit G-2 Fee-Sub Specific Rates 0 Exhibit G-3 Sub Overhead Cost Exhibit H Title VI Assurances Exhibit l Payment Upon Termination ofAgreement Exhibit J Alleged Consultant Design Error Procedures Exhibit K Consultant Claim Procedures 0 Exhibit L Liability Insurance Increase Exhibit M-Ia Consultant Certification Exhibit M-lb Agency Official Certification Exhibit M-2 Certification - Primary Exhibit M-3 Lobbying Certification Exhibit M-4 Pricing Data Certification [l App. 3\.90 Supplemental Signature Pave k between the Local Agency of City of Tukwila day of Washington, hereinafter ca led he"&OBNCY". and the above organization hereinafter callecl the "CONSULTANT". DOT Form 140-089 EF Revised 09)2015 Page 1 of 8 WITNESSETH THAT: WHEREAS, the AGENCY desires to accomplish the above referenced project, and WHEREAS, the AGENCY does not have sufficient staff to meet the required commitment and therefore deems it advisable and desirable to engage the assistance of a CONSULTANT to provide the necessary services for the PROJECT; and WHEREAS, the CONSULTANT represents that he /she is in compliance with the Washington State Statutes relating to professional registration, if applicable, and has signified a willingness to furnish Consulting services to the AGENCY, NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms, conditions, covenants and performance contained herein, or attached and incorporated and made a part hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows: I General Description of Work The work under this AGREEMENT shall consist of the above described work and services as herein defined and necessary to accomplish the completed work for this PROJECT. The CONSULTANT shall furnish all services, labor, and related equipment necessary to conduct and complete the work as designated elsewhere in this AGREEMENT. II Scope of Work The Scope of Work and projected level of effort required for this PROJECT is detailed in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and by this reference made a part of this AGREEMENT. I11 General Requirements All aspects of coordination of the work of this AGREEMENT with outside agencies, groups, or individuals shall receive advance approval by the AGENCY. Necessary contacts and meetings with agencies, groups, and/or individuals shall be coordinated through the AGENCY. The CONSULTANT shall attend coordination, progress and presentation meetings with the AGENCY and/or such Federal, State, Community, City or County officials, groups or individuals as may be requested by the AGENCY. The AGENCY will provide the CONSULTANT sufficient notice prior to meetings requiring CONSULTANT participation. The minimum required hours or days notice shall be agreed to between the AGENCY and the CONSULTANT and shown in Exhibit "A." The CONSULTANT shall prepare_a monthly progress report, in a form approved by the AGENCY, which will outline in written and graphical form the various phases and the order of performance of the work in sufficient detail so that the progress of the work can easily be evaluated. The CONSULTANT, and each SUBCONSULTANT, shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The CONSULTANT, and each SUBCONSULTANT, shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of USDOT- assisted contracts. Failure by the CONSULTANT to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this AGREEMENT that may result in the termination of this AGREEMENT. Participation for Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE), if required, per 49 CFR Part 26, or participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE), and Women Business Enterprises (WBE), shall be shown on the heading of this AGREEMENT. If DfM/WBE firms are utilized, the amounts authorized to each firm and their certification number will be shown on Exhibit `B" attached hereto and by this reference made a part of this AGREEMENT. If the Prime CONSULTANT is a DBE firm they must comply with the Commercial Useful Function (CUF) regulation outlined in the AGENCY'S "DBE Program Participation Plan ". The mandatory DBE participation goals of the AGREEMENT are those established by the WSDOT'S Highway and Local Programs Project Development Engineer in consultation with the AGENCY. All Reports, PS &E materials, and other data furnished to the CONSULTANT by the AGENCY shall be returned. All electronic files, prepared by the CONSULTANT, must meet the requirements as outlined in Exhibit "C." All designs, drawings, specifications, documents, and other work products, including all electronic files, prepared by the CONSULTANT prior to completion or termination of this AGREEMENT are instruments of service for this PROJECT, and are the property of the AGENCY. Reuse by the AGENCY or by others, acting through or on behalf of the AGENCY of any such instruments of service, not occurring as a part of this PROJECT, shall be without liability or legal exposure to the CONSULTANT. Page 2of8 132 IV Time for Beginning and Completion The CONSULTANT shall not begin any work under the terms of this AGREEMENT until authorized in writing by the AGENCY. All work under this AGREEMENT shall be completed by the date shown in the heading of this AGREEMENT under completion date. The established completion time shall not be extended because of any delays attributable to the CONSULTANT, but may be extended by the AGENCY in the event of a delay attributable to the AGENCY, or because of unavoidable delays caused by an act of GOD or governmental actions or other conditions beyond the control of the CONSULTANT. A prior supplemental agreement issued by the AGENCY is required to extend the established completion time. V Payment Provisions The CONSULTANT shall be paid by the AGENCY for completed work and services rendered under this AGREEMENT as provided in Exhibit "D" attached hereto, and by reference made part of this AGREEMENT. Such payment shall be full compensation for work performed or services rendered and for all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. The CONSULTANT shall conform to all applicable portions of 48 CFR Part 31. A post audit may be performed on this AGREEMENT. The need for a post audit will be determined by the State Auditor, WSDOT External Audit Office and/or at the request of the AGENCY'S PROJECT Manager. VI Sub - Contracting The AGENCY permits sub - contracts for those items of work as shown in Exhibit "G" attached hereto and by this reference made part of this AGREEMENT. Compensation for this sub - consultant work shall be based on the cost factors shown on Exhibit "G." The work of the sub - consultant shall not exceed its maximum amount payable unless a prior written approval has been issued by the AGENCY. All reimbursable direct labor, overhead, direct non - salary costs and fixed fee costs for the sub - consultant shall be substantiated in the same manner as outlined in Section V. All sub - contracts shall contain all applicable provisions of this AGREEMENT. With respect to sub - consultant payment, the CONSULTANT shall comply with all applicable sections of the Prompt Payment laws as set forth in RCW 39.04.250 and RCW 39.76.011. The CONSULTANT shall not sub - contract for the performance of any work under this AGREEMENT without prior written permission of the AGENCY. No permission for sub - contracting shall create, between the AGENCY and sub- contractor, any contract or any other relationship. A DBE certified sub - consultant is required to perform a minimum amount of their sub - contracted agreement that is established by the WSDOT Local Programs Project Development Engineer in consultation with the AGENCY. VII Employment The CONSULTANT warrants that they have not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for the CONSULTANT, to solicit or secure this contract, and that it has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for the CONSULTANT, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or any other consideration, contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this contract. For breach or violation of this warrant, the AGENCY shall have the right to annul this AGREEMENT without liability or, in its discretion, to deduct from the AGREEMENT price or consideration or otherwise recover the full amount of such fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or contingent fee. Any and all employees of the CONSULTANT or other persons while engaged in the performance of any work or services required of the CONSULTANT under this AGREEMENT, shall be considered employees of the CONSULTANT only and not of the AGENCY, and any and all claims that may arise under any Workmen's Compensation Act on behalf of said employees or other persons while so engaged, and any and all claims made by a Page 3 of 8 133 third party as a consequence of any act or omission on the part of the CONSULTANTS employees or other persons while so engaged on any of the work or services provided to be rendered herein, shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the CONSULTANT. The CONSULTANT shall not engage, on a full- or part-time basis, or other basis, during the period of the contract, any professional or technical personnel who are, or have been, at any time during the period of the contract, in the employ of the United States Department of Transportation, or the STATE, or the AGENCY, except regularly retired employees, without written consent of the public employer of such person. Vill Nondiscrimination During the performance of this contract, the CONSULTANT, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest agrees to comply with the following laws and regulations: Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 USC Chapter 21 Subchapter V Section 2000d through 2000d -4a) Federal -aid Highway Act of 1973 (23 USC Chapter 3 Section 324) Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC Chapter 16 Subchapter V Section 794) Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 USC Chapter 76 Section 6101 et seq.) Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (Public Law 100 -259) American with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 USC Chapter 126 Section 12101 et. seq.) 49 CFR Part 21 23 CFR Part 200 RCW 49.60.180 In relation to Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the CONSULTANT is bound by the provisions of Exhibit "H" attached hereto and by this reference made part of this AGREEMENT, and shall include the attached Exhibit "H" in every sub - contract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. IX Termination of Agreement The right is reserved by the AGENCY to terminate this AGREEMENT at any time upon ten (10) days written notice to the CONSULTANT. In the event this AGREEMENT is terminated by the AGENCY other than for default on the part of the CONSULTANT, a final payment shall be made to the CONSULTANT as shown in Exhibit "I" for the type of AGREEMENT used. No payment shall be made for any work completed after ten (10) days following receipt by the CONSULTANT of the Notice to Terminate. If the accumulated payment made to the CONSULTANT prior to Notice of Termination exceeds the total amount that would be due when computed as set forth herein above, then no final payment shall be due and the CONSULTANT shall immediately reimburse the AGENCY for any excess paid. If the services of the CONSULTANT are terminated by the AGENCY for default on the part of the CONSULTANT, the above formula for payment shall not apply. Page 4 of 8 134 In such an event, the amount to be paid shall be determined by the AGENCY with consideration given to the actual costs incurred by the CONSULTANT in performing the work to the date of termination, the amount of work originally required which was satisfactorily completed to date of termination, whether that work is in a form or a type which is usable to the AGENCY at the time of termination, the cost to the AGENCY of employing another firm to complete the work required and the time which may be required to do so, and other factors which affect the value to the AGENCY of the work performed at the time of termination. Under no circumstances shall payment made under this subsection exceed the amount, which would have been made using the formula set forth above. If it is determined for any reason that the CONSULTANT was not in default or that the CONSULTANT'S failure to perform is without the CONSULTANT'S or it's employee's default or negligence, the termination shall be deemed to be a termination for the convenience of the AGENCY. In such an event, the CONSULTANT would be reimbursed for actual costs in accordance with the termination for other than default clauses listed previously. In the event of the death of any member, partner or officer of the CONSULTANT or any of its supervisory personnel assigned to the PROJECT, or dissolution of the partnership, termination of the corporation, or disaffiliation of the principally involved employee, the surviving members of the CONSULTANT hereby agree to complete the work under the terms of this AGREEMENT, if requested to do so by the AGENCY. This subsection shall not be a bar to renegotiation of the AGREEMENT between the surviving members of the CONSULTANT and the AGENCY, if the AGENCY so chooses. In the event of the death of any of the parties listed in the previous paragraph, should the surviving members of the CONSULTANT, with the AGENCY'S concurrence, desire to terminate this AGREEMENT, payment shall be made as set forth in the second paragraph of this section. Payment for any part of the work by the AGENCY shall not constitute a waiver by the AGENCY of any remedies of any type it may have against the CONSULTANT for any breach of this AGREEMENT by the CONSULTANT, or for failure of the CONSULTANT to perform work required of it by the AGENCY. Forbearance of any rights under the AGREEMENT will not constitute waiver of entitlement to exercise those rights with respect to any future act or omission by the CONSULTANT. X Changes of Work The CONSULTANT shall make such changes and revisions in the complete work of this AGREEMENT as necessary to correct errors appearing therein, when required to do so by the AGENCY, without additional compensation thereof. Should the AGENCY find it desirable for its own purposes to have previously satisfactorily completed work or parts thereof changed or revised, the CONSULTANT shall make such revisions as directed by the AGENCY. This work shall be considered as Extra Work and will be paid for as herein provided under Section XIV. XI Disputes Any dispute concerning questions of fact in connection with the work not disposed of by AGREEMENT between the CONSULTANT and the AGENCY shall be referred for determination to the Director of Public Works or AGENCY Engineer, whose decision in the matter shall be final and binding on the parties of this AGREEMENT; provided, however, that if an action is brought challenging the Director of Public Works or AGENCY Engineer's decision, that decision shall be subject to de novo judicial review. If the parties to this AGREEMENT mutually agree, disputes concerning alleged design errors will be conducted under the procedures found in Exhibit "J ", and disputes concerning claims will be conducted under the procedures found in Exhibit "K ". XII Venue, Applicable Law, and Personal Jurisdiction In the event that either party deems it necessary to institute legal action or proceedings to enforce any right or obligation under this AGREEMENT, the parties hereto agree that any such action shall be initiated in the Superior court of the State of Washington, situated in the county in which the AGENCY is located. The parties hereto agree that all questions shall be resolved by application of Washington law and that the parties to such action shall have the right of appeal from such decisions of the Superior court in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. The CONSULTANT hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the Superior court of the State of Washington, situated in the county in which the AGENCY is located. Page 5 of 8 135 XIII Legal Relations The CONSULTANT shall comply with all Federal, State, and local laws and ordinances applicable to the work to be done under this AGREEMENT. This contract shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. The CONSULTANT shall indemnify and hold the AGENCY and the STATE and its officers and employees harmless from and shall process and defend at its own expense all claims, demands, or suits at law or equity arising in whole or in part from the CONSULTANT'S negligence or breach of any of its obligations under this AGREEMENT; provided that nothing herein shall require a CONSULTANT to indemnify the AGENCY or the STATE against and hold harmless the AGENCY or the STATE from claims, demands or suits based solely upon the conduct of the AGENCY or the STATE, their agents, officers and employees; and provided further that if the claims or suits are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of (a) the CONSULTANT'S agents or employees, and (b) the AGENCY or the STATE, their agents, officers and employees, this indemnity provision with respect to (1) claims or suits based upon such negligence (2) the costs to the AGENCY or the STATE of defending such claims and suits shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent of the CONSULTANT'S negligence or the negligence of the CONSULTANT'S agents or employees. The CONSULTANT'S relation to the AGENCY shall be at all times as an independent contractor. The CONSULTANT shall comply with all applicable sections of the applicable Ethics laws, including RCW 42.23, which is the Code of Ethics for regulating contract interest by municipal officers. The CONSULTANT specifically assumes potential liability for actions brought by the CONSULTANT'S own employees against the AGENCY and, solely for the purpose of this indemnification and defense, the CONSULTANT specifically waives any immunity under the state industrial insurance law, Title 51 RCW. Unless otherwise specified in the AGREEMENT, the AGENCY shall be responsible for administration of construction contracts, if any, on the PROJECT. Subject to the processing of a new sole source, or an acceptable supplemental agreement, the CONSULTANT shall provide On -Call assistance to the AGENCY during contract administration. By providing such assistance, the CONSULTANT shall assume no responsibility for: proper construction techniques, job site safety, or any construction contractor's failure to perform its work in accordance with the contract documents. The CONSULTANT shall obtain and keep in force during the terms of the AGREEMENT, or as otherwise required, the following insurance with companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to Title 48 RCW. Insurance Coverage A. Worker's compensation and employer's liability insurance as required by the STATE. B. Commercial general liability written under ISO Form CG 00 01 12 04 or its equivalent with minimum limits of one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrences and two million dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate for each policy period. C. Vehicle liability insurance for any automobile used in an amount not less than a one million dollar ($1,000,000) combined single limit. Excepting the Worker's Compensation Insurance and any Professional Liability Insurance secured by the CONSULTANT, the AGENCY will be named on all policies as an additional insured. The CONSULTANT shall furnish the AGENCY with verification of insurance and endorsements required by the AGREEMENT. The AGENCY reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies at any time. All insurance shall be obtained from an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Washington. The CONSULTANT shall submit a verification of insurance as outlined above within fourteen (14) days of the execution of this AGREEMENT to the AGENCY. No cancellation of the foregoing policies shall be effective without thirty (30) days prior notice to the AGENCY. The CONSULTANT'S professional liability to the AGENCY shall be limited to the amount payable under this AGREEMENT or one million ($1,000,000) dollars, whichever is the greater, unless modified by Exhibit "L ". In no case shall the CONSULTANT'S professional liability to third parties be limited in any way. Page 6 of 8 136 The AGENCY will pay no progress payments under Section V until the CONSULTANT has fully complied with this section. This remedy is not exclusive; and the AGENCY and the STATE may take such other action as is available to it under other provisions of this AGREEMENT, or otherwise in law. XIV Extra Work A. The AGENCY may at any time, by written order, make changes within the general scope of the AGREEMENT in the services to be performed. B. If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the estimated cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work under this AGREEMENT, whether or not changed by the order, or otherwise affects any other terms and conditions of the AGREEMENT, the AGENCY shall make an equitable adjustment in the (I) maximum amount payable; (2) delivery or completion schedule, or both; and (3) other affected terms and shall modify the AGREEMENT accordingly. C. The CONSULTANT must submit any "request for equitable adjustment ", hereafter referred to as "CLAIM ", under this clause within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the written order. However, if the AGENCY decides that the facts justify it, the AGENCY may receive and act upon a CLAIM submitted before final payment of the AGREEMENT. D. Failure to agree to any adjustment shall be a dispute under the Disputes clause. However, nothing in this clause shall excuse the CONSULTANT from proceeding with the AGREEMENT as changed. E. Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of paragraphs (A) and (B) above, the maximum amount payable for this AGREEMENT, shall not be increased or considered to be increased except by specific written supplement to this AGREEMENT. XV Endorsement of Plans If applicable, the CONSULTANT shall place their endorsement on all plans, estimates, or any other engineering data furnished by them. XVI Federal and State Review The Federal Highway Administration and the Washington State Department of Transportation shall have the right to participate in the review or examination of the work in progress. XVII Certification of the Consultant and the Agency Attached hereto as Exhibit "M -1(a and b)" are the Certifications of the CONSULTANT and the AGENCY, Exhibit "M -2" Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension and Other Responsibility Matters - Primary Covered Transactions, Exhibit "M -3" Certification Regarding the Restrictions of the Use of Federal Funds for Lobbying and Exhibit "M -4" Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data. Exhibit "M -3" is required only in AGREEMENTS over $100,000 and Exhibit "M -4" is required only in AGREEMENTS over $500,000. XVIII Complete Agreement This document and referenced attachments contain all covenants, stipulations, and provisions agreed upon by the parties. No agent, or representative of either party has authority to make, and the parties shall not be bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise or agreement not set forth herein. No changes, amendments, or modifications of the terms hereof shall be valid unless reduced to writing and signed by the parties as an amendment to this AGREEMENT. XIX Execution and Acceptance This AGREEMENT may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original having identical legal effect. The CONSULTANT does hereby ratify and adopt all statements, representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained in the proposal, and the supporting material submitted by the CONSULTANT, and does hereby accept the AGREEMENT and agrees to all of the terms and conditions thereof Page 7 of 8 137 In witness whereof, the parties hereto have executed this AGREEMENT as of the day and year shown in the "Execution Date' box on page one (1) of this AGREEMENT. By Consultant Ed Berschinski DOT 138 By Agency Page 8of8 Exhibit A -1 Scope of Work — Construction Management Services for Interurban Avenue S — S 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way The following represents the general Scope of Services (Scope) to be performed by Anchor QEA, LLC (Anchor) during the pre - construction, construction, and closeout of the Interurban Avenue S — S 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way project (Project), for the City of Tukwila (City). The project was designed by KPG, Inc. (Engineer), who is under separate contract with the City during the construction phase of the Project. The services are divided into different categories of work that represent the chronology of the activities, as well as the types of services provided. This Scope is intended to reasonably address all construction management services that would normally be anticipated for a project with these types of features. Task 1 Pre- Construction Services Subtask 1.1 Construction Document Review • Obtain from City and become familiar with plans, specifications, property owner agreements, etc. • Hold kick off meeting for Anchor project team. • Design coordination meeting. Following initial review of the contract documents, Anchor will coordinate with the Engineer and the City to hold a meeting to discuss the design intent and review findings of any observations made by Anchor or other parties. Deliverables • Meeting notes Subtask 1.2 Pre - Construction Coordination • Coordinate with utility companies, City and Engineer to verify progress of relocation plans.(see Task 3 for utility coordination during construction). • Coordinate with property owners to establish a project communication link and develop a contact list. 139 • Coordinate with permitting consultant and permitting agencies to understand environmental restrictions and specific compliance oversight needs during construction. • Participate in special utility coordination meeting to "re- launch" coordination effort with City, Engineer and utilities. • Participate in special meeting with City and Contractor prior to formal pre - construction meeting to establish relationship understanding between parties. Subtask 1.3 Submittal Review • Log and track contractor submittals (as outlined in specifications). • Review contractor submittals for general compliance with contract requirements. Submittals include general requirements (i.e. Schedule, wage rates) as well as technical submittals (i.e. shop drawings, catalog cuts, work plans, test reports and certifications). Submittals will be routed as requested for review by City Water Dept. staff and/or City /Consultant designers. • Receive initial Record of Materials (ROM) from the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and update this document (with input from KPG) for use in tracking required submittals, material testing, and other required. The ROM will be kept updated by Anchor through the Project. Deliverables • Submittal log • ROM Subtask 1.4 Conditions Review • Pre - construction conditions: Document pre - construction conditions, including pre - construction construction site condition observationss, photographs, and record any visible property corners. Deliverables • Preconstruction photos and/or video Subtask 1.5 Preconstruction meeting • Issue invitations and prepare meeting agenda and sign in sheet for review by the City. • Attend and Conduct preconstruction meeting. • Prepare and distribute meeting notes to City for initial review, respond to one set of comments, and distribute to attendees and affected agencies. 140 Deliverables • Preconstruction meeting agenda and sign in sheet • Meeting notes Task 2 Contract Administration Services Subtask 2.1 Planning • CM Plan: Prepare a brief project specific Construction Management (CM) plan that outlines tasks, staff responsibilities, procedures and forms, documentation methods, safety procedures and communication Links. The CM Plan will be submitted to the City for review and comment, and finalized based on comments received. Deliverables • CM Plan — Draft and Final, with forms. Subtask 2.2 Records Management • Documentation: Utilize CM Team established project specific documentation management system (based on City core process) for maintaining project records and tracking multiple party review /approval documents. Documents include submittals, Requests for Information (RFI's), change orders, inspector test reports, materials testing lab reports, meeting notes, project photographs and other data and general correspondence. • Liaison: Act as owner's representative /liaison for all daily coordination and communication to contractor, as well as that from other agencies, other contractors (adjacent projects), and other third parties that occurs during the course of the project. • Correspondence: Prepare draft response on behalf of City to formal project construction correspondence from the contractor requiring responses. • Construction Status Reports: Prepare and transmit monthly contractor requests for payment and construction status reports. Status reports shall be brief but include project progress with respect to critical timelines, budget status and identification of any issues that may affect schedule or budget. Report will include an "executive summary" and representative photos suitable for posting on City website. • Electronic files: The City will provide access to a server, with password protection, for storage of all files. The organization of those files will be defined in the CM Plan. The City will retain ownership of the server throughout the project. Anchor will provide needed laptops for assigned staff. 141 • Hard copy files: A project file index and structure will be developed, as part of the CM Plan, and used to setup and organize the project files in the field office and decide on project related forms. Most records will be scanned for current use. Deliverables • Project Documentation System (Files) • Tracking logs for correspondence • Draft letters • Status reports Subtask 2.3 Progress Payments • Payment: Prepare monthly requests for payment, using an agreed upon spreadsheet and cover signature page. Provide measurements and verification backup for each progress payment and submit monthly application for payment to the City for processing. Deliverables • Payment spreadsheet with summary/signature page Subtask 2.4 Federal Aid Documentation • Contractor and subcontractor certification(s). For the prime and each proposed subcontractor, collect information for and verify ability to perform work on the project, checking debarment list, reviewing request to sublet, certified payrolls , and other required forms. • Wage rate interviews. For the prime contractor and each of the subcontractors (as required), conduct an on -site review of wage rates and verify with actual records on the Certified Payrolls and compare against the Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages. • Tracking of DBE, Training, and other required reporting. • Coordinate with representatives of WSDOT's Highways and Local Programs throughout the project for compliance with current requirements for federally funded projects. • Participate in periodic Pre - Project Management Reviews during the project, and prepare for and participate in a final Project Management Review with the Client, if necessary. Deliverables • Federal -Aid documentation 142 Subtask 2.5 Permit Coordination • During the construction, conduct periodic reviews of the Contractor's operations and assess overall performance and general compliance with permit conditions.(Including spot checks of reporting infonnation,) • Participate in pre- activity meetings, as appropriate, to discuss permit conditions and restrictions. • Aid in the review of submittals pertaining to contractor work plans relating to permit requirements. • Perform periodic /spot check confirmation testing of contractors Compliance with NPDES discharge permit requirements. Provide a minimum of three QA checks of their sampling and recording activities. Task 3 Field Observations /Inspections /Utility coordination • Activities performed by field engineer /technician. Observation: Observe the technical conduct of the contractors work for quality and compliance with design documents, approved submittals and /or applicable technical standards. Prepare a daily inspection report and take progress photographs. — Observation — Utilities: Observe and coordinate utility relocations during construction — Interpretations: Provide day to day interpretation of contract requirements and respond to contractors questions including resolution of minor issues. Materials Testing: Perform, or cause to be performed, sampling and testing of materials to be incorporated into the project. Witness leak testing performed by contractor and verify purity testing. Other materials testing by sub - consultant, see Task 8). All city utility test results will be observed by or submitted for acceptance by City utility personnel. Measurements: Perform or cause to be performed field measurements to determine excavation quantities, trench backfill and placement limits, etc. as well counts or other measurements to verify units for pay requests and conformance with project requirements.(Quantity verification surveys may be done by sub - consultant, see Task 7). — Field Changes: Facilitate minor field changes to circumvent change orders due to obstructions or other unanticipated conditions. Coordinate with design engineer for any changes that may impact project cost or time. (See Task 4). 143 - Communications: Maintain primary day to day communications with the contractor and keep the constriction manager informed of activities. Receive comment from neighboring property owners and the general public and provide responses for questions and concerns. - Check for contractor compliance with requirements for traffic control and notice requirements with city and WSDOT when disconnecting loops. - Participate in weekly project meetings. - Force Account (FA) Work: Provide field observation, document work and track inclusion of required records. Note: Assumes a 450 calendar day construction contract duration with a minimum of 1 RE /inspector on site full -time for each day of scheduled work. For budgeting purposes, on full -time inspector with supplemental assistance is assumed. Products • Inspection Daily Reports • Field Sketches and Measurements • Progress photos • FA documentation Task 4 Construction Engineering /Change Orders /Field Directives • Respond to questions related to site engineering, coordinating with the Engineer, as needed. • Evaluate contractor proposed revisions or substitutions. • Change Orders (CO): Prepare calculations, drawings, cost estimates and justification for minor change orders (MCO) and significant change orders for approval by City. This includes coordination with Engineer for input regarding design changes and cost estimating (as appropriate). Negotiate change orders with the contractor and incorporate into the project. • Field Directives (FD): Prepare documentation for field directives to modify or clarify the design (includes communication with design team) Deliverables • Change order forms • Field directive documents 144 Note: For costing this scope we have assumed up to 20 minor change orders (8 hours per CO and 2 significant change orders (20 hours per CO) and up to 50 field directives (4 hours per directive) Task 5 Site Visits /Meetings • Periodic site visit by construction manager in combination with conducting a weekly coordination meeting with the contractor. Prepare agenda and notes of meetings, including tracking of action items. Deliverables • Meeting notes with action items. Task 6 Record Drawings • Record Drawings: Provide a set of redline mark -up drawings that include any field changes that represent the final configuration of facilities and consolidate these mark- ups into the contractors mark -up drawing set if not previously included. • Review the Contractor set of official Record Drawings on a monthly basis. The Contractor set of Record Drawings will be the official set of Record Drawings. Deliverables • Record Drawings Task 7 Surveying • The following activities will be performed by Anchor QEA or by the Engineer (as needed): Provide visual spot checks of contractor's alignment, grade cuts, elevations, etc. as a quality control check and only use 3'd party surveyor if questionable issue. - Provide cross sections of cuts and fills to check quantity calculations for payment. Deliverables • Survey Reports (for surveys provided by the Engineer) 145 Task 8 Materials Testing • Provide tests of materials for compliance with contract requirements for gradation, compaction, strength. etc. (as needed to verify conformance with contract requirements) Deliverables • Test Reports Note: Anchor will review test results for compliance with the project specifications. Task 9 Project Closeout • Substantial Completion. At substantial completion, coordinate with City and affected utilities to compile a punchlist of remaining work. This punchlist will be included in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, which will be agreed to with the City and then issued to the Contractor. • Physical Completion. Coordinate with the City and Contractor to track progress towards physical completion. • Records transfer. Compile all project documentation, per the file structure and other agreed to organization to be outlined in the CM Plan, and transfer project records to the City. All electronic data will be stored on the City's server and will not require any separate transmittal. Deliverables • Certificate of Substantial Completion and punchlist • Certificate of Physical Completion • Final project records — hard copy only Task 10 Project Management • Review staffing levels on a continuing basis to maintain proper staff levels at efficient costs, • Communicate with field staff on a daily basis to provide guidance and general consultation • Coordinate with subconsultants for needed services. • Review monthly expenses and prepare invoicing and related progress reports of services provided, and submit to the City. • Participate in weekly meetings and conduct regular communications with the City Deliverables 146 • Monthly invoices with progress reports Task 11 Optional Additional Services • Provide performance tracking of "license to construct" commitments and "day to day" field contact with property owners affected by the construction • Provide a designated outreach to franchise utilities and performance tracking of relocation activities • Prepare for and participate in Project Management Review with WSDOT local programs Exclusions Anchor shall assume no responsibility for proper construction techniques and jobsite safety. The presence of Anchor personnel at the construction site is for the purpose of providing the City a greater degree of confidence that the work will generally conform to the contract documents and that the integrity of the design concept as reflected in the Contract Documents has been implemented and preserved by the construction contractor. Anchor will endeavor to protect all parties against defects and deficiencies in the work of the contractor(s) but cannot guarantee the contractors performance and shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences of procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the work performed by the construction contractor or any subcontractors. Estimated Costs A detailed breakdown of labor and cost estimates by task is provided in the accompanying budget spreadsheet. Note that labor hour breakdowns by subtask are included in the spreadsheet. However, we have only used the subtask designation to explain the basis for our budget estimates, and have anticipated that we would track and bill costs at the Task level, not at the subtask level. 147 148 Exhibit C Electronic Exchange of Engineering and Other Data In this Exhibit the agency, as applicable, is to provide a description of the format and standards the consultant is to use in preparing electronic files for transmission to the agency. The format and standards to be provided may include, but are not limited to, the following: I. Surveying, Roadway Design & Plans Preparation Section A. Survey Data B. Roadway Design Files C. Computer Aided Drafting Files D. Specify the Agency's Right to Review Product with the Consultant E. Specify the Electronic Deliverables to Be Provided to the Agency F. Specify What Agency Furnished Services and Information Is to Be Provided II. Any Other Electronic Files to Be Provided C;nncnitant to prnvide PDF, Word, and F.xrel files during the project DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit C Revised 10/2013 149 III. Methods to Electronically Exchange Data . 1 - . S - . - I • 1 • • . . • - S - • - A. Agency Software Suite Mirrncnft Office B. Electronic Messaging System n/a C. File Transfers Format n/a DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit C Revised 10/2013 150 Exhibit D -2 Payment (Cost Plus a Fixed Fee) The CONSULTANT shall be paid by the AGENCY for completed work and services rendered under this AGREEMENT as provided hereinafter. Such payment shall be full compensation for work performed or services rendered and for all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work specified in Section II, "Scope of Work." The CONSULTANT shall conform to all applicable portions of 48 CFR Part 31. A. Actual Costs: Payment for all consulting services for this PROJECT shall be on the basis of the CONSULTANT'S actual cost plus a fixed fee. The actual cost shall include direct salary cost, overhead, direct non -salary costs, and fixed fee. 1. Direct Salary Costs: The Direct Salary Cost is the direct salary paid to principals, professional, technical, and clerical personnel for the time they are productively engaged in work necessary to fulfill the terms of this AGREEMENT. The CONSULTANT shall maintain support data to verify the direct salary costs billed to the AGENCY. 2. Overhead Costs: Overhead Costs are those costs other than direct costs, which are included as such on the books of the CONSULTANT in the normal everyday keeping of its books. Progress payments shall be made at the rate shown in the heading of this AGREEMENT under "Overhead Progress Payment Rate." Total overhead payment shall be based on the method shown in the heading of the AGREEMENT. The two options are explained as follows: a. Fixed Rate: If this method is indicated in the heading of the AGREEMENT the AGENCY agrees to reimburse the CONSULTANT for overhead at the percentage rate shown. This rate shall not change during the life of the AGREEMENT. b. Actual Cost: If this method is indicated in the heading of the AGREEMENT the AGENCY agrees to reimburse the CONSULTANT the actual overhead costs verified by audit, up to the Maximum Total Amount Payable, authorized under this AGREEMENT, when accumulated with all other Actual Costs. A summary of the CONSULTANTS cost estimate and the overhead computation is shown in Exhibit "E" attached hereto and by this reference made part of this AGREEMENT. When an Actual Cost method is used, the CONSULTANT (prime and all sub - consultants) will submit to the AGENCY within six (6) months after the end of each firm's fiscal year, an overhead schedule in the format required by the AGENCY (cost category, dollar expenditures, etc.) for the purpose of adjusting the overhead rate for billing purposes. It shall be used for the computation of progress payments during the following year and for retroactively adjusting the previous year's overhead cost to reflect the actual rate. DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit D -2 Revised 6/08 151 Failure to supply this information by either the prime CONSULTANT or any of their sub - consultants shall cause the AGENCY to withhold payment of the billed overhead costs until such time as the required information is received and an overhead rate for billing purposes is approved. The AGENCY, STATE and /or the Federal Government may perform an audit of the CONSULTANT'S books and records at any time during regular business hours to determine the actual overhead rate, if they so desire. 3. Direct Non -Salary Costs: Direct Non -Salary Costs will be reimbursed at the Actual Cost to the CONSULTANT. These charges may include, but are not limited to, the following items: travel, printing, long distance telephone, supplies, computer charges and sub - consultant costs. a. Air or train travel will be reimbursed only to economy class levels unless otherwise approved by the AGENCY. The CONSULTANT shall comply with the rules and regulations regarding travel costs (excluding air, train, and rental car costs) in accordance with the AGENCY'S Travel Rules and Procedures. However, air, train, and rental car costs shall be reimbursed in accordance with 48 CFR Part 31.205 -46 "Travel Cost b. The billing for Direct Non -Salary Costs shall include an itemized listing of the charges directly identifiable wh the PROJECT. c. The CONSULTANT shall maintain the original supporting documents in their office. Copies of the original supporting documents shall be supplied to the AGENCY upon request. d. All above charges must be necessary for the services provided under this AGREEMENT. 4. Fixed Fee: The Fixed Fee, which represents the CONSULTANT'S profit, is shown in the heading of this AGREEMENT under Fixed Fee. This amount does not include any additional Fixed Fee, which could be authorized from the Management Reserve Fund. This fee is based on the Scope of Work defined in this AGREEMENT and the estimated person - hours required to perform the stated Scope of Work. In the event the CONSULTANT enters into a supplemental AGREEMENT for additional work, the supplemental AGREEMENT may include provisions for the added costs and an appropriate additional fee. The Fixed Fee will be prorated and paid monthly in proportion to the percentage of work completed by the CONSULTANT and reported in the Monthly Progress Reports accompanying the billings. Any portion of the Fixed Fee earned but not previously paid in the progress payments will be covered in the final payment, subject to the provisions of Section IX entitled "Termination of Agreement." 5. Management Reserve Fund: The AGENCY may desire to establish a Management Reserve Fund to provide the Agreement Administrator with the flexibility to authorize additional funds to the AGREEMENT for allowable unforeseen costs, or reimbursing the CONSULTANT for additional work beyond that already defined in this AGREEMENT. Such authorization(s) shall be in writing and shall not exceed 152 the lesser of $100,000 or 10% of the Total Amount Authorized as shown in the heading of this AGREEMENT. The amount included for the Management Reserve Fund is shown in the heading of this AGREEMENT. This fund may not be replenished. Any changes requiring additional costs in excess of the Management Reserve Fund shall be made in accordance with Section XIV, "Extra Work. "6. Maximum Total Amount Payable: The Maximum Total Amount Payable by the AGENCY to the CONSULTANT under this AGREEMENT shall not exceed the amount shown in the heading of this AGREEMENT. The Maximum Total Amount Payable is comprised of the Total Amount Authorized, and the Management Reserve Fund. The Maximum Total Amount Payable does not include payment for Extra Work as stipulated in Section XIV, "Extra Work." No minimum amount payable is guaranteed under this AGREEMENT. B. Monthly Progress Payments: The CONSULTANT may submit billings to the AGENCY for reimbursement of Actual Costs plus the calculated overhead and fee on a monthly basis during the progress of the work. Such billings shall be in a format approved by the AGENCY and accompanied by the monthly progress reports required under Section III, "General Requirements" of this AGREEMENT. The billings will be supported by an itemized listing for each item including Direct Salary, Direct Non - Salary, and allowable Overhead Costs to which will be added the prorated Fixed Fee. To provide a means of verifying the billed salary costs for CONSULTANT employees, the AGENCY may conduct employee interviews. These interviews may consist of recording the names, titles, salary rates, and present duties of those employees performing work on the PROJECT at the time of the interview. C. Final Payment: Final Payment of any balance due the CONSULTANT of the gross amount earned will be made promptly upon its verification by the AGENCY after the completion of the work under this AGREEMENT, contingent upon receipt of all PS &E, plans, maps, notes, reports, electronic data and other related documents which are required to be furnished under this AGREEMENT. Acceptance of such Final Payment by the CONSULTANT shall constitute a release of all claims for payment, which the CONSULTANT may have against the AGENCY unless such claims are specifically reserved in writing and transmitted to the AGENCY by the CONSULTANT prior to its acceptance. Said Final Payment shall not, however, be a bar to any claims that the AGENCY may have against the CONSULTANT or to any remedies the AGENCY may pursue with respect to such claims. The payment of any billing will not constitute agreement as to the appropriateness of any item and at the time of final audit, all required adjustments will be made and reflected in a final payment. In the event that such final audit reveals an overpayment to the CONSULTANT, the CONSULTANT will refund such overpayment to the AGENCY within thirty (30) days of notice of the overpayment. Such refund shall not constitute a waiver by the CONSULTANT for any claims relating to the validity of a finding by the AGENCY of overpayment. The CONSULTANT has twenty (20) days after receipt of the final POST AUDIT to begin the appeal process to the AGENCY for audit findings. D. Inspection of Cost Records: The CONSULTANT and their sub - consultants shall keep available for inspection by representatives of the AGENCY, STATE and the United States, for a period of three (3) years after receipt of final payment, the cost records and accounts pertaining to this AGREEMENT and all items related to or bearing upon these records with the following exception: if any litigation, claim or audit arising out of, in connection with, or related to this contract is initiated before the expiration of the three (3) year period, the cost records and accounts shall be retained until such litigation, claim, or audit involving the records is completed. 153 Exhibit E -1 Consultant Fee Determination - Summary Sheet (Cost Plus Fixed Fee) Project: Interurban Avenue South - S. 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way Direct Salary Cost (DSC): Classification Man Hours Rate = Cost Principal - Construction Manager 880 X $87.00 * $76,560.00 Senior Manager 450 X $66.96 $30,132.00 Manager- Drainage Engineer 650 X $48.16 $31,304.00 Senior Staff - Lead Inspector 2900 X $39.17 $113,593.00 Office Engineer 2200 X $26.53 $58,366.00 Environmental Engineer 250 X $31.94 $7,985.00 Inspector - Structural 560 X $29.66 $16,609.60 Inspector - Civil 450 X $25.45 $11,452.50 Project Coordinator/Tech. Editor 124 X $26.62 $3,300.88 Project Coordinator /Administration 60 X $21.18 $1,270.80 *Rate capped at $87.00 for this contract Total DSC = $350,573.78 Overhead (OH Cost -- including Salary Additives): OH Rate x DSC of 160.94 % x $350,573.78 $564,213.44 Fixed Fee (FF): FF Rate x DSC of 25.00 % x $350,573.78 $87,643.45 Reimbursables: Mileage $10,248.00 Copies $260.00 Miscellaneous supplies and equipment $781.33 Subtotal (Consultant Total): Subconsultant Costs (See Exhibit G): Grand Total: $1,013,720.00 $65,000.00 $1,078,720.00 Prepared by: Ed Berschinski Date: 5/10/2014 154 Description Anchor QEA, LLC Indirect Cost Rate Schedule For the Period Ended December 31, 2012 Financial Statement Amount Anchor Adj WSDOT Adj Ref. Exhibit F Overhead Cost Accepted Amount Direct Labor Base $ 16.583.582 S 1.215,768 S (278.010) A,c 5 17.521.340 Indirect Costs: Payroll Burden Payroll Taxes 51,736,945 (S132,292) W 51.604.653 9.16% Group Insurance 3,121.048 (43,009) B 3.078,039 17.57% Return on Investment 3.700,715 (3,700.715) C 0 0.00% Incentive Payments 2,471,834 510,954,536 f 13,426.370 76.63% NCM Adjustment by firm (4,361,314) (5980,687) E,g (5,342,001) - 30.49% WSDOT Staff Bonus Adjustment (5253,352) e (253,352) - 1.45% Retirement & Pension 642,921 642,921 3.67% Vacation, Sick Holiday 2,656,097 2,656,097 15.16% Training & Education 160,277 (3,461) S 156,816 0.89% Other Employee Benefits 187,952 (1,508) (1,124) G,a 185,321 1.06% Fringe Benefit Adjustment (25,478) d (25.478) -0.15% Total Payroll Burden 514,677,790 (58.242,299) 59.693,895 516,129,386 92.06% Gen. & Admin. Expenses Indirect Labor 517,039,370 (51,215,768) (510,400.086) A,c,f,lt 55,423,517 30.95% (8,043) D (8,043) -0.05% (332,092) F (332,092) - 1.90% Bid & Proposal Labor 1,059,146 h 1,059,146 6.04% Payroll Variance (1,335,586) c (1,335,586) -7.62% Automotiverfransportation 233,450 (144.518) (88,932) G.X 0 0.00% Billed in -house Transportation (30,999) 30,999 V 0 0.00% Bid & Proposal 298,714 (197,952) H 100,762 0.58% Communication 803,249 803,249 4.58% Computer Tech. Support 52,982 - 52,982 0.30% Depreciation 837,948 837,948 4.78% Business Insurance 432,103 432,103 2.47% Legal, Prof. & Accounting Fees 261,431 (107,926) 1 153,505 0.88% Meals/Entertainment 851,154 (548,399) (302,755) 1, K, U,Y 0 0.00% Gifts/Charity 77,727 (77,727) L 0 0.00% Office Rent 2,704,933 (78,637) hi 2,626,295 14.99% Professional Dues 70,794 70,794 0.40% Recruiting 19,411 19,411 0.11% Subscriptions & Books 33,125 33,125 0.19% Supplies 1,135,287 140,248 (9,997) V,b 1,265,538 7.22% Business Taxes 1,327,912 (677,554) N 650,358 3.71% Scholarship Bank Fees/Advertising/Bad Debt 220,117 (214,712) 0, P, Q, R 5,406 0.03% Travel 462,170 (291,918) (7,741) S,Z 162.511 0.93% Total G &A Expense 526,830,879 (53,724.000) (511,085.950) 512,020,929 68.61% Total Indirect Costs 541.508,669 (511,966,299) (51.392,055) 528,150.315 160.66% Indirect Cost Rate (Less FCC) 250.30% 165.97% 160.66% Facilities Cost of Capital 549.289 T 549.289 0.28% 529,591,659 528,199,604 Indirect Cost Rate (Includes FCC) 166.25% 160.94% Anchor References: A Re- allocation of indirect labor costs under the effective rate method to direct labor base for uncompensated overtime under the salary variance method. 48 CFR B Unallowable key person life insurance per 48 CFR 31.205- 19(e)(2)(v). C Unallowable distribution of profits per 48 CFR 31 .205- 6(a)(6)(ii)(B). D Timing of accrued overtime payout per 48 CFR 22.103 -1, 22.103 -4(g). E Unallowable executive compensation per 48 CFR 31.205- 6(a)(i)(A)(B). Used the 2012 National Compensation Matrix Tool adjusted for our Gross Revenues. F Unallowable marketing labor per 48 CFR 31.205 -18. G Personal use portion of vehicle allowance unallowable per 48 CFR 31.205- 6(m)(2). H Sponsorship costs unallowable per 48 CFR 31.205 - 1(1)(3). Excess lodging and per diem unallowable per 48 CFR 31205 -14.31 205 -46. For this one year, all lodging and meals have been removed from the overhead analysis. 1 Legal settlements unallowable per 43 CFR 31.205 -47. Federal income tax preparation fees unallowable per 48 CFR 31.205 - 41(6)(1). 1 Local meals unallowable per 43 CFR 31.205-14. K Excess per diem unallowable per 48 CFR 31.205 -46: Alcohol unallowable per 48 CFR 31.205 -51. For this one year. all meals have been removed from the overhead analysis. Meals incurred during the retreat have been analyzed and allowable amounts have been included. L Gifts unallowable per 48 CFR 31205- 13(b); Donations unallowable per 48 CFR 31.205 -8. 155 Exhibit G Subcontracted Work The AGENCY permits subcontracts for the following portions of the work of this AGREEMENT: Conduct materials testing, 2s requested by the Consultant Costs to he invoiced nn a unit price basis, phis allowable expenses Total cnsts for these services are. $65,000 00 DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit G Revised 6/05 156 Exhibit H Title VI Assurances During the performance of this AGREEMENT, the CONSULTANT, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations: The CONSULTANT shall comply with the Regulations relative to non- discrimination in federally assisted programs of the AGENCY, Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the "REGULATIONS "), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this AGREEMENT. 2. Non - discrimination: The CONSULTANT, with regard to the work performed during the AGREEMENT, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in the selection and retention of sub - consultants, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The CONSULTANT shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the REGULATIONS, including employment practices when the AGREEMENT covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the REGULATIONS. 3. Solicitations for Sub - consultants, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the CONSULTANT for work to be performed under a sub - contract, including procurement of materials or Ieases of equipment, each potential sub - consultant or supplier shall be notified by the CONSULTANT of the CONSULTANT'S obligations under this AGREEMENT and the REGULATIONS relative to non - discrimination on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports: The CONSULTANT shall provide all information and reports required by the REGULATIONS or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by AGENCY, STATE or the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such REGULATIONS, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a CONSULTANT is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the CONSULTANT shall so certify to the AGENCY, STATE or the FHWA as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Non - compliance: In the event of the CONSULTANT'S non - compliance with the non- discrimination provisions of this AGREEMENT, the AGENCY shall impose such AGREEMENT sanctions as it, the STATE or the FHWA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: • Withholding of payments to the CONSULTANT under the AGREEMENT until the CONSULTANT complies, and /or; • Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the AGREEMENT, in whole or in part DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit H Revised 6/05 157 6. Incorporation of Provisions: The CONSULTANT shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) in every sub - contract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the REGULATIONS, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The CONSULTANT shall take such action with respect to any sub - consultant or procurement as the AGENCY, STATE or FHWA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non - compliance. Provided, however, that in the event a CONSULTANT becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub - consultant or supplier as a result of such direction, the CONSULTANT may request the AGENCY and the STATE enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the AGENCY and the STATE and, in addition, the CONSULTANT may request the United States enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 158 Exhibit I Payment Upon Termination of Agreement By the Agency Other Than for Fault of the Consultant (Refer to Agreement, Section IX) Lump Sum Contracts A final payment shall be made to the CONSULTANT which when added to any payments previously made shall total the same percentage of the Lump Sum Amount as the work completed at the time of termination is to the total work required for the PROJECT. In addition, the CONSULTANT shall be paid for any authorized extra work completed. Cost Plus Fixed Fee Contracts A final payment shall be made to the CONSULTANT which when added to any payments previously made, shall total the actual costs plus the same percentage of the fixed fee as the work completed at the time of termination is to the total work required for the Project. In addition, the CONSULTANT shall be paid for any authorized extra work completed. Specific Rates of Pay Contracts A final payment shall be made to the CONSULTANT for actual hours charged at the time of termination of this AGREEMENT plus any direct nonsalary costs incurred at the time of termination of this AGREEMENT. Cost Per Unit of Work Contracts A final payment shall be made to the CONSULTANT for actual units of work completed at the time of termination of this AGREEMENT. DOT Form 140 -069 EF Exhibit 1 Revised 6/05 159 160 Exhibit J Alleged Consultant Design Error Procedures The purpose of this exhibit is to establish a procedure to determine if a consultant's alleged design error is of a nature that exceeds the accepted standard of care. In addition, it will establish a uniform method for the resolution and /or cost recovery procedures in those instances where the agency believes it has suffered some material damage due to the alleged error by the consultant. Step 1 — Potential Consultant Design Error(s) is Identified by Agency's Project Manager At the first indication of potential consultant design error(s), the first step in the process is for the Agency's project manager to notify the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer regarding the potential design error(s). For federally funded projects, the Region Highways and Local Programs Engineer should be informed and involved in these procedures. (Note: The Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer may appoint an agency staff person other than the project manager, who has not been as directly involved in the project, to be responsible for the remaining steps in these procedures.) Step 2 - Project Manager Documents the Alleged Consultant Design Error(s) After discussion of the alleged design error(s) and the magnitude of the alleged error(s), and with the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer's concurrence, the project manager obtains more detailed documentation than is normally required on the project. Examples include: all decisions and descriptions of work; photographs, records of labor, materials and equipment. Step 3 — Contact the Consultant Regarding the Alleged Design Error(s) If it is determined that there is a need to proceed further, the next step in the process is for the project manager to contact the consultant regarding the alleged design error(s) and the magnitude of the alleged error(s). The project manager and other appropriate agency staff should represent the agency and the consultant should be represented by their project manger and any personnel (including sub - consultants) deemed appropriate for the alleged design error(s) issue. Step 4 — Attempt to Resolve Alleged Design Error with Consultant After the meeting(s) with the consultant have been completed regarding the consultant's alleged design error(s), there are three possible scenarios: • It is determined via mutual agreement that there is not a consultant design error(s). If this is the case, then the process will not proceed beyond this point. • It is determined via mutual agreement that a consultant design error(s) occurred. If this is the case, then the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer, or their representatives, negotiate a settlement with the consultant. The settlement would be paid to the agency or the amount would be reduced from the consultant's agreement with the agency for the services on the project in which the design error took place. The agency is to provide H &LP, through the Region DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit J Revised 6/05 161 Local Programs Engineer, a summary of the settlement for review and to make adjustments, if any, as to how the settlement affects federal reimbursements. No further action is required. • There is not a mutual agreement regarding the alleged consultant design error(s). The consultant may request that the alleged design error(s) issue be forwarded to the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer for review. If the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer, after review with their legal counsel, is not able to reach mutual agreement with the consultant, proceed to Step 5. Step 5 — Forward Documents to Highways and Local Programs For federally funded projects all available information, including costs, should be forwarded through the Region Highways and Local Programs Engineer to H &LP for their review and consultation with the FHWA. H &LP will meet with representatives of the agency and the consultant to review the alleged design error(s), and attempt to find a resolution to the issue. If necessary, H &LP will request assistance from the Attorney General's Office for legal interpretation. H &LP will also identify how the alleged error(s) affects eligibility of project costs for federal reimbursement. If mutual agreement is reached, the agency and consultant adjust the scope of work and costs to reflect the agreed upon resolution. H &LP, in consultation with FHWA, will identify the amount of federal participation in the agreed upon resolution of the issue. • If mutual agreement is not reached, the agency and consultant may seek settlement by arbitration or by litigation. 162 Exhibit K Consultant Claim Procedures The purpose of this exnibit is to describe a procedure regarding claim(s) on a consultant agreement. The following procedures should only be utilized on consultant claims greater than $1,000. If the consultant's claim(s) are a total of $1,000 or less, it would not be cost effective to proceed through the outlined steps. It is suggested that the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer negotiate a fair and reasonable price for the consultant's claim(s) that total $1,000 or Tess. This exhibit will outline the procedures to be followed by the consultant and the agency to consider a potential claim by the consultant. Step 1 — Consultant Files a Claim with the Agency Project Manager If the consultant determines that they were requested to perform additional services that were outside of the agreement's scope of work, they may be entitled to a claim. The first step that must be completed is the request for consideration of the claim to the Agency's project manager. The consultant's claim must outline the following: • Summation of hours by classification for each firm that is included in the claim; • Any correspondence that directed the consultant to perform the additional work; • Timeframe of the additional work that was outside of the project scope; • Summary of direct labor dollars, overhead costs, profit and reimbursable costs associated with the additional work; and • Explanation as to why the consultant believes the additional work was outside of the agreement scope of work. Step 2 — Review by Agency Personnel Regarding the Consultant's Claim for Additional Compensation After the consultant has completed step 1, the next step in the process is to forward the request to the Agency's project manager. The project manager will review the consultant's claim and will met with the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer to determine if the Agency agrees with the claim. If the FHWA is participating in the project's funding, forward a copy of the consultant's claim and the Agency's recommendation for federal participation in the claim to the WSDOT Highways and Local Programs through the Region Local Programs Engineer. If the claim is not eligible for federal participation, payment will need to be from agency funds. If the Agency project manager, Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer, WSDOT Highways and Local Programs (if applicable), and FHWA (if applicable) agree with the consultant's claim, send a request memo, including backup documentation to the consultant to either supplement the agreement, or create a new agreement for the claim. After the request has been approved, the Agency shall write the supplement and /or new agreement and pay the consultant the amount of the claim. Inform the consultant that the final payment for the agreement is subject to audit. No further action in needed regarding the claim procedures. DOT Form 140 -084 EF Exhibit K Revised 6/05 163 If the Agency does not agree with the consultant's claim, proceed to step 3 of the procedures. Step 3 — Preparation of Support Documentation Regarding Consultant's Claim(s) If the Agency does not agree with the consultant's claim, the project manager shall prepare a summary for the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer that included the following: • Copy of information supplied by the consultant regarding the claim; • Agency's summation of hours by classification for each firm that should be included in the claim; • Any correspondence that directed the consultant to perform the additional work; • Agency's summary of direct labor dollars, overhead costs, profit and reimbursable costs associated with the additional work; • Explanation regarding those areas in which the Agency does /does not agree with the consultant's claim(s); • Explanation to describe what has been instituted to preclude future consultant claim(s); and • Recommendations to resolve the claim. Step 4 — Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer Reviews Consultant Claim and Agency Documentation The Director of Pubic Works or Agency Engineer shall review and administratively approve or disapprove the claim, or portions thereof, which may include getting Agency Council or Commission approval (as appropriate to agency dispute resolution procedures). If the project involves federal participation, obtain concurrence from WSDOT Highways and Local Programs and FHWA regarding final settlement of the claim. If the claim is not eligible for federal participation, payment will need to be from agency funds. Step 5 — Informing Consultant of Decision Regarding the Claim The Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer shall notify (in writing) the consultant of their final decision regarding the consultant's claim(s). Include the final dollar amount of the accepted claim (s) and rationale utilized for the decision. Step 6 — Preparation of Supplement or New Agreement for the Consultant's Claim(s) The agency shall write the supplement and /or new agreement and pay the consultant the amount of the claim. Inform the consultant that the final payment for the agreement is subject to audit. 164 Exhibit M -1(a) Certification Of Consultant I hereby certify that I am Ed Berschinski representative of the firm of Anchor QEA, LLC 720 Olive Way, Suite 1900, Seattle, WA 98101 firm I here represent has: Project No. Local Agency and duly authorized whose address is and that neither I nor the above (a) Employed or retained for a commission, percentage, brokerage, contingent fee, or other consideration, any firm or person (other than a bona fide employee working solely for me or the above CONSULTANT) to solicit or secure the AGREEMENT; (b) Agreed, as an express or implied condition for obtaining this contract, to employ or retain the services of any firm or person in connection with carrying out this AGREEMENT; or (c) Paid, or agreed to pay, to any firm, organization or person (other than a bona fide employee working solely for me or the above CONSULTANT) any fee, contribution, donation, or consideration of any kind for, or in connection with, procuring or carrying out this AGREEMENT; except as hereby expressly stated (if any); I acknowledge that this certificate is to be available to the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation in connection with this AGREEMENT involving participation of Federal -aid highway funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both criminal and civil. ALL Gate DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit M -1(a) Revised 6/05 Signature 165 Exhibit M -1(b) Certification Of Agency Official I hereby certify that I am the AGENCY Official of the Local Agency of City of Tukwila Washington, and that the consulting firm or its representative has not been required, directly or indirectly as an express or implied condition in connection with obtaining or carrying out this AGREEMENT to: (a) Employ or retain, or agree to employ to retain, any firm or person; or (b) Pay, or agree to pay, to any firm, person, or organization, any fee, contribution, donation, or consideration of any kind; except as hereby expressly stated (if any): I acknowledge that this certificate is to be available to the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, in connection with this AGREEMENT involving participation of Federal -aid highway funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both criminal and civil. Date Signature DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit M -1(b) Revised 6/05 166 Exhibit M -2 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters - Primary Covered Transactions I. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: A. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any federal department or agency; B. Have not within a three -year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission or fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (federal, state, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of federal or state antitrust statues or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; C. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (federal, state, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1) (B). of this certification; and D. Have not within a three (3) year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (federal, state, or local) terminated for cause or default. E. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. Consultant (Firm): Anchor QEA, LLC DOT Form 140 -069 EF Exhibit M -2 Revised 6/05 (Signature) sident or Authorized Official of Consultant 167 Exhibit M -3 Certification Regarding The Restrictions of The use of Federal Funds for Lobbying The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form -LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. Consultant (Firm): Anchor QEA, LLC N -145, tt-L ■ 1 • Date) ) Slgnatu e) - r'1ent or Authorized Official of Consultant DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit M•3 Revised 6105 168 WA/ DePartnisest of TransPertedari Supplemental Agreement Number No. 2 OKPG' I con and Address 753 9th Avenue N Seattle, WA 98109 Phone: 206 - 286 -1640 Original Agreement Number 13 -028 Project Number 90310402 Execution Date 1/29/2013 Completion Date 12/31/2015 Project Title Interurban Avenue S, Fort Dent Way to S 143rd St. New Maximum Amount Payable $ 744,752.65 Description of Work Provide construction engineering services during the pre - construction, construction, and closeout of the Interurban Avenue S - S 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way project. The Local Agency of City of Tukwila desires to supplement the agreement entered into with KPG and executed on 01/29/2013 and identified as Agreement No. 13 -028 All provisions in the basic agreement remain in effect except as expressly modified by this supplement. The changes to the agreement are described as follows: Section 1, SCOPE OF WORK, is hereby changed to read: The enntrart shall include the additional grope for cnnstnictinn engjneering cPrvicpc identified in the attached Exhibit A -7 11 Section IV, TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETION, is amended to change the number of calendar days for completion of the work to read: No change in the completion date of 17/31 /2015 III Section V, PAYMENT, shall be amended as follows: Payment for the added scope items shall not exceed 5157,973 00 as shown in Exhibit E -9 without prior approval by the Ciro If you concur with this supplement and agree to the changes as stated above, please sign in the appropriate spaces below and return to this office for final action. By: Nelson Davis, KPG By: DOT Form 140 -063 EF Revised 9/2005 Consultant Signature Approving Authority Signature Date 169 170 Exhibit M -4 Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data This is to certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the cost or pricing data (as defined in section 15.401 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and required under FAR subsection 15.403 -4) submitted, either actually or by specific identification in writing, to the contracting officer or to the contracting officer's representative in support of City Project No 03 -RWO2 * are accurate, complete, and current as of May 8, 2014 * *. This certification includes the cost or pricing data supporting any advance agreements and forward pricing rate agreements between the offeror and the Government that are part of the proposal. Firm Anchor QEA, LLC Name Ed Berschinski Title Partner Date of Execution*** May 9, 2014 * Identify the proposal, quotation, request for price adjustment, or other submission involved, giving the appropriate identifying number (e.g., RFP No.). ** Insert the day, month, and year when price negotiations were concluded and price agreement was reached. * ** Insert the day, month, and year of signing, which should be as close as practicable to the date when the price negotiations were concluded and the contract price was agreed to. DOT Form 140 -089 EF Exhibit M-4 Revised 6/05 171 EXHIBIT A -2 City of Tukwila Interurban Avenue S S 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way Supplement No. 2 Construction Engineering Support KPG Scope of Work May 12, 2014 A. BACKGROUND The following represents the general Scope of Services (Scope) to be performed by KPG Inc. (Consultant) during the pre- construction, construction, and closeout of the Interurban Avenue S — S 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way project (Project), for the City of Tukwila (City). The lead Construction Management (CM) consultant will be Anchor QEA (Anchor) who will perform the day to day field management under separate contract with the City during the construction phase of the Project. KPG will provide on -call design support and Construction Engineering services (CE) under supplement of the original design contract. KPG will work at the direction of the City's Project Manager in coordination with the overall CM effort. All effort on this project will be as requested by the City or City assigned Construction Manager. It is anticipated that budgets between Tasks will be adjusted as required to provide the requested services. B. SCOPE OF WORK TASK 1 - MANAGEMENT / COORDINATION / ADMINISTRATION 1.1 The Consultant shall provide continuous project management for the project duration from June 1, 2014 to December 31, 2015. 1.2 The Consultant shall prepare monthly progress reports identifying work completed in the previous month, work in progress, upcoming work elements, and reporting of any delays, problems, or additional information needs. These reports shall be submitted with the Consultant invoices. 1.3 The Consultant shall provide continuous management and administration of all subcontractors included in this scope of work. Task 1 Deliverables: Monthly progress reports (20 months) TASK 2 — PRECONSTRUCTION SERVICES 2.1 The Consultant shall provide on -call support, which may include, review of records management, preconstruction utility coordination, and preparation and attendance at preconstruction meeting, on an as- needed basis. Specific tasks are anticipated to include: • Coordination meetings with City, Contractor and CM Consultant. • Preparation of map graphics to facilitate utility coordination. • Preparation of conformed plans and specifications. • Prepare for and attend preconstruction meeting. Task 2 Deliverables: Conformed Plans and Specifications City of Tukwila Page 1 of 3 KPG Interurban Ave S Construction Engineering Support 5/12/2014 172 TASK 3 — CONSTRUCTION PHASE SERVICES 3.1 The Consultant shall provide on -call support, which may include, weekly progress meetings, review shop drawings, interpretation of plans and specifications, and construction change order assistance on an as- needed basis. Specific tasks are anticipated to include: • Construction Meetings: Attend weekly construction meetings or other project meetings at the construction site to review, in conjunction with the City, the Contractor's progress and construction schedule. Weekly attendance is not anticipated for the project duration; however, the project engineer and other engineers will attend as requested. Provide feedback and follow up as appropriate. Budget allowances for meeting attendance is shown on the attached hour estimate based on the following assumptions on meeting attendance: • Weekly attendance for initial 6 months of construction (26 meetings) • Attendance in preparation of traffic shifts between stages (4 meetings) • Other meetings as requested by the City or City's field staff (estimate 10 meetings) • Submittals: Review and comment on the Contractor's submittals as requested, including shop drawings. Many of the submittals will be reviewed by the City or Construction Management Services Consultant. It is anticipated that the Consultant will receive the following submittals for review: • Structural walls • Irrigation system • RRFB systems • Illumination systems • Drainage detention and water quality treatment components • Other submittals as requested (see exhibit E for budget assumptions) • Interpretation of Plans and Specifications: Provide technical assistance to clarify and interpret the contract documents at the request of the City. Assist the City in answering Contractor questions. Respond to requests for information (RFIs), prepare requests for quotation (RFQs), and prepare construction field directives (CFDs). • Change Order Assistance: In the event that the provisions of the Contract Documents need to be revised, prepare the necessary revisions to the drawings and specifications. On request, provide engineering or independent peer review of contractor, City, or utility proposed plan changes. • Subconsultant Construction Support: Project Subconsultants for structural (CivilTech) and environmental (Widener & Associates) will be retained for construction support on an as requested basis. Budget allowances for each Subconsultant are shown on the attached reimbursable breakdown. • On -call survey support: Provide surveyor support to verify contractors survey or layout, assist with quantity verification, or other support needs as requested by the City. • Materials Testing: Provide feedback as requested on any failing materials tests or material substitution requests for compliance with contract requirements for gradation, compaction, strength, etc. • Assist with preparation and attendance at special events, such as preconstruction open house, ribbon cuttings, and other events as requested. Task.3 Deliverables: Documentation as requested in support of on -call construction support City of Tukwila Page 2 of 3 KPG Interurban Ave S Construction Engineering Support 5/12/2014 173 TASK 4 — UTILITY AND AGENCY COORDINATION ALLOWANCES 4.1 The Consultant will provide assistance to facilitate franchise utility relocations and adjustments as requested by the City. These services may include design modifications that may be required to facilitate franchise utility work. The purpose of this task is to provide a budget allowance and tracking mechanism for possible reimbursement to the City by the franchise utilities. Work for each utility will be tracked separately on monthly invoices. The City will be responsible for obtaining reimbursement on these charges when applicable. 4.2 Assist the City with obtaining necessary project specific franchise utility agreements for utility relocation work as requested. 4.3 Assist the City /CM with obtaining a general or specific utility permit from WSDOT for facilities in State right of way limits. 4.4 Provide independent review of CM documentation records and assist with up to three (3) progress audits with WSDOT. 4.5 Assist the City with obtaining a necessary administrative noise variance for night time work anticipated and required through the contract specifications. The budget assumes that this is an administrative approval and that public hearings are not required. Task.4 Deliverables: Documentation as requested in support of on -call utility and agency support TASK 5 — CLOSEOUT ASSISTANCE 5.1 The Consultant will provide record drawings within 60 days of receipt of information provided by the construction contractor and the City of Tukwila. 5.2 The Consultant shall provide independent review of final construction documentation files and assist with Project Management Review with WSDOT local programs. Task.5 Deliverables: • Record Drawing Mylars (full size) • Half -size copy of draft • Full -size and half -size copies of final record drawings • Electronic files C. OTHER SERVICES The City of Tukwila may require other services of the Consultant. These services could include other work tasks not included in the scope of work. These services may include, but are not necessarily limited to, additional construction support; assistance with property issues; utility, agency, or audit support in excess of the budget allowances contained in Exhibit E; or other services deemed necessary by the City. At the time these services are required, the Consultant shall provide the City with a detailed scope of work and an estimate of costs. The Consultant shall not proceed with the work until the City has authorized the work and issued a Notice to Proceed. City of Tukwila Page 3 of 3 KPG Interurban Ave S Construction Engineering Support 5/12/2014 174 HOUR AND FEE ESTIMATE Project; City of Tukwila Interurban Avenue S S 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way Supplement No. 2 - Construction Engineering Services Task Description EXHIBIT E -2, Labor Hour Estimate Project Senior-:; Project Const Manager ; . Engineer. Engineer, Engineer $ "179.26: $ 143.58 5.36':. $ 125.96n t Architecture • Landscape Architecture • Civil Engineering • To Bud • et: Design Survey Document; 0 echnician ,Crew Specialist, ,Admin`.�: 86.18. $ 139 96' 1$ ; 112,70ii, $ - `74,25 Budge Task 1 - Mana• ement / Coordination / Administration Management and admin (20 months) Monthly progress reports and invoices Subcontractor Coordination Mileage Reproduction Task Totals 17,310.50 5,070.11 2,535.05 200.00 Task 2 - Preconstruction Services Coordination meetings with City and CM consultan Prepare map graphics for utility relocation Prepare conformed plans and specifications Prepare for and attend precon meeting Mileage Re +roduction Task Totals Task 3 - Construction Phase Services Construction Meetings / support Submittal Reviews (Anticipated) Submittal Reviews (As requested Interpretation of Plans and Specs Change order review and assistance Subconsultant support coordination On call survey support Materials testing review Mileage Reproduction CivilTech Budget Allowance Widener Bud t Allowance Task Totals $ 9,020.26 $ 15,001.88 5,925.16 $ 7,055.79 100.00 2,500.00 9, 603.10 $ 40,488.66 $ 27,306.58 $ 7,245.65 $ 26,257.54 $ 37,149.07 4 $ 3,087.78 05/19/2014 $ 9,618.49 $ 5,455.77 $ 1,000.00 $ 500.00 $ 15,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ 178,109.53 HOUR AND FEE ESTIMATE Project: City of Tukwila Interurban Avenue S S 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way Supplement No. 2 - Construction Engineering Services Task! EXHIBIT E -2 abor =Hour- Estimate Project Senior Projects ; Cosst: .,Design; Manager engineer ngineer Engineer« • $2 4179.26` ;$� 143.58 .`,$ 125.96_ Architecture • Landscape Architecture t Civil Engineering • Total Bu d Document . ,Office ecialist Admin 112.70 $,,= :74.25 =' •e udget Task 4 - Utili and A•enc Coordination Allowances Su port franchise relocation tracking Franchise requested change allowance Assist with franchise agreements Assist with WSDOT permit Progress audit assistance Assist City with administrative noise variance Mileage Reproduction Task Totals Task 5 - Record Drawings Prepare Draft Record Drawings Final Record Drawings PMR audit support Mileage Reproduction Task Totals 190 40 80 $ 17,702.23 $ 16,753.97 $ 19,740.88 $ 4,850.19 $ 12,322.59 $ 1,556.57 $ 200.00 $ 200.00 $ 73,326.44 4 16 40 0 40 60 0 0 4 4 4 8 0 10 20 0 0 4 $ 17,074.14 5,229.24 17,814.43 200.00 1,500.00 41,817.82 0 12 40 0 0 0 80 32 8 20 50 40 50 80 0 80 40 ------- Total Pro`ect Bud !et Hourly rates are based on the following: Direct Salary Costs 65.00 $ 52.06 41.83 45.67 $ 36.06 Overhead Rate Fixed Fee 46% 31.25 $ 50.75 40.87 26.92 30% 05/19/2014 7,972 Totals $ 120,230.81 $ 175, 272.48 $ 36, 069.24 $ 331,572.54 Transportation Committee Minutes Mat/ 27, 2014 - Page 2 D. Construction Management Supplement: 2014 Overlay and Repair Program Staff is seeking Council approval of Supplement No. 1 to Contract 13 -193 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $168,729.49 for construction management of the 2014 Overlay and Repair Program. KPG was chosen from five firms due to their unique knowledge and experience with the City. This annual program provides for the construction of asphalt and concrete pavement overlays of certain streets, and the 2014 construction management budget is $175,000. Staff noted that the 2013 project map was inadvertently included and will replace it with the update prior to Council action. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. E. Interurban Avenue South (South 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way) Staff is seeking Council approval of the following items relating to the construction of the pedestrian improvements on Interurban Avenue South (S. 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way) Project: 1. Contract with Anchor QEA in the amount of $1,078,720.00 for construction management services; and 2. Supplement No. 2 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $357,973.00 for on -call design support services. If these contracts are approved, the project cost will be $10,499,201.39, which is under the budget of $10,795,000.00 There are several potential utility conflicts in the project area requiring additional coordination, and KPG will assist with this coordination if the agreement is approved. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. F. Resolution: Declaring an Emergency in Response to Landslide above Klickitat Drive. Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would declare an emergency due to damages caused by the March 2014 landslide above the Klickitat Drive retaining wall, which caused damage to the elevated timber walkway. Federal Emergency Relief funds became available after Governor Inslee's declaration of an emergency, and the City is partnering with WSDOT in order to stablilize the slope and repair the walkway simultaneously. Work is expected to be completed this summer. The City's 13.5% match of $8,501.00 will come from the Annual Bridge Program. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. G. Resolution: Adoption of the Six -Year Transportation Improvement Program (2015 -2020) Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would adopt the annual update of the Six - Year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) for 2015 -2010. The TIP, updated annually as required by the RCW, is a compilation of transportation projects planned within the next six years that are deemed regionally significant or that have grant funding awarded or expected. Committee members and staff reviewed the list of projects. Several projects were deleted from this TIP update due to their completion, because they are no longer deemed necessary, or because they are not expected to occur until after 2020. The Committee requested that staff include the reasons for each project's deletion in the information that is provided to the Committee of the Whole. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 9, 2014 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE, INCLUDING PUBLIC HEARING. III. SOUTH COUNTY AREA TRANSPORTATION BOARD (SCATBD) Meeting The April 15, 2014 Meeting Summary and May 20, 2014 Agenda were included in the packet. The Committee agreed to discuss a potential Council statement on oil train traffic at a future meeting date. The Council Analyst will assist with this. 177 178 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Initials AfeetiqDate Prepared by illa or:( re yen) Council review 06/02/14 BG C,VIVGORY H Dziwussion Alt Date 0 Motion AN Date 0 Ordinance it Date 0 Bid Award 1L1 Date LI Public Flearing AItg Dale El Other A kg Date ° Resolution illtg Date 06/02/14 SPONSOR E Council I Mayor E R 0 DCD I Finance D Fire JT E P&R L Police Pr SP( NS( WS This resolution will declare an emergency that authorizes City staff to expedite repair of SUMMARY the I-5/Klickitat Drive - Unstable Slope/Elevated Walkway. In March 2014, after record rainfall, the slope above the Klickitat Drive retaining wall became unstable and started to slide, which also caused damage to the elevated walkway. The State declared an Emergency and will be repairing the slope, but they require the City to design the walkway repairs. Council is being asked to approve the resolution declaring an emergency. REVIEWED BY E COW Mtg. El CA&P Cmte E Utilities Cmte E Arts Comm. DATE: 05/27/14 111 F&S RMATION ITEM No. 4.1. 179 STAFF SPONSOR: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINAL AGEADA DATE: 06/02/14 AGFNI).1 rIEM TITI,U I-5/Klickitat Drive Resolution declaring - Unstable an Emergency Slope/Elevated Walkway C,VIVGORY H Dziwussion Alt Date 0 Motion AN Date 0 Ordinance it Date 0 Bid Award 1L1 Date LI Public Flearing AItg Dale El Other A kg Date ° Resolution illtg Date 06/02/14 SPONSOR E Council I Mayor E R 0 DCD I Finance D Fire JT E P&R L Police Pr SP( NS( WS This resolution will declare an emergency that authorizes City staff to expedite repair of SUMMARY the I-5/Klickitat Drive - Unstable Slope/Elevated Walkway. In March 2014, after record rainfall, the slope above the Klickitat Drive retaining wall became unstable and started to slide, which also caused damage to the elevated walkway. The State declared an Emergency and will be repairing the slope, but they require the City to design the walkway repairs. Council is being asked to approve the resolution declaring an emergency. REVIEWED BY E COW Mtg. El CA&P Cmte E Utilities Cmte E Arts Comm. DATE: 05/27/14 111 F&S &lite Comm. CHAIR: ALLAN Transportation Cmte El Planning Comm. EKBERG • Parks COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS: SPONSOR/ADNIIN. Commilim Public Works Department Unanimous Approval; Forward to Regular Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE ExpENDITURE REQUIRED AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $8,501.00 $0.00 $0.00 Fund Source: 104 ARTERIAL STREETS (ANNUAL BRIDGE PROGRAM FUNDS WILL BE USED FOR CITY MATCH) Comments: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 06/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/23/14 Vicinity Map Governor Inslee's Emergency Proclamation Draft Resolution Minutes from the Transportation Committee meeting of 05/27/14 179 180 TO: City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM Mayor Haggerton Transportation Committee FROM: Bob Giberson, Public Works Director By: Grant Griffin, Senior Program Manager DATE: May 23, 2014 SUBJECT: I-58Klichita Drive — Unstable Slope/Elevated Walkway Project No. 91410406 Resolution Declaring an Emergency ISSUE Approve a Resolution declaring an emergency for the I-5/Klickitat Drive — Unstable Slope/Elevated Walkway authorizing City staif to accelerate contracting and administration of City and federal funds to restore damages and prevent further impacts to public and private property, BACKGROUND The slope above the Klickitat Drive retaining wall, located in Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) right- of-way, became unstable and started to slide in late March 2014 after record rainfall. The landslide damaged the foundation of the Tukwila-owned elevated timber walkway and caused nearby trees to fall causing further damage to the structure. Federal Emergency Relief funds were approved in early May 2014 after Governor Ins lee declared an emergency in 5 counties. Plans were made to prepare a joint WSDOT/Tukwila contract to stabilize the siope and repair the walkway at the same time, Tukwila iS responsible for providing plans and SpeCifiC3U003for the walkway repair portion [f this effort. It is in Tukwila's interest to work within WSDOT's accelerated schedule to get the work completed in the 2014 summer construction season. DISCUSSION As the State has declared an Emergency, they have been authorized to use Federal Emergency Relief funds. This Resolution declares a City emergency and authorizes Public Works to respond in the manner which is most effective and expedient, set aside procedures and formalities which would otherwise govern the assignment of duties, procure materials, and contract for services. Staff has contracted with David Evans & Associates (DEA) to design permanent repairs of the elevated walkway to be incorporated in the construction contract that will be administered by WSDOT. FISCAL IMPACT Tukwila has been authorized for the emergency relief funds for the design phase by WSDOT Hi hways & Loca Programs. The Federal Emergency Relief Program requires a 13.5% local match. The Annual Bridge Program funds will supply the portion of the City's match for design, The City has entered into a contract with DEA for $62,974 to perform the design of the walkway repair. Authorization for the remaining construction funding of approximately $343,560 will occur in a future grant supplement. Staff will return to Council with the update. Walkway Repair Design Services RECOMMENDATION Councij is being asked to approve the Resolution declaring an emergency for the I-5/Klickitat Drive — Unstable Slope/Elevated Walkway and to forward this item to the Consent Agenda at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. Contract Federal Portion City PE Match $62,974 $54,473 $ 8,501 Attachments: Vicinity Map Governor |nmee's Emergency Proclamation Draft Resolution W: \ PW Eng \ PROJECTS \A- RW & RS Projects \ Klickitat Dr Elevated Walkway Repair (91410406)\ PE \ Info Memo Resolution Klickitat Dri`e.doc 182 Co v . Akir -4A - latIEFCAjejF?-lai cL 183 184 JAY INSLEE Governor STATE OF WASHINGTON Office of the Governor PROCLAMATION BY THE GOVERNOR 14-03 WIIEREAS, between March 5 and March 24, 2014, a series of severe storms occurred in Grays Barboc}{iog, Lewis, Lincoln, and Pierce counties, producing extreme rainfall resulting in saturated soils, erosion, and issuance of flood and landslide warnings throughout Western Washington; and WIIEREAS, thcsc storms caused culvert failures, washouts, landslides, debris obstructions, and temporary closures impacting both state and local road systems in these counties requiring emergency action by the Department ofTransportation, including debris removal, slope stabilization, culvert replacement, and other immediate measures; and WHEREAS, the estimated cost to repair the road systems damage iu over $l,9ZO,000. and emergency action to address these repairs requires thc approval of Washington's Secretary o[ Transportation. These emergency conditions have caused and rnay continue to warrant temporary closure o[or limited access to affected roadways and implementation o[ emergency procurement procedures; and WHEREAS, the Washington State Department v[ Transportation and local jurisdictions are coordinating resources to rcpair the roadway, continuing to assess damage done by these storms, and working to implement damage repairs; and WIIEREAS, the roadway damage and its effects continue to impact the life and health of our citizens, as well as the property and transportation infrastructure of Washington State, and is a public disaster that affects U6z, health, property, or the public peace. NOW, TIIEREFORE, 1, Jay R. lnslee, Governor ofthe the state of Washington, as a result of the above-noted situation and under Chapters 38.5Z and 43.O6 RCW, do hereby proclaim that a State of Emergency exists in Grays Harbor, King, Lewis, Lincoln, and Pierce counties in the state of Washington, and direct the plans and procedures in the e'~�� PO, Box *O000^ Olympia, Washington 9g5O*-0moe^(3G0)Sn2-*111 ^www.gn"o,nurwa,gov Washington State Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan be implemented. State agencies and departments are directed to utilize state resources and to do everything reasonably possible to assist affected political subdivisions in an effort to respond to and recover from the incident. Signed and sealed with the official seal of the state of Washington this April, A.D., Two Thousand and Fourteen at Olympia, Washington. [3Y TI iE GOVERNOR: 186 By: day of Jay nslee Go or DRAFT A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, DECLARING AN EMERGENCY IN RESPONSE TO DAMAGES TO PUBLIC PROPERTY DUE TO A LANDSLIDE ABOVE KLICKITAT DRIVE. WHEREAS, a series of severe storms occurred in March 2014, triggering landslides in five Washington counties and causing the Governor of the State of Washington to declare a state of emergency; and WHEREAS, it has been determined that the unusually heavy rains reactivated a large dormant landslide on the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) right -of -way above the Klickitat Drive concrete retaining wall, causing a new slide; and WHEREAS, continued sliding of the unstable slope would overtop the retaining wall and spill soil and toppled trees onto the roadway; and WHEREAS, the renewed sliding has damaged the City of Tukwila -owned elevated walkway within the slide zone; and WHEREAS, the repairs to slope and the walkway are required immediately in the interest of public safety and welfare; and WHEREAS, it is in the City of Tukwila's interest for the elevated walkway repair to be included in a joint contract with the WSDOT slope stabilization project; and WHEREAS, RCW 39.04.280 provides for emergency declarations and competitive bidding exemptions; and WHEREAS, the Mayor of Tukwila declared an emergency on April 2, 2014, in order to allow accelerated contracting and administration of City and federal funds to restore damages and prevent further impacts to public and private property; and WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to provide their support and endorsement of the Mayor in his action to declare an emergency and for the City's efforts to respond to the emergency; W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Emergency - Klickitat Dr elevated walkway 5 -20-14 GL:bjs Page 1 of 2 187 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: The City Council supports the Mayor in his declaration of emergency and authorizes the execution of contracts or agreements due to damages and the need for protective actions brought about by the Klickitat landslide, and hereby authorizes City forces to respond in the most effective and expedient manner, without regard for the procedures and formalities that would otherwise govern the assignment of duties, procurement of materials, and contracting of services. This situation is an emergency as defined in RCW 39.04.280(3). PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk De'Sean Quinn, Council President APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Resolution Number: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney W: \Word Processing\Resolutions \Emergency - Klickitat Dr elevated walkway 5 -20 -14 GL:bjs 188 Page 2 of 2 Transportation Committee Minutes May 27, 2014 - Page 2 D. Construction Management Supplement: 2014 Overlay and Repair Program Staff is seeking Council approval of Supplement No. 1 to Contract 13 -193 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $168,729.49 for construction management of the 2014 Overlay and Repair Program. KPG was chosen from five firms due to their unique knowledge and experience with the City. This annual program provides for the construction of asphalt and concrete pavement overlays of certain streets, and the 2014 construction management budget is $175,000. Staff noted that the 2013 project map was inadvertently included and will replace it with the update prior to Council action. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. E. Interurban Avenue South (South 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way) Staff is seeking Council approval of the following items relating to the construction of the pedestrian improvements on Interurban Avenue South (S. 143`d Street to Fort Dent Way) Project: 1. Contract with Anchor QEA in the amount of $1,078,720.00 for construction management services; and 2. Supplement No. 2 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $357,973.00 for on -call design support services. If these contracts are approved, the project cost will be $10,499,201.39, which is under the budget of $10,795,000.00 There are several potential utility conflicts in the project area requiring additional coordination, and KPG will assist with this coordination if the agreement is approved. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. F. Resolution: Declaring an Emergency in Response to Landslide above Klickitat Drive. Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would declare an emergency due to damages caused by the March 2014 landslide above the Klickitat Drive retaining wall, which caused damage to the elevated timber walkway. Federal Emergency Relief funds became available after Governor Inslee's declaration of an emergency, and the City is partnering with WSDOT in order to stablilize the slope and repair the walkway simultaneously. Work is expected to be completed this summer. The City's 13.5% match of $8,501.00 will come from the Annual Bridge Program. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. G. Resolution: Adoption of the Six -Year Transportation Improvement Program (2015 -2020) Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would adopt the annual update of the Six - Year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) for 2015 -2010. The TIP, updated annually as required by the RCW, is a compilation of transportation projects planned within the next six years that are deemed regionally significant or that have grant funding awarded or expected. Committee members and staff reviewed the list of projects. Several projects were deleted from this TIP update due to their completion, because they are no longer deemed necessary, or because they are not expected to occur until after 2020. The Committee requested that staff include the reasons for each project's deletion in the information that is provided to the Committee of the Whole. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 9, 2014 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE, INCLUDING PUBLIC HEARING. III. SOUTH COUNTY AREA TRANSPORTATION BOARD (SCATBD) Meeting The April 15, 2014 Meeting Summary and May 20, 2014 Agenda were included in the packet. The Committee agreed to discuss a potential Council statement on oil train traffic at a future meeting date. The Council Analyst will assist with this. 189 190 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS MeetingDate Prepared by Vyorr review Council review 06/02/14 BG Aknq— ‘Livs\ E Resolution illt_g Date E Ordinance A lt,g Date 11 Bid Award Mtg Date 11111 Public Hearing Alt Dale 0 Other AN Dale Allg SPONSOR E council E 1-/R 11 DCD E Finance E Fire IT Ei P&R. Police Z Pir • Mayor SPONSOR'S KPG, Inc. is currently the design consultant for the 2014 Annual Overlay & Repair Program St ININIARY with Contract No. 13-193. Five engineering firms were evaluated for construction management services and KPG was chosen as the most qualified. The construction bid opening is scheduled for 5/28/14. Council is being asked to approve Supplemental Agreement No. 1 to Contract No. 13-193 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $168,729.49. ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 4.J. 191 STAFF SPONSOR: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINAL AGENDA DATE: 06/02/14 AciiNII\ Imm TITLE 2014 Construction Annual Overlay & Repair Program Management Supplement No. 1 with KPG, Inc. CATHG()Ry Discussion AN Date Motion Date 06/02/14 E Resolution illt_g Date E Ordinance A lt,g Date 11 Bid Award Mtg Date 11111 Public Hearing Alt Dale 0 Other AN Dale Allg SPONSOR E council E 1-/R 11 DCD E Finance E Fire IT Ei P&R. Police Z Pir • Mayor SPONSOR'S KPG, Inc. is currently the design consultant for the 2014 Annual Overlay & Repair Program St ININIARY with Contract No. 13-193. Five engineering firms were evaluated for construction management services and KPG was chosen as the most qualified. The construction bid opening is scheduled for 5/28/14. Council is being asked to approve Supplemental Agreement No. 1 to Contract No. 13-193 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $168,729.49. RIWII,\;(1^,D l' 11 COW Mtg. 111 CA&P Cmte E F&S Cmte 0 Utilities Cmte Arts Comm. El Parks Comm. DATE: 05/27/14 COMMITTEE CHAIR: ALLAN E Transportation Cmte H Planning Comm. EKBERG RECOMMENDATIONS: SPoNsoR/ADmiN. COMMITIVE Public Works Department Unanimous Approval; Forward to Regular Consent Agenda COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE ExpiNDITURE REQUIRED AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $168,729.49 $175,000.00 $0.00 Fund Source: 104 ARTERIAL STREETS (PG 15, 2014 CIP) Commen ts: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 06/02/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/23/14 Consultant Selection Scoring Matrix Vicinity Map (revised after 5/27 TC meeting) Page 15, 2014 CIP Contract, Scope of Work, and Fee Estimate Minutes from the Transportation Committee meeting of 05/27/14 191 192 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Haggerton Transportation Committee FROM: Bob Giberson, Public Works Director BY: David Sorensen, Project Manager DATE: May 23,2O14 SUBJECT: 2014 Overlay and Repair Program Project No. 91410401, Contract No. 13-193 Supplement No. 1 for Construction Management Services ISSUE Execute Supplement No. 1 with KPG, Inc. to provide construction management services for the 2014 Overlay and Repair Program. BACKGROUND Five (5) engineering firms were evaluated to provide construction management services for the City's 2014 Overlay and Repair Program (see attached scoring and selection matrix). Each consulting firm provides services with expertise in multiple engineering disciplines. All of the firms are qualified; however KPG, Inc. possesses a knowledge and understanding of the City's program that provides efficiency and benefits which cannot be matched at this time by any other firm. KPG, Inc. has prepared preliminary plans for several of the p ject segments as part of the 2013 Overlay and Repair Program and has also performed very well on previous City projects, including preliminary design of the 2014 Overlay and Repair Program. The selection of a consultant to provide these services will continue to be evaluated annually as consultant's staffing and expertise change over time. DISCUSSKOM. KPG, Inc. has provided a supp|ennert, scope of work, and fee estimate for construction management services for the 2014 Overlay and Repair Program for $168,729.49. Construction bid opening is scheduled for May 28, 2014. FISCAL IMPACT Sup No. 1 CM Budget Construction Management Sup No. 1 $ 168.729.49 $ 175.000.00 RECOMMENDATION Council is being asked to approve Supplement No. 1 to Contract No. 13-193 for construction management services with KPG, Inc. for the 2014 Overlay and Repair Program in the amount of $168,729.49 and consider this item on the Consent Agenda at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. Attachments: Consultant Selecflon Scoring Matrix Vicinity Map Page 15, 2014 CIP Contract, Scope of Work and Fee Estimate wIPW Eng1PROJECTS1A- RW .5 RS ProjectslAnnual Overlay & Repair ProgramsI2014 Overlay 8, Repair Program (91410401)ICN Management\ D=mrmumuem"muw51wG 05-23-14.docx 194 2014 Overlay Program — Contract for Construction Management Services DEA Associate: 4 m Jason Engineering 0 c a Y CH2M Hill, Inc. Paving project design/ constuction experience. 1 3 3 3 3 Current Knowledge of FHWA, State, and Tukwila Standards and Procedures 2 1 2 4 3 Environmental Experience 2 2 2 2 2 Experience with similar federal aid projects? 2 2 2 3 3 Expertise Using Federal Funds 2 2 3 3 3 Project Manager 1 1 2 5 4 Small Scale Projects 2 2 1 4 2 Utilities 2 2 3 3 3 Stormwater, Drainage, and Detention Design. 1 2 3 4 4 Plan Review 1 2 3 4 4 Contruction Inspection 1 3 3 4 4 Survey Crew In -House 2 1 4 4 2 TOTALS 19 23 31 43 37 For each category, highest score is 5 (with the lowest or worst score 1) Consultant with the highest score is ranked the best. Staff: Dave Sorensen Selection Date: 5/13/14 Selected Consultant: KPG, Inc. Selection Justification: This firm has demonstrated relevant pavement project design experience including exceptional familiarity with WSDOT/ FHWA standards, and a solid DBE approach and commitment. And has performed well on previous city overlay projects in providing design and CM services. Based on overall score KPG prevailed. S 152ND ST FORT DENT PARK EVANS BLACK DR v 'r s so�% o 2 2014 OVERLAY PROGRAM 1 7 18 COVER SHEET s no 13156COV.DWG scale AS SHOWN no d date r revisions d date 03/14 CITY OF TUKWILA CAPITAL PROJECT SUMMARY 2014 to 2019 PROJECT: Annual Overlay and Repair Program Project No, 91310401 DESCRIPTION: Select, design and construct asphalt and concrete pavement overlays of arterial and residential streets, JUSTIFICATION: Preserve and maintain the street structure in a safe and useable state by resurfacing before failure which also minimizes costs. Some individual sites may be coordinated with water, sewer, and surface water projects. STATUS: Each year various sections of roadway throughout the City are designed and constructed for asphalt overlay, MAINT, IMPACT: Reduces annual maintenance. COMMENT: Ongoing project. Only one year actuals shown in first column, FINANCIAL (in $000's) EXPENSES Design Land (R/W) Const. Mgmt, Construction TOTAL EXPENSES FUND SOURCES Awarded Grant Proposed Grant Mitigation Actual Mitigation Expected City Oper, Revenue TOTAL SOURCES Through Estimated 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 BEYOND TOTAL 194 165 969 1,328 100 100 100 175 1,225 1,500 125 175 1,250 1,550 125 175 1,260 1,560 150 200 1,300 1,650 150 200 1,320 1,670 175 225 1,325 1,725 175 225 1,325 1,725 1,328 1,328 100 100 1,500 1,500 1,550 1,550 1,560 1,560 1,650 1,650 1,670 1,670 1,725 1,725 1,725 1,725 1,294 0 1,540 9,974 12,808 0 0 0 0 12,808 12,808 2014 - 2019 Capital Improvement Program 15 197 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT NO. 1 AGREEMENT No. 13 -193 PROJECT NO. 91410401 City of Tukwila Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 KPG, Inc. 753 - 9th Avenue N. Seattle, WA 98109 PROJECT: 2014 Overlay Program — Construction Services This SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT NO. 1 is to supplement the agreement entered into with KPG, Inc. and the City of Tukwila, which was executed on the 2nd day of December, 2013. All provisions in the basic agreement remain in effect, except as expressly modified as follows: Article 2, Scope of Services, shall be supplemented with the following: The Consultant agrees to provide construction services in accordance with the scope of work included as Exhibit A. Article 4, Payment, shall be modified as follows: Payment for work provided by Consultant shall be made as provided on Exhibit B, attached hereto, provided that the total amount of payment to the Consultant for this work not exceed $168, 729.49 without express written modification of the Agreement signed by the City. The new total contract shall not exceed $288, 606.30 without express written modification of the Agreement signed by the City. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands and seals this day of , 2014. APPROVED: APPROVED: CITY OF TUKWILA KPG, INC. Jim Haggerton Mayor Attested: Christy O'Flaherty, City Clerk 198 Nelson Davis, P.E. Principal EXHIBIT A City of Tukwila 2014 Overlay Program Supplement No. 1 Construction Services Scope of Work May 19, 2014 This work will provide construction services for the construction contract to complete the City of Tukwila — 2014 Overlay Program. These services will include design support, project management, documentation control, inspection, materials testing, public involvement, and contract administration during the construction of the project, as detailed below. KPG ( "Consultant ") will provide to the City of Tukwila ( "City ") construction management services for the project. A detailed scope for the Contract follows: I. INTRODUCTION The following scope of services and associated costs are based upon the assumptions outlined below. General Assumptions: • The proposed project team will include a part-time project manager, one part -time documentation control specialist, a part -time project engineer during construction activities, one full -time inspector during construction activities when unit price work is being performed, and sub - consultant to provide services for materials testing.. It is anticipated that full -time site observation will be required for the entire project. • The level of service is based on a construction project duration of approximately 60 calendar days. • KPG estimates a total project duration of 126 calendar days (18 weeks) including preconstruction service, construction services, and project closeout. • It is anticipated that the KPG will develop the Record of Materials (ROM). This scope of services provides the management of the ROM and scheduling of required materials testing respectively. • It is anticipated that the City will review and execute the insurance, bonds, and the Construction Contract. • It is anticipated that all Community Outreach will be completed by the City. • The design engineers from KPG will be available during construction to answer questions during construction and review RAM's, shop drawings, and answer RFI's that require a level of engineering expertise outside of the capabilities of the Consultant. • Services will be performed in accordance with the Contract plans & special provisions, and City of Tukwila engineering standards. City of Tukwila — 2014 Overlay Program Page 1 of 7 KPG Construction Services Project Number 13156 Scope of Work 5/19/2014 199 EXHIBIT A II. SCOPE OF WORK The objective and purpose of this Construction Services Agreement is for the Consultant to successfully deliver the construction of the Project to the City by ensuring that the improvements are constructed in accordance with the approved Plans and Specifications, as may be amended or revised, that all of the required Project documentation is accounted for. TASK 1— MANAGEMENT /COORDINATION /ADMINISTRATION Provide overall project management, coordination with the City, monthly progress reports, and invoicing. This effort will include the following elements. • Organize and layout work for project staff. Prepare project instructions on contract administration procedures to be used during construction. • Review monthly expenditures and CM team scope activities. Prepare and submit project progress letters to the City along with invoices describing CM services provided each month. Prepare and submit reporting required by funding source(s), if any. Deliverables • Monthly invoices and progress reports TASK 2 — PRECONSTRUCTION SERVICES 2.1 Preconstruction Conference: The Consultant will prepare an agenda for, distribute notices of, and conduct a preconstruction conference in the City's offices. The Consultant's project manager, resident engineer, inspector, and document control specialist will attend the preconstruction conference. The Consultant will prepare a written record of the meeting and distribute copies of the minutes to all attendees and affected agencies, staff, etc. At the Pre - construction conference, the Consultant shall facilitate discussions with the Contractor concerning the plans, specifications, schedules, issues with utilities, unusual conditions, Federal, State, and local requirements and any other items that will result in better project understanding among the parties involved. Deliverables • Preconstruction conference agenda with meeting minutes TASK 3 — CONSTRUCTION SERVICES - FIELD 3.1 On -site Observation: The Consultant shall provide the services of one full time inspector during construction activities and other tasks necessary to monitor the progress of the work. An additional part time inspector may be incorporated as dictated by the Contractor's approach to the Work. Construction staff shall oversee the following items of work, on the project site, and will observe the technical progress of the construction, including providing day -to -day contact with the Contractor and the City: City of Tukwila — 2014 Overlay Program Construction Services Scope of Work 200 Page 2 of 7 KPG Project Number 13156 5/19/2014 EXHIBIT A o Preparation to include mobilization, clearing and grubbing, removal of structures o Grading, installation of drainage and storm sewer o Erosion Control and Planting o HMA grinding and paving o Driveways, curb, gutter and sidewalk o And all incidental items necessary to complete the Work as described in the Plans and /or Specifications. Field inspection staff will perform the following duties as a matter of their daily activities: Observe technical conduct of the construction, including providing day -to -day contact with construction contractor, City, utilities, and other stakeholders, and monitor for adherence to the Contract Documents. The Consultant's personnel will act in accordance with Sections 1 -05.1 and 1 -05.2 of the Standard Specifications. ii. Observe material, workmanship, and construction areas for compliance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes, and notify construction contractor of noncompliance. Advise the City of any non - conforming work observed during site visits. Document all material delivered to the job site in accordance with the contract documents. iv. Prepare daily inspection reports, recording the construction contractor's operations as actually observed by the Consultant; includes quantities of work placed that day, contractor's equipment and crews, and other pertinent information. v. Interpret Contract Documents in coordination with the City and KPG. vi. Resolve questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of material furnished, work performed, and rate of progress of work performed by the construction contractor. vii. Establish communications with adjacent property owners. Respond to questions from property owners and the general public. viii. Coordinate with permit holders on the Project to monitor compliance with approved permits, if applicable. ix. Prepare field records and documents to help assure the Project is administered in accordance with the funding requirements. x. Collect and calculate delivery tickets and salesman's daily reports of aggregate. All tickets will be initialed with correct bid item and stationing identified (Construction Manual 10 -2). xi. Attend and actively participate in regular on -site weekly construction meetings. xii. Take periodic digital photographs during the course of construction, and record locations. xiii. Coordinate with the City's maintenance personnel. City of Tukwila —2014 Overlay Program Construction Services Scope of Work Page 3 of 7 KPG Project Number 13156 5/19/2014 201 EXHIBIT A xiv. Punch list. Upon substantial completion of work, coordinate with the Client and affected agencies, to prepare a 'punch list' of items to be completed or corrected. Coordinate final inspection with those agencies. • 3.2 Substantial Completion: Upon substantial completion of work, coordinate with the City and other affected agencies, to perform a project inspection and develop a comprehensive list of deficiencies or 'punchlist' of items to be completed. A punchlist and Certificate of Substantial Completion will be prepared by the Consultant and issued by the City. 3.3 Materials Testing: Coordinate the work of the materials testing technicians and testing laboratories in the observation and testing of materials used in the construction; document and evaluate results of testing; and address deficiencies. Frequency of testing shall be determined by the resident engineer. Assumptions: • Consultant will provide observation services for the days /hours that the contractor's personnel are on -site. • The Consultant's monitoring of the construction contractor's activities is to ascertain whether or not they are performing the work in accordance with the Contract Documents; in case of noncompliance, Consultant will reject non - conforming work, and pursue the other remedies in the interests of the City, as detailed in the Contract Documents. The Consultant cannot guarantee the construction contractors' performance, and it is understood that Consultant shall assume no responsibility for proper construction means, methods, techniques; project site safety, safety precautions or programs; or for the failure of any other entity to perform its work in accordance with laws, contracts, regulations, or City's expectations. Deliverables • Daily Construction Reports with project photos — submitted on a weekly basis • Punch List, Certificate of Substantial Completion • Review test reports for compliance City of Tukwila — 2014 Overlay Program Construction Services Scope of Work 202 Page 4 of 7 KPG Project Number 13156 5/19/2014 EXHIBIT A TASK 4.1- CONSTRUCTION SERVICES - OFFICE A. Document Control. Original documentation will be housed at the Consultant's office, and filed in accordance with standard filing protocol. A copy of working files will be maintained in the field office. Document Control consists of: • Final Estimate (Approving Authority File) • Comparison of Preliminary and Final Quantities (Approving Authority File) • Final Records (Approving Authority File) • Record of Material Samples and Tests • Affidavit of Wages Paid • Release for the Protection of Property Owners and General Contractor B. Project Coordination: Liaison with City, construction contractor, engineer, utilities and property owners on a regular basis to discuss project issues and status. C. Plan Interpretations: Provide technical interpretations of the drawings, specifications, and contract documents, and evaluate requested deviations from the approved design or specifications. Coordinate with City for resolution of issues involving scope, schedule, and /or budget changes. D. Weekly Meetings: Lead weekly meetings, including preparation of agenda, meeting minutes, and distribution of minutes to attendees. Outstanding issues to be tracked on a weekly basis. E. Initial Schedule Review: Perform detailed schedule review of contractor provided CPM for conformance with the contract documents. F. Lump Sum Breakdown: Evaluate construction contractors' Schedule of Values for lump sum items. Review the Contract Price allocations and verify that such allocations are made in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Lump Sum Breakdowns for payment each month will be calculated with detailed data. G. Monthly Pay Requests: Prepare monthly requests for payment, review with the City, contractor and approve as permitted. Utilize City provided format for pay estimates, or Consultant format. H. Monthly Schedule Review: At the monthly cutoff, review contractor's updated schedule and compare with field - observed progress, as described in Section 1 -08 of the Special Provisions. In addition, perform schedule analysis on contractor provided CPM updates and review schedule for delays and impacts. Coordinate with Contractor in the development of recovery schedules, as needed, to address delays caused by either events or issues within the Contractor's control or other events or issues beyond the Contractor's control. I. Certified Payroll: Process and track all certified payroll per State Prevailing Wage Requirements. This includes verifying the initial payroll for compliance and 10% of all payrolls submitted thereafter. Tracking payroll each week. J. Weekly Statement of Working Days: Prepare and issue weekly statement of working day report each week. K. Subcontractor Documentation: Process / Approve all required subcontractor documentation. Request to Sublets will be verified and logged. This includes checking System Award City of Tukwila — 2014 Overlay Program Construction Services Scope of Work Page 5 of 7 KPG Project Number 13156 5/19/2014 203 EXHIBIT A Management System (SAMS), verifying business licensing, reviewing insurance documentation, verifying city business licensing, Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage and Affidavit of Wages Paid. All subcontractor documentation will be logged into KPG's subcontractor Togs. L. Record Drawings: Review record drawings prepared by the Contractor, and prepare a conformed set of project record drawings based on Contractor provided information and from inspection notes. Record drawings to be verified on a monthly basis, as part of the progress payment to the Contractor. Upon project completion, contractor provided markups will be verified for completeness and supplemented with inspection information. The Consultant will provide the marked up plan sheets with both the contractors and inspectors as -built information. Revise CAD drawings to reflect as -built conditions based on Contractor /Inspector provided redlines. M. Physical Completion Letter: Following completion of all punchlist work, prepare physical completion letter to the contractor, and recommend that City and /or Utilities accept the project. N. Project Closeout: Transfer all project documents to the City for permanent storage. • Schedule review comments • As -built schedule • Meeting agendas and notes • Monthly Pay Estimates • Subcontractor Packets • Cost Projection • Physical Completion Letter • Final Project Documents TASK 4.2 — SUBMITTAL /RFI PROCESSING A. Submittals: Coordinate review process for shop drawings, samples, traffic control plans, test reports, and other submittals from the Contractor for compliance with the contract documents. Key submittals to be transmitted to the City for their review and approval. Submittals shall be logged and tracked. B. Request for Information (RFI): Review and respond to RFI's. RFI's shall be logged and tracked. C. Record of Materials (ROM): Utilize ROM prepared by KPG and update based on Special Provisions and Plans for use on the project, based on the contract specifications. The ROM will be maintained by the Resident Engineer. The ROM will track all of the materials delivered to the site including manufacturer /supplier, approved RAM's, QPL items, material compliance documentation, and all other required documentation. Deliverables • Submittal log • RFI Log • Completed Record of Material for Material Certification City of Tukwila — 2014 Overlay Program Construction Services Scope of Work 204 Page 6 of 7 KPG Project Number 13156 5/19/2014 EXHIBIT A TASK 4.3 — CHANGE MANAGEMENT A. Case Log: Develop and maintain a case log which includes change orders, RFP's, Field Work Directives B. Change Orders: Develop change orders and provide technical assistance to negotiate change orders, and assist in resolution of disputes which may occur during the course of the project. Each change order will be executed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications and contain the following: • Change order • Independent Cost Estimate • Time Impact Analysis • Contractor's Pricing • Verbal Approval Memo • Back up documentation C. Field Work Directives: Prepare field work directives as necessary to keep the contractor on schedule. D. Minor Change Orders: Develop minor change orders per WSDOT Standard Specifications. Each minor change order will be executed and contain the following: • Independent Cost Estimate • Verbal Approval Memo • Back up documentation E. Force Account: Track contractor force account labor, equipment and materials. All force account calculations will be verified by the engineer and double checked by the documentation specialist. Deliverables • Change Order(s) • Case Management Log • RFI Log • Minor Change Order(s) • Force Account Records City of Tukwila — 2014 Overlay Program Construction Services Scope of Work Page 7 of 7 KPG Project Number 13156 5/19/2014 205 HOUR AND FEE ESTIMATE Project: City of Tukwila 2014 Overlay Program Construction Services T EXHIBIT B • Architecture • Landscape Architecture • Civil Engineering • 1 - Management, Coordination, Administration (Estimated duration 18 weeks) Weekly level of effort by Classification 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Preconstruction Budget Estimate 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 2 - Preconstruc on Services (Estimated duration 4 weeks) 5,899.27 Weekly level of effort by Classification 20 0 0 Preconstruction Budget Estimate 8 0 80 0 0 40 0 20 40 6 21,783.64 3 - Construction Services (Estimated duration 10 weeks Weekly level of effort by Classification Construction Period Bud _etEstimate 20 4 - Closeout/Record Dwg Services (Estimated duration 4 Weekly level of effort by Classification i Closeout / Record Dwg Budget Estimate eeks) 2 8 0 0 10 40 0 0 5 20 40 0 16 0 0 16 64 4 16 5,508.00 20,802.97 Reimbursables & Subconsultants 5/20/2014 Material Testing Allowance $ Construction Vehicle (3 months © $750) $ Miscellaneous - Mileage, Repro, Field Supplies $ 17,500.00 2,250.00 3,000.00 Project Cost Estimate Special Inspection and QA Testing Tukwila 2014 Overlay Program Tukwila, Washington Prepared For: Nathan Monroe with KPG A GEOSCIENCES INC. wannomftminammtnalataxemmatiSneagaitalmanna HWA Ref: 2014- P088 -23 Date: 16- May -14 Revised: Prepared By: SB PROPOSED WORK SCOPE: This cost estimate was prepared from a set of drawings and specifications obtained from Client HWA proposed services will consist of field inspection and testing, including: 1. Sampling and Laboratory testing of compacted aggregates (Gravel Borrow, CSTC). 2. Inspection and compaction testing of Gravel Borrow and CSTC. 3. Sampling bitumen oil and aggregates at HMA plant to establish Oven Correction Factor. 4. Inspection and testing of HMA placement and compaction. 5. Sampling of HMA mix at the Plant, laboratory testing for theoretical Rice Density, bitumen content and gradation. 6. Written field reports will be prepared for all inspections and reviewed for QC. Not included in HWA work scope: Assessment of safety or environmental issues. ESTIMATED HWA LABOR: WORK TASK DESCRIPTION 2014 PERSONNEL & HOL RLY RATES TOTAL AMOUNT Principal $190.00 Proj Mgr $160.00 Inspector $80.00 Clerical $71.00 TOTAL HOURS Soils Inspection and Testing, including: Sampling CSTC and Gravel Borrow for laboratory testing 6 6 $480 Compaction testing of Gravel Borrow and CSTC 24 24 $1,920 Asphalt Inspection and Testing, including: Sampling of Cold Feed and Oil at the HMA batch plant 4 4 $320 Sampling of HMA from Batch Plant 28 28 $2,240 Monitoring and Testing during Placement of HMA 60 60 $4,800 Project Management, QA Review and Reporting 4 16 2 22 $3,462 TOTAL LABOR: 4 16 122 2 144 $13,222 2014- P088 -23 Tukwila 2014 overlay Program 1 of 2 HWA GeoSciences Inc. LABORATORY TESTING ESTIMATE: LABORATORY TEST Est. No. Tests Unit Test Cost Total Cost Laboratory acceptance testing of CSTC 1 $215 $215 Laboratory acceptance testing of Gravel Borrow 1 $175 $175 Proctors on compacted Materials 2 $200 $400 HMA ignition oven correction factor 3 $90 $270 HMA testing for Rice, extraction and grading 7 $235 $1,645 $2,705 ESTIMATED DIRECT EXPENSES: Mileage IRS Rate $300 Mileage for sampling aggregates and I-LIVIA at sources $300 Nuclear Gauge Rental @ $30 /day $240 TOTAL DIRECT EXPENSES: $840 ESTIMATED PROJECT TOTALS AND SUMMARY: Total labor cost $13,222 Laboratory testing $2,705 Direct expenses $840 ESTIMATED TOTAL: $16,767 Assumptions: 1. These estimates may require adjustment due to the Contractor's rate of construction, weather delays, night work and /or other factors beyond our control. 2. The HWA PM reserves the right to shift hours between the various subtasks as required. 3. All night work is charged at 8 hour minimum segment and at additional 15% over normal charge out rate. 2014- P088 -23 Tukwila 2014 overlay Program 2 of 2 HWA GeoSciences Inc. Transportation Committee Minutes Mav 27, 2014 - Page 2 D. Construction Management Supplement: 2014 Overlay and Repair Program Staff is seeking Council approval of Supplement No. 1 to Contract 13 -193 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $168,729.49 for construction management of the 2014 Overlay and Repair Program. KPG was chosen from five firms due to their unique knowledge and experience with the City. This annual program provides for the construction of asphalt and concrete pavement overlays of certain streets, and the 2014 construction management budget is $175,000. Staff noted that the 2013 project map was inadvertently included and will replace it with the update prior to Council action. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. E. Interurban Avenue South (South 143`d Street to Fort Dent Way) Staff is seeking Council approval of the following items relating to the construction of the pedestrian improvements on Interurban Avenue South (S. 143rd Street to Fort Dent Way) Project: 1. Contract with Anchor QEA in the amount of $1,078,720.00 for construction management services; and 2. Supplement No. 2 with KPG, Inc. in the amount of $357,973.00 for on -call design support services. If these contracts are approved, the project cost will be $10,499,201.39, which is under the budget of $10,795,000.00 There are several potential utility conflicts in the project area requiring additional coordination, and KPG will assist with this coordination if the agreement is approved. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. F. Resolution: Declaring an Emergency in Response to Landslide above Klickitat Drive. Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would declare an emergency due to damages caused by the March 2014 landslide above the Klickitat Drive retaining wall, which caused damage to the elevated timber walkway. Federal Emergency Relief funds became available after Governor Inslee's declaration of an emergency, and the City is partnering with WSDOT in order to stablilize the slope and repair the walkway simultaneously. Work is expected to be completed this summer. The City's 13.5% match of $8,501.00 will come from the Annual Bridge Program. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 2, 2014 REGULAR CONSENT AGENDA. G. Resolution: Adoption of the Six -Year Transportation Improvement Program (2015 -2020) Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would adopt the annual update of the Six - Year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) for 2015 -2010. The TIP, updated annually as required by the RCW, is a compilation of transportation projects planned within the next six years that are deemed regionally significant or that have grant funding awarded or expected. Committee members and staff reviewed the list of projects. Several projects were deleted from this TIP update due to their completion, because they are no longer deemed necessary, or because they are not expected to occur until after 2020. The Committee requested that staff include the reasons for each project's deletion in the information that is provided to the Committee of the Whole. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO JUNE 9, 2014 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE, INCLUDING PUBLIC HEARING. III. SOUTH COUNTY AREA TRANSPORTATION BOARD (SCATBD) Meeting The April 15, 2014 Meeting Summary and May 20, 2014 Agenda were included in the packet. The Committee agreed to discuss a potential Council statement on oil train traffic at a future meeting date. The Council Analyst will assist with this. 209 210 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Imtiate MeetingDate Prepared by M ,orr review Council review 05/27/14 BG /(fii El Resolution Alt,g Date 06/02/14 BG 214 14 E Public [1eariu Mt Date 1 Other Alt& Date .Akg Dale SP ONSOR E cou, • Mcgor FIR LIIj DCD LI Finance fie LI IT • 136—R LI Police 11 P117 SPONSOR'S The East Marginal Way South Storm Pipe Replacement Project was advertised for bids on SUMMARY April 29 and May 6, 2014. Five bids were opened May 13, 2014 with the low bid of $2,058,782.30 from James W. Fowler Co. James W. Fowler has successfully worked for other governmental agencies. The 412 Surface Water's Ending Fund Balance will have to be utilized for $175,000 for a portion of the 10% contingency. Council is being asked to award the bid to James W. Fowler Co. in the amount of $2,058,782.30. RINIEWED BY E CO' Mtg. ElI CA&P Cmte El F&S Cmte 111 Transportation Cmte Z Utilities Cmte L Arts Comm. H Parks Comm. 0 Planning Comm. DATE: 05/19/14 COMMITTEE CHAIR: KATE KRULLER ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 5 CAS NUMBER: STAFF SPONSOR: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINA.1, AGENDA IIVIE: 05/27/14 AGF;NDA 'TUN TITLE East Marginal Way South Storm Pipe Replacement Bid Award to James W. Fowler Co. C,VIEGoRY Z Dzlicussion A ate 05/27/14 Ill motion AN Date El Resolution Alt,g Date E Ordinance A Itg Dale Bid Award 06/02/14 E Public [1eariu Mt Date 1 Other Alt& Date .Akg Dale SP ONSOR E cou, • Mcgor FIR LIIj DCD LI Finance fie LI IT • 136—R LI Police 11 P117 SPONSOR'S The East Marginal Way South Storm Pipe Replacement Project was advertised for bids on SUMMARY April 29 and May 6, 2014. Five bids were opened May 13, 2014 with the low bid of $2,058,782.30 from James W. Fowler Co. James W. Fowler has successfully worked for other governmental agencies. The 412 Surface Water's Ending Fund Balance will have to be utilized for $175,000 for a portion of the 10% contingency. Council is being asked to award the bid to James W. Fowler Co. in the amount of $2,058,782.30. RINIEWED BY E CO' Mtg. ElI CA&P Cmte El F&S Cmte 111 Transportation Cmte Z Utilities Cmte L Arts Comm. H Parks Comm. 0 Planning Comm. DATE: 05/19/14 COMMITTEE CHAIR: KATE KRULLER RECOMMENDATIONS: SpoNsoR/ADmiN. Commilvri-T, Public Works Unanimous Approval; Forward to Committee of the Whole COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE EXPENDITURE REQUIRED AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $2,058,782.30 $2,010,000.00 $175,000.00 Fund Source: 412 SURFACE WATER (PAGE 85, 2014 CIP) Comments: $175,000.00 will be funded from the Surface Water Ending Fund Balance MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 5/27/14 Forward to next Regular Meeting MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 5/27/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/16/14 Page 85, 2014 CIP with vicinity map Contract Recommendation Letter Bid Tabulation Minutes from the Utilities Committee meeting of 05/19/14 06/02/14 No Attachments 211 212 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Meeting Date Prepared Gy Mayor's rew, i ourzal review c-nl/rid 05/27/14 KG/SB rn. 06/02/14 KG / SB 114± Bid Award Mtg Date _Public Hearing Alt,g Date Other Mtg Date /24/14 CATI;()RY MC1407.011 Mtg Date SP ONSOR Council Mayor DCD 11 .Finance — Fire 11 IT E PR E Police HR. ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 6.A. 213 STAFF SPONSOR: STEPHANIE BROWN ORIGINAL AGENDA DATk: 5/27/14 AGINi).\ ITEM TITI,I; Authorize the Mayor to sign three Collective Bargaining Agreements (CBAs) with Teamsters Local Union No. 763 for contract years 2014-2016. 5/27/14 Z Mtg Motion Date 06/02/14 Resolution ilit Date Ordinance Mtg Date Bid Award Mtg Date _Public Hearing Alt,g Date Other Mtg Date /24/14 CATI;()RY MC1407.011 Mtg Date SP ONSOR Council Mayor DCD 11 .Finance — Fire 11 IT E PR E Police HR. SPoNS0R'S City staff, the labor relations consultant, and Teamsters Local Union No. 763 (representing SUMMARY administrative/clerical, maintenance/trades, and professional/supervisory employees) bargaining team opened labor negotiations on January 7, 2014, in an effort to reach an agreement on a successor labor contract. A tentative agreement has been reached and information is being presented for City Council approval and to authorize the Mayor to sign the successor Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA). RI WIIA\7ED I3Y COW Mtg. 11 CA&P Cmte _ F&S Cmte Transportation Cmte Utilities Cmte Arts Comm. Parks Comm. Planning Comm. DATE: N/A COMMIITEE CHAIR: RECOMMENDATIONS: SP()Nsoit/ADmiN. CommiTru Human Resources Department COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE Exi,F,NDITuRF: RUQUIRIM AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $ $ $ Fund Source: C 0117111ents: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 5/27/14 Forward to next Regular Meeting MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 5/27/14 Informational Memorandum dated 5/20/14 (Copy of 2014-2016 Labor Agreement provided under separate cover.) 6/2/14 No attachments 213 214 COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS MeetingDate Prepared by May .-'s review Council review 5/19/14 CO 05/19/14 5/27/14 CO Ordinance .711/g Date 6/2/14 11 Bid Aniard Mig Dale 6/02/14 CO Au \ AA AltgDate 05/27/14 SPONSOR Council layor HR. ]DCD _.— 171/lance Fire — IT __ P6R Police P IF A ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 6.B. 215 STAFF SPONSOR: DAVID CLINE/SHELLEY KERSLAKE ORIGINAL AG I MI \ DATI: 5/19/14 AGIN1);\ HA TiTim: Third amendment to Tukwila South Development Agreement of a Fire Facilities Agreement. (DA) and consideration 05/19/14 Motion 4i Dale Resolution Ali's Date Ordinance .711/g Date 6/2/14 11 Bid Aniard Mig Dale _ Other Mtg Date CATHG()RY 11 Discussion K. Public Hearing AN Date AltgDate 05/27/14 SPONSOR Council layor HR. ]DCD _.— 171/lance Fire — IT __ P6R Police P IF A SI' oNSoit' S This item is for discussion only on 5/19/14, with a public hearing scheduled for 5/27/14 SUMMARY and adoption on 6/2/14. The Council is being asked to approve the 3rd amendment to the Tukwila South DA which would remove requirements for accounting protocols and Segale's O&M guarantee and authorize the Mayor to enter into a Fire Facilities Agreement. Rkvii\x/i BY — COW Mtg. CA&P Cmte F&S Cmte _ Transportation Cmte _ Utilities Cmtc Arts Comm. Parks Comm. Planning Comm. DATE: CO MITTEE CHAIR: RECOMMENDATIONS: SPoNsoR/ADmiN. Commurm Mayor's Office/City Attorney COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE EXITINDITURk Rlu1R!:u AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED 0 $0 so Fund Source: N/A Comments: n/a MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 5/19/14 Forward to 5/27/14 C.O.W, with suggested change to page 2 of DA amendment 427/14 Forward to next Regular Meeting MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 5/19/14 Informational Memorandum dated 5/13/14 Ordinance authorizing the 3rd amendment to the Development Agreement (DA) Third amendment to the DA Fire Facilities Agreement 5/27/14 Updated Informational Memorandum dated 5/20/14 Ordinance authorizing the 3rd amendment to the DA Third Amendment to the DA and Fire Facilities Agreement 6/2/14 Ordinance in final form, with language modifications to the Fire Facilities 215 216 Citv of Tukwila Washington Ordinance No. AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 18.86 OF THE TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE; APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE TUKWILA SOUTH DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT WITH SEGALE PROPERTIES, LLC, A WASHINGTON LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, RCW 36.70B.170, et seq. and Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Chapter 18.86 authorize development agreements between the City and persons having ownership or control of real property in order to establish development standards to govern and vest the development use and mitigation of real properties; and WHEREAS, the City and Sega le entered into that certain Development Agreement relating to the Tukwila South development, dated June 10, 2009 (the "Development Agreement"), approved by Ordinance No. 2233, and as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Development Agreement dated May 18, 2010 (the "First Amendment") and that certain Second Amendment to Development Agreement dated November 20, 2012 (the "Second Amendment"); and WHEREAS, the City of Tukwila and Sega le Properties, LLC, wish to enter into a Third Amendment to the Tukwila South Development Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A; and WHEREAS, as required pursuant to TMC Section 18.86.050, a public hearing was conducted on the 27th day of May 2014 to take public testimony regarding this Third Amendment to the Development Agreement as proposed; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS: W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Third amendment to DA-Tukwila South 5-14-14 RBT:bjs Page 1 of 2 217 Section 1. The Third Amendment to the Tukwila South Development Agreement by and between the City of Tukwila and Sega le Properties, LLC, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, is hereby approved and the Mayor is authorized and directed to execute said Third Amendment to Development Agreement on behalf of the City of Tukwila. Section 2. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering and section/subsection numbering. Section 3. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation. Section 4. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be published in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force five days after passage and publication as provided by law. PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST/AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Jim Haggerton, Mayor Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Published: Effective Date: Ordinance Number: Exhibit A: Third Amendment to Development Agreement by and between the City of Tukwila and Segale Properties, LLC, for the Tukwila South Development W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Third amendment to DA-Tukwila South 5-14-14 RBT:bjs 218 Page 2 of 2 THIRD AMENDMENT TO DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF TUKWILA AND SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC, FOR THE TUKWILA SOUTH DEVELOPMENT THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT (the "Third Amendment ") is made and entered into this day of June, 2014, by and between the CITY OF TUKWILA ( "City "), a non - charter, optional code Washington municipal corporation, and SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC, a Washington limited liability company ( "Segale "). 1. RECITALS WHEREAS, the City and Segale entered into that certain Development Agreement relating to the Tukwila South development, dated June 10, 2009 (the "Development Agreement ") as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Development Agreement dated May 18, 2010 (the "First Amendment ") and that certain Second Amendment to Development Agreement dated November 20, 2012 (the "Second Amendment "). WHEREAS, Sections 4.8.1 and 4.8.3 of the Development Agreement require Segale to pay the City an O &M Guarantee for Tukwila South Project O &M Expenses and for the City and Segale to establish accounting protocols for the tracking of O &M Revenue and O &M Expenses; and WHEREAS, the Parties previously agreed to extend the deadline for executing a memorandum of understanding documenting the accounting protocols such that the effective deadline for executing such memorandum is June 16, 2014. The Parties have held many meetings and hired a consultant to assist with the development of accounting protocols, but agree that accurately tracking O &M Revenues and O &M Expenses is not feasible; and WHEREAS, the reimbursement provisions of Section 4.8.1 of the Development Agreement were based upon an aggressive build -out schedule for the Tukwila South Project, a schedule which, due to many factors including the economic downturn, has not proved viable. Given the lack of development activity to date, and the remaining site preparation work to be performed, the risk assumptions that led to the provisions set forth in Section 4.8.1 of the Development Agreement are no longer applicable; and WHEREAS, the Parties have negotiated an alternative to the O &M Guarantee, and as such desire to amend the Development Agreement; and [1] 219 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and the long -term benefit to both the City and Segale, the parties hereby agree as follows: 11. AGREEMENT 1. Defined terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Development Agreement. 2. Segale shall be relieved of the O &M Guarantee obligation set forth in Section 4.8.1, and Sections 4.8.1, 4.8.3, and 4.8.4.1 are hereby deleted in their entirety. Segale shall be relieved of the Bridge funding obligations set forth in Section 4.5.2, and Section 4.5.2 is hereby deleted in its entirety. For purposes of clarity, the Parties acknowledge and agree that although sewer connection charges may still apply to the Tukwila South Project, as a result of the elimination of the O &M Guarantee, the provisions of Section 4.4 concerning credit toward O &M Revenue for sewer connection charges are no longer applicable. 2.1. Pursuant to Sections 4.8.4 and 4.5.2, Segale has provided the City with the O &M LC, the O &M Deed of Trust and the Bridge LC, all of which are unnecessary as a result of this Third Amendment. Therefore, within five (5) business days of the effective date of this Third Amendment, the City shall submit to the Escrow Agent a request for release and reconveyance of the O &M LC, the O &M Deed of Trust and the Bridge LC. 3. The provisions set forth in this Third Amendment are expressly contingent on the Parties entering into the Fire Facilities Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. The effective date of this Third Amendment shall be the date of mutual execution of the Fire Facilities Agreement. 4. Section 8 of the Development Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows: 8. Modifications to Agreement. This Agreement contains all terms, conditions, and provisions agreed upon by the parties hereto, and shall not be modified except by written amendment executed by both parties. Amendments to this Agreement that materially modify the intent and policy of the Agreement must be approved by the City Council. Other amendments may be approved by the City Mayor; however, any such amendment must be provided to the City Council members in writing at least one (1) week prior to execution of the amendment by the Mayor. 5. This Third Amendment shall be recorded against the Tukwila South property as a covenant running with the land. 6. Notice address for Segale shall be as follows: [2] 220 If to Segale: If to the City: Segale Properties LLC P.O. Box 88028 Tukwila, Washington 98138 -2028 Attn: Mr. Mark A. Segale City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn: City Clerk 7. Except as amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Development Agreement remain in full force and effect. Any provisions of the Development Agreement which refer to a section or obligation deleted by this Third Amendment shall be interpreted as to give full effect to such provision, but for reference to the deleted section or obligation. In Witness Whereof, the parties have caused this Third Amendment to be executed, effective on the day and year set forth on the first page hereof. CITY OF TUKWILA, a Washington municipal corporation By: Jim Haggerton, Its Mayor Date: Segale Properties LLC, a Washington limited liability company By: Metro Land Development, Inc., Its: Manager By: Date: M. A. Segale, President [3] 221 STATE OF WASHINGTON ) COUNTY OF ) ) ss. On this day of , 20_, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared M. A. Segale, to me known to be the person who signed as President of Metro Land Development, Inc., Manager of SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC, the limited liability company that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that M. A. Segale was authorized to execute said instrument on behalf of the limited liability company. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. (Signature of Notary) (Print or stamp name of Notary) NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at My appointment expires: [4] 222 STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) ss. COUNTY OF ) On this day of , 20_, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared , to me known to be the person who signed as of the City of Tukwila, the municipal corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that was authorized to execute said instrument on behalf of the limited liability company. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. (Signature of Notary) (Print or stamp name of Notary) NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at My appointment expires: [5] 223 EXHIBIT A FIRE FACILITIES AGREEMENT [6] 224 FIRE FACILITIES AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF TUKWILA AND SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC, THIS FIRE FACILITIES AGREEMENT ( "Agreement ") is made and entered into this day of May, 2014, by and between the CITY OF TUKWILA ( "City "), a non - charter, optional code Washington Municipal Corporation, and SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC, a Washington limited liability company ( "Segale "), formerly known as "LA PIANTA LLC." I. RECITALS WHEREAS, the City and Segale entered into a certain Development Agreement relating to the Tukwila South development ( "Tukwila South "), dated June 10, 2009 (the "Development Agreement ") as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Development Agreement dated May 18, 2010 (the "First Amendment ") and that certain Second Amendment to Development Agreement dated November 21, 2012 (the "Second Amendment "); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.6.2 of the Development Agreement, Segale dedicated to the City, for use as a fire station, the real property legally described on the attached Exhibit A (the "Fire Station Property "); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Tukwila Municipal Code chapter 16.26, development activity with the City of Tukwila is required to pay a fire impact fee; and WHEREAS, parties agree that there is mutual benefit in the timely construction of a fire station on the Fire Station Property; and NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and the long -term benefit to both the City and Segale, the parties hereby agree as follows: II. AGREEMENT 1. Defined Terms. Defined terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Development Agreement and Tukwila Municipal Code chapter 16.26. 2. Fire Impact Fees. The City is authorized under RCW 82.02.050 through RCW 82.02.090 to collect an Impact Fee to fund fire facilities needed to serve growth and development ( "Fire Impact Fee "). The terms of this Agreement are expressly contingent on the City, during the Term of this Agreement, keeping in full force and effect the provisions of Tukwila Municipal Code chapter 16.26, which may be amended from time -to -time, and assessing a Fire Impact Fee on all Development Activity within the Tukwila South Project. However, the City retains the ability to waive or otherwise reduce impact fees on a development by development basis, pursuant to state law; provided that the reduction in fees does not fall below the City refund requirement - 1 - 225 pursuant to this agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Fire Impact Fee collected by the City from Development Activity within the Tukwila South Project shall be referred to as the "Project Fire Impact Fee(s)." This agreement relates to Fire Impact Fees only, and not to any other impact fees that may be assessed pursuant to the Development Agreement or state or local law. 3. Fire Impact Fee Payment. In order to mitigate the impacts of the Tukwila South Project on the City's fire facilities, Segale shall make the following payments, which shall be paid in annual installments commencing December 1, 2017 (the "Annual Installments "), in accordance with the payment schedule set forth in the attached Exhibit B (the "Payment Schedule "): a. Segale shall pay the City a non - refundable mitigation fee in the amount of One Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,750,000.00) (the "Mitigation Payment "). b. Segale shall pay the City a refundable Fire Impact Fee deposit in the amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) (the "Fire Impact Fee Deposit "). 4. Refund of Deposit. The City shall provide Segale with a refund of the Fire Impact Fee Deposit (the "Refund "), provided that the Project Fire Impact Fees collected by the City for development within the Tukwila South Project shall be the sole source of revenue for the Refund, and provided further, Segale shall not be entitled to receive interest on the Fire Impact Fee Deposit. Commencing January 1, 2018, the Refund shall be paid by the City annually, no later than January 31' of each year, in an amount equal to the Project Fire Impact Fees collected by the City for development within the Tukwila South Project during the preceding year (the " Annual Refund "); provided, the Annual Refund amount shall not exceed the total amount of Annual Installments paid as of the date of the Annual Refund and in the event the annual amount of Project Fire Impact Fees exceeds the total Annual Installments, the balance shall be carried forward and refunded in subsequent years. 5. Record Keeping. The City shall maintain records of the Project Fire Impact Fees, and the City shall provide Segale with quarterly reports indicating the amount of Project Fire Impact Fees collected during the preceding quarter. 6. Use of Fire Impact Fee. The City shall use the Mitigation Payment and the Fire Impact Fee Deposit solely for financing the design, construction and operation of fire facilities on the Fire Station Property, and for no other purpose. The City shall commence construction of a fire station on the Fire Station Property by the end of the payment schedule set forth in Exhibit B. 7. Security for Payment. Segale's obligation to pay the Mitigation Payment and the Fire Impact Fee Deposit shall be secured by a deed of trust, in the form of the attached Exhibit C (the "Deed of Trust "), recorded against the real property legally described in the attached Exhibit D (the "Encumbered Property "). Segale shall have the right to substitute as security from time to time one or more deeds of trust in the same or similar form on other real estate acceptable to the City in the exercise of reasonable discretion -2- 226 so long as the unencumbered value of the substituted collateral is equal to or greater than Segale's financial obligation under this Agreement. 8. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in effect for the latter of (i) fifteen eighteen (15) (18) years, or (ii) until Segale receives a full refund of the Fire Impact Fee Deposit. 9. Assignment of Rights. In its sole discretion, Segale may assign this Agreement to any party who acquires, through lease or purchase, 50% or more of the property within the Tukwila South Project. 10. Default. No party shall be deemed in default under this Agreement unless it has failed to perform as required for a period of thirty (30) after written notice of default from the other party. A party not in default under this Agreement shall have all rights and remedies provided by law or equity, including without limitation damages, specific performance, or writs to compel performance or require action consistent with this Agreement. In the event the City defaults in the performance of its obligation under this Agreement, Segale shall, in addition to all remedies available at law or equity, be entitled to suspend performance of its obligations until the City's default is cured. 11. General Provisions. a. Notice. All communications, notices, and demands of any kind that a party under this Agreement requires or desires to give to any other party shall be in writing and either (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by facsimile transmission with an additional copy mailed first class, or (iii) deposited in the U.S. mail, certified mail postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows: If to the City: City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 Attn: Mayor's Office and Director of Public Works and Director of Community Development If to Segale: Segale Properties LLC P.O. Box 88028 Tukwila, Washington 98138 -2028 Attn: Mr. Mark A. Segale Notice by hand delivery or facsimile shall be effective upon receipt, provided that notice by facsimile shall be accompanied by mailed notice as set forth herein and shall be evidenced by a machine - printed confirmation of successful transmission. If deposited in the mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, - 3 - 227 notice shall be deemed delivered forty -eight (48) hours after deposited. Any party at any time by notice to the other party may designate a different address or person to which such notice or communication shall be given. b. Payments. Any payment required to be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, which is not paid by the due date set forth herein, shall be subject to an interest charge at the rate of 12% per annum. c. Authority. Each party respectively represents and warrants that it has the power and authority, and is duly authorized, to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions herein stated, and to deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. d. Exhibits Incorporated. Exhibits A through D are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth. e. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for reference only and shall not be construed to expand, limit or otherwise modify the terms and conditions of this Agreement. f. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and of every provision hereof. Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the reference to "days" shall mean calendar days. If any time for action occurs on a weekend or legal holiday in the State of Washington, then the time period shall be extended automatically to the next business day. g. Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no other agreements, oral or written, except as expressly set forth herein. DATED this day of June, 2014. CITY OF TUKWILA SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC By: Metro Land Development, Inc., Its: Manager By: Jim Haggerton, Mayor By: M. A. Segale, President 4 228 Attest/Authenticated: City Clerk Approved as to Form: Office of the City Attorney 5- 229 EXHIBIT A Legal Description of Fire Station Property New Parcel C of City of Tukwila Boundary Line Adjustment No. L 13 -005, as recorded in the public records of King County, Washington, under recording no. 20130227900005. 6 230 EXHIBIT B Payment Schedule Payment Date Payment Amount Dec. 1, 2017 $ 500,000.00 Dec. 12018 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2019 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2020 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2021 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2022 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2023 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2024 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2025 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2026 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2027 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2028 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2029 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2030 $ 300,000.00 Dec. 1, 2031 $ 350,000.00 Total Payments $ 4,750,000.00 7 231 EXHIBIT C Form of Deed of Trust DEED OF TRUST (For Use in the State of Washington) THIS DEED OF TRUST, made this _ day of 2014, between SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC, a Washington limited liability company, GRANTOR, whose address is 5811 Segale Park Drive C, Tukwila, WA 98188, COMMONWEALTH LAND TITLE COMPANY OF PUGET SOUND, LLC, a Washington limited liability company, TRUSTEE, whose address is 14450 N.E. 29th Place, #200, Bellevue, WA 98007, and THE CITY OF TUKWILA, a non - charter, optional code Washington municipal corporation, BENEFICIARY, whose address is 6200 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188. WITNESSETH: Grantor hereby bargains, sells, and conveys to Trustee in trust, with power of sale, the following described real property in King County, Washington: [See Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein] Assessor's Tax Parcel ID# 3523049120 which real property is not used principally for agricultural or farming purposes, together with all tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances now or hereafter thereunto belonging or in any wise appertaining, and the rents, issues and profits thereof. This deed is for the purpose of securing performance of each agreement of grantor herein contained, and Grantor's obligation under that certain Fire Facilities Agreement between Grantor and Beneficiary dated the _ day of , 2014 and approved by the Beneficiary's City Council as Ordinance on 2014. To protect the security of this Deed of Trust, Grantor covenants and agrees: 1. To keep the property in good condition and repair, to permit no waste thereof; to complete any building, structure or improvements being built or about to be built thereon, to restore promptly any building, structure, or improvement thereon which may be damaged or destroyed; and to comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations, covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property. 2. To pay before delinquent all lawful taxes and assessments upon the property; to keep the property free and clear of all other charges, liens or encumbrances impairing the security of this Deed of Trust. 3. To keep all buildings now or hereafter erected on the property described herein continuously insured against loss by fire or other hazards in an amount not less than 90% of the insurable value thereof. All policies shall name Beneficiary as a loss payee as its interest may appear. In the event of foreclosure, all rights of the Grantor in insurance policies then in force shall pass to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale. 4. To defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the security hereof or the rights or powers of Beneficiary or Trustee, and to pay all costs and expenses, including cost of title search and attorney's fees in a reasonable amount, in any such action or proceeding, in any suit brought by Beneficiary to foreclose this Deed of Trust. 5. To pay all costs, fees and expenses in connection with this Deed of Trust, including the expenses of the Trustee incurred in enforcing the obligation secured hereby and Trustee's and attorney's fees actually incurred, as provided by statute. 8 232 6. Should Grantor fail to pay when due any taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, liens, encumbrances or other charges against the property hereinabove described, Beneficiary may pay the same, and the amount so paid, with interest at the rate set forth in the note secured hereby, shall be added to and become a part of the debt secured in this Deed of Trust. IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED THAT I. In the event any portion of the property is taken or damaged in an eminent domain proceeding, the entire amount of the award or such portion as may be necessary to fully satisfy the obligation secured hereby, shall be paid to the Beneficiary to be applied to said obligation. 2. By accepting payment of any sum secured hereby after its due date, Beneficiary does not waive its right to require prompt payment when due of all other sums so secured or to declare default for failure to so pay. 3. The Trustee shall reconvey all or any part of the property covered by this Deed of Trust to the person entitled thereto, on written request of the Grantor and the Beneficiary, or upon satisfaction of the obligation secured and written request for reconveyance made by the Beneficiary or the person entitled thereto. 4. Upon default by Grantor in the payment of any indebtedness secured hereby or in the performance of any agreement contained herein, all sums secured hereby shall immediately become due and payable at the option of the Beneficiary. In such event and upon written request of Beneficiary, Trustee shall sell the trust property, in accordance with the Deed of Trust Act of the State of Washington, at public auction to the highest bidder. Any person except Trustee may bid at Trustee's sale. Trustee shall apply the proceeds of the sale as follows: (1) to the expense of the sale, including a reasonable Trustee's fee and attorney's fee; (2) to the obligation secured by this Deed or Trust; and (3) the surplus, if any, shall be distributed to the persons entitled thereto. 5. Trustee shall deliver to the purchaser at the sale its deed, without warranty, which shall convey to the purchaser the interest in the property which Grantor had or had the power to convey at the time of his execution of this Deed of Trust, and such as he may have acquitted thereafter, Trustee's deed shall recite the facts showing that the sale was conducted to compliance with all the requirements of law and this Deed of Trust, which recital shall be prima facie evidence of such compliance and conclusive evidence thereof in favor of bona fide purchaser and encumbrances for value. 6. The power of sale conferred by this Deed of Trust and by the Deed of Trust Act of the State of Washington is not an exclusive remedy; Beneficiary may cause this Deed of Trust to be foreclosed as a mortgage. 7. In the event of the death, incapacity, disability, or resignation of Trustee, Beneficiary may appoint in writing a successor trustee, and upon the recording of such appointment in the mortgage records of the county in which this Deed of Trust is recorded, the successor trustee shall be vested with all powers of the original trustee. The trustee is not obligated to notify any party hereto of pending sale under any other Deed of Trust or of an action or proceeding in which Grantor, Trustee or Beneficiary shall be a party unless such action or proceeding is brought by the Trustee. 8. This Deed of Trust applies to, inures to the benefit of, and is binding not only on the parties hereto, but on their heirs, devisees, legatees, administrators, executors and assigns. The term Beneficiary shall mean the holder and owner of the note secured hereby, whether or not named as Beneficiary herein. Segale Properties LLC By Metro Land Development, Inc. Its Manager Mark A. Segale, Vice President 9 233 STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) ss. COUNTY OF KING ) On this _day of , 2014, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared Mark A. Segale, to me known to be the person who signed as Vice President of Metro Land Development, Inc., Manager of SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC, the limited liability company that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said partnership for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that Mark A. Segale was authorized to execute said instrument on behalf of the company. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. (Signature of Notary) (Print or stamp name of Notary) NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at My appointment expires: - 10 - 234 EXHIBIT "A" to Deed of Trust 235 EXHIBIT D Legal Description of Encumbered Property THAT PORTION OF THE SOUTHWEST 1/4 OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M., DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE SOUTHWEST 1/4 OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF SAID SECTION 35; THENCE SOUTH 87 °50'09" EAST ALONG THE NORTH LINE THEREOF 449.30 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 02 °09'51" WEST 36.00 FEET TO THE SOUTH MARGIN OF SOUTH 180TH STREET AND THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE SOUTH 87 °50'09" EAST ALONG SAID SOUTH MARGIN 786.92 FEET; THENCE ALONG A CURVE TO THE RIGHT HAVING A RADIUS OF 50.00 FEET THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 95 °35'05" AN ARC DISTANCE OF 83.41 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 07 °44'56" WEST 348.56 FEET; THENCE NORTH 87 °50'09" WEST 802.76 FEET; THENCE NORTH 02 °09'51" EAST 401.77 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; (ALSO KNOWN AS LOT 3 OF CITY OF TUKWILA BOUNDARY LINE ADJUSTMENT NO. 93 -0085, RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY RECORDING NO. 9311301961); SITUATE IN THE CITY OF TUKWILA, COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON. - 12 - 236 COUNCIL AGF,NDA SYNOPSIS AIeei*Date Prepared l?y Mayor's review Coma/ review 05/27/14 BG for Tukwila South Project 05/27/14 06/02/14 BG Bid Award Alts Date Public Hearing Mg Dale — Other MI's Date CATIGORY IIA Discussion U Ordinance Mtg Date Mtg Date 06/02/14 SP ONSOR 1 I Council Mayor I IR. _ DCD Finance — Fire IT P&R — Police 1)1V ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 6.C. 237 STAFF SPONSOR: BOB GIBERSON ORIGINAL AGENDA DAM: 05/27/14 AG i NI)A IThm Tril,F; Ordinance Establishing Sewer as part of the Southcenter Parkway Connection Fees Extension for Tukwila South Project 05/27/14 0 Motion Alts Date E Resolution Alts Date Bid Award Alts Date Public Hearing Mg Dale — Other MI's Date CATIGORY IIA Discussion U Ordinance Mtg Date Mtg Date 06/02/14 SP ONSOR 1 I Council Mayor I IR. _ DCD Finance — Fire IT P&R — Police 1)1V SP( )Nsuies This Ordinance will establish the sewer connection fees for parcels and plats as part of the SUMMARY Southcenter Parkway Extension sewer improvements in the Tukwila South area. The sewer connection fees are based on the square footage of the buildable parcels and will be collected when building permits are issued. The total sewer construction was $2,525,570 of which 73% was funded by grants, leaving a balance of $694,504.14. A new section is proposed for an escalator in the sewer connection fees for full Council to consider. REVIEWED BY — COW Mtg. CA&P Cmte ] F&S Cmte Transportation Cmte Cmte n Arts Comm. 0 Parks Comm. E Planning Comm. COMMITTEE CHAIR: KATE KRULLER IA I Utilities DATE: 05/19/14 RECOMMENDATIONS: SPONSOR/ADMIN. CuNIMITI'ld Public Works Department Unanimous Approval; Forward to Committee of the Whole COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE Ex ITN DITUR1 R1,:Q LAMM AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Fund Source: 402 SEWER FUND Comments: MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 05/27/14 06/02/14 MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 05/27/14 Informational Memorandum dated 05/16/14 Draft Ordinance with Exhibits New Section with CPI Escalator and CPI Table 2011 to Present Minutes from the Utilities Committee meeting of 05/19/14 06/02/14 Ordinance in strike-thru underlined format with modifications on page 3 237 238 DAFT AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, ESTABLISHING SEWER CONNECTION FEES FOR THE PRELIMINARY PLAT OF TUKWILA SOUTH AND PROPERTY FRONTING ON ORILLIA ROAD, TO BE CODIFIED AT CHAPTER 14.19 OF THE TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, upon completion of the Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South and the newly - installed sanitary sewer improvements, the City Council desires to have in place an equitable and adequate rate structure to finance the operation and maintenance of the sanitary sewer utility; and WHEREAS, the sanitary sewer lines meet the Washington State Department of Ecology standards including the minimum pipe diameter of 8 inches; and WHEREAS, any sewer connection will be assessed a connection fee that is determined by the infrastructure construction costs minus grant funding and the area of each parcel of land or designated plat that is tributary to the sanitary sewer system; and WHEREAS, any water connection will be assessed a connection fee that is determined by the Highline Water District; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. Regulations Established. Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Chapter 14.19, "Sewer Connections — Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South," is hereby established to read as follows: CHAPTER 14.19 SEWER CONNECTIONS — PRELIMINARY PLAT OF TUKWILA SOUTH Sections: 14.19.010 Sewer Connection Requirements and Fees 14.19.020 Service Area Boundaries 14.19.030 Funding Recovery Review W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Sewer connection fees - Tukwila South prelim plat strike -thru 5 -28 -14 MC:bjs Page 1 of 3 239 Section 2. TMC Section 14.19.010 is hereby established to read as follows: 14.19.010 Sewer Connection Requirements and Fees A. Homes on Orillia Road existing on July 1, 2013 will be required to connect to the sewer and pay associated connection charges if any portion of any building is situated within 250 feet of a sanitary sewer line or lateral and if: 1. Septic tank or health problems are identified by the King County Health Department that require repair of the septic tank system; or 2. The home changes ownership; or 3. Remodeling occurs adding a bathroom or bedroom. B. Parcels within the Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South will be required to connect to the sanitary sewer system and pay in full associated sewer connection charges before issuance of the City of Tukwila's building permit for the specific development. C. Change of ownership requires payment in full of the sewer connection fees. D. The Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South and Orillia Road sewer connection fees will start at $0.056530 per square foot of total property based on King County records and the Preliminary Plat for Tukwila South as shown in Figure 14 -7. E. Notice of sewer availability and connection requirements shall be placed on titles of properties within the Tukwila South Plat and Orillia Road sewer service area. King County recording fees will also be paid in full with the sewer connection fees. Section 3. TMC Section 14.19.020 is hereby established to read as follows: 14.19.020 Service Area Boundaries A. The sewer service boundary area is the north margin of South 204th Street; the area west of the Green River and Segale Business Park; the east margin of Orillia Road, Interstate 1 -5 and the City SeaTac; and the south margin of South 180th Street. A map of the parcels within the service area known as the Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South is attached hereto as Figure 14 -8. B. The Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South is dated June 2013, the King County Bow Lake Transfer Station, tax parcel 352304 -9037 and tax parcel 023900 -0300, 023900- 0310, 023900 -0247, 023900 -0365, and 023900 -0320 along Orillia Road with the exception of Plat #7 of the Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South, tax parcel 023900 -0310, and portions of that plat that are labeled Sensitive Area Tracts, Exceptions, Reserve Drainage Tracts, Open Space Tracts and Not Buildable Tracts, will have sanitary sewer system connection costs based on net area of 12,062,664 square feet of area that is tributary to the sanitary sewer system. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Sewer connection fees - Tukwila South prelim plat strike -thru 5 -28 -14 MC:bjs 240 Page 2 of 3 Section 4. TMC Section 14.19.030 is hereby established to read as follows: 14.19.030 Funding Recovery Review The successful implementation of later phases of the sanitary sewer installation for the City is dependent on the repayment of general sewer fund revenues from the sewer connection fees. The City Council will review connection requirements, exemptions and other revenue recovery alternatives to ensure the sewer plan remains viable and adequately funded. Section 5. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering and section /subsection numbering. Section 6. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation. Section 7. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be published in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force five days after passage and publication as provided by law. PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Jim Haggerton, Mayor Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Published: Effective Date: Ordinance Number: Attachments: Figure 14 -7 — Tukwila South Sewer Connection Fees Figure 14 -8 — Service Area Boundary Map of Preliminary Plat of Tukwila South W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Sewer connection fees - Tukwila South prelim plat strike -thru 5 -28 -14 MC:bjs Page 3of3 241 242 ,.' CITY OF TUKWI A FILE NO. 02-021 PRELIMINARY PLAT TUKWILA SOUTH Figure 14 -7 e 1'1 s ATAC i'z,N chi SITE DATA 1'.'Y w2s30'0u 9235 w 091.. 43, ozn2e sx� 0.204-9061. 021900-0351 aawio. w -x gg412. ai2szw ego: 0S2aaw. -scat. -vN 232202.9 X51307 . 35250E -5099 12.304 - 59104 5.3,2204-50012 352au -900. 352304 -5919, 352304-sms 352.,04 -9 3.1.17-90-31 WE. 52.30. - 9.0.335x.4- 9051.3521, -spas, .3«_9116.35231 -9 ,..12.305-0118. GRAPHIC SCALE OF BEARINGS xAry DAruR 1sx5/w u1749210, wASUNOT 212,E zap A 3 Ea. D. IN THE NOM WENALE S. ITEM ST. erect, 9 i-5. METHODS AND EQUIPMENT arero ` STAOVE' USING �mExPE 1.11. SURVEY PETS OR ACORACT RECOPELI. m IN WA C 331.1090 RES G GENERAL NOTES APPLICANT SEG. WROPERNES uC DA.. MO C6135 OWNER: rgI.7.0:12171rES TWO. NE '99138 SON. DO V VION. GAS VIAPANa PUG. SOAP MERGE POT. COMM,: PLIGIV SVND ENERGY P.P. LEES, NG~r ND NN0/ RETAIL t [ LEGEND F0202 MONUMENT. AS No ^_D CALVILAT,D : e L EVA. PROPERTY DOWNER. AS NOTED Ell 0 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE 6 BOLLARD STORM EOSIN E- , 0920 aN- K 9LA T, TOTAL BOEING ARE, .x ceg0-1 cn� k ADJOINING PARCELS .. NY R.36. AND M11.. EARN NOT VAN 10E6NE- VTRAVV 023900- 0365 IU 023900 -0320 023900 -0247 rtW, RA. 0 ROPE HOLE ® FIRE rrRANT Ly 023900 -0300 KING COUNTY :4 tZ, PH. STREET — w_.RDEADU... ,_ DN .ND VAMP EN — E C ._ — a — _E SANITARY E=WER ERNE —7— UNDERGROUND GAS UNE 125 GET SURVEY o REFERENCES, _ .NI .. S.A. COONTE OIRCE1 NO. 3-22.. NO DATE FOIND a SOL. 155099 STREET Rr PLAY . 5. 00NSSW V TO 001000 s, cs124/25 SR DOLOR° OF &R.. uroER RE =.aeNGm P.- .uwD¢SwF - 29x01 VCORD of wxsi .UNDO, scc +730- 22LINEA� KCVD Of STREET 'LINDER REGORGING NO. 20:69 R ORD W AW:iY uh#R R.ECORGIND NC R0.^ 89.01 SURVEY RECORD V UNDER RECORD NN NO. 5.1.013 KCVO 0, SORPETWNDER RECORD. NO. 19013.0. a; SN.RE7•_2 UNDER CORD R CERDNG Na 820,05VON R REM. ND. ESCa1C9014 RECORDING KCVO STIR. LINDER NO 821207.1 u-EORD SIR. VDER RECORD. NO. 8.01.1 RECORD 5 %Rw_t DxaR RECORD. N0. 870310.1 023900 -0310 ;� VET T- NOR,.ROSTAREA SEE - PLAT - NERVE. ND -AREA EE PUTT - NIONE ANSA sr EE* 5 PLAT - mnema uN- SLEET6. PLAT -WHAM OM. =i CT �¢ DE AL LIMNS SLEET 1;: LEGAL DCARIPRNNE SHEET 71 NOTES. SUR.. DIOR% WILLI 11 220040 s1E NUN2AR7 / LEGAL Ecu>mnva ICATE BY ARY PLAT 1. RASED VI ...PO STATE � COIRKE AND Tukwila South Sewer Connection Fees Area Tributary to the Sewer System based on the Preliminary Plat Map Figure 14 -7 Installation of the Sewer System minus Grants $ 681,904.14 Total Area Tributary to the Sewer System (sq. ft.) 12362364 Cost per Square Foot $0.056530 Lot Number #7 not included as it can connect to existing sewer. Lot Number #105 not included due to lot size. Figure 14 -8 5/28/2014 Design $ 59,416.80 Construction Mgmt 91350.62 Construction 2,374,203.48 Total Sewer $ 2,525,570.90 Less Grants (73 %) $ 681,904.14 63 parcels x $200 KC Recording 12300.00 $ 694,504.14 Lot Number AREA (Square Feet) AREA (Acres) Percent of Total Area Sewer Connection Fee Reference Only of Adjoining Parcel Numbers Additional Parcel Numbers 1 40,142 0.92 0.003327789 $ 2,669.23 3523049038 3523049008 2 186,049 4.27 0.015423542 $ 10317.38 3523049025 3523049009 3 158037 3.63 0.013101335 $ 9,133.85 3523049032 4 335371 7.71 0.02785214 $ 19,192.49 3523049118 5 144311 3.31 0.011938574 $ 8,340.96 3523049015 6 112,996 2.59 0.009367417 $ 6,587.68 3523049027 7 0 0.00 0 $ 200.00 310,716 3523049036 8 71,429 1.64 0.005921471 $ 4,237.88 3523049116 9 323,645 7.43 0.02683031 $ 18,495.70 3523049017 10 230,637 5.29 0.019119907 $ 13,237.94 3523049041 11 178,101 4.09 0.01476465 $ 10,268.08 3523049117 12 219,571 5.04 0.01820253 $ 12,612.38 3523049013 13 213,166 4.89 0.017671553 $ 12,250.31 0222049033 14 192,232 4.41 0.015936115 $ 11366.90 3523049013 15 248319 5.70 0.020585752 $ 14,237.51 0222049008 16 293,127 6.73 0.024300354 $ 16,770.51 0222049037 17 271,250 6.23 0.022486742 $ 15,533.80 0222049040 18 324,473 7.45 0.026898951 $ 18,542.51 0222049043 19 349301 8.01 0.028932333 $ 19329.08 0222049057 20 322,937 7.41 0.026771616 $ 18,455.68 0222049061 21 477,529 10.96 0.039587359 $ 27,194.78 0222049011 22 393,093 9.02 0.032587579 $ 22,421.60 0222049015 23 505,132 11.60 0.04187566 $ 28,755.19 0322049049 24 289,626 6.65 0.02401012 $ 16,572.60 3523049124 25 226,576 5.20 0.018783248 $ 13308.37 3523049039 26 73,558 1.69 0.00609799 $ 4,358.24 0322049092 27 96308 2.20 0.007959104 $ 5,627.35 0322049093 28 97,651 2.24 0.00809531 $ 5,720.23 0322049052 29 82378 1.88 0.006804302 $ 4,839.88 0322049062 30 88391 2.04 0.007377392 $ 5,230.67 0322049056 31 501,134 11.50 0.041544224 $ 28,529.18 0322049006 32 173,621 3.99 0.014393256 $ 10314.82 0222049036 33 122,299 2.81 0.01013864 $ 7,113.58 0322049090 34 130353 3.01 0.01085606 $ 7,602.79 0322049100 35 116346 2.68 0.009694874 $ 6,810.97 0239000352 36 358328 8.24 0.029755286 $ 20,490.25 0222049036 37 904,596 20.77 0.074991397 $ 51336.94 0322049047 38 180,593 4.15 0.014971237 $ 10,408.95 3523049045 39 339373 7.80 0.028175618 $ 19,413.07 0323049068 40 282,045 6.47 0.023381652 $ 16344.05 3523049050 3523049049 41 170,722 3.92 0.014152927 $ 10350.94 3523049034 3523049051 42 218,906 5.03 0.018147402 $ 12,774.79 3523049040 3523049033 43 28,132 0.65 0.002332176 $ 1390.32 3523049090 3523049019 44 246379 5.66 0.020424925 $ 14,127.84 3523049109 45 60,778 1.40 0.005038522 $ 3,835.79 3623049078 3523049065 46 69379 1.60 0.005768129 $ 4,333.31 3523049016 3523049066 47 121374 2.79 0.010086827 $ 7,078.25 0322049106 PARCEL 8 45304 1.05 0.003780632 $ 2,778.03 CITY OF TUKWILA 3523049038 PARCEL C 147,231 3.38 0.012205525 $ 8,523.00 CITY OF TUKWILA 3523049008 100 873382 20.04 0.072378873 $ 49355.45 352304 -9037 KC Transfer Station Paid 101 79385 1.82 0.006581051 $ 4,887.65 023900 -0365 COLUCCIO 0322049067 102 204,767 4.70 0.016975272 $ 11375.51 023900 -0320 COLUCCIO 0322049005 103 94,200 2.16 0.007809221 $ 5,525.14 023900 -0247 THOMPSON 104 45300 1.05 0.00380513 $ 2,794.73 023900 -0300 KOYAMOATSU 105 0 $ - 023900 -0310 LA PIANTA LLC 12,062,664 276.92 100% $ 694,504.14 24s4an+ vA.DaavLocan Microsoft v Windows Ternpoary Intemet Files vContent OuaookVI.FMmwk,ila South Sewer Connection Fees Spreadsheet zo-“xlM COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS Initiat MeetingDate Prepared by Mayor's review Coo /hi l review 04/14/14 LM and Guidelines 4/14/14 & & 5/27/14 04/28/14 LM Bic/ Award MisDate Z Public Hearing A11gDate 4/14/14 & 4/28/14 5/12/14 CO .._.7,,,(.4 \,.J', 5/27/14 NG SP oNSOR' s The ordinances and resolutions to adopt and implement the City's Southcenter subarea Summ,\Ry plan for the Tukwila Urban Center were discussed at a City Council work session on 4/3/14, and a public hearing was conducted on 4/14/14, with written comments accepted until 4/28/14. Council discussion occurred at the 5/12 and 5/27 Council meetings. The final ordinances and resolutions in this packet reflect Council's policy decisions made at the meetings. RINI I WO II) BY — COW Mtg. CA&P Cmte F&S Cmte 1 Utilities Cmte E] Arts Comrn. Parks Comm. DATE: 10/25/12 COMMITTEE CHAIR: 6/2/14 CO n Planning Comm. ITEM INFORMATION ITEM No. 6.D. 245 STAFF SPONSOR: LYNN MIRANDA ORIGINAL AGENDA DATE: 4/14/14 AGVNI),\ ITI1TrILI Southcenter Plan Regulations and Guidelines 4/14/14 & & 5/27/14 Motion Ails Date Z Ordinance AkgDate 6/2/14 Bic/ Award MisDate Z Public Hearing A11gDate 4/14/14 & 4/28/14 E Other ANDale Czyll!X_;()RY Discussion 11 Resolution A lignate 5/12/14 .1■11,g Date 6/2/14 SPONSOR 1 I Council Mayor Z DCD _ Finance _ Fire I/ 1-)&R. Pokce _ PI' SP oNSOR' s The ordinances and resolutions to adopt and implement the City's Southcenter subarea Summ,\Ry plan for the Tukwila Urban Center were discussed at a City Council work session on 4/3/14, and a public hearing was conducted on 4/14/14, with written comments accepted until 4/28/14. Council discussion occurred at the 5/12 and 5/27 Council meetings. The final ordinances and resolutions in this packet reflect Council's policy decisions made at the meetings. RINI I WO II) BY — COW Mtg. CA&P Cmte F&S Cmte 1 Utilities Cmte E] Arts Comrn. Parks Comm. DATE: 10/25/12 COMMITTEE CHAIR: Transportation ante n Planning Comm. RECOMMENDATIONS: SPoNsuR/ADmiN. CoNimiTTIT; Department of Community Development COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE Expi,NDITuRF, REQUIRED AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED $0 $0 $0 MTG. DATE RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION 4/14/14 Continue the Public Hearing to 4/28/14 for written comments only 4/28/14 Forward to 5/12/14 C.O.W. 5/12/14 Reviewed Proposed Edits to Documents, Forward open space issue to 5/27/14 C.O.W. 5/27/14 Forward to next Regular Meeting MTG. DATE ATTACHMENTS 4/14/14 Informational Memorandum dated 4/9/14 Southcenter Subarea Planning Process Southcenter Plan Background Material Ordinance implementing Zoning Code regulations for the Tukwila Urban Center Ordinance reenacting TMC 18.28 Resolution adopting the Southcenter Design Manual Resolution adopting the Southcenter Subarea Plan 5/12/14 Informational Memorandum dated 5/6/14, with Attachments A-D 5/27/14 Informational Memorandum dated 5/21/14, with Attachments A-D 6/2/14 Informational Memorandum dated 5/28/14, with final ordinances/resolutions/attachments 245 246 T(]: City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM Mayor Haggerton Tukwila City Council FROM: Nora Gierloff, Deputy DCD Director BY: Lynn Miranda, Senior Planner DATE: May 28, 2014 SUBJECT: Southcentex Plan and Regulations ISSUE Should resolutions adopting the SDUdDc8Dtey Plan and SOUd7ceDter Design Manual and Ordinances adopting changes to the Zoning Code, including a rewritten Chapter 18.28 Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) District, be passed by the City Council? BACKGROUND The Southcenter Plan documents the existing conditions in the area and sets the vision for change over the next 20 years. The Zoning regulations, when adopted, will replace the existing TMC Chapter 18.28 and be used to evaluate development proposals and improvement plans proposed on properties within the Southcenter area (TUC District). The Southcenter Design Manual will provide additional design detail for projects subject to design review. This p ject has been underway since 2002 when Tukwila received a federal grant for Transit Oriented Development planning in the Southcenter area. In 2009, the draf Tukwila Urban Center Subarea Plan for Southcenter was released for public review. While revising the Zoning regulations, Staff met informally with key stakeholders including representatives from VVeatfie|d. Target, Sears and the Tukwila Fire and Public Works Departments to resolve concerns. Staff also used individual comments that were received on the 2009 version of the draf Southcenter PIan to make revisions. One significant change from the 2009 version is that the m jOrjtvofAnoh|tectuna|etandardeondguide|ineaarenovv|ooetedin separate document titled Southcenter Design Manual. In 2012 these revised documents were reviewed by the public and the Planning Commission at an open house, public hearing and series of work sessions. The Commission approved their recommended drafts of the three documents in October 2012. During 2013 staff prepared a Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS) to analyze theimpaobaofbuiWoutoftheGouthoanterareaoaenviaionedunderthaP|an.Futunaproject- specific development proposals that are consistent with the subarea plan, development regulations and SEIS will not require individual SEPA review and cannot be challenged administratively or judicially pursuant to SEPA. INFORMATIONAL MEMO Page 2 Council held a public hearing on the Southcenter Plan, Chapter 18.28 Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) District and the Southcenter Design Manual on April 14, 2014. Staff compiled comments into a matrix with recommendations and responses for Council review. At the 5/12/14 COW meeting the Council reviewed the matrix of comments and decided whether or not to act on each suggestion. On 5/27/14 staff provided the Council with more information and options on how to regulate the requirement to provide public open space. DISCUSSION The ordinances and resolutions in this packet reflect Council's policy decisions made at the 5/12/14 and 5/27/14 meetings. FINANCIAL IMPACT No direct budget impact. RECOMMENDATION The Council is being asked to adopt these ordinances and resolutions at the June 2, 2014 Regular Meeting. ATTACHMENTS A. Ordinance implementing Zoning Code regulations for the Tukwila Urban Center B. Ordinance reenacting TMC 18.28 C. Resolution adopting the Southcenter Design Manual D. Resolution adopting the Southcenter Subarea Plan Z: \DCD n Clerk's \Southcenter Plan Materials \Final Docs for Adoption \SCPIanlnfoMemo6- 2- 14.docx 248 Attachment A Washington Ordinance No. AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, AMENDING ORDINANCE NOS. 2368 §55, §61, §62, §70; 2294 §1; 2257 §11; 2251 §61, §63, §73, §75; 2235 §13, §14, §15, §16, §17, §19; 2199 §20; 2135 §19; 2119 §1; 2118 §1; 2005 §17; 1986 §16; 1872 §14 (part); 1865 §50, §51; AND 1758 §1 (part), AS CODIFIED IN TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE TITLE 18, "ZONING," TO INCORPORATE CHANGES RELATING TO THE TUKWILA URBAN CENTER DISTRICTS; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, Tukwila's Comprehensive Plan calls for the Southcenter area to develop as a high - density, regionally- oriented, mixed -use center; and WHEREAS, Tukwila began a planning process in 2002 to develop a plan and regulations to further support this vision and to retain the urban center's economic strength in the face of regional competition; and WHEREAS, the Southcenter Plan and its implementing regulations, codified in Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28, have evolved during this public process to reflect the community's vision and priorities as well as the regional goals; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a properly noticed public hearing on August 23, 2012, and after deliberations forwarded their recommended changes to Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28 to the City Council; and WHEREAS, notice was provided to the Washington State Department of Commerce pursuant to RCW 36.70A.106; and WHEREAS, the City Council held a properly noticed public hearing on April 14, 2014; and WHEREAS, the City Council reviewed the legislative record, written and verbal testimony and approved Revisions to the Planning Commission Recommended Draft Chapter 18.28 to address issues raised by interested parties, individual Councilmembers, and staff; and W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs Page 1 of 10 249 WHEREAS, edits to other sections of the Zoning Code are required for consistency with the new Chapter 18.28; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. Ordinances 2251 §61, 2235 §13, and 1872 §14 (part), as codified at Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Section 18.52.020, "Perimeter Landscaping Requirements by Zone District," subparagraph A, are hereby amended for subparagraph A to read as follows: A. In the various zone districts of the City, landscaping in the front, rear and side yards shall be provided as established by the various zone district chapters of this title. These requirements are summarized in the following table, except for Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) requirements, which are listed in TMC Chapter 18.28. ZONING DISTRICTS FRONT YARD (SECOND FRONT) LANDSCAPE TYPE FOR FRONTS SIDE YARD REAR YARD LANDSCAPE TYPE FOR SIDE/REAR LDR (for uses other than dwelling units) 152 Type I 10 10 Type 1 MDR 151.2 Type I 10 10 Type 1 HDR 151.2 Type 1 10 10 Type I MUO 15 (12.5)2 Type 1' 54 54 Type 17 0 15 (12.5)2 Type 17 54 54 Type I' RCC 20 (10)2'3 Type 17 54 10 Type 11 NCC 54 Type 17 04 04 Type II RC 10 Type 1 54 04 Type 118 RCM 10 Type 1 54 04 Type 118 TUC — See TMC Chapter 18.28 C /LI 12.55 Type 16 55 05 Type 118 LI 12.52 Type 11 04 04 Type III HI 12.52 Type 11 04 04 Type III MIC /L 55 Type 11 05 05 Type III MIC /H 55 Type 11 05 05 Type III TVS 152.3 Type 11 04 04 Type III TSO 1529 Type 1 010 0t0 Type III Notes: 1. Minimum required front yard landscaped areas in the MDR and HDR zones may have up to 20% of their required landscape area developed for pedestrian and transit facilities upon approval as a Type 2 special permission decision. 2. In order to provide flexibility of the site design while still providing the full amount of landscaping required by code, the front yard landscape width may be divided W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs 250 Page 2 of 10 into a perimeter strip and one or more other landscape areas between the building and the front property line, if the perimeter strip is a minimum of 10 feet and the landscape materials are sufficient to provide landscaping along the perimeter and screening of the building mass. 3. Required landscaping may include a mix of plant materials, pedestrian amenities and features, outdoor cafe -type seating and similar features, subject to approval as a Type 2 special permission decision. Required plant materials will be reduced in proportion to the amount of perimeter area devoted to pedestrian oriented space. 4. Increased to 10 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR. 5. Increased to 15 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR. 6. Increased to Type II if the front yard contains truck loading bays, service areas or outdoor storage. 7. Increased to Type II if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR. 8. Increased to Type III if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR. 9. Only required along public streets. 10. Increased to 10 feet if adjacent to residential uses or non -TSO zoning. Section 2. Ordinance Nos. 2251 §63, 2235 §14, and 1872 §14 (part), as codified at TMC Section 18.52.035, are hereby amended to read as follows: 18.52.035 Interior Parking Lot Landscaping Requirements Landscaping within parking areas shall be provided as shown below. 1. Requirements for each distinctly separate parking area within the LDR zone for uses other than dwelling units, and in the MDR and HDR zones: a. For areas with up to 20 parking stalls per parking area, no interior landscaping is required. b. For areas with 21 - 40 parking stalls per parking area, 7 square feet of interior landscape area is required for each parking stall. c. For areas with more than 40 parking stalls per parking area, 12 square feet of interior landscape area is required for each parking stall (see Multi - Family Design Guidelines, Site Planning Section, No. 31, for the normal 15 square feet to be provided). d. All parking areas shall have a perimeter landscape strip a minimum of 2 feet wide with an average width of 5 feet. 2. Requirements for parking Tots within the 0, MUO, RCC, and NCC zones: a. For lots with up to 20 parking stalls, no interior landscaping is required. b. For lots with 21 - 40 parking stalls, a minimum of 10 square feet of interior landscape area is required for each parking stall over 20. W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs Page 3 of 10 251 c. For lots with more than 40 parking stalls, a minimum of 200 square feet of interior landscape area plus 15 square feet for each parking stall over 40 is required. For areas placed behind buildings or otherwise screened from streets, parks and City trails the interior landscape requirement is reduced to a minimum of 200 square feet plus 10 square feet for each parking stall over 40. 3. . Requirements for parking lots within the RC, RCM, C /LI, TSO and TVS zones: a. For areas adjacent to public or private streets, a minimum of 15 square feet of landscaping is required for each parking stall. b. For areas placed behind buildings or otherwise screened from streets, parks and City trails a minimum of 10 square feet of interior landscape area is required for each parking stall. 4. Planting Standards: a. Interior landscape islands shall be distributed to break up expanses of paving. Landscaped areas shall be placed at the ends of each interior row in the parking area, with no stall more than 10 stalls or 100 feet from a landscape area. b. The minimum size for interior parking lot planting islands is 100 square feet. c. Planting islands shall be a minimum of 6 feet in any direction and generally the length of the adjacent parking space. d. Raised curbs or curb stops shall be used around the landscape islands to prevent plant material from being struck by automobiles. e. A minimum of 1 evergreen or deciduous tree is required per landscape island, with the remaining area to contain a combination of shrubs, living groundcover and mulch. Section 3. Ordinance Nos. 2368 §55, 2251 §67, 1795 §3 (part), and 1758 §1 (part), as codified at TMC Section 18.56.050, "Required Number of Parking Spaces," are hereby amended to read as follows (and to update Figure 18 -7): 18.56.050 Required Number of Parking Spaces The minimum number of off - street parking spaces for the listed uses shall be as shown in Figure 18 -7. Minimum parking requirements shall be maintained over the life of the original or primary use. Any additional uses, either secondary or accessory in nature, must have parking available that does not impact the minimum parking of the original or primary use. This extends to parking spaces used for park- and -fly lots or use of parking for storage or outdoor displays. NOTE: Automobile parking requirements for TUC -RC, TUC -TOD and TUC -Pond Districts are listed in TMC Section 18.28.260. W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs 252 Page 4 of 10 Figure 18 -7 — Required Number of Parking Spaces for Automobiles and Bicycles NOTE: Automobile parking requirements for TUC -RC, TUC -TOD and TUC -Pond Districts are listed in TMC Section 18.28260. Use Automobile Standard Bicycle Standard Single- family and multi - family dwellings 2 for each dwelling unit that contains up to 3 bedrooms. 1 additional space for every 2 bedrooms in excess of 3 bedrooms in a dwelling unit. Additional parking may be required for home occupations and accessory dwelling units as otherwiseproved by this title. For multi - family, 1 space per 10 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. No requirement for single family. Multi- family and mixed -use residential (in the Urban Renewal Overlay (URO)) One for each dwelling unit that contains up to one bedroom. 0.5 additional spaces for every bedroom in excess of one bedroom in a multi - family dwelling unit. At least 75% of required residential parking is provided in an enclosed structure (garage or podium). The structure must be screened from view from public rights of way. One automobile space at no charge to a car sharing program (if available) for every 50 to 200 residential spaces on site. An additional space shall be provided for developments with over 200 parking spaces. All car share spaces are in addition to required residential parking. If car sharing programs are not available when the building is constructed, an equivalent number of guest parking spaces shall be provided. These shall be converted to dedicated car- sharing spaces when the program becomes available One secure, covered, ground - level bicycle parking space shall be provided for every four residential units in a mixed -use or multi- family development. • Senior citizen housing For 15 units or less, 1 space per dwelling unit. For dwellings with more than 15 units, a minimum of 15 spaces are required, plus 1 space per 2 dwelling units. 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Religious facilities, mortuaries and funeral homes 1 for each 4 fixed seats 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Convalescent/nursing / rest homes 1 for every 4 beds with a minimum of 10 stalls 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. W: Word Processing\Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs Page 5 of 10 253 Use Automobile Standard Bicycle Standard Food stores and markets 1 for each 300 square feet of usable floor area 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. High schools 1 for each staff member plus 2 for every 5 students or visitors 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Hospitals 1 for each bed 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Hotels, motels and extended stay 1 for each room, plus one employee space for each 20 rooms, rounded to the next highest figure 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Manufacturing 1 for each 1,000 square feet of usable floor area 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Office, commercial and professional buildings, banks, dental and medical clinics 3.0 for each 1,000 square feet of usable floor area 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Places of public assembly, including auditoriums, exhibition halls, community clubs, community centers, and private clubs The Director shall determine the number of required parking spaces, with a minimum of 1 space for every 100 square feet of assembly area. To ensure parking adequacy for each proposal, the Director may consider the following: a. A parking study or documentation paid for by the applicant and administered by the City regarding the actual parking demand for the proposed use, or b. Evidence in available planning and technical studies relating to the proposed use. 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Post offices 3 for each 1,000 square feet of usable floor area 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Restaurant 1 for each 100 square feet of usable floor area 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Restaurant, fast food 1 for each 50 square feet of usable floor area. Fifty percent of any outdoor seating area will be added to the usable floor area for parking requirement calculations. 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Retail sales, bulk 2.5 for each 1,000 square feet of usable floor area 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Retail sales, general 4 for each 1,000 square feet of usable floor area if located within the TVS zoning district; 2.5 for each 1,000 square feet of usable floor area if located in any other zoning district. NOTE: Reference TMC Section 18.28.260 for TUC Districts. 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Schools, elementary & junior high 1.5 for each staff member 1 space per classroom W: Word Processing\Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs 254 Page 6 of 10 Use Automobile Standard Bicycle Standard Shopping center (mall), planned, per usable floor area size, as listed below: 500,000 sq. ft. or larger 5 for every 1,000 square feet 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. 25,000 — 499,999 sq. ft. 4 for every 1,000 square feet 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Taverns 1 for every 4 persons based on occupancy load. 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Theaters 1 for every 4 fixed seats. If seats are not fixed, 1 per 3 seats, with concurrence of Fire Chief, consistent with maximum allowed occupancy 1 space per 100 seats, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Warehousing 1 for every 2,000 square feet of usable floor area 1 space per 50 parking stalls, with a minimum of 2 spaces. Section 4. Ordinance Nos. 2368 §61, 2257 §11, 2251 §73, 2235 §15, 2118 §1, 2005 §17, 1865 §50, and 1758 §1 (part), as codified at TMC Section 18.60.030, are hereby amended to read as follows: 18.60.030 Scope of Authority A. The rules and regulations of the Board of Architectural Review shall be the same as those stated for the Planning Commission in the bylaws of the Tukwila Planning Commission. B. The Community Development Director will review projects meeting the thresholds for administrative design review. The BAR will review all other projects requiring design review approval. The Board and the Community Development Director shall have the authority to approve, approve with conditions, or deny all plans submitted based on a demonstration of compliance with all of the guidelines of this chapter, as judged by the preponderance of evidence standard. C. Design review is required for the following described land use actions: 1. All developments will be subject to design review with the following exceptions: a. Developments exempted in the various districts; b. Developments in LI, HI, MIC /L and MIC /H districts, except when within 300 feet of residential districts or within 200 feet of the Green /Duwamish River or that require a shoreline permit; 2. Any exterior repair, reconstruction, cosmetic alterations or improvements, if the cost of that work equals or exceeds 10% of the building's assessed valuation (for costs between 10% and 25 %, the changes will be reviewed administratively): a. For sites whose gross building square footage exceeds 10,000 square feet in MUO, 0, RCC, NCC, RC, RCM, and C /LI zoning districts; and b. For any site in the NCC, MUO or RC zoning districts in the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor (see TMC Figure 18 -9). W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs Page 7 of 10 255 c. For any multi - family structures in MDR and HDR zones. d. For all conditional and unclassified uses in the LDR zone that involve construction of a new building or exterior repairs that exceed 10% of the assessed value of the building. e. For sites in the TUC Districts see TMC Section 18.28.030.D. for design review thresholds. 3. Development applications using the procedures of TMC Section 18.60.60, "Commercial Redevelopment Area." 4. Development applications using the procedures of TMC Chapter 18.43, "Urban Renewal Overlay District." 5. All projects located within the shoreline jurisdiction that involve construction of a new building or exterior changes, if the cost of the exterior work equals or exceeds 10% of the building's assessed valuation, except the construction of a single family house is exempt. 6. Modification of a building and /or the site, if the building and /or site had gone through design review within the last 10 years, shall require modification of the original decision. Minor modifications of BAR approval shall be processed as administrative design review and major modifications of BAR approval shall require BAR approval. D. For development in the NCC, RC, and MUO zones within the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor, identified in TMC Figure 18 -9, certain landscaping and setback standards may be waived and conditioned, upon approval of plans by the BAR, in accordance with criteria and guidelines in the Tukwila International Boulevard Design Manual, as amended. Landscaping and setback standards may not be waived on commercial property sides adjacent to residential districts. E. No changes shall be made to approved designs without further BAR or Director approval and consideration of the change in the context of the entire project; except that the Director is authorized to approve minor, insignificant modifications which have no impact on the project design. Section 5. Ordinance Nos. 2368 §62, 2235 §16, §17, 2199 §20, 1986 §16, 1865 §51, and 1758 §1 (part), as codified at TMC Section 18.60.050, "Design Review Criteria," are hereby amended to add a new subparagraph G to read as follows: G. Southcenter Design Criteria. The criteria contained in the Southcenter Design Manual shall be used whenever the provisions of this title require a design review decision on a proposed or modified development in the Tukwila Urban Center districts. Section 6. Ordinance Nos. 2368 §70, 2294 §1, 2251 §75, 2235 §19, 2135 §19, and 2119 §1, as codified at TMC Section 18.104.010, "Classification of Project Permit Applications," subparagraph 2, "Type 2 Decisions," are hereby amended for subparagraph 2 to read as follows: W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs 256 Page 8 of 10 2. TYPE 2 DECISIONS are decisions that are initially made by the Director or, in certain cases, other City administrators or committees, but which are subject to an open record appeal to the Hearing Examiner, Board of Architectural Review, or, in the case of shoreline permits, an appeal to the State Shorelines Hearings Board pursuant to RCW 90.58. TYPE 2 DECISIONS TYPE OF PERMIT INITIAL DECISION MAKER APPEAL BODY (open record appeal) Administrative Design Review (TMC Section 18.60.030) Community Development Director Board of Architectural Review Administrative Planned Residential Development (TMC Section 18.46.110) Short Plat Committee Hearing Examiner Administrative Variance for Noise — 31 -60 days (TMC Section 8.22.120) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Binding Site Improvement Plan (TMC Chapter 17.16) Short Plat Committee Hearing Examiner Cargo Container Placement (TMC Section 18.50.060) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Code Interpretation (TMC Section 18.90.010) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Exception from Single - Family Design Standard (TMC Section 18.50.050) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Modification to Development Standards (TMC Section 18.41.100) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Parking standard for use not specified (TMC 18.56.100) and modifications to certain parking standards (TMC Sections 18.56.065, .070, .120) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner . Sensitive Areas (except Reasonable Use Exception) (TMC Chapter 18.45) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Shoreline Substantial Development Permit (TMC Chapter 18.44) Community Development Director State Shorelines Hearings Board Shoreline tree permit Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Short Plat (TMC Chapter 17.12) Short Plat Committee Hearing Examiner W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs Page 9 of 10 257 TYPE OF PERMIT INITIAL DECISION MAKER APPEAL BODY (open record appeal) Modification to TUC Corridor Standards (TMC Section 18.28.110.C) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Modification t� TUC Open Space Standards (TMC Section 18.28.250.D.4.d) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Transit Reduction to Parking Requirements (TMC Section 18.28.260.8.5.b) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Wireless Communication Facility, Minor (TMC Chapter 18.58) Community Development Director Hearing Examiner Section 7. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering and section /subsection numbering. Section 8. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation. Section 9. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be published in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force five days after passage and publication as provided by law. PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Jim Haggerton, Mayor Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Published: Effective Date: Ordinance Number: W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Zoning Code revisions re TUC Districts 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs 258 Page 10 of 10 Attachment B AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, REPEALING ORDINANCE NOS. 2084 §2 (PART); 2097 §15, §16; 2135 §12; 2251 §38, §39, §40; 2287 §17, §18, §19; AND 2368 §25, §26, §27, §28, AS CODIFIED IN TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 18.28; REENACTING TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 18.28 TO IMPLEMENT THE GOALS AND POLICIES OF THE TUKWILA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND SOUTHCENTER SUBAREA PLAN; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, the City adopted a new Comprehensive Plan in 1995 to implement the goals and policies of the Growth Management Act of 1990 and the King County Countywide Planning Policies; and WHEREAS, the Tukwila Urban Center at Southcenter was designated as one of the region's urban centers in 1995; and WHEREAS, Tukwila's Comprehensive Plan calls for the Southcenter area to develop as a high- density, regionally- oriented, mixed -use center; and WHEREAS, the vision for Southcenter is consistent with Puget Sound Regional Council's Vision 2040, the adopted regional growth strategy, which provides guidance to cities for accommodating future growth and preserving resource and rural lands; and WHEREAS, under this strategy the majority of the region's employment and housing growth is targeted to occur in compact, sustainable communities where housing and jobs are located; and WHEREAS, Tukwila began a planning process in 2002 to develop a plan and regulations to further support this vision and to retain the urban center's economic strength in the face of regional competition; and WHEREAS, Tukwila has held a series of public workshops, open houses, focus groups and public hearings to gather community input and guidance; and W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 1 of 48 259 WHEREAS, notice of the planning effort was provided via direct mailings to property owners and business owners and managers in the urban center, postings on the City website, emails to the broadcast email group, and articles in "The Hazelnut" and "Tukwila Reporter;" and WHEREAS, the Southcenter Plan and its implementing regulations codified in Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28 have evolved during this public process to reflect the community's vision and priorities as well as the regional goals; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a properly noticed public hearing on August 23, 2012, and after deliberations forwarded their recommended changes to Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28 to the City Council; and WHEREAS, notice was provided to the Washington State Department of Commerce pursuant to RCW 36.70A.106; and WHEREAS, the City Council held a properly noticed public hearing on April 14, 2014; and WHEREAS, the City Council reviewed the legislative record, written and verbal testimony and approved Revisions to the Planning Commission Recommended Draft Chapter 18.28 to address issues raised by interested parties, individual Councilmembers, and staff; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. TMC Chapter 18.28 Reenacted. Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Chapter 18.28 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: CHAPTER 18.28 TUKWILA URBAN CENTER (TUC) DISTRICT Sections: Introduction 18.28.010 18.28.020 18.28.030 Purpose and Orientation How to Use the Development Code Applicability and Design Review District -Based Standards 18.28.040 Districts 18.28.050 District Land Uses 18.28.060 18.28.070 18.28.080 18.28.090 18.28.100 18.28.110 District Standards Structure Height Maximum Block Face Length Permitted Corridor Types for New Streets Side and Rear Setbacks Side and Rear Yard Landscaping Requirements W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 260 Page 2 of 48 Corridor - Specific Standards 18.28.120 Corridors 18.28.130 Corridor Regulations 18.28.140 New Streets 18.28.150 Public Frontage Standards 18.28.160 Building Orientation to Street/Open Space 18.28.170 Frontage Building Coverage 18.28.180 Front Yard 18.28.190 On -Site Surface Parking Location 18.28.200 Architectural Design Standards 18.28.210 Front Yard Encroachments Supplemental Development Standards 18.28.220 18.28.230 18.28.240 18.28.250 18.28.260 18.28.270 18.28.280 INTRODUCTION Special Corner Feature Landscaping Types General Landscaping Open Space Regulations General Parking Requirements General Parking Guidelines Site Requirements Section 2. Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Section 18.28.010 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: 18.28.010 Purpose and Orientation The purpose of this chapter is to implement the goals and policies of the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan and Southcenter Subarea Plan. This chapter contains the primary development code that will be used to evaluate development projects or improvement plans proposed on properties within the Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) zone area. The Code contains regulations governing Use, Height, Building Placement, Public and Private Frontage, Parking, Streets, Blocks, Open Space, Landscaping, Site Design, and Architecture. See the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan and Southcenter Subarea Plan for more detail about the long range vision for the Plan area and a discussion of City actions and investments that support implementation of the Southcenter vision. Section 3. TMC Section 18.28.020 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: 18.28.020 How to Use the Development Code A. The Development Code is organized into four primary sections: 1. District -based standards, 2. Corridor -based standards, 3. Supplemental development regulations, and 4. A separate Southcenter Design Manual. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 3 of 48 261 B. Following are instructions on how to locate and review the development regulations that apply to a specific property: 1. Locate the property on the District Map (Figure 16), and Corridor Map (Figure 17). Identify which District and Corridor Type(s) apply to the property. 2. Review the District Standards (Tables 2 and 3) and Corridor Standards (Figures 20 -27) and identify the specific standards for the applicable District and Corridor Type. Note that the tables and figures are intended as a summary and do not encompass all mandatory requirements presented throughout the development regulations. 3. District -Based Standards (TMC Sections 18.28.040 through 18.28.110) govern: a. The use of a building or site; see Table 2, "Land Uses Allowed by District." b. The scale and configuration of the built environment; see Table 3, "District Standards." 4. Corridor -Based Standards (TMC Sections 18.28.120 through 18.28.200) govern: a. Thoroughfare configuration, public frontage conditions, building and parking placement, front yard landscaping, and architectural aspects of that portion of a building's facade within the first 185 feet of a parcel, measured from the curb line provided, however, that for Future Corridors mapped on Figure 19 these Corridor Standards do not apply until the Corridor is activated by: (i) City acquiring the right -of- way and installing thoroughfare and public frontage improvements or lawfully requiring dedication and installation of the same in connection with a project proposal; or (11) an applicant or owner elects to install the Corridor improvements and provide public access in connection with adjoining development. See the-Corridor Standards (Figures 20-27), b. More detailed information about the development regulations and guidelines that apply to each Corridor can be reviewed in the subsequent sections. These regulations are set forth to ensure that the configuration, location, orientation and design of new development match the envisioned character of all streets and open spaces in the Plan area. 5. Supplemental Development Regulations (TMC Sections 18.28.220 through 18.28.280): These sections contain regulatory definitions, requirements and guidelines that are common for all properties in Southcenter. They address front yard encroachments, special corner features, new streets configurations and guidelines, open space, landscaping, site components, and parking. C. Interpretation of the Development Code. Most sections of the code feature the following elements: W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 262 Page 4 of 48 1. Purpose. Purpose statements are overarching objectives. 2. Standards. Standards use words such as "shall ", "must ", or "is /are required ", signifying required actions. 3. Guidelines. Guidelines use words such as "should" or "is /are recommended ", signifying voluntary measures. 4. Alternatives. Some standards within the code allow applicants to propose alternative methods of meeting the particular standards. In such cases, the applicant shall demonstrate how the proposal meets the purpose of the standard and the overall objectives of the Plan. D. See the Applicability and Design Review section (TMC Section 18.28.030) to determine how the provisions in this chapter apply to properties in the TUC zone and which other Tukwila codes may apply to a specific property. Section 4. TMC Section 18.28.030 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: 18.28.030 Applicability and Design Review A. Relationship to Other Tukwila Codes. 1. The provisions of this chapter apply to properties within the Southcenter Plan Area, shown on the District Map (Figure 16). 2. The provisions of this chapter shall modify the regulations and other provisions in TMC Title 18, "Zoning," provided that the regulations and provisions of the entire Tukwila Municipal Code shall apply when not specifically covered by this chapter; and, further, provided that where Title 18 and the goals of the Southcenter Plan and this chapter are found to be in conflict, the provisions of this chapter shall apply unless otherwise noted. 3. Areas within 200 feet of the Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM) of the Green River are subject to the regulations in TMC Chapter 18.44, "Shoreline Overlay," which supersede this chapter when in conflict. 4. Areas meeting the definition of sensitive areas or sensitive area buffers are subject to the regulations of TMC Chapter 18.45, "Environmentally Sensitive Areas," and TMC Chapter 18.54, "Tree Regulations." 5. Alterations to nonconforming structures, uses, landscape areas or parking Tots shall be made in accordance with the standards in TMC Chapter 18.70, "Non - Conforming Lots, Structures and Uses." 6. Tukwila has adopted local amendments to the International Building and Fire Codes, which should be reviewed early in the development process; see TMC Title 16, "Buildings and Construction." W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 5 of 48 263 7. Boundary line adjustments, lot consolidations, short plats, subdivisions and binding site improvement plans shall be subject to the requirements of TMC Title 17, "Subdivisions and Plats." 8. Signs shall be regulated according to Title 19, "Sign and Visual Communication Code." 9. Public and private infrastructure must be designed and built in compliance with the standards contained in the current edition of the Tukwila Public Works Department Infrastructure Design and Construction Standards. B. Intensification of Use. Maximum block face length (TMC Section 18.28.080) and public frontage improvements (TMC Section 18.28.150) are required when an individualized assessment by the Director determines that the improvements are reasonably necessary as a direct result of the transportation impacts of a proposed development. C. Pad Development, Expansions or Complete Redevelopment. 1. Construction of a new pad building on a site with existing development shall meet all requirements for the new structure, and any alterations to non - conforming landscape areas or parking lots shall be made in accordance with the standards in TMC Chapter 18.70, "Non- Conforming Lots, Structures and Uses." 2. Expansions of existing buildings shall meet all requirements for the new portions of the structure, and any alterations to non - conforming landscape areas or parking lots shall be made in accordance with the standards in TMC Chapter 18.70, "Non- Conforming Lots, Structures and Uses." 3. Development of a vacant site or complete redevelopment of a site shall require compliance with all of the standards and guidelines in this chapter. D. Design Review. 1. Design review for projects located in the Regional Center (TUC -RC), Transit Oriented Development Neighborhood (TUC -TOD), Pond (TUC -P), or Commercial Corridor (TUC -CC) Districts: a. Projects meeting the thresholds for design review set forth in subparagraph 18.28.030.D.1.b. and c. shall be evaluated using applicable regulations in this chapter and the guidelines set forth in the Southcenter Design Manual. Work performed within the interior of a structure does not trigger design review or application of District or Corridor Standards. b. Major remodels and small -scale projects. Projects meeting any one of the following criteria shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60): W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 264 Page 6 of 48 (1) New non - residential structures between 1,500 and 25,000 square feet in size (total on premises). (2) New residential or mixed -use buildings providing up to 50 dwelling units (total on premises). (3) Any exterior repair, reconstruction, cosmetic alterations or improvements, when the cost of that work exceeds 10% of the building's current assessed valuation (the cost of repairs to or reconstruction of roofs screened by parapet walls is exempt). Compliance with corridor -based architectural design standards and building orientation is required for existing buildings only if they are destroyed by any means to an extent of more than 50% of their replacement cost at the time of destruction, in the judgment of the City's Building Official. (4) Exterior expansions between 1,500 and 25,000 square feet in size (total on premises). c. Large scale projects. Projects meeting the following criteria shall be reviewed by the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) as a Type 4 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60): (1) New non - residential structures greater than 25,000 square feet in size (total on premises). (2) New residential or mixed -use buildings with more than 50 dwelling units (total on premises). (3) Exterior expansions greater than 25,000 square feet in size (total on premises). d. Minor remodels and very small scale projects. Projects NOT meeting the design thresholds set forth in subparagraph 18.28.030.D.1.b. or c. are not subject to design review and shall be evaluated using applicable regulations in this chapter EXCEPT for the corridor -based architectural design standards. 2. Design Review for Projects located in the Workplace District. a. Buildings containing any dwelling units that meet the following thresholds for design review shall be evaluated using applicable regulations in this chapter and the guidelines set forth in the Southcenter Design Manual. Work performed within the interior of a structure does not trigger design review or application of District or Corridor Standards. Type of Review: (1) New small scale residential or mixed -use buildings providing up to 50 dwelling units (total on premises) shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60). W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 7 of 48 265 (2) Major remodels. Any exterior repair, reconstruction, cosmetic alterations or improvements to buildings over 10,000 square feet, when the cost of that work exceeds 10% of the building's current assessed valuation (the cost of repairs to or reconstruction of roofs screened by parapet walls is exempt) shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60). (3) New large scale residential or mixed -use building projects with more than 50 dwelling units (total on premises) will be reviewed by the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) as a Type 4 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60). b. All other projects meeting the following thresholds for design review shall be evaluated using the applicable regulations in this chapter and the design review criteria in TMC Section 18.60.050. Type of Review: (1) Small scale new construction or exterior expansions between 1,500 and 25,000 square feet shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60). (2) Major remodels. Any exterior repair, reconstruction, cosmetic alterations or improvements to buildings over 10,000 square feet, when the cost of that work exceeds 10% of the building's current assessed valuation (the cost of repairs to or reconstruction of roofs screened by parapet walls is exempt) shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60). Compliance with corridor -based building orientation /placement and architectural design standards is required for existing buildings only if they are destroyed by any means to an extent of more than 50% of their replacement cost at the time of destruction, in the judgment of the City's Building Official. (3) Large -scale new construction or exterior expansions greater than 25,000 square feet shall be reviewed by the Board of Architectural Review as a Type 4 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60). c. Minor remodels and very small scale projects. Projects NOT meeting the design thresholds set forth in subparagraph 18.28.030.D.2.a. or b. shall be evaluated using applicable regulations in this chapter EXCEPT for the corridor -based architectural design standards. DISTRICT -BASED STANDARDS Section 5. TMC Section 18.28.040 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: 18.28.040 Districts A. Five Districts are hereby established within the Tukwila Urban Center in the specific locations and with the specific names indicated in the District Map (Figure 16). W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 266 Page 8 of 48 B. Districts — Purpose. 1. TUC -RC, Regional Center. The area in the vicinity of Westfield Southcenter Mall, with easy access to the bus Transit Center, is intended to provide an area that will continue to infill and intensify with more retail, services, and entertainment uses southward toward Strander Boulevard and eastward across Andover Park West. Over the long term, infill development on the high -value property of the Mall may continue the transition from surface parking to structured parking, and may be increasingly characterized by mid -rise or high -rise building components built over the retail base. 2. TUC -TOD, Transit Oriented Development (TOD) Neighborhood. The area extending from the bus transit center on Andover Park West eastward towards the Sounder commuter rail /Amtrak station is intended to provide a more compact and vibrant mix of housing, office, lodging and supportive retail and service uses. Parking will be accommodated by a combination of off- and on- street parking spaces /lots. The overall structure of the TOD Neighborhood will be characterized by moderate development intensities and building heights. A fine - grained network of streets with pedestrian amenities will increase the walkability of the area. 3. TUC -P, Pond District. The northern edge of the Pond District is intended to provide an area of higher- density mixed -use development over retail, restaurants and services, oriented towards the Pond and a paved waterfront esplanade. Maximum building heights will be lower than in the adjacent Regional Center District, to provide sunlight to and views of the Pond. The eastern, western, and southern edges of the Pond will be characterized by a more natural park environment. Buildings will be separated from the Pond by streets on the eastern and southern edges, and stepped down in height toward the water to preserve views. Ground floors on these edges will range from office to support services and retail uses, with more private uses like residential above. 4. TUC -CC, Commercial Corridor District. Southcenter Parkway will continue to feature auto - oriented retail and services in a manner similar to the existing patterns of development in that area. 5. TUC -WP, Workplace District. The large southern portion of the plan area will continue to provide a wide range of distribution, warehousing, light industrial, "big box" retail, and furniture outlets, with incremental infill by office and other complementary commercial uses. Residential uses may front the Green River. C. The scale and pattern of all development shall be governed by the standards and regulations for the applicable District. Section 6. TMC Section 18.28.050 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 9 of 48 267 18.28.050 District Land Uses For permitted uses of a building or site, see Table 2, "Land Uses Allowed by District." 1. All Districts appear in the top row of the table. 2. The uses are organized by category and if allowed in a District are listed as either Permitted (P), Accessory (A), Conditional (C), or Unclassified Use Permit (UUP). 3. All permitted uses for a single district are allowed either alone or in combination with any other permitted uses within a parcel. 4. Other uses not specifically listed in this title are permitted should the Director determine them to be similar in nature to and compatible with other uses permitted outright within a District, consistent with the stated purpose of the District, and consistent with the policies of the Southcenter Plan. Section 7. TMC Section 18.28.060 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: 18.28.060 District Standards For the scale and configuration of the built environment, see Table 3, "District Standards." 1. All Districts appear in the top row of the table. 2. The primary regulations are listed in the left -most column of the table in the order that they appear in the text. 3. The development standards that apply to each District can be reviewed by cross referencing a regulation with a District. 4. More detailed information about the regulations and guidelines that apply to each District can be reviewed in the Tukwila Municipal Code section referenced in the row sub - headings. These regulations are set forth to ensure that the height and setbacks of new buildings and the scale of new blocks and streets are consistent with the purpose of each Southcenter District. Section 8. TMC Section 18.28.070 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: 18.28.070 Structure Height A. The minimum and maximum height of a structure shall be as specified by District or modified by a special height overlay. See Table 3, "District Standards." 1. Structures oriented to Baker Boulevard shall have an average height at least as high as the minimum listed in Table 3, "District Standards." W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 268 Page 10 of 48 B. Pond Edge Height Limit. 1. Development located within 150 feet of the edge of Tukwila Pond is not eligible for incentive height increases. 2. The maximum height in this location shall be as specified by District. C. Public Frontage Improvement Height Incentive. 1. As an incentive to provide public frontage improvements and /or new streets that are not otherwise required under this code, allowable structure heights may be increased to the limits as specified for each District as shown in Table 3, "District Standards," when: a. Developers construct public frontage improvements along their parcel frontages on existing streets, constructed to the standards of this code; or b. Developers construct new 20 foot wide half streets with one side of public frontage improvements, constructed to the standards of this code; or c. The existing sidewalk width and configuration along a parcel's frontage meets or exceeds the public frontage standard and, when averaged, the landscape width and street tree spacing meet the required public frontage standard. Additional sidewalk width may substitute for an equal area of landscaping. d. In order to take advantage of this incentive, the public frontage improvements must start and stop at property boundaries, intersections or traffic signals and transition safely to neighboring conditions. 2. The public frontage height incentive will be applied proportionally to parcels with more than one frontage based on the following: a. Each frontage will be evaluated separately based on its Corridor Type's public frontage standards. b. The height bonus will be applied to a percentage of the total building footprint(s) on site based on the percentage of the parcel's total public frontage that, when averaged, meets the public frontage standard. For example, when averaged, if one of a parcel's two similar length frontages meets the corridor's public frontage standard, then 50% of the total building footprint on site is eligible for the height incentive. D. Multi - Family Height Incentive. 1. As an incentive to construct residential dwelling units, allowable structure heights may be increased to the limits specified in Table 3, "District Standards." W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 11 of 48 269 2. Structures may be completely residential or mixed use, with residential uses comprising at least half of the occupied floor area of the building. E. Structures qualify for increased height as set forth in Table 3, "District Standards," when integrating any of the following combination of height incentives: 1. In the TUC -TOD District, allowable structure heights may be increased to 115 feet for developments that meet both the frontal improvement and multi - family height incentive requirements. 2. In the TUC -TOD District, allowable structure heights may be increased to 115 feet for developments that achieve a LEED certification of silver or higher and meet either the frontal improvement or multi - family height incentive requirements. 3. In the TUC -TOD District, allowable structure heights may be increased to 115 feet for developments that meet the multi - family height incentive requirements and make at least 20% of the residential units affordable per the standards in WAC 365 -196- 870. For rental units, affordability is set at 50% of the county median family income, adjusted for family size. For owner - occupied units, affordability is set at 80% of the county median family income, adjusted for family size. Section 9. TMC Section 18.28.080 is hereby reenacted to read as follows: 18.28.080 Maximum Block Face Length A. Definition. Block face length is a measure of a length of a block, in feet, from curb face to curb face of two intersecting and publicly accessible streets (public or private). See Figure 17. B. Regulation. 1. When required per TMC Section 18.28.030.B, development sites (properties or assemblages of contiguous properties) with a block face that exceeds the specified maximum block face length standard must construct new publicly accessible streets in locations that result in the creation of city blocks that do not exceed the maximum block face length for that District. 2. For the purposes of determining block face length, alleys are considered as part of the interior of a block. For development sites bounded by rivers or ponds, property lines along the adjacent water body and pedestrian ways providing waterfront access may qualify as defining the edge of a block. In no other case shall pedestrian ways qualify as defining the edge of a block. 3. New streets must be designed, configured, and located in accordance with TMC Section 18.28.140, "New Streets." Section 10. A new TMC Section 18.28.090 is hereby established to read as follows: W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 270 Page 12 of 48 18.28.090 Permitted Corridor Types for New Streets New streets built to satisfy maximum block face requirements or built voluntarily by a developer that are not shown on the Corridor Type Map (Figure 19) shall be built as one of the Corridor Types permitted in Table 3, "District Standards." See TMC Section 18.28.140, "New Streets," for more details. Section 11. A new TMC Section 18.28.100 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.100 Side and Rear Setbacks A. The width of side and rear setbacks shall be as specified by Table 3, "District Standards." B. Front yard setbacks are specified by the Corridor Standards (Figures 20 -27). Section 12. A new TMC Section 18.28.110 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.110 Side and Rear Yard Landscaping Requirements A. The width of side and rear yard landscaping shall be as specified by Table 3, "District Standards." B. Side and rear yard landscaping shall be designed, planted and maintained as specified in TMC Section 18.28.230.B, "Side and Rear Yard Landscape Types," and TMC Section 18.28.240, "General Landscaping." CORRIDOR - SPECIFIC STANDARDS Section 13. A new TMC Section 18.28.120 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.120 Corridors A. Purpose. To provide standards specific to a hierarchy of corridors and to implement the vision for Southcenter as set forth in the Subarea Plan. B. A Corridor consists of the following elements (see Figure 18, "Corridor Definition of Terms"): 1. Street: Comprised of the thoroughfare and public frontage. a. Thoroughfare — Includes the moving and parking lanes from curb face to curb face. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 13 of 48 271 b. Public Frontage — The portion of a property between the curb face and back of sidewalk, including the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscaped areas. Public frontage is also associated with pedestrian walkways and open spaces, such as Tukwila Pond or the Green River. 2. Private Frontage. The portion of a property between the back of sidewalk and the primary building facade along the street, pedestrian walkway or open space, and portions of all primary building facades up to the top of the first or second floor, including building entrances, located along and oriented toward the street, pedestrian walkway or open space. C. Eight Corridor Types are hereby established in the specific locations and with the specific names indicated in Figure 19, "Corridor Type Map." 1. Walkable Corridors. To provide and support a high - quality pedestrian realm for shopping and strolling along active retail, eating and entertainment uses, with buildings pulled up to the street and parking located to the side or rear, on Southcenter's primary streets connecting the Mall, Tukwila Pond, the Transit Center, and the Sounder Commuter Rail /Amtrak Station. Sidewalks associated with these Corridors should be wide and unobstructed to provide ample room for pedestrians to walk, and, where appropriate, to encourage activities including outdoor dining and locations for kiosks, food carts, and flower stalls. 2. Pedestrian Walkways. The design and location of this corridor is intended to supplement the existing and future street network with non - motorized pathways; to support and foster an alternative mode of travel to motorized vehicles within the area; and to provide a safe, pleasant, and direct route for pedestrians between significant activity areas (such as the Sounder Commuter Rail /Amtrak Station and Baker Boulevard, and the Mall and Tukwila Transit Center with Tukwila Pond Park). Pedestrian walkways should be wide with amenities such as trees, planters, benches and other street furniture. Buildings should be pulled up to the edge of the corridor and designed to be pedestrian - friendly. Where appropriate, uses such as kiosks, viewing areas, food carts and flower stalls shall be encouraged along this corridor. Walkways will be well -lit to create a safe night -time environment. 3. Tukwila Pond Esplanade. To provide a public esplanade environment along the northern edge of Tukwila Pond Park that functions as a focal point and central gathering spot for the urban center, suitable for shopping or strolling. The esplanade is intended to be integrated with adjoining retail and restaurant activities, providing an active waterside promenade to augment the shopping, eating and other uses in the vicinity. 4. Neighborhood Corridors. To provide an intimately - scaled pedestrian environment within northern Southcenter's higher density mixed -use neighborhoods, in a "complete streets" setting with on- street parking and bicycles sharing the roadway with vehicles. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 272 Page 14 of 48 5. Urban Corridors. To provide an attractive streetscape along the crossroads in the urban center, which provide greater capacity for transit and auto traffic, with modest improvements for pedestrian safety. 6. Commercial Corridors. To provide greater capacity for vehicles, and attractive streetscapes along heavily travelled roadways serving auto - oriented commercial uses, with modest improvements for pedestrian safety. 7. Freeway Frontage Corridors. To provide heavily travelled parkways oriented towards both the area's freeways and Westfield Southcenter Mall, with modest improvements for pedestrian safety. 8. Workplace Corridors. To provide streets serving truck loading and parking access for primarily warehouse /distribution uses in the southern part of the Southcenter area, with modest improvements for pedestrian safety. Section 14. A new TMC Section 18.28.130 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.130 Corridor Regulations A. This section contains regulations and guidelines for the provision, design, and configuration of new and existing streets and adjacent public and private frontage to ensure that these components of a Corridor support the type of development desired within each district, enhance the connectivity of the street network, create safe and attractive streetscape environments, encourage walking, and provide sufficient capacity and proper accessibility and circulation as the area intensifies. B. The form of all development along a street, primary open space, or water body shall be governed by the standards and regulations of the applicable Corridor Type. Corridor Type establishes the following: 1. For existing streets: A specific configuration of the public frontage. 2. For new streets: A specific configuration for the thoroughfare and public frontage. 3. For existing and new streets: Specific private frontage requirements. 4. For projects that trigger design review: Architectural Design Standards. C. Modifications. An applicant may propose modifications to the Corridor standards. Modifications must be approved by the Director as a Type 2 decision (TMC Chapter 18.104). The applicant must show that the modified Corridor design: 1. Satisfies the urban design goals as stated in each Corridor Type's purpose, requirements, and description; W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 15 of 48 273 2. Is designed to transition safely to the existing conditions at either end; and 3. Enhances the streetscape of the site and adjacent development. D. Summary of Standards. Figures 20 -27 summarize the corridor regulations. TMC Sections 18.28.140 through 18.28.200 provide supporting details. Section 15. A new TMC Section 18.28.140 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.140 New Streets A. Purpose. New street regulations ensure the creation of an appropriate sized network of blocks, streets and pedestrian paths that will support the envisioned future development. B. Regulations. 1. New streets shall be required when an individualized assessment by the Director determines that the improvements are reasonably necessary as a direct result of the proposed development. New streets may also be provided voluntarily by a developer, or constructed by the City. 2. All New Streets: a. New streets shall be designed based on their Corridor Type. b. New street locations must meet safety and spacing requirements, as approved by the Public Works Director. c. New streets may be publicly or privately owned and maintained, as approved by the Public Works Director. d. New streets shall connect with existing streets and be configured to allow for future extension whenever possible. e. Permanent dead ends shall not be permitted, unless the new street dead ends at a public access point to the Green River. f. In order to maintain the accessibility provided by the block structure of the urban center, existing public streets or alleys may not be closed permanently unless the closure is part of the provision of a network of new streets that satisfies all street regulations. g. New alleys and passageways do not satisfy street provision requirements. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 274 Page 16 of 48 h. New streets are encouraged to be located along side property lines. These new streets may require coordination with neighboring property owners in order to maximize the continuity of the new street network. i. As part of new street construction or sidewalk improvements, landscaped areas within the street right -of -way should be designed to be functional stormwater treatment facilities where appropriate. Section 16. A new TMC Section 18.28.150 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.150 Public Frontage Standards A. Regulations. 1. Public frontage standards establish a specific configuration of improvements that match the configuration and design of new and existing thoroughfares. See Figure 28 for an example of public frontage. 2. Installation of new public frontage improvements, if required by TMC Section 18.28.030.B or constructed voluntarily, shall be as specified by the Corridor Type's public frontage standards (see Figures 20 -27) along all parcel frontages, except where the public frontage area already contains the required features. 3. In instances where existing public frontage areas already contain features that are sufficiently similar to those required in the Plan, all or part of the required public frontage requirements may be waived by the Director. 4. In instances where new streets are required or constructed voluntarily — that is, in instances where there are no existing public frontage conditions —the public frontage shall be configured as specified by the Corridor Type's public frontage standards. See Figures 20 -27. 5. The exact location of the new back of sidewalk may or may not coincide with the front property line. As a result, newly installed public frontage improvements may be partially located on private property. 6. Along Tukwila Pond, all public frontage improvements are measured from the pond property line. 7. Each block shall have no more than 40% of the same species of large, open -habit deciduous trees. To provide optimum canopy cover for the streetscape, each block shall be planted with deciduous trees at intervals set forth in the Corridor Standards (Figures 20 -27). Spacing shall be a function of mature crown spread, and may vary widely between species or cultivars. The trees shall have a minimum branching width of 8 feet within 5 years and when mature shall be large broad canopy species selected from the City's recommended street tree list established for each corridor. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 17 of 48 275 8. Pedestrian -scale decorative street lighting shall be installed with a maximum spacing consistent with recommendations of the Illuminating Engineering Society of America (IES). The light source shall be located 12 to 14 feet above finished grade. Where vehicular lights are needed, vehicular lighting height and location should be consistent with IES recommendations. 9. Where appropriate, special paving patterns should be used to emphasize the pedestrian realm within the public frontage. The sidewalk shall include a 1 foot wide paved auto passenger landing located along the curb where on- street parking is present. 10. Street furnishings such as benches and trash receptacles shall be provided where appropriate. B. Exceptions. 1. In instances where installation of required public frontage improvements as part of on -site construction are found to be impractical —for example in instances where the private frontage is particularly narrow or fragmented —the property owner may pay an in -lieu fee covering the construction cost to install the required public frontage improvements when they can be combined with those on adjacent properties or as part of a City- sponsored street improvement program with the approval of the Director. 2. When public frontage improvements are triggered by development on a portion of a larger site and the cost of the public frontage improvements is disproportionate to the triggering work, the Director will determine the degree of compliance. Section 17. A new TMC Section 18.28.160 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.160 Building Orientation to Street/Open Space A. Intent. The building orientation to street provisions are intended to implement the vision for Southcenter by creating a network of "complete streets" and corridors that provide pedestrian comfort, bicycle safety, and automobile movement according to their location and necessary function in the overall area. The provisions herein include a hierarchy of street or "corridor" types ranging from vibrant and activated shopping and dining frontages (Walkable Corridors) to the Workplace Corridors, which accommodate significant truck traffic and support warehouse /distribution uses. The design provisions intend to physically enclose the street or pedestrian corridor to create the sense of an outdoor room with connections across the street to the extent appropriate for the particular street or corridor type. This is accomplished by locating buildings close to the street and containing visible pedestrian entries directly accessible from the street, with parking areas predominately located to the side or rear of buildings along most corridors. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 276 Page 18 of 48 B. Regulation. 1. Building orientation is required or not required, as specified by Corridor Type (see Figures 20 -27). 2. A building is oriented to a street or open space (Figure 29) if the building has a primary public entrance that opens directly on to or facing new or existing streets or open space, excluding alleys. See Section 7 of the Southcenter Design Manual for additional standards and guidelines for entrances. 3. Where building orientation to streets /open spaces is required for the applicable Corridor Type, weather protection at least 6 feet in width along at least 75 percent of the facade must be provided (see Figures 30 and 31). See Section 14 of the Southcenter Design Manual for additional standards and guidelines for weather protection. 4. Parking structures, garages, and accessory buildings are permitted and encouraged to be located along alleys in lieu of streets or open spaces. Those portions of parking structures, garages, and accessory buildings that are within 185 feet of the street are subject to applicable Corridor Standards (see Figures 20-27). C. Corner Parcels. New buildings located at the intersection of two or more Corridors where building orientation is required shall have an entrance(s) oriented towards at least one Corridor to be determined by the developer. Section 18. A new TMC Section 18.28.170 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.170 Frontage Building Coverage A. Regulations. 1. Frontage building coverage is the percentage of the length of the street frontage that is occupied by a primary building facade(s) excluding any side yard setbacks (Figure 32). 2. Minimum building frontage coverage percentages are required by the Walkable Corridor and Tukwila Pond Esplanade Corridor Types (see frontage building coverage minimum in Figures 20 and 22). 3. Where required, all new development shall include buildings sited such that minimum frontage building coverage requirements are met. B. Exceptions. 1. In order to provide vehicular access to parking areas in the interior or at the rear of a parcel if no other access is available, vehicular breezeways may count toward frontage coverage requirements. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 19 of 48 277 a. A vehicular breezeway is a covered driveway penetrating the building. b. The width of a vehicular breezeway shall not exceed the width of the curb cut plus the width of an adjacent pedestrian sidewalk. c. In order to connect the public sidewalk with active open spaces, courtyards, parking areas, and alleys in the interior or at the rear of a parcel, pedestrian passages designed to the standards in the Open Space Regulations, TMC Section 18.28.250.E.2.j, may count toward frontage coverage requirements. Section 19. A new TMC Section 18.28.180 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.180 Front Yard A. Setback. 1. The minimum and /or maximum required front yard setback shall be as specified in the applicable Corridor Standards. See Figures 20 -27. 2. Setbacks for the Walkable Corridor may be increased to allow for additional pedestrian space (see Figure 33) between the sidewalk and the building. B. Landscaping. 1. The minimum required landscaping shall be as specified in the applicable Corridor Standards. See Figures 20 -27. 2. Front yard landscaping shall be designed, planted and maintained as specified in TMC Section 18.28.230.A, "Front Yard Landscape Types," and TMC Section 18.28.240, "General Landscaping." 3. Front yard landscaping requirements shall be waived if the public frontage improvements are built to the required standard. Exceptions: perimeter parking lot landscaping (see TMC Section 18.28.240.B.6) and blank wall screening standards (see Section 15 of the Southcenter Design Manual) still apply, where applicable. Section 20. A new TMC Section 18.28.190 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.190 On -Site Surface Parking Location A. Permitted Locations. The permitted on -site surface parking locations on a parcel shall be as specified in the applicable Corridor Standards (Figures 20 -27). See TMC Sections 18.28.260 and 18.28.270 for additional parking regulations and guidelines. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 278 Page 20 of 48 B. On Site Parking Types. 1. Parking areas shall be designed as one of the parking types defined in this section. A property's permitted parking types shall be as specified by Corridor Type. For all parking types, parking shall be connected with the street by a driveway as stated in TMC Section 18.28.260.C., "Vehicular Access." 2. Surface Parking Lot — Front. a. Definition: A parking lot that is located between a building and the primary street fronting a development (Figure 34). 3. Street Front Parking: a. This regulates the width of a front parking area allowed between a building and the closest street (Figure 35). b. For new construction the maximum width of street front parking is regulated by Corridor Type. See Figures 20 -27. c. This standard does not apply when adding on to an existing building, constructing a parking garage or where there is an existing structure at least as wide as the proposed structure between the new construction and the closest street. d. For buildings with complex shapes, the section of the building meeting the criteria must be at least 80 percent of the overall width of the building, measured parallel to the primary street. 4. Surface Parking Lot — Side. a. Definition: A parking lot that is located in part or entirely along the side of a building, in a side yard, and fully or partially extends toward, but does not encroach into, the front yard setback area. Parking located between a building and a side property line that is directly visible from a street (Figure 36). 5. Surface Parking Lot — Rear. a. Definition: A parking lot where a building(s) is located between the entire parking lot and the street so that it is not directly visible from a street. A rear parking lot does not extend beyond the rear wall of the primary building into any side yard setback, except where driveway access is provided (Figure 37). 6. Parking Structure. a. Parking structures may stand alone or be integrated into a building. b. Parking structures are permitted in all Districts. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 21 of 48 279 c. Those portions of parking structures that are within 185 feet of the street are subject to applicable Corridor Type standards. Section 21. A new TMC Section 18.28.200 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.200 Architectural Design Standards A. Applicability and definitions (see Figure 38). 1. Architectural design regulations control the minimum required facade articulation and transparency, and are determined by Corridor Type as shown in the Corridor Standards. See Figures 20 -27. 2. Street Facade. The architectural design regulations apply to the plane of a facade that fronts upon a street, extending from the ground up to the street facade eave line. 3. Articulation. The giving of emphasis to architectural elements that create a complementary pattern of rhythm, dividing large buildings into smaller identifiable pieces. 4. Modulation. The stepping back or projecting forward of portions of a building face, as a means of the building function and /or breaking up the apparent bulk of a structure's continuous exterior walls. B. Facade Articulation Regulations. 1. Intent. The objective of this section is to ensure that the length of new or renovated building facades maintain the desired human scale and urban character appropriate for the Southcenter area. 2. Facade Articulation Increment — Requirements. The maximum increment shall be as specified by Corridor Type and ground level use. When a notch or pilaster /pier is used for the massing element, measurement of the vertical increment shall be from centerline to centerline of elements (see Figures 39 and 40). See the Southcenter Design Manual, Section 10, Building Massing, A. and B., Facade Articulation, for techniques to achieve this standard. 3. Major Vertical Modulation Increment — Requirements. The maximum increment shall be as specified by Corridor Type. See Figure 41 for an example, and the Southcenter Design Manual, Section 10, Building Massing, C., Major Vertical Modulation Increment, for techniques to achieve this standard. 4. Side and rear facades. While there are no specific requirements for side or rear facades they should continue the design vocabulary used on the other sides of the building. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 280 Page 22 of 48 C. Ground Level Transparency Regulations. 1. Intent. The objective is to promote a hierarchy of vibrant and activated streets in the Southcenter area. Transparent windows and doors add visual interest to the street for pedestrians, help to promote commercial uses within the building, and enhance the safety of streets by allowing visibility towards the street by building users. 2. A minimum transparency percentage for the area between the height of 2 and 10 feet along the length of a building facade (Figures 42 and 43) that faces the applicable Corridor is listed in Figures 20 -27. 3. A minimum 3 foot zone behind the window glazing must provide an unobstructed view of the establishment's goods or services. Display areas separated from the interior of the space may be used to meet this requirement if they have a depth of at least 3 feet and contain displays that are regularly updated (see Figure 44). 4. Darkly tinted glass, mirrored glass, and glass covered by screening sheets, white, or UV protection film shall not meet transparency requirements. 5. On sites where all sides of a building are subject to Corridor Standards per TMC Section 18.28.020.B.4.a., ground level transparency may be waived for the facade facing the least travelled Corridor. Section 22. A new TMC Section 18.28.210 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.210 Front Yard Encroachments Building overhangs such as trellises, canopies, and- awnings and freestanding covered walkways may extend horizontally into the public frontage up to a maximum of 6 feet and no closer than 8 feet from the back of curb. These overhangs must provide a minimum of 8 feet clear height above sidewalk grade and not interfere with street trees (see Figure 45). SUPPLEMENTAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Section 23. A new TMC Section 18.28.220 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.220 Special Corner Feature A. Special corner features are permitted by District as shown in Table 3, "District Standards." B. A special corner feature is a distinctive building element used to emphasize the corner of a building at an important intersection. See the Southcenter Design Manual, Section 9, "Corner Treatments," for additional guidance. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 23 of 48 281 C. Special corner feature masses may encroach up to 2 feet into the required setback areas but may not encroach into the public right -of -way. See TMC Section 18.28.210, "Front Yard Encroachments." D. Special corner features may exceed the permitted height limit by 20 feet, up to a maximum of 115 feet. Section 24. A new TMC Section 18.28.230 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.230 Landscaping Types A. Front Yard Landscaping Types. 1. Frontage Improvements per Corridor Type. a. When public frontage is constructed to meet the Corridor standard, any other front yard landscaping requirement shall be waived. Exceptions: perimeter parking lot landscaping (see TMC Section 18.28.240.B.6) and blank wall screening standards (see Section 15 of the Southcenter Design Manual) still apply, where applicable. To qualify for the waiver, public frontage improvements must be made along the entire street fronting the parcel. Public frontage improvements may continue into a courtyard or plaza. b. For Corridor Types that contain a planting strip (Urban, Commercial, Freeway Frontage and Workplace), minimum plantings shall consist of: (1) Trees at the spacing listed per Corridor Type. (2) 1 shrub per 4 linear feet of frontage, excluding curb cuts, or a planted berm at least 24 inches high. (3) Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the landscape area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4 -inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass is being used as the groundcover, a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch is required around each tree. 2. Paved / Sidewalk Extension. a. Provide paved pedestrian areas along the back of sidewalk, such as plazas or courtyards that enhance /enlarge the public frontage. b. Only permitted on parcels where the public frontage improvements meet the Corridor Standards in this code. c. Must meet applicable pedestrian space design requirements (see TMC Section 18.28.250.E.). W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 282 Page 24 of 48 3. Streetscape. a. Cover front yards with landscaped, pervious surfaces that visually soften and enhance the built environment. b. Provide pathways connecting the public sidewalk to the front door through parking areas. c. 1 tree per 500 square feet of landscaped setback area or 1 tree per 20 to 30 linear feet of frontage (depending on tree species and location of underground or at- ground utilities and excluding curb cuts), whichever results in more trees. d. Where there are existing street trees, the additional trees required by this section shall be planted behind the sidewalk in an informal pattern and consist of a mix of deciduous and evergreens. e. Minimum 1 shrub per 4 linear feet of frontage, excluding curb cuts, or a planted berm at least 24 inches high. f. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the landscape area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover shall be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4 -inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass is being used as the groundcover, a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch is required around each tree. 4. When there is an existing sidewalk that does not meet the Corridor standard for public frontage and the sidewalk remains in place, the required front yard landscaping width shall be measured from the back of sidewalk or edge of right -of -way, whichever is further from the road centerline. B. Side and Rear Yard Landscape Types (see Figure 46). 1. Groundcover. a. This is appropriate where the adjacent uses are compatible and no screening is necessary. b. Cover side and rear yards with landscaped, pervious surfaces. Landscaping treatment at a minimum shall consist of sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the landscape area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4 -inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass is being used as the groundcover, a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch is required around each tree. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 25 of 48 283 2. Shared pathway along or adjacent to the property line with landscaping. This is a desirable configuration that can enhance pedestrian circulation and provides an efficient use of space. This treatment requires a recorded agreement with applicable adjacent property owner(s). 3. Shared internal drive along or adjacent to the property line. This is a desirable configuration for non - residential uses that can enhance circulation and provides an efficient use of space. 4. Moderate Screening. a. Provide light visual separation along property lines between somewhat incompatible development. b. Landscaping designed to screen parking /service areas and blank side and rear building facades. c. Landscaping that maintains views to building entrances and signage. d. 1 tree per 20 linear feet of property line (excluding curb cuts) spaced regularly (except where there are conflicts with utilities) and consisting of a mix of deciduous and evergreen trees along the applicable property line. e. 1 shrub per 4 linear feet of property line, excluding curb cuts. f. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4 -inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass is being used as the groundcover, a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch is required around each tree. 5. Heavy Screening. a. Provide heavy visual separation along property lines between highly incompatible development, such as warehousing and residential uses. b. Landscaping designed to screen parking /service areas and blank side and rear building facades. c. 1 tree per 20 linear feet of property line (excluding curb cuts) spaced regularly (except where there are conflicts with utilities) and consisting of at least 50% conifers along the applicable property line (75% along property line adjacent to residential uses). d. Privacy screening utilizing evergreen shrubs, screening walls or fences (up to 7 feet tall) is allowed. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 284 Page 26 of 48 e. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4 -inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass is being used as the groundcover, a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch is required around each tree. Section 25. A new TMC Section 18.28.240 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.240 General Landscaping A. The provisions herein are applicable to setbacks, public frontage areas, open space, and other areas on- premises. These regulations address plant materials and design, visibility, irrigation, landscape plans, utility and service areas. B. General Landscaping Requirements. 1. Plant Materials. a. A mix of evergreen trees and evergreen shrubs shall be used to screen blank walls. b. All plant material shall meet the most recent American Standards for Nursery Plant Stock (ANSI Z60.1). c. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of 6 feet in height at time of planting. d. Deciduous trees shall be a minimum 2.5 inch caliper six inches off the ground when installed. e. Shrubs shall be at least 18 inches in height at time of planting. f. Existing vegetation may be used to meet the perimeter landscaping requirements. All significant trees located within any required perimeter landscape area that are not dead, dying, or diseased and that do not pose a safety hazard as determined by the City or a qualified arborist shall be retained and protected during construction with temporary fencing or other enclosure, as appropriate to the site. The area designated for protection will vary based on the tree's diameter, species, age, and the characteristics of the planted area. Property owners may be required to furnish a report by an International Society of Arborist (ISA) certified arborist to document a tree's condition. The Director may require that an ISA certified arborist be retained to supervise tree protection during construction. Grade changes around existing trees are to be avoided whenever possible. g. New plant materials shall include native species or non - native species that are drought tolerant and have adapted to the climatic conditions of the Puget Sound Region. There must be a diversity of tree and shrub genus and species in the site W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 27 of 48 285 landscaping, taking into account species in existing development around the site. h. No species that are listed on the State or King County noxious weed lists may be planted. i. Plant materials shall be selected that reinforce the landscape design concept, and are appropriate to their location in terms of hardiness, tolerance to urban conditions, maintenance needs and growth characteristics. Large and medium canopy tree species are required, except where there is insufficient planting area (due to proximity to a building, street Tight, above ground or underground utility line, etc.). 2. Visibility. a. Design of new landscaping and maintenance of existing landscaping shall consider Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principals and visibility for safety and views. Appropriate plant species shall be specified to avoid the need for excessive maintenance pruning. Trees along the street frontages, as they mature, shall be limbed up to a minimum height of 6 feet (8 feet where they extend over sidewalks) to allow adequate visibility and clearance for vehicles. Trees may be pruned to improve views of signage and entryways by using such techniques as windowing, thinning, and limbing -up. However, no more than 1/4 of the canopy may be removed within any 2 -year period, and the crown should be maintained to at least 2/3 the height of the tree. All pruning shall be done in accordance with ANSI Standard A -300 specifications. Trees may not be topped for any reason. Trees may only be pruned to lower their height to prevent interference with an overhead utility or electrical line, with prior approval by the Director. b. Landscaping shall not obstruct views from or into the driveway, sidewalk or street. Landscape design shall allow for surveillance from streets and buildings and avoid creating areas that might harbor criminal activity. c. Landscaping at crosswalks and other locations where vehicles and pedestrians intersect must not block pedestrians' and drivers' views. d. Evergreen shrubs and trees shall be used for screening along rear property lines, around solid waste /recycling areas and mechanical equipment, and to obscure grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking garages. 3. Soil Preparation and Planting. a. For trees planted in sidewalks and parking lots, Cornell University CU- Structural Soils must be used to a preferred depth of 36 inches, to promote tree root growth and provide structural support to the paved area. Minimum soil volumes for tree roots shall be 750 square feet per tree (see specifications and sample plans for CU- Structural Soils). Trees and other landscape materials shall be directly planted into a planting mix, approved by the Director, that is installed on top of the structural soils. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 286 Page 28 of 48 b. For all other plantings, soils must be prepared for planting in accordance with BMP T5.13, "Post Construction Soil Quality and Depth," from the Washington Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (or as amended), regardless of whether a stormwater permit is required by the City. c. The applicant will be required to schedule an inspection by the City of the planting areas prior to planting to ensure soils are properly prepared. d. Installation of landscape plants must comply with best management practices including: (1) Planting holes that are the same depth as the size of the root ball and 2 times wider than the size of the root ball. (2) Root balls of potted and balled and burlapped (B &B) plants must be loosened and pruned as necessary to ensure there are no encircling roots prior to planting. At least the top 2/3 of burlap and all straps or wire baskets are to be removed from B &B plants prior to planting. (3) The top of the root flare, where the roots and the trunk begin, should be about one inch from the surrounding soil. The root ball shall not extend above the soil surface. (4) If using mulch around trees and shrubs, maintain at least a 3 -inch mulch -free ring around the base of the plant trunks and woody stems of shrubs. If using mulch around groundcovers until they become established, mulch shall not be placed over the crowns of perennial plants. 4. Irrigation. a. The intent of this standard is to ensure that plants will survive the critical establishment period when they are most vulnerable due to lack of watering. b. All required plantings must be served by a permanent automatic irrigation system. (1) Irrigation shall be designed to conserve water by using the best practical management techniques available. These techniques may include, but not be limited to: drip irrigation to minimize evaporation loss, moisture sensors to prevent irrigation during rainy periods, automatic controllers to insure proper duration of watering, sprinkler head selection and spacing designed to minimize overspray, and separate zones for turf and shrubs and for full sun exposure and shady areas to meet watering needs of different sections of the landscape. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 29 of 48 287 (2) Exceptions to the irrigation requirement may be approved by the Director, such as xeriscaping (i.e., low water usage plantings), plantings approved for low impact development techniques, established indigenous plant material, or landscapes where natural appearance is acceptable or desirable to the City. However, those exceptions will require temporary irrigation until established. 5. Landscape Plan Requirements. a. A Washington State licensed landscape architect shall prepare and stamp the landscape plans in accordance with the standards herein. Detailed plans for landscaping and screening shall be submitted with plans for building and site improvements. Included in the plans shall be type, quantity, spacing and location of plants and materials; typical planting details; and the location of irrigation systems. Underground and at- ground utilities shall be shown on the plans so that planting conflicts are avoided. b. Installation of the landscaping and screening shall be completed and a Landscaping Declaration submitted by the owner or owner's agent prior to issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. If necessary due to weather conditions or construction scheduling, the installation may be postponed to the next planting season if approved by the Director and stated on the building permit. A performance assurance device equal to 150% of the cost of the labor and materials must be provided to the City before the deferral is approved. 6. Parking Lots. a. Setback and Perimeter Landscaping: (1) Surface parking Tots shall set back a minimum of five feet from any open space, building facade, or Corridor back of sidewalk. The setback shall be designed and planted with: curb cuts. (a) 1 evergreen shrub per 4 linear feet of property line, excluding (b) Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4 -inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If turf grass is being used as the groundcover, a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch is required around any tree. (2) Surface parking lots shall be buffered from adjacent residential development with heavy screening in the side and rear setback areas. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 288 Page 30 of 48 b. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping: (1) For surface parking lots adjacent to public or private streets, a minimum of 20 square feet of interior parking lot landscaping is required for each parking stall. In the Workplace District, a minimum of 15 square feet per stall is required for warehouse and light industrial uses. (2) For surface parking lots located behind buildings or otherwise screened from public or private streets or public spaces, a minimum of 10 square feet of interior parking lot landscaping is required for each parking stall. (3) Flexibility is allowed for the layout of parking lots and landscaped areas, but the goal is to provide shade from trees that are evenly distributed throughout the parking lot. Planting trees in continuous, landscaped planting strips between rows of parking is encouraged. This approach may also be combined with surface water management design. For parking lots adjacent to public or private streets, if landscape islands are designed into the parking lot layout to divide continuous rows of parking stalls, they must be placed at minimum spacing of every 10 parking spaces. For parking areas located behind buildings or otherwise screened from public or private streets or public spaces, if landscape islands are used, they shall be placed at a minimum of one island every 15 parking stalls. (4) Landscape islands must be a minimum of 6 feet wide and a minimum of 100 square feet in area. All landscaped areas must be protected from damage by vehicles (curbs, tire stops, other techniques). (5) Landscape islands shall be placed at the ends of each row of parking to protect parked vehicles from turning movements of other vehicles. (6) A minimum of one large- canopy evergreen or deciduous tree or two medium - canopy trees are required for every 100 square feet of landscaped island, with the remaining area to contain a combination of shrubs, living groundcover, and mulch (see Figure 47). 7. Utility and Service Areas. Utility easements and other similar areas between property lines and curbing shall be landscaped and /or treated with dust and erosion control planting or surfacing. Trees proposed under overhead transmission lines shall be approved by the City on a case -by -case basis. 8. Street Trees in the Public Frontage. a. Street tree spacing in the public frontage shall be as specified in the applicable Corridor Standards. For smaller stature trees (those with canopies at maturity of Tess than 20 feet), spacing should be every 20 feet. For larger canopy trees, spacing should be wider as appropriate to the mature spread of the tree. Spacing will also need to consider sight vision distance at intersections, driveway locations, and utility conflicts. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 31 of 48 289 b. Street trees in the public frontage shall be planted to at least the following spacing standards: (1) At least 3.5 feet back from the face of the curb and with an approved root barrier installed on the curb side. front for access). (2) At least 5 feet from underground utility lines. (3) At least 10 feet from power poles. (4) At least 7.5 feet from driveways. (5) At least 3 feet from pad- mounted transformers (except 10 feet in (6) At least 4 feet from fire hydrants and connections. c. When used, tree grates and landscaped tree wells shall be a minimum 36 square feet in size (6' x 6'). Tree grates are not encouraged, but when used grates must have easily removable rings so that sections of grate can be removed incrementally as the tree matures. Tree well size may be adjusted to comply with ADA standards on narrower sidewalks. Root barriers must be installed at curb face. See TMC Section 18.28.240.B.3, "Soil Preparation and Planting," for structural soil requirements. d. Planting and lighting plans shall be coordinated so that trees are not planted in locations where they would obstruct existing or planned street or site lighting, while maintaining appropriate spacing and allowing for their size and spread at maturity. 9. Maintenance and Pruning. a. Any landscaping required by this chapter shall be retained and maintained by the property owner for the life of the project in conformance with the intent of the approved landscape plan and this chapter. Maintenance shall include keeping all planting areas free of weeds and trash and replacing any unhealthy or dead plant materials. b. Pruning of trees is only allowed for the health of the tree, to maintain sight distances or sight lines into commercial areas, or if interfering with overhead utilities. All pruning must be done in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A -300 specifications. No tree planted by a property owner or the City to fulfill landscape requirements, or any existing tree, may be topped or removed without prior approval from the City. If a tree is topped or removed without approval, it shall be replaced with a new tree that meets the intent of this chapter within 120 days or the property owner will be subject to code enforcement action per TMC Chapter 8.45. Options at the Director's discretion are to require replacement of the tree with a new tree of similar species that will achieve a similar canopy size at maturity, replace the tree with multiple smaller diameter trees of an appropriate species (only if there are W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 290 Page 32 of 48 limitations on space or conflicts with utility infrastructure), and /or require an in -lieu fee for off -site tree replacement. C. General Landscaping Considerations. 1. Plant Materials. a. Drought resistant species are encouraged in order to minimize irrigation requirements, except where site conditions within the required landscape areas ensure adequate moisture for growth. b. The mature size of selected tree species should be suitable to lot size, the scale of adjacent structures, and the proximity to utility lines. c. In general, deciduous trees with open branching structures are recommended to ensure visibility to retail establishments. More substantial shade trees are recommended in front of private residences. d. All trees should be selected and located so they will not obstruct views to showroom windows and building signage as they mature. e. Evergreen landscaping (Figure 48) is appropriate for screening utility vaults, loading docks and some storage areas. (Also see TMC Section 18.52.040 for screening outdoor storage areas.) f. Species selection is very important in grouped plantings (Figure 49). Drought tolerant species are strongly recommended and monoculture plantings are discouraged. Low maintenance cost and low replacement costs are two advantages of planting drought tolerant species in grouped configurations. Low (24 -30 inches) shrubs, perennial or groundcover plantings that provide a superior degree of separation between the sidewalk and street at reduced maintenance costs may be used. 2. Design. a. Shade trees should be planted to shade buildings' east and west - facing windows to provide a balance between summer cooling and winter heating through solar gain. b. All landscaped areas should be designed to allow aquifer filtration and minimize stormwater run -off utilizing bio - swales, filtration strips, and bio- retention ponds where appropriate. Section 26. A new TMC Section 18.28.250 is hereby established to read as follows: W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 33 of 48 291 18.28.250 Open Space Regulations A. Purpose. This section contains regulations and guidelines for the provision, design, and configuration of new open spaces that may be publicly accessible. Open space regulations are set forth to ensure that the provision, design, and configuration of new open spaces contribute to the character of and support the type of development desired within each District. Open space for residential uses is also intended to promote the health of residents by providing on -site open space for recreational activities, physical exercise, and /or food production. Open spaces may consist of pedestrian spaces for commercial uses, and common and private open space for residential uses. B. All new open spaces, whether or not they are required by open space regulations, shall be designed and configured according to the following regulations. C. The following requirements for the provision and design of pedestrian, common and private open spaces are organized by Use Type. These regulations are established to ensure a wide range of public spaces that complement the primary public streets and open spaces in each District as the Southcenter area intensifies. D. General Open Space Regulations. 1. Open space requirements for commercial and residential uses are as specified in Table 4, "Provision of Open Space." 2. Compliance with the open space square footage ratio listed in Table 4 is required for new construction, the area of expansion of existing buildings and changes in use from one category in Table 4 to another. 3. Open space for new or expanded commercial and residential uses shall be built within the development by developers at the time development occurs. 4. Options for provision of open space. a. The square footage of all streets built per TMC Section 18.28.140, "New Streets," may be counted toward meeting the provision of open space requirements for pedestrian space. They may not be used to satisfy common and /or private open space requirements for residential uses. b. The Director shall give credit for existing on -site open space amenities that meet the requirements of this section toward the open space square footage triggered by the new construction or change of use. c. At the discretion of the Director, required pedestrian space for commercial uses or residential common open space may be constructed off - premises and /or as part of a larger open space being provided by the City or other private developments within that District or within 1,000 feet of the project premises. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 292 Page 34 of 48 d. If strict compliance with these regulations would create substantial practical difficulties for a site and none of the above approaches would provide relief, the property owner may apply for a Special Permission Modification and propose an alternate solution that meets the intent of the regulations. (1) Special Permission Modification shall be a Type 2 decision. An applicant shall submit evidence of the above (subparagraph 18.28.250.D.4.d) to the Director, which could take the form of a brief report and site plan that addresses the difficulties of meeting the regulations, the proposed alternative solution, and how the proposed solution meets the intent of the applicable open space regulations. (2) Applicants may request that up to 75 percent of their required pedestrian open space be provided indoors. E. Pedestrian Space for Commercial Uses. 1. Pedestrian spaces for commercial uses are publicly accessible, outdoor, landscaped spaces used primarily for active or passive community recreation and civic purposes. These may include a linear green, square, plaza, courtyard, or pedestrian passage. Play areas for children may be provided indoors or outdoors. These spaces shall be privately owned and maintained, including keeping the space free of trash and graffiti. Amenities provided within the space, such as benches, planters, art and water features, shall be maintained for the life of the project. 2. Pedestrian Space Design Requirements. a. Ground level pedestrian spaces shall be connected to public sidewalks and abut public rights -of -way on at least one side. b. Ground level pedestrian spaces shall be located where they are visible and easily accessible to the public from adjacent sidewalks and avoid masses of shrubs around edges. The space shall not be more than 2 feet above or below the adjacent sidewalk. c. Pedestrian spaces shall be comprised of a greater proportion of hardscape (paved areas, fountains, plants in pots), than softscape (grass or other landscape material). See Figure 50. d. Pedestrian spaces shall be publicly accessible during the hours of operation of the use. Pedestrian spaces, except for passages, shall be a minimum of 500 square feet or the required amount of open space (whichever is Tess) in size, contain seating areas, and open on to pedestrian generators such as entrances to offices, stores, or restaurants. e. Pedestrian spaces shall be located to take advantage of sunlight to the greatest extent possible. South - facing plazas are generally preferred, unless particular lot configurations prevent such orientation. permitted to be only north facing. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 35 of 48 293 f. At least 3 feet of seating area (bench, ledge, etc.) or one individual seat per 60 square feet of plaza area or open space shall be provided. This provision may be relaxed or waived where there are provisions for movable seating that meet the purpose of the standard. See Section 4 of the Southcenter Design Manual for guidelines on designing walls for seating. g. Site design features that create entrapment areas in locations with pedestrian activity shall be avoided. h. Development shall incorporate Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles into open space site design. i. Pedestrian spaces shall not be located adjacent to dumpster enclosures, loading /service areas, or other incompatible uses unless fully screened with an architecturally consistent wall or solid fence (no chain link) and landscaping. j. Pedestrian passage design requirements: (1) A passage shall serve as a pedestrian connector passing between buildings to provide shortcuts through long blocks and access to rear parking areas or courtyards. (See Figure 51) (2) Passages shall be paved and landscaped, and specifically reserved for pedestrian travel. (3) Passages shall be a minimum of 10 feet and a maximum of 30 feet wide. (4) The design of the passage shall encourage pedestrian circulation. This can be accomplished by: (a) Having the walkway meet the public sidewalk in an engaging and identifiable manner. (b) Providing pedestrian amenities such as alternative paving methods, seating, and planters. (c) Designing the passage using CPTED principles. (5) Incorporate design treatments to mitigate impacts of any blank walls along the passageways (see Section 15 of the Southcenter Design Manual). (6) For properties adjacent to fixed rail transit or bus facilities, a passage may include transit station or bus stop access. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 294 Page 36 of 48 (7) For properties adjacent to the Green River, a passage may include a pedestrian connection between the Green River Trail and a publicly accessible street/sidewalk. The passage should be established in an easement allowing for public access through private property. F. Common Open Space for Residential Uses. 1. Purpose: a. To provide accessible, safe, convenient, and usable common open space for residential uses; b. To promote the health of residents by providing access to common open space for recreational activities, physical exercise, and /or food production; and c. To create common open spaces that enhance the residential setting. 2. Common open spaces are privately owned and maintained interior common spaces, such as pools or exercise rooms, and /or outdoor landscaped spaces, such as rooftop decks, ground level open spaces, children's play areas, or other multipurpose green spaces associated with multi - family developments that provide for the recreational needs of the residents of the development and are not publicly accessible. 3. Common open space design requirements (see Figure 52, and Section 5 of the Southcenter Design Manual, for additional guidance). a. Required building setback areas shall not be counted towards common open space. b. No more than 50 percent of the required common space may be indoor or covered space. c. Common open spaces shall be easily visible and readily accessible to multi - family residents. d. The common open spaces for a site shall provide at least threeone of the following amenities for every 200 square feet of common open space up to a maximum requirement of three amenities to accommodate a variety of ages and activities: (1) Site furnishings (tables, benches) (2) Picnic and /or barbecue areas (3) Patios, plazas, courtyards, or rooftop terraces (4) Active play areas for children W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 37 of 48 295 (5) Urban (private /individual) garden plots (6) Pool and /or hot tub (7) Multi- purpose room with cooking facilities (8) Exercise facility e. Common open spaces shall not be less than 20 feet wide. f. Courtyards shall be a minimum of 30 feet along the east -west axis and 20 feet along the north -south axis. g. Adequate fencing, plant screening or other buffer shall separate the common open space area from parking areas, driveways, utility areas, mechanical equipment or public streets. Rooftop utilities shall be adequately screened and separated from rooftop common open spaces. h. Common open spaces shall be located to take advantage of sunlight to the greatest extent possible. i. Site design features that create entrapment areas in locations with pedestrian activity shall be avoided. j. Development shall incorporate Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles into open space site design. k. Common open spaces shall not be located adjacent to dumpster enclosures, loading /service areas, or other incompatible uses, unless fully screened with an architecturally consistent wall or solid fence (no chain link) and landscaping. I. Interior located common space must be: (1) Located in visible areas, such as near an entrance lobby and near high traffic corridors. (2) Designed to provide visibility from interior pedestrian corridors and to the outside. Windows should generally occupy at least one -half of the perimeter of the space to make the space inviting and encourage use. (3) Designed to specifically serve interior recreational functions and not merely leftover space used to meet the common space requirement. m. Common open spaces shall be maintained by the property owner, including keeping the space free of trash and graffiti. Amenities provided within the space, such as benches, planters, art and water features, shall be maintained for the life of the project. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 296 Page 38 of 48 G. Private Open Space for Residential Uses. 1. Private open spaces are privately owned and maintained and include outdoor balconies, decks, patios, yards, courtyards, rooftop decks or gardens (Figure 53), or landscaped areas used for recreation by inhabitants of a single dwelling unit. 2. Private open space design requirements. a. Required setback areas shall not be counted towards private open space provision requirements, unless configured as a private yard and accessed by secondary unit entrance(s). b. Private open spaces shall have primary access from the dwelling unit served. c. Private yard landscaping shall be consistent with "Side and Rear Yard Landscape Types" (TMC Section 18.28.230.B). d. Access to a balcony or patio shall be limited to the dwelling served. Section 27. A new TMC Section 18.28.260 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.260 General Parking Requirements A. This section contains regulations and guidelines for the provision, locations, and design of parking. Parking regulations are set forth to ensure that the provision of parking, and the design and configuration of parking areas, contribute to the character of and support the type of development desired within each District in the urban center. B. Number of Parking Spaces. 1. The minimum parking provision for vehicles required by all new development and changes in use shall be as specified in Table 5, "Provision of Parking." In the case of a use not specifically mentioned in this table, the requirements for the number of off - street parking spaces shall be determined by the Director as a Type 2 Special Permission Decision. Such determination shall be based on the requirements for the most comparable use specified in this section or a parking study. 2. Any off - street parking area already in use or established hereafter shall not be reduced below the ratios required in Table 5. Any change of use must meet the parking requirements of the new use. 3. A maximum of 30% of the total off - street parking stalls may be designed and designated for compact cars. 4. Electric vehicle charging stations and parking spaces shall be governed by TMC Section 18.56.135. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 39 of 48 297 5. Parking Reductions. a. New on- street parking spaces provided along adjacent new streets may be counted toward the minimum parking requirement for commercial development on that property. b. Parking requirements for commercial development within 600 feet of the Sounder transit station or the Tukwila bus Transit Center, or residential development within 1,320 feet of either station may be reduced or modified by the Director as a Type 2 Special Permission Decision. This distance will be the walking distance measured from the lot line of the development to the lot line of the station. c. A reduction in minimum parking requirements may be requested per TMC Section 18.56.140, "Administrative Variance from Parking Standards." d. Shared Parking: When two or more property owners agree to enter into a shared parking agreement, the setbacks and landscaping requirements on their common property line(s) may be waived with that land used for parking, driveway and /or building. The total number of spaces may be reduced if it is demonstrated through a parking study that complementary uses, internal trip capture or uses with different peak parking needs justify the reduction in number. e. All or part of a development's parking requirement may be satisfied through payment of in -lieu fees based on the current real cost of constructing a parking space in an exposed above - ground parking structure, when approved by the Director. C. Vehicular Access. 1. Curb Cuts and Driveways. a. When access to parking facilities and loading areas is provided from front or side streets, the maximum number of curb cuts associated with a single development shall be one two -lane curb cut or two one -lane curb cuts for each 500 linear feet of street frontage. Shared driveways and new public or private streets do not count against this total. b. The maximum width of driveways /curb cuts is 15 feet for a one -lane and 30 feet for a two -lane driveway. In the Workplace District, the maximum width of driveways /curb cuts is 35 feet. c. On Walkable and Neighborhood Corridors, the curb cut design for driveways or private streets shall match the height of the sidewalk to ensure that the sidewalk stays at a consistent grade for pedestrians, with the apron dipping down to meet the street level starting at the planting strip or tree wells (see Figure 54). d. The total width of parking access openings on the ground level of structured parking may not exceed 30 feet when fronting on a public or private street. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 298 Page 40 of 48 e. Driveways shall be set back a minimum of five feet from adjoining properties (unless the driveway is shared with adjacent premises), and a minimum of three feet from adjacent buildings. f. If two adjoining properties combine their side yards for the purposes of having a shared driveway, side yard landscaping requirements along that property line will be waived. g. Driveways may not be signalized. In order to be considered for installation of a traffic signal, a new public or private street must be constructed per the standards in TMC Section 18.28.140. h. These standards may be varied by the Director when there is a demonstrated conflict with truck maneuvering or fire access that cannot be addressed otherwise. D. Parking Lots. 1. Dimensions. Minimum parking area dimensions for surface parking shall be as provided in TMC Chapter 18.56, Figure 18 -6, "Off- street Parking Area Dimensions." 2. Maneuverability. a. Adequate ingress to and egress from each parking space shall be provided without moving another vehicle and without backing more than 50 feet. b. Tandem parking spaces (where one car is parked directly behind another) are allowed for residential units with two or more bedrooms and both spaces must be assigned for the exclusive use of that unit. All tandem parking spaces must be designed for full size rather than compact size vehicles based on the dimensions in TMC Chapter 18.56, Figure 18 -6. c. Turning and maneuvering space shall be located entirely on private property (Figure 55) unless specifically approved by the Public Works Director. d. The slope of off- street parking spaces shall not exceed 5 %. The slope of entrance and exit driveways providing access for off - street parking areas and internal driveway aisles without parking stalls shall not exceed 15 %. 3. Surface. a. The surface of any required off - street parking or loading facility shall be paved with asphalt, concrete or other similar approved material(s) and shall be graded and drained as to dispose of all surface water, but not across sidewalks. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 41 of 48 299 b. All traffic - control devices, such as parking stripes designating car stalls, directional arrows or signs, curbs and other developments shall be installed and completed as shown on the approved plans. c. Paved parking areas shall use paint or similar devices to delineate car stalls and direction of traffic. d. Wheel stops shall be required on the periphery of parking lots so cars will not protrude into the public right -of -way, walkways, off the parking lot or strike buildings. Wheel stops shall be two feet from the end of the stall of head -in parking. 4. Setbacks, Perimeter, and Interior Landscaping. a. Surface parking lots shall set back a minimum of five feet from any back of sidewalk, open space, or building facade. The setback shall be designed and planted as specified in TMC Section 18.28.240.B.6.a. b. See TMC Section 18.28.240.B.6.b for interior parking lot landscaping requirements. 5. Parking Lot Walkways. a. A hard - surfaced walkway a minimum of 6 feet in unobstructed width shall be provided for safe walking areas through surface parking lots between main building entrances and sidewalks adjacent to streets. Front surface parking lots shall provide such routes at a maximum spacing of every 300 feet or to each major building entrance, whichever is closer. b. Walkways through parking areas (see Figure 56) shall be separated from vehicular parking and travel lanes by use of contrasting paving material, curbing, or landscaping and may be raised above the vehicular pavement. Trees and pedestrian - scaled lighting (maximum 15 feet in height) shall be used to clearly define pedestrian walkways or other pedestrian areas within the parking area. c. Pedestrian crossings are required when a walkway crosses a paved area accessible to vehicles. Applicants must continue the sidewalk pattern and material across internal driveways. 6. Lighting and Safety. Parking and loading areas shall include lighting capable of providing adequate illumination for security and safety, provide clear views both to and within the site, and be in scale with the height and use of the associated structure. See also TMC Section 18.28.280.B, "Lighting." E. Drive - Through Facilities. building. 1. Stacking lanes shall be located to the rear or least visible portion of a W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 300 Page 42 of 48 2. Stacking lanes shall be designed to accommodate expected queuing. F. Parking Structures. 1. Parking structures shall be located and designed to minimize their impact on public streets and public spaces. Consider using residential dwelling units, retail storefronts or office space to line the ground level facades of parking structures adjacent to a pedestrian- oriented street or open space. 2. Parking structures shall be buffered from adjacent residential development with heavy screening (see TMC Section 18.28.230.B.5, "Heavy Screening "). 3. See the Southcenter Design Manual (Section 16, "Parking Structures ") and the City of Tukwila's "Parking Structure Design Guidelines" (2001) for additional requirements and guidelines regulating parking structures, parking podiums, and garages. Section 28. A new TMC Section 18.28.270 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.270 General Parking Guidelines A. Parking Lot Landscaping. Note: See TMC Section 18.28.240.8.6 for standards for perimeter and interior parking lot landscaping. 1. Trees in parking areas, when mature, should be large and have a high - branching, broad - headed form to create maximum shade. 2. Landscaping in parking lot interiors and at entries should not obstruct a driver's clear sight lines to oncoming traffic. 3. Rooftop Parking Landscape Alternatives. a. Landscape Planters. (1) For a parking area on the top level of a parking structure, one planter that is 30 inches deep and 5 feet square should be provided for every 10 parking stalls on the top level of the structure. (2) Each planter should contain a small tree or large shrub suited to the size of the container and the specific site conditions, including desiccating winds. (3) The planter should be clustered with other planters near driving ramps or stairways to maximize visual effect. (4) Only non - flammable mulch such as gravel should be used. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 43 of 48 301 b. Rooftop Garden or Green Roof. An on -site rooftop area, equal in size to a minimum of 5 square feet of landscaping per each top level parking stall, may be covered with vegetation and soil, or a growing medium, planted over a waterproofing membrane. c. Terraced Planters. Upper levels of parking structures can be stepped back and incorporate irrigated terraced planters, equal in size to a minimum of 5 square feet of landscaping per each top level parking stall. d. Green Wall. The facade of the parking structure may be trellised and planted with vines or have an irrigated green wall system installed to provide a minimum of 5 square feet of landscaping per each top level parking stall. B. Loading Zones. Loading zones should be separated from customer and occupant pedestrian areas. C. Bicycle Parking. 1. General Standards. a. Racks should be oriented to maximize their efficiency and aligned to keep obstructions away from pedestrian thoroughfares. b. Clustered arrangements of racks should be set back from walls or street furniture to allow bikes to be parked at both ends or from either side. c. Where more than one rack is installed, the minimum separation between aisles should be 48 inches (the aisle is measured from tip to tip of bike tires across the space between racks). This provides enough space for one person to walk one bike. In high traffic areas where many users park or retrieve bikes at the same time, the recommended minimum aisle width is 72 inches. d. Multiple buildings should be served by many small racks in convenient locations rather than a combined, distant rack area. 2. Short Term Parking. a. Bicycle racks should be easy to find and located no more than 50 feet from the entrance of destinations. If bicycle parking is not easily visible from the street, a sign must be posted indicating its location. b. Racks should be located within sight of gathering places or in busy pedestrian areas that provide constant, informal surveillance of bikes and accessories. c. Building overhangs, canopies or other features should be used to provide weather protection. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 302 Page 44 of 48 3. Parking at the Workplace. a. Secure bicycle storage areas should be used to park bikes for a full working day. b. Bike storage areas should be located in high visibility areas close to elevators, stairs and entrances. c. Bicycle parking should always be protected from the elements either indoors, covered by building elements, or in a separate shelter. d. Bicycle storage areas should be located as close or closer to elevators or entrances than the closest car parking space, and no more than 200 feet from access points. Section 29. A new TMC Section 18.28.280 is hereby established to read as follows: 18.28.280 Site Requirements A. Pedestrian Circulation. Note: For walkways through parking lots, see TMC Section 18.28.260.D.5. 1. Redevelopment of a superblock site shall strive to create a pedestrian - friendly environment within the internal layout (see Figure 57). In addition to providing any required new streets, this can be accomplished by defining a network of pedestrian walkways that serve as a "grid ", connecting these walkways to uses with the site and to the larger street network, and creating smaller parking areas in place of one large parking lot. 2. Pedestrian access points shall be provided along property edges at pedestrian arrival points and coordinated with crosswalks, transit stops, trails and paths, and existing and planned adjacent development. 3. Pedestrian paths must be provided across landscape areas, where needed, to allow convenient pedestrian circulation and prevent plants from being trampled and their roots compacted. 4. Walkways shall be provided along any building featuring a customer or residential entrance, and along any facade abutting a parking area (see Figure 58). 5. In the Regional Center, TOD, and Pond Districts, where a walkway crosses a driveway or a paved area accessible to vehicles, the crosswalk shall be distinguished by the use of durable low maintenance surface materials, such as pavers, bricks, or scored concrete, to enhance pedestrian safety and comfort, as well as the attractiveness of development. Pedestrian refuge islands and "speed tables" may also be used to minimize curb cuts and ramps (speed tables maintain the level of the We Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 45 of 48 303 adjacent sidewalk at identified pedestrian crossings, reversing the situation where a pedestrian must enter the zone of moving vehicles to cross the street). These pedestrian features shall be designed to accommodate fire lanes and emergency vehicle access routes. 6. The pedestrian marking style used shall be consistent throughout the development. B. Lighting (also see Section 3 of the Southcenter Design Manual). 1. Safety. a. Pedestrian - oriented areas, including building entrances, walkways and paths, plazas, parking lots, and parking structures shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear views both to and within the site. b. Pedestrian walkways where stairs, curbs, ramps, and crosswalks occur shall be lit for nighttime safety. 2. Glare Prevention. a. Where appropriate, exterior lighting practices must follow the recommendations of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES). b. New lighting fixtures shall be "dark sky" compliant, i.e. emitted Tight should be directed downward from the horizontal plane of the light source to preserve a dark sky and prevent unnecessary light pollution. Exceptions may be made for uplit trees and plants and exterior architectural lighting operated on timers to shut off after midnight nightly. c. Where feasible, new fixtures shall use a reflector and /or a refractor system for efficient distribution of light and reduction of glare. d. House -side shields and internal reflector caps shall be used to block light from illuminating residential windows. 3. Height. a. The maximum mounting height for building- mounted lights is 20 feet above finished grade in Workplace and Corridor Commercial Districts and 14 feet above finished grade in all other Districts. b. The maximum height for pole- mounted lighting at parking lots is 20 feet from grade to light source; lower heights should be used wherever possible. c. The maximum height for pole- mounted lighting at pedestrian plazas, walkways, and entry areas is 12 to 14 feet in height from grade to light source. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 304 Page 46 of 48 C. Walls and Fences (also see Section 4 of the Southcenter Design Manual). 1. All fences shall be placed on the interior side of any required perimeter landscaping. 3 feet. 2. Overall height of fences and walls located in the front yard shall not exceed 3. Barbed -wire, razor -wire, and corrugated metal fencing shall not be permitted. Chain link fencing is permitted only within the Workplace District. 4. Screening walls shall not exceed a height of 7 feet. D. Utility and Service Areas (also see Section 2 of the Southcenter Design Manual). 1. Service areas shall be appropriately screened. Garbage and recycling dumpsters visible from the public realm shall be screened from view using durable materials that complement the building, and incorporate landscaping integrated with other on- premises and adjacent landscaping. The opening to the service area shall be located away from the public sidewalk. 2. Utility and equipment cabinets shall be placed in less visible areas and screened, or located inside of a building. 3. Service equipment, including satellite receiving dishes, transformers, and backflow devices, shall be located away from streets and enclosed or screened from view by landscaping, fencing or other architectural means. 4. Screening of on -site mechanical equipment shall be integrated as part of a project's site and building design and shall incorporate architectural styles, colors and other elements from the roof and facade composition to carefully integrate screening features. Picket fencing, chain -link fencing and exposed sheet metal boxes are not permitted outside of the Workplace District. Section 30. Repealer. Ordinance Nos. 2084 §2 (part); 2097 §15, §16; 2135 §12; 2251 §38, §39, §40; 2287 §17, §18, §19; and 2368 §25, §26, §27, §28, as codified in Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28, are hereby repealed. Section 31. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering and section /subsection numbering. W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs Page 47 of 48 305 Section 32. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation. Section 33. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be published in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force five days after passage and publication as provided by law. PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Attachments: - Tables 1 through 5 - Figures 16 through 58 Jim Haggerton, Mayor Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Published: Effective Date: Ordinance Number: W: Word Processing \Ordinances \TMC Chapter 18.28 reenacted for SC Plan 5 -16 -14 LM:bjs 306 Page 48 of 48 Attachments Table 1 Summary of applicable review process and standards/guidelines. See subsection 18.28.030 (D) above for detailed provisions. Project Type Applicable Standards/Guidelines Review Type District -Based Standards Corridor -Based Standards Supplemental Standards Southcenter Design Manual Design Review Criteria in TMC 18.60.050 Projects located in the TUC-RC, TUC-TO[, TUC-P, or TUC-CC Districts Minor remodels or very small projects see subsection (D)/IVd) pe 1 • • �- �N� -~ Major projects -, see subsection (D)(1)(b) Type2 �N� �N� wNNw m�� �N� �0� n�� Large-scale projects see subsection (D)/1Vc> Type 4 (BAR) �N� �N� �N� n�� �N� �N� �� �0� Projects located in the TUC-Workplace District Residential/mixed-use building -small scale project see subsection (D)(2)(a)(1) Type2 �0� �N� �0� �N� �0� �N� �N� �N� Reddenda|/mixed-use building - major remodel see subsection (D)(2)(a)(2) Type� �N� �N� �0� �0� u�� �N� �N� �0� Residential/mixed-use building - Iarge scale project see subsection /DKZ)(aK3> Type 4 (BAR) �N� �N� �N� �0� �0� n�� �0� �N� Other small scale new construction or exterior expansions, see subsection (D)(2)(b)(1) Type2 ��x �N� �0� �N� �0� mN�" �N� �N� Other major remodels see subsection (D)(2)(b)(2) Type2 �N� ��p �0� �N� �N� �N� �N� �N� Other Iarge-scale new construction or exterior expansions -see subsection (D)(2)(b)(3) Type 4 (BAR) �N� • �N� �� u�� �� �� m�� Minor remodels or very small projects see subsection (D)(2)(c) 0 • * • * Not required to meet corridor-based architectural design standards D stricts Commercial Corridor Pond Regional Center Transit Oriented Development Workplace Southcenter Plan Boundary 1 1 1 1 , cc,\`'`ce, r • SGtL _ E an s BI ack Dr ak E31 (.1 • c_ ! ". '. ' . - ..:: . \, -.:, 0 C -.` 7 - Ri I ---0 -- _ < ' - 9)„, • St) Erld.er 51 Vd 1 . •-`4 —01•1.– • -Di 1 \\ L . i <V; L • 1 • 4 Minkler BIv r)!,. _MidtanCeier:11 ostco Dr al e Park 0 Dr , 1 ( fic—C7 c– • S 181.1),th Sc - ---Q. . • Figure 16 District Map 308 Table 2 Land Uses Allowed by District Land Uses Allowed by District Regional Center TOD Pond District Commercial Corridor Work-place P=Permitted A = Accessory C = Conditional UUP = Unclassified Use Permit 0etaU1 Animal Kennels and Shelters including doggy daycare P ' P C C Athletic or Health Clubs P P P P P Automotive Service and Repair P2 ,P P Banks, Financial, Insurance and Real Estate Services P P P Bars& Nightclubs P Ps p p Brew Pubs, on-site brewing, Cocktail Lounges & P001 Halls P P P P Bulk Retail P p p Business Services (e.g. copying, fax & mailing centers) P P P P Drive Through Facilities or Services P P p Electric Vehicle Charging Station Levels 1 and 2 P P P P P Electric Vehicle Charging Station Level 3 A A A A Gas Stations including car wash P3 p p General Retail P P P p p Laundries, Tailors and Dry Cleaners P P P P p Personal Services (e.g. beauty & barber shops, nail salons, spa, travel agencies) P P P P Recreation Facilities (commercial indoor) P P P p p Recreation Facilities (commercial outdoor) 12 P Repair Shops (small scale goods: bicycle, appliance, shoe, computer) P p p P p Restaurants with associated cocktail Iounges and sidewalk cafes P P p p P Theaters except adult entertainment P P P Vehicle Rental and Sales (not requiring a commercial driver's license) p p3 Ps if p Veterinary Clinic with temp. indoor boarding and grooming P P P p p Office Professional, Outpatient Medical, Dental, Governmental Services and Research P P P P P Medical and Dental Laboratories P P P ' P Lodging Hotel, Motel, Extended Stay, Bed and Breakfasts P P P Civic & Institutional Convention & Exhibition Facilities P ps p Cultural Facilities including Iibraries, museums, art galleries, performing arts centers P P P Daycare Centers P P P P p Land Uses Allowed by District Regional Center TOD Pond District Commercial Corridor Work-place Education & Instructional Facilities, public and private including coHeges and universities P P P UUP p Parks, trails, picnic areas, playgrounds and public community centers P p P p p Police and Fire Stations C C C P P Post Office P P P 64JP p Religious Institutions, greater than 750 sf assembly area C C C C C Religious Institutions, less than 750 sf assembly area P P P P P Industrial, Manufacturing and Warehouse Cargo Containers subject tol8.EQ.06Q P P P P A Industrial Commercial Services (e.g. etching, film processing, lithography, printing &publishing) UUP UUP UUP UUP p Light Industrial: Manufacturing, Processing and Assembling uses that have little potential for creating off-site noise, smoke, dust, vibration or other external impacts or pollution. UUP UUP UUP UUP P Outdoor storage of materials to be manufactured or handled as part of a permitted use within the Zone, screened pursuarit to TMC 18.52 P P A Self-storage Facilities UUP UUP UUP 64JP p Warehouse storage and wholesale distribution facilities A A A A p Transportation, Communication & Infrastructure Commercial Parking, day use only P P P P P Essential Public Facilities, except those listed separately UUP UUP UUP UUP UUP Intermodal transit stations, Rail transit facilities UUP UUP UUP UUP UUP Internet Data Centers & telephone exchanges P P P Park and Ride Lots UUP UUP UUP 64JP UUP Parking Areas A A A A A Public transt facilities and stations (bus) P P P P P Radio, television, microwave or observation stations and towers C C C C C Utility Facilities, aboveground and not in R-O-W C C C C P Utility Facilities, underground or in R-O-W P P P P P Wireless Communication Facilities pr pr pr pr pr Residential Dormitories A A Dwelling multi-family, townhouses, mixed use, senior citizen housing P P P p4 Home Occupation A A A p^ Continuing Care Retirement Community P P 1) Minimum interior height for ground level retail of all types is 18 feet from floor to floor plate. Use conversions in existing buildings are not required to meet this standard. 2) New businesses are limited to locations within the Freeway Frontage Corridor. See additional design standards in the Southcenter Design Manual. 3) East of the Green River only 4) OnIy on properties fronting the Green River or Minkler Pond 5) Excludes out ide vehicle storage or maintenance 6) 3,500 sf max per use 7) Subject to TMC 18.58 Regional Pond Commercial Land Uses Allowed by District Center TOD District Corridor Work-place 1) Minimum interior height for ground level retail of all types is 18 feet from floor to floor plate. Use conversions in existing buildings are not required to meet this standard. 2) New businesses are limited to locations within the Freeway Frontage Corridor. See additional design standards in the Southcenter Design Manual. 3) East of the Green River only 4) OnIy on properties fronting the Green River or Minkler Pond 5) Excludes out ide vehicle storage or maintenance 6) 3,500 sf max per use 7) Subject to TMC 18.58 Table 3 District Standards 18.28.070 Structure z Minimum Height Maximum Height withou Incentives 25 ft fronting Baker B| 85 ft 115 ft, or 214ftw/n 300 ft of Frontal Improvement Height Incentive Tukwila Pkvvv& ���' Southcenter Pkwy 115 ft, or 214 ft w/in 300 ft of Tukwila Pkwy ����' Southcenter Pkwy Multi-Family Height lncentive 18.28.080 Maximum Block Face Length Provision of New Streets 850 ft max 18.28l90 Permitted Corridor Types for New Streets Pedestrian Corridor Walkable Corridor Neighborhood Co id Urban Corridor Commercial Corridor Workplace Corridor Tukwila Pond Esplanade Pedestrian Walkwa 18.28.100 Side and Rear Setbacks Side and Rear Yards 5ft* 18.28.110 Side and Rear Landscaping Requirements Side and Rear Yards 5 ft4 18.28.220 Special Corner Feature Special Corner Feature on Building permitted permitted permitted 25 ft fronting ft 45 ft 70 ft, 115' if combined with MF, LEED or Affordable Housing Incentive 7O ft, 11S'if combined with Frontal Imp., LEED or 70 ft, no Affordable increase w/in Housing 150 ft of Incentive ' Pond edge 45ft 45ft 70 ft, no increase w/in 15Oftof Pond edge | n/a 700 ft max 700 ft max permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted n/a 7Oft River adjacent /a parcels only 9OOftmax gOOftmax permitted permitted permitted perm itted3 permitted permitted permitted permitted Gft^ 5ft~ Sft^ 5ft Sft* Uft permitted permitted 5 ft 0 ft 1) Portions of the building that extend above the primary building mass, such as non-habitable space (clock towers, roof-top cupolas, elevator and mechanical equipment enclosures), unenclosed space (roof deck trellises, gazebos), and other special architectural features, shall not exceed the maximum height requirement by more than 20 feet, provided they are set back a minimum of 10 feet from the edge of the roof (see also TMC 18.50.080). 2) Does not apply to Freeway Frontage Corridors 312 Regional Corridor District Standards Center TOD Pond District Comm. Workplace 18.28.070 Structure z Minimum Height Maximum Height withou Incentives 25 ft fronting Baker B| 85 ft 115 ft, or 214ftw/n 300 ft of Frontal Improvement Height Incentive Tukwila Pkvvv& ���' Southcenter Pkwy 115 ft, or 214 ft w/in 300 ft of Tukwila Pkwy ����' Southcenter Pkwy Multi-Family Height lncentive 18.28.080 Maximum Block Face Length Provision of New Streets 850 ft max 18.28l90 Permitted Corridor Types for New Streets Pedestrian Corridor Walkable Corridor Neighborhood Co id Urban Corridor Commercial Corridor Workplace Corridor Tukwila Pond Esplanade Pedestrian Walkwa 18.28.100 Side and Rear Setbacks Side and Rear Yards 5ft* 18.28.110 Side and Rear Landscaping Requirements Side and Rear Yards 5 ft4 18.28.220 Special Corner Feature Special Corner Feature on Building permitted permitted permitted 25 ft fronting ft 45 ft 70 ft, 115' if combined with MF, LEED or Affordable Housing Incentive 7O ft, 11S'if combined with Frontal Imp., LEED or 70 ft, no Affordable increase w/in Housing 150 ft of Incentive ' Pond edge 45ft 45ft 70 ft, no increase w/in 15Oftof Pond edge | n/a 700 ft max 700 ft max permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted n/a 7Oft River adjacent /a parcels only 9OOftmax gOOftmax permitted permitted permitted perm itted3 permitted permitted permitted permitted Gft^ 5ft~ Sft^ 5ft Sft* Uft permitted permitted 5 ft 0 ft 1) Portions of the building that extend above the primary building mass, such as non-habitable space (clock towers, roof-top cupolas, elevator and mechanical equipment enclosures), unenclosed space (roof deck trellises, gazebos), and other special architectural features, shall not exceed the maximum height requirement by more than 20 feet, provided they are set back a minimum of 10 feet from the edge of the roof (see also TMC 18.50.080). 2) Does not apply to Freeway Frontage Corridors 312 3) Permitted adjacent to residential uses. 4) May be waived as part of design review if Building and Fire Code requirements are met. uJ z u BACK OF SIDEWALK 11 6,k ,t 4 , cc:4 BLOCK FACE LENGTH STREET Figure 17 Block face length z 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK <-t • f 76,,. PRIVATE FRONTAGE PUBLIC RONTAGE THOROUGHFARE cuRa CIJRB filfititaikeigialsONffiltograitvil, Figure 18 Corridor Definition of Terms PRIVATE FRONTAGE ) 313 Corridor •■• Commercial Corridor Freeway Frontage Corridor Future Commercial Corridor Neighborhood Corridor Future Neighborhood Gorrido Pedestrian Walkway Tukwila Pond Esplanade Urban Corridor Future Urban Corridor Walkable Corridor Future Walkable Corridor Workplace Corridor BM, 11.111 1 * Future Workplace Corridor ====r0. 'QZZEZ2LZZEL., Imimisgm Wig Blvd 6101111111MIMEN "Me 1 1.1...fa3ale Park D Dr 180th '40E:22,M17.77:1337,7/77P: Figure 19 Corridor Type Map 314 Walkable Corridor Intent: To provide ond support a high quality pedestrian realm for shopping and strolling along active retail, eating and entertainment uses. APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: Baker Blvd, 61st Place New Streets: As indicated on CorridorType Map Note: This 15 a summary of key corridor standards. See z828.zxotn.z1D for supplemental details. THOROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing street No change PubIic frontage only Total required width 15 ft Sidewalk width minimum 15 ft Landscaping Street trees located at back of curb face. Also see 182O.l4O General Landscaping. Tree spacing 20-30 ft, depending on species. Lighting Pedethanand vehicu|ar�ca|e decorative street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18.28.160 .190) Buliding orientation to street Required Frontage building coverage minimum 65% Front yard setback maximum 10 ft On-site surface parking locations Side or rear of building Front yard Iandscaping (waived if 15 ft min of Public Frontage improvements are streetscape built to standard) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS (See 18.28.200) Facade a��u�t�nincren�ent Commercial / mixed-use maximum 3Oft Residential maximum 30 ft K4�orvenbca|modu|a�onma�mum 120 ft Ground level transparency Commercia�useminimum 4— Back of sidewalk /Street tree spacing: 20-30' Public frontage frontage STREET Frontage buliding coverage minimum Articulation 30'=" Transparency 75% min 75% Facade articulation and ground level transparency Pedestrian Walkways Intent: To supplement the street network with non-motorized pathways, support and foster an alternative mode of travel to motorized vehicles within the area, and provide a safe, pleasant, and direct route for pedestrians between significant activity areas. APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: n/a New Streets: As indicated on Corridor Type Maps Note: This is a summary of key corridor standards. See 18.28.120 to .210 for supplemental details. THOROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing street n/a New pedestrian walkway See new cross-section THOROUGHFARE STANDARDS (See 18.28.150) Total required width 20-30 ft Landscaping Street trees, along outside edges of walkway. Also see 18.28.240 General Landscaping. Tree spacing 20-30 ft, depending on species. Lighting Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18.28.160 - .190) Building orientation walkway Not required Front yard setback minimum 0 ft On-site surface parking locations Front, side or rear of building Front yard landscaping (waived if Public Frontage improvements are built to standard) Required, except where buildings are adjacent to walkways ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS (See 18.28.200) Facade articulation increment Commercial/mixed-use maximum 30 ft Residential maximum 30 ft Major vertical modulation maximum 120 ft Ground level transparency Commercial-use minimum 75% Figure 21 Pedestrian Walkway Corridor Standards 316 IBACK OF SIDEWALKOI 20' - 30' PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY Thoroughfare cross-section Transparency 75% min Articulation 30' max 11111.1411-1.111:1"771 41°71 ,,r47...."-;e7e' VVE/EleeilTA. rgrad, I #6,,rm dd 45 Facade articulation and ground level transparency Tukwila Pond Esplanade Intent: To provide a public esplanade along the northern edge of Tukwila Pond Park that is a focal point and central gathering spot suitable for strolling providing a place for public activity to augment the shopping, dining, and other uses in the vicinity. APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: n/a New Streets: Tukwila Pond Esplanade' -- North Edge Note: This is a summary of key corridor standards. See 18.28.120 to .210 for supplemental details. THOROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing streets n/a New esplanade See new cross-section THROUGHFARE STANDARDS (See 18.28.150) Total required width minimum 25 ft Landscaping Street trees in grates, except where buildings are adjacent to esplanade. Also see 18.28.240 and 18.28.250 Open Space Regulations. Lighting Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18.28.160 - .190) Building orientation to esplanade Frontage building coverage minimum Front yard setback maximum Required 65% 0 ft On-site surface parking locations Permitted rear of building. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS Facade articulation increment Commercial/mixed-use maximum 30 ft Residential maximum 30 ft Major vertical modulation maximum 120 ft Ground level transparency Commercial-use minimum 75% Figure 22 Tukwila Pond Esplanade Standards POND PROPERTY LINE 0. BACK OF SIDEWALK 25' ESPLANDE Thoroughfare cross-section 265% of lot frontage CU STREET Frontage building coverage _ Articulation 30' max 111 , 7471 fr.5,171Tr'ri: railFaLATL:1' jfir:gak'. * 55'5) aua a-a " 4 11',F9 nr. FPft Z■ar Lgrr5± J Transparency 75% min Facade articulation and ground level transparency These standards are not applicable until the City invests in design & construction of the esplanade (in part or in its entirety). In addition, for those properties bordering the esplanade that are already developed with structures and improvements oriented away from the pond and esplanade, the Corridor Standards will be applied only when a complete redevelopment of the property is proposed. 317 Neighborhood Corridor Intent: To provide an intimately-scaled pedestrian environment within northern Southcenter's higher density mixed-use neighborhoods, in a "complete streets" setting with on-street parking and bicycles sharing the roadway with vehicles, APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: Andover Park E. (Tukwila Pkwy to Trek Christensen), Trek Dr, Industry Dr, Minkler (Andover Park E.), to River, Wig Dr, Bauch Dr, Nelson PI, S. 156th St New Streets: As indicated on Corridor Type Map Note: This is a summary of key corridor standards. See 18.28.120 to .210 for supplemental details. THOROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing street No change New street See new cross-section PUBLIC FRONTAGE STANDARDS (See 18.28.150) Total required width minimum 5 ft; 10 ft on Minkler Landscaping Street trees, located at back of curb face. On Minkler, trees in a continuous landscaped strip a minimum of 5 ft wide located at back of curb face. Also, see 18.28.240 General Landscaping. Tree spacing 20-30 ft, depending on species. Lighting Pedestrian and vehicular-scale decorative street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18.28.160 - .190) Building orientation to streets/ open spaces Required Front yard setback minimum 15 ft On-site surface parking locations Side or rear of building. Street Front: 1 double-loaded aisle of parking between building and primary street (maximum 63 ft in width). 2 Front yard landscaping minimum (waived if Public Frontage Improvements are built to standard) 15 ft of streetscape ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS Facade articulation increment Commercial/mixed-use maximum 50 ft Residential maximum 30 ft Major vertical modulation maximum 120 ft Ground level transparency Commercial-use minimum 50% Figure 23 Neighborhood Corridor Standards 318 4— Back of sidewalk parking 15.0' sidewalk Public frontage 11.0' bike travel lane 11.0' 6.0' 7.5 navel lane bike parking New thoroughfare cross-section Transparency 50% min 10,'&77IiIII;IJ .1.1rtn lin:177r, .1 ,r17.7.777.1 18,40fflis:14, Facade articulation and ground level transparency 2 New street south of Tukwila Pond shall only have on-street parking on the south side of the street. Urban Corridor Intent: To provide safe and supportive pedestrian facilities and an attractive streetscape along the crossroads in the urban center that provide greater capacity for transit and auto traffic. APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: Andover Park W. (Tukwila Pkwy S. to Minkler), Longacres Way, Strander Blvd New Streets: As Indicated on Corridor Type Map Note: This is a summary of key corridor standards. See 18.28.120 to .210 for supplemental details. THOROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing street No change New street See new cross-section PUBLIC FRONTAGE STANDARDS (See 18.28.150) Total required width 15 ft Sidewalk width minimum 8 ft Landscaping Trees in a continuous landscaped strip 7 ft wide located at back of curb on existing streets; trees in wells on new streets. Also see 18.28.240 General Landscaping Street tree spacing 20-30 ft, depending on species. Lighting Pedestrian and vehicular-scale decorative street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18,28.160 - .190) Building orientation to street Required Front yard setback minimum 15 ft On-site surface parking locations Side or rear of building. Street Front: 1 double-loaded aisle of parking between building and primary street (max 63 ft in width). Front yard landscaping minimum (waived if Public Frontage Improvements are built to standard) 15 ft of Streetscape ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS Facade articulation increment Commercial/mixed-use maximum 50 ft Residential maximum 30 ft Major vertical modulation maximum 200 ft Ground level transparency Commercial-use minimum Figure 24 Urban Corridor Standards 60% Back of sidewalk #_ El = sidewalk planting strip 15.0' Public frontage 7.5' 6.0 11,0' parking bike travel lane 11.0' 6.0' 7.5' travel Jane bike parking New thoroughfare cross-section Articulation 50' max Transparency 60% min 11.1ir.,,TanTrnxi Trirfrl ..,11)1,",:144t-t11041!;'',11t, 1 1n6 Facade articulation and ground level transparency 319 Commercial Corridor Intent: To provide safe and supportive pedestrian facilities, greater capacity for vehicles, and attractive streetscapes along heavily travelled roadways serving auto-oriented commercial uses. APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: Tukwila Pkwy, Southcenter Pkwy, S. 180th St, West Valley Hwy New Streets: As Indicated on Corridor Type Map Note: This is a summary of key corridor standards. See 18.28.120 to .210 for supplemental details. THOROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing street No change New street See new cross-section PUBLIC FRONTAGE STANDARDS (See 18.28.150) Total required width 15 ft Sidewalk width minimum 6 ft Landscaping Street trees in a continuous landscaped strip 9 ft wide located at back of curb. Also see 18.28.240 General Landscaping. Street tree spacing 20-30 ft, depending on species. Lighting Vehicular-scale decorative street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18.28.160 - .190) Building orientation to streets Not required Front yard setback minimum On-site surface parking locations Front yard landscaping minimum (waived if Public Frontage Improvements are built to standard) 15 ft Front, side or rear of building 15 ft of Streetscape ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS Facade articulation increment Commercial/mixed-use maximum 50 ft Residential maximum 30 ft Major vertical modulation maximum Ground level transparency Commercial-use minimum 200 ft 50% Figure 25 Commercial Corridor Standards 320 14— Back of sidewalk sidewalk planting strip 15.0' Public frontage ArtrcuItion 50' mac ----- tijj 1-111 Transparency 50% min Facade articulation and ground level transparency Freeway Frontage Corridor Intent: To provide safe and supportive pedestrian facilities along heavily travelled parkways oriented towards both the area's freeways and Westfield Southcenter Mall. APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: Tukwila Parkway (Southcenter Pkwy to 185' west of Andover Park West), Southcenter Pkwy (Tukwila Pkwy to Stander Blvd) New Streets: n/a Note: This is a summary of key corridor standards. See 18.28.120 to .210 for supplemental details. THOROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing street No change New street NA PUBLIC FRONTAGE STANDARDS (See 18.28.150) Total required width 5 Sidewalk width minimum 6 ft Landscaping Street trees in a continuous landscaped strip 9 ft wide located at back of curb or a combination of curb landscaping and street trees integrated into sidewalk, provided total public frontage meets required width. Also see 18.28.240 General Landscaping. Street tree spacing 30-50 ft, depending on species. Lighting Vehicular-scale decorative street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18.28.160 - .190) Building orientation to street Not required 15 ft Front, side or rear o building 15 ft of streetscape Front yard setback minimum On-site surface parking locations Front yard landscaping minimum (waived if Public Frontage Improvements are built to standard) ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS Facade articulation incremen Commercial/mixed-use maximum 100 ft Major vertical modulation maximum 200 ft Ground level transparency** Commercial-use minimum 20% Figure 26 Freeway Frontage Corridor Standards 9.0' sidewalk planting strip 15.0' 1' Transparency] 20% min Public frontage Articulation 100' max .. _ 11H1 ;17..1 rrtrffl hrfry,f7.71 11.1.1 ,,7,7eafArd/FIN)dll Facade articulation and ground level transparency **Minimum ground-level transparency requirements do not apply when: 1) the sidewalk grade is 10 feet or more above the finished grade of the structure; or 2) there is another building located directly between the street frontage and the proposed building, screening the view of the proposed building from the street. 321 Workplace Corridor Intent: To provide safe and supportive pedestrian facilities along streets serving truck loading and parking access for primarily warehouse/distribution uses in the southern part of the Southcenter area. APPLIED TO: Existing Streets: Mink ler Blvd (Southcenter Pkwy to APW, Costco Dr), Upland Dr, Midland Dr, Triland Dr, N./W. between Costco Dr and S. 180th St, Andover Park W. (Minkler to S. 180th St), Andover Park E. (Trek to S. 180th St), Sperry Dr New Streets: As indicated on Corridor Type Map Note: This is a summary of key corridor standards. See 18.28.120 to 2.10 for supplemental details. THROUGHFARE CROSS-SECTION (See 18.28.140) Existing street No change New street See new cross-section PUBLIC FRONTAGE STANDARDS (See 18.28.150) Total required width 5 ft Sidewalk width minimum 6 ft Landscaping Street trees in a continuous landscaped strip 9 ft wide located at back of curb. Also see 18.28.240 General Landscaping. Street tree spacing 30-50 ft, depending on species. Lighting Vehicular-scale street lighting. BUILDING ORIENTATION/PLACEMENT & LANDSCAPING (See 18.28.160 - .190) Building orientation to street Not required Front yard setback minimum 15 ft On-site surface parking locations Front, side or rear of building Front yard landscaping minimum (waived if Public Frontage Improvements are built to standard) 15 ft of streetscape ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS Facade articulation increment Non-residential maximum 140 ft Residential maximum 30 ft Major vertical modulation maximum 280 ft Ground level transparency Warehouse/light industrial buildings 20% minimum Commercial-use minimum 50% Figure 27 Workplace Corridor Standards 322 rf— Back of sidewalk Fs- 6.0 s sidewalk planting strip 15.0' Public frontage 1 150 500' parking trevel lane travel lane pa,lang New thoroughfare cross-section Transparency 20%-50% rininv Articulation 140' max 7777 ' iT147' .7-f 1911 t11": Facade articulation and ground level transparency Back of sidewalk Strt tree pdng: 20 30 4BACK OF SIDEWALK • 20 - 30' PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY POND PROPERTY LINE k A BACK OF SIDEWALK ,222T24.2: Figure 28. Examples of public frontages Direct pedestrian entries into building from sidewalk 25' ESPLANDE Vehicular access to the side of building with parking to the side, rear, and/or under/within building Figure 29 Example of a building oriented to the street 323 Weather protection: At least 6' deep Windows/ transparency: At least 75% of facade between 24" and 10' :--- Entry: facing street Figure 30 Example of features on a building oriented to street T'77,Zr, Figure 31 Examples of Building Orientation to Streets/Open Space Treatments Y FRONT STREET BACK OF SIDEWALK IRTY MT4FRQMT YARD SETBACK MAX FRONT YARD SETBACK FRONTAGE COVERAGE ZONE FRONTAGE = 100 COVERAGE (%) Figure 32 Frontage Building Coverage 324 Piiiatmaav, fr 111 pH' Figure 33 Example of exceeding maximum building setbacks to provide pedestrian space Figure 34 Surface Parking — Front Figure 35 Street Front Parking Examples 325 1• 1 11••••••••••••••111 • MI • 1 16••••••••MEI 1 r• ommomed I 1 • Illinnim: • mmm a • 1 I r I NW • inp • III airdsraim . a NW 'MI 711/ Figure 36 Surface Parking — Side Figure 37 Surface Parking — Rear Horizontal modulation (upper level stepback) Street Lr Vertical modulation Figure 38 Example of vertical modulation and horizontal modulation 326 4,,,,Crirrif,r I 1.1Pg1 00041'`IdIR, 1 Iffulson armawri mi fhA 040#41000440114 diaSmo■pu goop Ampopple 1000441,0![00,,,,,,it.,:,„,1,00 iiii ouisolimbdrogkomplesploodo, LIL al MOP f,111 TOMO #14' Nyegt, we SW MM. 'sdrtg Canopies Vertical piers Entries and fenestration pattern Figure 39 Facade articulation example for a mixed-use building 11111111P11' ‘g111111111P"'' 4111111111111Pr EUIIl Figure 40 Example of articulating the facade of a residential building 327 30 max. 30' max. 30' max. 11111111P11' ‘g111111111P"'' 4111111111111Pr EUIIl Figure 40 Example of articulating the facade of a residential building 327 Major vertical modulation Facade articulation increments Figure 41 Major Vertical Modulation Example Figure 42 Ground level transparency requirements apply to the transparency percentage for the area between the height of 2 and 10 feet along the length of a building facade 328 • • - , pkwoR • It - - 1 -- - - r 4 u : •-m* saiiii N,.. , 1 ''''' a gust PEI CA6 Mg - : 'Vi ir I La ii .:- 75% Transparency 50% Transparency Figure 43 Examples of percentage of transparency between 2-10'along the length of a building fagade Property Line 6' max This example meets the criteria. This does not. Figure 44 Display window example Figure 45 Encroachment provisions for building overhangs or weather protection features 329 1. Heavy landscape screening 3b, Shared internal roadway 2. Moderate Iandscape screening 3a, Shared pathway Property Line 3c. Privacy fence Property Line Property Line 3d, Other option ow hedge or fence Property Line � Property Line Figure 46 Illustrating the various side and rear yard treatment standards and options. Figure 47 Not OK—A single tree planted with no other materials and little room for viability. 330 Irui 11441110' " '41 04,014* Figure 48 Using evergreen landscaping to screen utilities " • " " " " " 1":. " 1 • Figure 49 Examples of landscaped tree wells 331 Table 4 Provision of Open Space Districts Use Type Regional Center TOD Neighborhood & Commercial Corridor & Pond Workplace Required Type/Amount of Open Space (minimums) Retail Pedestrian space: -530 sf/1,000 sfof building footprint; min i1Q8 sf Pedestrian space: -530 sR1,000 sfof building footprintLnig 100 sfa[d max 3 00.0 sf kg site — Civic & Institutional _ _ _ Office Pedestrian space: 50sf/1,OUOsf of bullding footprint Pedestrian of building footprint Pedestrian space: ' of building footprint Lodging Pedestrian space: 5Ds.fYIJ�)��� ~� building ���L Pedestrian space: `� of �t -----�-�--�---'�--��- Residential 1096 of residential unit floor area,may be any combination of common or private open space 10% of residential unit floor area,may be any combination of common or private open space 10% of residential unit floor area ' may be any combination of common or private apen space Transportation, Communication & Infrastructure -- -- — Industrial, Manufacturing & Warehouse -- — — Legend -- Open Space Not Required Figure 50 Examp es of Pedestrian Spaces r. 17/ Figure 51 Examples of pedestrian passages 333 Figure 52 Common open space examples Figure 53 Rooftop Garden 334 Table 5 Provision of Parking Districts Regional TOD Neighborhood & Pond District Required Minimum Vehicular Parking Commercial Corridor All Districts & Workplace Required minimum Bicyde Parking Retail, except as listed below 3.3 spaces/1,000 sf of ufa Eating & Drinking Establishments 6 spaces/1,000 sf of ufa Planned Shopping Center 100,000 — 500,000 sf of ufa 4 spaces/1,000 sf of ufa Planned Shopping Center 500,000 — 1,000,000 sf of ufa 5 spaces/1,000 sf of ufa Plartned Shopping Center over 1 million square feet gross Ieasable floor area ncludirtg pad buidings 4 space sf of gross leasable floor area Entertainment & Recreation 6 spaces/1,000 sf of ufa or as determined by DCD Director Business & Personal Services 3 spaces/1,000 sf of ufa Civic & Institutional As determined by DCD Director Office 3 spaces/1,000 sf of ufa Lodging 1 space/guest room Residential 1 bedroom unit or studio 1 space/unit 2+ bedroom unit 1S plus .5 space for each additional bedroom over 2 Home occupation 1 space/employee in addition to spaces otherwise required Senior Citizen Housing 1 space per unit for the first 15 units, .5 space per unit for additional units Industrial, Manufacturing & Warehouse Not permitted See TMC Figure 18-7 Required Number of Parking Spaces for Automobiles and Bicycles See TMC Figure 18-7 Required Number of Parking Spaces for Automobiles and Bicycles Essential Public Facilities As determined by DCD Director 1 Parking for office and residential uses within Regional Mall shall be calculated separately according to Table 5. Planting strips allow the sideivalk 10 rental/7 level and in 0 COntinuous direCtion, Figure 54 Example of Driveway level with the height of the sidewalk Figure 55. Not OK— Not enough room on-site to exit loading area, resulting in disruption of traffic movements 14' ,11111111111 ur,'P Figure 56 56 Parking lot walkway standards and example 336 Pedestrian access routes 4.1111f nil 11 1101111411FRANTANTAMANEVAIMAMARIA FA: JrI I r VAIPINAVAMANATINEVANAMAININAMENANA I AIABISOMERAMINNAO ,01,01+ 771 / Figure 57 Example of good internal pedestrian circulation. Note connections from the street, between buildings and through parking lots Street trees every 30' , r Pedestrian lighting tfl, 8' min unobstructed width 12' min Total sidewalk width I Figure 58 Internal walkway standards and an example along retail or mixed-use buildings 337 338 tY Washington Resolution No. A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, ADOPTING THE SOUTHCENTER DESIGN MANUAL. Attachment C WHEREAS, the City adopted a new Comprehensive Plan in 1995 to implement the goals and policies of the Growth Management Act (GMA) of 1990 and the King County Countywide Planning Policies; and WHEREAS, the Tukwila Urban Center at Southcenter was designated as one of the region's urban centers in 1995; and WHEREAS, per RCW 36.70A.130 the Growth Management Act requires the City of Tukwila to review and, if needed, revise its Comprehensive Plan and development regulations by June 30, 2015 to ensure that the Comprehensive Plan and the development regulations are in compliance with the requirements of the GMA; and WHEREAS, Tukwila's Comprehensive Plan calls for the Southcenter area to develop as a high - density, regionally- oriented, mixed -use center; and WHEREAS, the vision for Southcenter is consistent with Puget Sound Regional Council's Vision 2040, the adopted regional growth strategy, which provides guidance to cities for accommodating future growth and preserving resources and rural lands; and WHEREAS, under this strategy the majority of the region's employment and housing growth is targeted to occur in compact, sustainable communities where housing and jobs are located; and WHEREAS, Tukwila began a planning process in 2002 to develop a Subarea Plan and zoning regulations to further support this vision and to retain the urban center's economic strength in the face of regional competition; and WHEREAS, Tukwila has held a series of public workshops, open houses, focus groups and public hearings to gather community input and guidance; and WHEREAS, notice of the planning effort was provided via direct mailings, postings on the City website, emails to the broadcast email group, and articles in "The Hazelnut" and "Tukwila Reporter;" and W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Southcenter Design Manual adopted 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs Page 1 of 2 339 WHEREAS, the Southcenter Subarea Plan and its implementing regulations, codified in Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28, have evolved during this public process to reflect the community's vision and priorities as well as the regional goals; and WHEREAS, the Southcenter Design Manual provides policy guidance on site and building design; and the guidelines support and complement the community vision described in the Southcenter Subarea Plan, and provide a flexible tool for quality and innovation; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a properly noticed public hearing on August 23, 2012 and after deliberations forwarded their recommended changes for the Southcenter Design Manual to the City Council; and WHEREAS, on April 4, 2014, the City of Tukwila issued a supplement to the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Statement (previously issued October 9, 1995), which analyzed the potential impact of various Comprehensive Plan Amendments pursuant to the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) (Chapter 197 -11 WAC) and the Tukwila Municipal Code, Title 21; and WHEREAS, notice was provided to the Washington State Department of Commerce pursuant to RCW 36.70A.106; and WHEREAS, the City Council held a properly noticed public hearing on April 14, 2014; and WHEREAS, the City Council reviewed the legislative record, written and verbal testimony and approved revisions to the Southcenter Design Manual to address issues raised by interested parties, individual Councilmembers, and staff; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: The City Council approves adoption of the Southcenter Design Manual, hereby incorporated by reference as "Exhibit A." PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk De'Sean Quinn, Council President APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Resolution Number: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Attachment: Exhibit A, Southcenter Design Manual W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Southcenter Design Manual adopted 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs 340 Page 2 of 2 City of Tukwila Southcenter Design Manual FINAL CITY COUNCIL DRAFT 05/12/2014 Exhibit A 341 342 Southcenter Design Manual Table of Contents Introduction i Site Design Elements 1. Site Design 1 2. Service areas and mechanical equipment 3 3. Lighting 6 4. Walls and Fences 7 5. Open Spaces 10 Building Design 6. Architectural Concept 12 7. Entrances and Doors 13 8. Building facade — Base and Top 17 9. Corner Treatments 23 10. Building massing 24 11. Building details and elements 32 12. Building Materials and Colors 35 13. Windows 40 14. Weather protection 43 15. Blank Walls 46 16. Parking Structures 48 03/02/14 343 344 Southcenter Design Manual INTRODUCTION Purpose The Southcenter Design Manual provides policy guidance on site and building design. The guidelines support and complement the community vision described in the Southcenter Subarea Plan, and provide a flexible tool for quality and innovation. This document is intended to supplement and expand upon the design requirements found in Chapter 18.28 Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) Zoning standards. This document provides City staff, the Board of Architectural Review (BAR), and the public a common basis for the evaluation of design and development issues during the design review and approval process. The Manual does not specify a particular style of architecture or design but is intended to guide applicants in creating an appearance of greater consistency and design quality within the Southcenter District. Organization The Southcenter Design Manual is organized by design topic. The general structure is: 1. DESIGN TOPIC (E.G. WINDOWS) Intent Statement • Provided to guide the application of criteria to differing site circumstances in a consistent manner. Design Criteria A. Design Criteria: General requirements to be met by development 1. Example measures that guide development design to meet the design topic intent and design criteria above. Graphic and written descriptions are provided. For each Design Topic there are one or more Design Criteria, which can be general in nature. The Design Criteria explain the requirements for development proposals. They are the decision criteria by which the Director or Board of Architectural Review will decide whether to approve, condition or deny a project. The examples and explanations beneath, which augment each Design Criteria, provide guidance to the project applicant developing the project, to City staff in reviewing a project proposal, and the decision maker in determining whether the project meets the Design Criteria. These are intended to provide guidance and possible solutions for the criteria but should not be seen as the only solution. There may be specific requirements to include or avoid. Photographs and illustrations appear beneath the item they are intended to explain. Interpretation Where the word "shall" or "must" is used it is intended to be a mandate; and where the word "should" or "encouraged" is used, it is intended to be a recommendation. In determining the degree of applicability of design criteria or in case of conflict or site impracticality, priority should be given to criteria related to the "public realm." Not all criteria will be applicable to every project. This Manual describes, in clear terms, those features that are to be addressed in the design of projects. It is evident that the criteria could generate numerous solutions. Varied and imaginative designs are certainly SCDesignManual _CouncilFinal.docx i 03/25/2S145 Southcenter Design Manual encouraged. Photographs are often included as visual examples for design and review purposes. They are not intended to be specific examples to be replicated. Where an addition to or expansion of an existing building triggers design review the new construction shall meet all relevant criteria. In addition limited exterior modifications to the existing structure may be required to aesthetically unify the new and existing portions of the structure and better meet the design criteria. 346DesignManual _CouncilFinal.docx ii 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual SITE DESIGN /ELEMENTS 1. SITE DESIGN Intent • To encourage site design in which the organization is easily understood, appropriate to the area, takes advantage of unique opportunities, and is a positive element in the architectural character of the District within which it is located. Design Criteria A. Design sites to take advantage of special opportunities and mitigate impacts while demonstrating a unifying organization that accomplishes the following goals: 1. Facilitate better traffic circulation by connecting through streets, where applicable. 2. Provide a safe, convenient, and connected pedestrian access system. For example, redevelopment of a superblock site should strive to create a pedestrian - friendly environment within the internal layout. In addition to providing any required new streets, this can be accomplished by defining a network of pedestrian walkways that serve as a "grid ", connecting these walkways to uses with the site and to the larger street network, and creating smaller parking areas in place of one large parking lot. 3. Encourage buildings to complement adjacent activities and visual character (where desirable). 4. Arrange buildings to enhance the site's street frontages and the overall pedestrian environment. For example, on sites where large retail stores are planned, small retail shops may be clustered along the street with parking behind that serves both the small and large retail uses. 5. Incorporate open space and landscaping as a unifying feature. 6. Incorporate screening, environmental mitigation, utilities, and drainage as positive design elements. 7. Incorporate opportunities for joint development of sites where there is potential for common building walls, shared driveways, landscaping, or other shared facilities. 8. Use site design to take advantage of and /or enhance views of or access to the river, pond, surrounding hillsides, and mountains, where feasible. SCDesignManual _CouncilFinal.docx 1 03/25/25147 Southcenter Design Manual Good internal circulation and connections to adjacent sites Parking lot landscaping and buffering vity4,„: At, Pedestrian-oriented Centralized street frontages pedestrian space Use Site Design to break up super blocks. 346CDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 2 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual 2. SERVICE ��0hMECHANICAL ������������ ^�. `�"^^"""~^��^���"��"_,^�^"�^ "���"�"" ^."°='~^ Intent • Minimize the potential negative impacts of service elements through thoughtful siting and screening while meeting functional needs Design Criteria A. Service element Iocation and design. Provide designated areas for service elements (refuse and disposal) that meet the following standards: Locate service elements to minimize the negative visual, noise, odor, and physical impacts to the street environment, adjacent (on and off-site) residents or other uses, and pedestrian areas. All service entrances and associated loading docks and storage areas should be located to the side or rear of the building unless all facades face a public street in which case locate them in the least visible location or screen them with landscaping. If possible integrate service enclosures into the building itself; 2. Minimizing impacts to adjacent residential units is the highest priority in determining appropriate service element location and treatment, followed by impacts to office and retail uses; 3. Pave the designated spot for service elements with concrete for durability and ease of maintenance; SCREENED MACRAMCAL EDDIPMENT aIMPSTEAR LOCATEDm REAR OF SITE , � ` Appropriate service area Iocation and enclosure example. 4. Enclose and screen service areas visible from any street, pathway, pedestrian-oriented space or public parking area (alleys are exempt) with a durable wall or fence at least 6 feet high. Use materials and detailing consistent with primary structures on-site. Acceptable materials include brickconcreteb|ockorstone; 5. Locate and configure collection points so that the enclosure gate swing does not obstruct pedestrian or vehicle traffic, or does not require that a hauling truck project into any public right- of-way; 6. When service elements are visible from the street, dwelling units, customer parking areas, or pathways, soften the appearance of the sides and rear of the enclosure with landscaping SCoesignxxanvaL[ound|pinaiduc 3 03/25/25149 Southcenter Design Manual B. ading Docks and Service Bays: Buildings containing koad| automotive service bays shall be designed to minimize their visibility from the public realm. 1. Either orient the service bay doors in the direction least visible from the public realm or screen the doors with walis, trellises or Iandscaping. I. Framing elements such as trellises and trim around the edges of service bay doors are recommended to add depth and detail to the automobile scaled facade. C. Utility meters, electrical conduit, and other service utility apparatus. 1. Locate and/or design these elements to minimize their visibility to the public. Project designers are strongly encouraged to coordinate with applicable service providers early in the design process to determine the functional requirements for the equipment and the best approach to meeting these standards. 2. If such elements must be mounted in a location visible from a street, pedestrian pathway, common open space, or shared auto courtyard screen them with vegetation or architectural features. Good and bad utility meter configurations. The examples on the Ieft are consolidated and somewhat screened by landscaping elements, whereas the right examples are exposed and degrade the character of these townhomes. D. Rooftop equipment screening. Screen all rooftop mechanical equipment so that it is not visible from public streets and sidewalks within 300 feet of the subject property, except from points of view in excess of 10 feet above finished site grade of the subject property. . The first preference is to either place the equipment where it is not visible due to roof forms or parapet walls. 2. If equipment must be placed where it is visible screen it with elements that are architecturally compatible with the building design. 3. Design the screening using materials, architectural styles, colors and/or other elements from the facade to integrate the screening into the building's architecture. Southcenter Design Manual 4. In the design of screening enclosures, use dimensional increments of window spacing, mullion spacing, or structural bay spacing taken from the facade composition. E. Downspouts. 1. Where possible, downspouts should be concealed within walls while meeting the requirements of plumbing codes and providing for maintenance. 2. The location, spacing, materials, and colors of exposed downspouts, gutters, scuppers, and other visible roof drainage components should be incorporated into the architectural composition of the facade and roof; haphazard placement should be avoided. Half round gutters and round downspouts are recommended as a type appropriate for most architectural styles. Corrugated downspouts should not be used. Screening example of rooftop mechanical equipment. SCDesignManual _CouncilFinal.docx 5 03/25/25151 Southcenter Design Manual 3. LIGHTING Intent • To design site lighting that accents the architecture, improves safety and avoids impacts to adjacent properties and passersby. Design Criteria A. Design site lighting to promote safety as well as enhance the nighttime appearance of buildings and landscaping. I. Commercial buildings and landscaping can be illuminated indirectly by concealing light features within buildings and landscaping to highlight attractive features and avoid light intrusion into neighboring properties. It -- - ) 114r"*.. 2. Bollard mounted Jighting and stair Iighting are recommended for tow-Ievel illumination of walkways and Iandscaped areas. 3. Illuminate public entrances at night to enhance safety and visibility. B. Avoid glare from unshielded or undiffused light sources. 1. Small decorative "glow" elements within a luminaire such as bollard mounted Iighting or stair lighting are permitted to emit a low amount of light above the horizontal. 2. Prevent spillover light and glare from being visible to pedestrians, motorists, and nearby residential dwelling windows through shielding and careful placement. Glare can create a major safety hazard for motorists. 3. Illumination levels offapadeup|iohting, roof wash lighting and landscape up|ightingshould use lower brightness Ievels where the illuminated facades, roofs or landscaping face residential buildings, except across wider streets or boulevards with landscaped medians and street trees. 6 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual 4. WALLS AND FENCES Intent • To design walls and fences that are compatible with the building, improve the appearance of the site and improve safety. Design Criteria A. Design walis and fences to create a sense of entry and enhance the street frontage. 1. Frontage walls may occur as garden walls, planter walls, seat walls, or low retaining walls. Seating vvaUsshOu|dbebetvveenI5"'28"inheightondarnininnunnoflO"vvidetopnovidecornfortab|e seating. Z. Entn]nCeS8ndped2Gtri8n"g8Levvays"should be announced by posts or pilasters, and may be combined with trellises, specia Iandscaping, decorative Iighting, public art or other special features. Low walls as a transitional, decorative elemen to soften the wall. ~i�� � �� � Low wa Is with landscaping to separate public space om semi-private space. scne ianxxanuaLCuund|pinaidocx 7 Southcenter Design Manual ~`~~�°~^ ,fi,NA Agp111760,11 t�� Decorative masonry and stone wafls to define space. B. Design walis and fences to screen unsightly portions of the site and enhance security. Screening fences and walls should be constructed of materials that are compatible with the architecture and character of the site. Natural colors, a cap or top articulation, and related dimensional post spacing increments should be used at screening fences to enhance compatibility. Z. All walis should have a cap and base treatment. 3. Design elements should be used to break up long expanses of uninterrupted screening walls, both horizontally and vertically. Walls should include design elements such as textured concrete block, interlocking "diamond" blocks, formed concrete with reveals, or similar materials. Landscape materials should also be used to provide surface relief. 4. Use of security fences should be minimized, and Iimited to special Iocations where additional security is necessary. Such security fences should not exceed 6 feet in height. 5. Security fences should be designed to maintain a visually open character to the extent possible. This may be accomplished by using metal picket or open grille fencing or by mounting metal picket or open grille fencing on top of a Iow masonry wall. 6. Seek Fire Department review and approval for all bollards protecting Fire Department equipment. 3 manuaLCound|Hnaidoc 8 03/25/2814 Southcenter Design Manual Good screening wall examples. Landscaped trellis wall as a visual screen (left). The trash enclosure (right) uses a decorative pattern of concrete blocks and metal doors that complement the architecture of the adjacent building. SCDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 9 03/25/25.55 Southcenter Design Manual 5. OPEN SPACE Intent • Provide safe, attractive, and usable open spaces that promote pedestrian activity. • Create open space that enhances the setting and character of residential, commercial, and mixed -use development. Design Criteria A. Pedestrian Space Design Guidelines (for commercial uses). 1. Provide a variety of seating options, including benches, seating steps, planters, landscaping features, or low walls. When designing seat walls with straight edges of more than six feet in length, add detailing that will prevent damage from skateboards. 2. Provide areas of sun and shade for year -round climatic comfort, and, where desired, shelter and night lighting to encourage public activity and ensure safety. 3. Include specimen trees and seasonal plantings. 4. Landscaping should not act as a visual or physical barrier to adjacent sidewalks. 5. Include artwork, water features, trellises or shelters, and decorative paving in pedestrian spaces. 6. Public gathering places should be equipped with 115- and 220- volt outlets as appropriate for entertainment or commercial use. 7. Detail public gathering places and other publicly accessible areas with decorative, pedestrian - scaled site furnishings and equipment such as seating, freestanding planters, ornamental solid waste and recycling receptacles, bike racks, drinking fountains, pergolas, trellises, heaters, umbrellas, wind screening, and decorative bollards. 8. Components of site furnishings should be made of durable high quality materials such as painted fabricated steel, painted cast iron, painted cast aluminum, and integrally colored precast concrete. Recycled materials should be used so long as the finish or look of the material is consistent with or similar to the finishes prescribed above. Metal surfaces should be coated with highly durable finishes such as aliphatic polyurethane enamel. 9. Landscape structures and sculptural objects in pedestrian spaces should reference the human scale in their overall massing and detailing. B. Private open space for residential units. 1. Create privacy between units with balconies either structurally or having at least 10 feet horizontal space between balconies. 356DesignManual _CouncilFinal.docx 10 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual C. Common open space for residential units. Provide individual entries onto common open space from adjacent ground floor residential units. Small, semi-private open spaces for adjacent ground floor units that maintain visual access to the common area are encouraged to enliven the space. Use Iow walis or hedges (Iess than 3 feet in height) to provide clear definition of semi-private and common spaces. • m '�� 4,e4i 141 2��� � cop my+���� Common open space examples that integra e semi-private spaces with direct unit access to the common apen space. scoe ignxxanuaL[ovncilRnuidoc 11 03/25/2557 Southcenter Design Manual BUILDING DESIGN 6. ARCHITECTURAL CONCEPT Intent To encourage building design in which the organization is easily understood, appropriate to the site, and is a positive element in the architectural character of the District within which it is located. Design Criteria A. Develop an architectural design expression that unifies the massing and components of a structure or structures on a site into a cohesive and consistent thematic or stylistic architectural character or style that is responsive to the functional requirements of the development. 1. Example of axial symmetry, or more formal design organization, in a multi-family building. P61"40,00 "mow 'IV 2. Example of asymmetry, or more informal composition, in a commercial building. 356CDesignManualSouncilFinal.docx 12 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual 7. ENTRANCES AND DOORS Intent • Ensure a welcoming public face to buildings with well designed, appropriately scaled, and easy to find entrances. • Entrances should be vsuaIIy prominent features in the design o[abuilding. • Design retail and commercial entries to create an open atmosphere that draws customers inside, and residential entries that are welcoming and provide a graceful transition between the public and private realm. Design Criteria A. Primary entrances are among the most visible and characteristic features Ufa building. Locate and design the main entrance door(s) and the surrounding frame to represent the overall style and architectural character ofthe building. 1. The primary entrance may be: a) marked by a tailer mass above, such as a modest tower or portico (roofed entrance supported by columns) that protrudes from the rest of building surface; b) accented by special architectural elements, such as columns, overhanging roofs, a permanent architectural canopy utilizing materials from the primary buliding, projecting canvas or fabric awnings, and ornamental light fixtures; •�� �.�� ��m� ° SCDesignManual_CouncilFinal,docx Examples of permanent architectural canopies 13 Southcenter Design Manual C\ indicated by a recessed entry opening onto the public sidewaik or a forecourt. This design could be incorporated into commercial residential, or mixed-use buildings. Recommended treatments include special paving materials such as ceramic tile; ornamental ceiling treatments (for recessed entries), such as coffering; decorative Iight fixtures; and decorative door pulis, escutcheons, hinges, and other hardware. A recessed entry could be fully enclosed from above or could come in the form of a forecourt (right image) 2. Residential developments may use the foliowing entry treatments: a) Stoop. A stoop is an entrance stairway to a residence typically constructed close to the sidewalk. Stoops may feature a portico entrance at the top of the stair. Multiple stoops may be combined to increase the scale of the entrance. Setback areas are typically Iandscaped. ill11111111mulamannasm t 110 Stoops 366CDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 14 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual Stoop examp es. b) Porch. A porch is a roofed space, open along two or more sides and adjunct to a building, commonly serving to shelter an entrance and provide a private outdoor space appended to a residence. Porches may serve multiple entrances. Setback areas are typically Iandscaped. Porch ^ c) Front door. A front door features a residence's main entrance with a deep setback, creating a gracious open space along the property frontage. Setback areas are typically Iandscaped. Special paving should be used to enhance and define the entrance. 3. Ground floor multi-family residential units should have dedicated entrances wherever possible. scoesignwanuaL[uund|Finaidocx 15 30uthceo{er Design Manual B. At mixed-use buildings, clearly distinguish entrances to residential, office or other upper story uses from retail entrances. Residential entries distinguishable from commercial entries. I. Use different materials, building forms, door styles, and/or building perforations in retail/commercial spaces than residential entrances. Z. Accent the entrance with architectural elements such as clerestory windows sidelights, and ornamental Iight fixtures, and identify it with signage and/or address numbering. 3. The entrance may be recessed into a vestibule or Iobby distinguishable from storefronts. C. Secondary Entrances: Design side or rear building entries to be consistent with but visually secondary to main entrances. Side or rear entries (left) sh be consistent, but secondary to the primary entrance (right). 1. Use materials and proportions to architecturally relate the side or rear entry to the design of the front entry. 2. Secondary entries should be enhanced with detailing, trim and finish consistent with the character of the building. 3. Large multi-tenant buildings may have multiple main entrances. 36yZesiOn^xanuaLcoumi|Rnaidoc 16 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual 8. BUILDING � - BASE AND ���� ~^~ ^�""""^"°"^�~" ^����^"°"� ^�^��^^^�"°�� "~^� Intent • To ensure that individual elements of a fagade relate to the fagade's overall design, articulation, and organization. � To reduce the scale of large buildings. � Encourage prominent rooflines that give buildings an attractive and distinctive top, contribute to the character of the area, and are consistent with the type of building function and uses. r Encourage the use of sloped roofs for residential buildings to shed rain and snow and provide shelter. Design Criteria A. Create a building base where the horizontal articulation of the lower part of a building faade's design establishes a human scale for pedestrian users and passers-by, and aesthetically "ties" a building to the ground. 1. Provide a building base treatment at both of the following scales on commercial buildings: a) At the scale of the pedestrian (i.e. within the ground floor portion of the faade), a base treatment should be created at a height between nine inches and six feet. �� ,gies50t Examples of pedestrian-scaled building base treatments. Note the tilework below the storefront window in the left image, concrete base in the middle and right images. b) For multi-story buildings, at the scale of the building the facade of the entire ground floor (or up to the second floor, depending on the height of the building) should be designed to read as a base that "anchors" the building (i.e., the portion of the facade above) to the ground. S[oesonxxanuaLcound|pinaidoc 17 O3/25/2363 36 Southcenter Design Manual Base treatment examples for multi-story buildings. Z. Create the buiding base by any one or more of the foliowing treatments: a) /\ horizontal projection (orvisiblethick8ning) ofthevx6U5urface,vvhiChnnayb8acconnp8nied by a change of material and/or color; this may be an exterior version of a "wainscot." b) A material and/or color change of the base wall relative to the building wall above. The base material should be heavier (e.g. of darker color and/or a heavier or more permanent material) than portions of the building above. ~�� 44t4��� Examples of color and material changes to differentiate base of building c) A horizontal architectural line or feature at or below the top of the first story, such as a belt course, protruding horizontal band or secondary cornice (related to or repeating the pattern of an upper cornice) separating the first two floors. d) At non-residential buildings a ground level arcade with coiurnns may be used to create a building base. Column spacing should be regular, and related to the structural bay increment of the building. B. Create a "top" on buildings through a substantial horizontal articulation of the facade at the uppermost floor of the buliding to provide an attractive faade skyline and complete the upper facade composition. I. Architecturally integrate this "cap" with any sioping roof volume (if used) that occurs above the eave line. 2. Rooflines should reflect the architectural style of the building and be a distinctive design element. 4CDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 18 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual Pitched and contnuous sioping roof fornis (i.e. without flat horizontal portions) induding gable, hip, and pyramidal roofs are encouraged. Examples of pitched rooflines 4. Roof surfaces should be punctuated with varying roof forms to break up large massing of roof surfaces and/or to provide opportunities to daylight interior spaces. Examples of varying roof forms SCDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx Southcenter Design Manual 5. Ornament flat or shallow pitched roofs with shaped parapets, caps, or cornice treatments. a) The primary cornice should be decorated or bracketed with parapets, finials, or simple decorative panels or molding. b) An architecturally profiled cornice and/or expressed parapet cap should be used to terminate the top of the parapet wall. c) Surface mounted cornices, continuous shading elements, or trellises should be used to strengthen a parapet wall design. d) Sheet metal parapet caps or coping should provide a formed (compound folded) overhanging edgeternninationandaheavygagesheetnneta|thicknessse|ectedtnavoid"oUcann/no^ distortion. Single layer, flush sheet metal parapet caps should not be used. Finish should either be of an unpainted ornamental metal such as copper, or painted to match adjacent wall surface. Unpainted galvanized metal should not be used. 6. Roof overhangs for both flat and sloping roofs are encouraged to add depth, shadow and visual interest. a) Vertical roof edge fascia over eighteen inches in height should be subdivided or accented by additional horizontal Iayers, stepbacks, trim, and other detailing. 20 Southcenter Design Manual b) Brackets and corbels (i.e. decorative supporting pieces designed to bear the weight of projected overhangs), or other expressed roof overhang supports (whether structural or nonstructural) are encouraged to add richness to detaihng. The spacing module of repeating supports should relate to the building's structural bay spacing or window mullion spacing. c) The soffit (i.e. the underside surface of the roof overhang) should be designed as a visible feature and incorporated into the overall architectural composition. Soffit beams, coffers, light fixtures and other design articulation are encouraged. S[ne ianmanuaLcounci|nnaidnm �.����u��� /- .` Pit -m,04.---- ------ -��~— Top or "cap" examples - dramatic roo 21 orms. Southcenter Design Manual Top or "cap" examples — various cornice lines. Top or "cap" examples: Vertica modulation plus combined with changes in materials and detailing (left). Distinctive sloped roof form (right). Top or "cap" examples — horizontal modulation (upper level stepbacks). 22 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual 9. CORNER TREATMENTS Intent • To emphasize the importance of intersections through special design elements. Design Criteria A. Emphasize building corners at important intersections with a distinctive building element. 1. Appropriate building elements include: a) Corner towers which are created by articulating a separate, relatively slender mass of the building, continuing that mass beyond the height of the primary building mass, and providing the top of the mass with a recognizable silhouette, ..,.,,,, „, , „ „ ■ ■ ,fi,J , ,e ' ,„, ,r, 4, ,ft, 106, le 1,,".'",,v1I'miliiliOtt1111,41,V17,6 b) Projecting or recessed corner entrances with a distinctive roof or canopy element, c) Distinctively shaped bay windows or balconies. SCDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 23 03/25/2g69 Southcenter Design Manua! 10. BUILDING MASSING Intent • To ensure, through horizontal and vertical modulation, that the apparent height and length of a building maintains the desired human scale and character for the Southcenter area. � To reduce the scale of large buildings • To encourage the design of building faades which incorporate interesting architectural details that add variety to the facade, animate the street presence, and are attractive at a pedestrian scale. Design Criteha A. Facade articulation — commercial and rnixed-use building facades. Employ at Ieast three of the following features at intervals no greater than specified by the applicable corridor type to reduce the perceived scale of buildings and add visual interest: 1. Window fenestration patterns and/or entries; Z. Use of weather protection features; � Use of vertical piers or columns; 4. Change in roofline form; 5. Change in building material or siding style 6. Vertical elements such as a trellis with plants, green wall, or art element; 7. Providing vertical building modulation of at least 12 inches in depth if tied to a change in roofline or a change in building material, siding style, or color; 8. Other design techniques that effectively reinforce the pattern of small shopfronts and/or effectively reduce the perceived scale of the building and add visual interest. 9. Alternative designs will be considered provided such techniques effectivety reduce the perceived scale of the building and add visual interest from aU observable distances. The City shall consider the following in determining whether the treatment meets the intent of the guidelines: a) Types of materials used and how they help to achieve the intent; b) The type of articulation treatments and how effective they are in meeting the intent; c) How effective the articulation treatments respond to the site's context and visibility (for instance, side streets warrant greater fiexibility than primary streets where fagades are more visible). 37 manuaLcuunu|nna|.doc 24 03/25/2011 Articulation increment Pisy ofi P10,1114i Southcenter Design Manual Articulation increment v; ,„.11,11,11001101,■ mo, [c a ows „w, Arttcul " ation ncremE ! II I riatir P1473, i/YENNtwol 1,,M1 I ■111,01$016011 0111 0111,,,111111 001 0011411,P0 '1,10jv ,1,1 1.;!! ^?!(; iinp trXinfifierl tAnatioN Niff2411 Mae 40.4covOpoi ma/goo, 01,4,4C0 0040,0A0.,, SCDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx Entries and fenestration patterns -------''- Vertical piers/columns --Weather protection elements Facade articulation example 25 03/25/257 1 Southcenter Design Manual For retail facades, one way of meeting the articulation provisions is to design individual storefronts or increments to Jook like separate buildings. Facades in these examples use different materials, colors, fenestration techniques, rooflines, and weather protection elements. Facadeardcu ation examples for multi-story buildings. The ground leve commercial facades employ entries and fenestration techniques, vertical piers, and weather protection elements. 26 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual Unacceptable fa ade articulation techniques. Both examples use some articulation features, but they are insufficient in meeting the intent of the guidelines. B. Facade articulation — multifamily building facades. This includes single purpose multifamily buildings and residential portions of mixed-use buildings. Employ at least three of the following features at intervals no greater than specified by the applicable corridor type to reduce the perceived scale of buildings and add visual interest: 1. Window fenestration patterns and/or entries; 2. Vertical building modulation. Minimum depth and width of modulation is 18 inches and four feet, respectively, if tied to a change in color or building material and/or roofline modulation. Otherwise, the minimum depth and width of modulation is 10 and 15 feet, respectively. Balconies may be used to meet the modulation if they are recessed or p jectedfronnthefagadebyat|east18inches. ]u|ietba|cnnies,andotherba/con)esthatappeortnbe"tacked'on"tothefacadevvU/notquaUfvfor this option unless they employ high quality materials and add visual interest to the facade; 3. Change in roofline; 4. Change in building material or siding style; 5. Building elements such as bay windows, porches, canopies, chimneys, or other repetitive features that effectively articulate the facade; 6. Other design technique that effectively reduces the perceived scale of the building and adds visual interest. 7. Alternative designs will be considered provided such techniques effectively reduce the perceived scale of the building and add visual interest from all observable distances. The City shall consider the following in determining whether the treatment meets the intent of the guidelines: a) Types of materials used and how they help to achieve the intent; b) The type of articulation treatments and how effective they are in meeting the intent; c) How effective the articulation treatments respond to the site's context and visibility (for SCDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 27 03/25/203473 Southcenter Design Manual instance, side streets warrant greater fiexibility than primary streets where fapades are more / 30' max. / / 30' max. 30' max. 4". � • • ) '-w ' | 17 .�J Multifamily facade articulation example. Examples of multifamily facade articulation. C. Major Vertical Modulation Increment. Incorporate at Ieast one of the foliowing design elements at intervals no greater than specified by corridor type to reduce the perceived scale of buildings and add visual interest: 1. Provide m jorvertica|buUdinOnnodu|atinnat|eastlOfeotdeepand2Ofeetwide. Such modulation may be recessed from the wall or project from the wall. For multi-story buildings the modulation must extend through more than one-half of the building floors; 2. Use ofa contrasting vertical modulated design component featuring all of the foliowing: a) Component extends through all floors above the first floor fronting on the street. Exception: upper floors that are stepped back more than 10 feet from the facade are exempt; b) Utilizes a change in building materials that effectively contrast from the rest of the facade; c) Component is modulated vertically from the rest of the fagade by an average of 6 inches; and 374CDesignMa nual_Cound|Rnaidocx 28 03/25/014 d) Component is designed to provide roofline modulation; or 3. Facade employs building walls with contrasting articulation that make it appear like two distinct buildings. To qualify for this option, these contrasting facades must employ both of the following: a) Different building materials and/or configuration of building materials; and b) Contrasting window design (sizes or configurations). 4. Alternative treatments will be considered provided the design meets the intent of the guidelines. Elements to consider are the level of detailing, quality of building materials, types of articulated features, and integration with/or enhancement of, the surrounding context (considering views from all publicly observable locations within the area). X = Maximum modulation increment is specified by corridor Southcenter Design Manual MEETS REQUIREMENT DOES NOT MEET REQUIREMENT ``-- Major vertica building modulation (at least 10' deep by 20' wide) MEETS REQUIREMENT Illustrating Major Vertical Modulation Increment standards. S[oe ignxxanuaL[ovnci|pinaidom 29 03/25/303475 Southcenter Design Manual The above examples do not meet the modulation increment standard. In the Ieft image, the modulated features aren't enough to mitigate the continuous massing of the upper level of the building. The right image includes small scale vertical modulation, but over an extensive width, it isn't sufficient enough to effectively reduce its perceived width. Acceptable examples. The Ieft image meets the criteria for (2) abov for a contrasting vertical modulate design component. The right image meets the criteria for (1) above for vertical building modulation at least 10 feet deep and 20 feet wide. � � Acceptable examples. Both Iarge scale retail examples above use major vertical building odulation features (1) and most or all of the features of a vertical modulated design component (2). 30 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual dt ���U ������� 1,§§14446,010402046.m Acceptab|e"alternative"examp|es. The left image includes five articulated facade intervals — with the central component using different materials, fenestration, and roofline modulation. The right image uses a combination of vertical and horizontal modulation and a change in building materials to meet the intent of the standards. 5[ne ignxxunuaLcound|Rnaidom 31 Southcenter Design Manual � � BUILDING DETAILS AND ELEMENTS ��. ���^�^^^^~~" ^°��=^��^^^~= Intent • To encourage the incorporation of design details and small-scale elements into building facades that are attractive at a pedestrian scale. Design Criteria A. Employ detail elements from each of the three categories below on faades facing a street, featuring a customer entry, or featuring the primary residential entry. For non-residential and mixed-use buildings include at Ieast one detail from each category within each faade articulation increment (see TMC 18.28.200) and for residential buildings include at least two detail features from each category within each articulation increment. For example, a residential building with 120 feet of Street frontage with a facade articulated at 30-foot intervals will need to include two of the detail elements from the three categories below within each of its four facade segments. Window and/or entry treatment: a) Display windows divided into a grid of multiple panes; b) Transom windows; c) Roll-up windows/doors; d) Other distinctive window treatment that meets the intent of the standards; e) Recessed entry; f) Decorative door; g) Landscaped trellises or other decorative element that incorporates landscaping near the building entry; or h) Other decorative or specially designed entry treatment that meets the purpose of the standards. 2. Building elements and facade details: a) Custom-designed weather protection element such as a steel canopy, cloth awning, or retractable awning; b) Decorative, custom hanging sign(s); c) Decorative building-mounted Iight fixtures; d) Bay windows trellises, towers, and similar elements; or e) Other details or elements that meet the intent of these standards. �. Building materials and other facade elements: a) Use of decorative, high quality building materials. Examples include decorative use of brick tile, or stonework; 37 ManuaL[uund|Rnaidoc 32 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual b) Artwork on building (such as a mural) or bas-relief sculpture; c) Decorative kick-plate, pier, beltcourse, or other similar feature; d) Hand'craftedrneteria|,suchasspeda|vvroughtironorcarvedw/ood;or e) Other details that meet the purpose of the standards. 4. "Custom," "decorative," or "hand-crafted" elements referenced above must be distinctive or"one' Of-a-kind" elements or unusual designs that require a high level of craftsmanship. 5. Alternatives will be considered provided the number, quality, and mix of details meet the intent of the standards. Detail examples: keftlmna0e=Distnctiveolass r feature, steel weather protection element, decorative neling, and decorative tilework. Right image = Decorative door and decorative mosaic tilework. 5[oesmmxxanuaLcound|pinaidocx 33 03/25/2r 9 Southcenter Design Manual Elm Detail examples: Left image = Steel and glass weather protection and large openable window, decorative lights, and colorful mural. Right image = Distinctive large glass patterned curtain-wall, decorative masonry, and decorative wood component. , Detail examples: Left image = Display windows divided into a grid of multiple panes, custom weather protection, decorative masonry, and decorative Iighting. Right image (residential building) = Decorative weather protection over the entry, decorative masonry, and decorative Iights. 38FesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 34 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual 12. BUILDING MATERIALS AND COLORS Intent • Utilize durable, high quality exterior building materials that contribute to the overall appearance and longevity of the building, as well as co/ors and textures that reflect the local setting and further articulate the building design. Design Criteria A. Use of natural materials that reflect our Northwest setting such as stone, local woods like cedar and fir, and functional materials like concrete, brick, and metal are encouraged. . Descriptive Definitions and usage recommendations: a) Brick: Full size brick is preferable to thin veneer brick. When used, brick veneers shoud be mortared to give the appearance of full-depth brick and detailed with wrap-around corner and bu|lnosepieces. b) Ceramic tile: Glazed and unglazed tile should be limited in use to a faade cladding or decorative wall accent material. SimpIe color palettes and design motifs should be used. C\ Fiber-Cement or Cementitious Siding: An exterior siding product available in planks, panels and shingles and composed of portland cement, ground sand, cellulose fiber and sometimes clay, mixed with water and cured in an autoclave. d) Fiber-reinforced plastics (FRP), cast glass fiber composites ("fiberglass"): These materials are often used in molded reproductions of carved wooden or cast metal architectural ornamentation such as architectural columns, capitals and bases, cornices, and other trim. They may be used if their appearance closely approximates the type of painted wood element they are simulating, and are coordinated in color and composition with the selected architectural style. They should only be used at Iocations above the reach of pedestrians. e) Profile, Corrugated, and Other Sheet, Rolled and Extruded Metal Surfaces: Where used, sheet metal should be detailed with adequate thickness to resist dents and impacts, and should have trim elements to protect edges. Metal siding shall have features such as visible corner moldings and trim and incorporate masonry, stone, or other durable permanent materials near the ground level (first two feet above sidewalk or ground level). Metal siding shall be factory finished with a matte, non-reflective surface. S[oe ignmanuaLcound|Hna|doc 35 03/25/20313 1 Southcenter Design Manual f) Stone (including river stone), stone veneers, cast stone, terra cotta, precast concrete, glass fiber reinforced concrete (GFRC). Improperly simulated or contradictory finishes (i.e. use of panelized concrete to simulate a riverstone wall appearance with visible straight-line joints cutting across individual stones) should not be used. g) E/FS (Exterior Insulating and Finish Systems): Close attention should be paid to detail and trim elements for a high quality installation. Very stylized or highly textured surfaces are strongly discouraged. Joint patterns should be architecturally coordiriated with overall faade composition. These finishes should be sheltered from extreme weather by roof overhangs or other methods and weather exposed horizontal surfaces should be avoided. EIFS should not extend below twa feet above the ground plane. Use concrete, masonry, or other durable material for wall surfaces within two feet of grade to provide a durable surface where damage is most likely. w�~ These two buildings employ EIFS as the predominate siding material, but employ masonry near the ground level which provides greater durability and contributes to the character of the buildings. h) Wood: Horizontal sidings such as clapboard and tongue-in-groove; vertical siding such as board and batten; and other horizontal sidings such as smaller wood shingles may be suitable. The Iarger, more rustic styles of shakes should not be used. Trim elements should be used for all wood siding types. Timber detailing and exposed bracing may be appropriate. "T1-11" plywood panel siding is not allowed. itgAria 8"U 36 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual i\ Precast Concrete: The ocation and spacing of panel and expansion joints should be incorporated into the faade composition. Castings should be shaped to form architectural profiles that create bases, cornices, pilasters, panel frames, and other elements contributing to faade composition and human scale. Cement type, mineral pigments, special aggregates and surface textures may be used in precast concrete to achieve architectural texture and variety. Poured-in-Place Concrete: Long surfaces of uninterrupted concrete walls should not be used. The use of textured form liners, pigments, stains, and/or special aggregates should be used to create visual interesting surfaces. At a minimum, the design of exposed concrete walls should incorporate the location and spacing offornnvvorktie'ho|es, expansion joints and control joints into the faade composition. The architectural treatment of poured concrete that is used as a building architectural base should be extended to concrete used elsewhere in the project for sitework material. j) k) Concrete Block: Incorporate a combination of textures to provide visual interest (such as split or rock-facade units and/or contrasting colored units with plain smooth block can create distinctive patterns). Decorative treatments such as alternating block courses of differing heights, contrasting grout colors, alternating surface textures (e.g. precision face and split face) and/or compositions of colored blocks should be used, along with matching cap and trim pieces. Plain concrete block fire walls on the sides of a building that are visible to the public are discouraged. ~',11,41�°�� 2. Local and recycled building materials should be used whenever possible. 3. If the building massing and pattern of windows and doors is complex, a simple palette of wall materials, textures and/or colors should be used. If the building volume and the pattern of wall openings are simple, additional wall materials, textures and articulation may be utilized. B. Use wall cladding materials appropriate to the architectural style and building type. Authentic materials and methods of construction should be used to the degree possible. I. Where simulated cladding materials (e.g. artificial stone to substitute for real stone, or painted fiber reinforced plastics to substitute for painted wood) are used for reasons of economy, they should be durable and closely match proportions, surface finishes, and colors of original materials. 2. Fiber-Cement or Cementitious Siding: Planks are an acceptable substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described above under "Wood." To match the precedents of real wood siding in the area the spacing of siding should not exceed 8". scooiunxxanuaLcounci|pinaidocx 37 O3/25/25B3 Southcenter Design Manual 3. Profile and Other Sheet, RoIIed and Extruded Metal: As wall cladding, these wall systems should be used as a secondary or accent material. A high quality, durable, fade-resistant coating system or paint such as Kynar, Tnemec, etc. is recommended. 4. Stucco or EIFS: Stucco and EIFS finishes are acceptable finishes for upper stories only at street exposures on commercial buildings. They should not be used at storefronts. They may be used at ground floor portions of rear or side service and parking exposures and in such cases should be specified with high-density materials, with the ground fioor street faade cladding materials continuing to be used as a building base and accent material. 5. Wall Accent Materials: are recommended to add interest and variety for example, at architectural elements such as cornices and on portions of buildings or walis. Materials recommended for use as accents include brick, wood, stone, Fiber Reinforced Plastic, ceramic tile as listed above, in keeping with the architectural style of the building. C. Color: Incorporate more than two colors and materials into each building's design. Mono- chromatic schemes are discouraged. Color choices should include warm rich colors that reflect and complement the woodlands, water and open sky of the region; weathered wood and oxidized metal colors retated to industrial and agricultural influences. 1. Primary building colors, used at building walls, freestanding site walls, and other primary building elements, should be saturated colors to complement Tukvvi|a'sforested surroundings and often overcast skies. Extremely bright colors should not be used as primary wall colors. LAWAAA 2. Secondary color should complement the primary building color, and may be a lighter shade than the body color, or use more saturated hues. Secondary color can be used to give additional emphasis to architectural features such as building bases or wainscots, columns, brackets, cornices, capitals, and bands; or used as trim on doorframes, storefront elements, windows and window frames, railing, shutters, ornament, fences, and similar features. 382fDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 38 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual II III 111 1111 ] 3. Accent colors may be more saturated in color, orbrighter in tone, and used to highlight special features such as doors, shutters, gates, ornament, or storefront elements. Bright coiors should be Iimited to retail establishments, and used sparingly at fabric awnings, banners, window frames, or special architectural details. A restrained use of bright colors allows display windows and merchandise to catch the eye and stand out in the visual field. 4. Colors should be compatible with other buildings in the surrounding area. Colors of adjacent buildings should be taken into consideration. 5. Fluorescent colors should not be used on building materials. 6. At attached residential units, primary and secondary building co/onsrnaycontainvariationoinco|Vr from unit to unit, to further distinguish the individual identity of each residence. ScoesignManuaLcounci|pinaidom 39 03/25/203185 Southeenter Design Manual 13. WINDOWS �°�'~��O°°^^ Intent � To encourage large expanses of glass across facades to provide daylighting of internal spaces, visual interest, and access to views while providing a visual connection between activities inside and outside. • To provide visual access and interest at the street level through the use of ground level windows. • To design windows to be in keeping with the character and the architectural style of the building. � To relate windows throughout a building's facades in design, operating type, proportions, and trim. They should be used as architectural elements that add relief to the facade and wall surface. Design Criteria A. Use windows as an element which helps to articulate the character of a faade and define an architectural style. 1. Windows within solid walls (walls not designed as curtain wall systems) should not sit in the same plane as the wall surface. They should be recessed at least 4", with the wall material turning the corner at the window jambs, in order to emphasize the wall thickness. 2. Windows should have design and scale relative to the spaces behind them. 3. Window accessories such as window boxes for plants, fabric awnings, etc. should be considered for additional articulation and interest, in coordination with the selected architectural style and building use. 38 Manual_Cound|Rnaidocx 40 03/25/2014 Southenter Design Manual B. Design window frames and sills to be prominent and substantial in order to enhance openings and add additional relief. I. The size of elements should be proportional to the glass area framed, as where a larger window may use commensurately wider framing members. 2. Upper story windows and parking structure "window" openings should be detailed with architectural elements such as p jecting"|uo"siUs,and/orUntds. Ornamental framing and hardware provide utilitarian opportunity for craftsmanship and decoration. This is especially important to avoid an insubstantial appearance common to aluminum sliding windows; these should be accompanied by well-detailed frame and sill elements. 4. Windows designed as glass curtain wall systems (where they are not treated as a separate element from the faade system) should be designed with p jecting vertical and/or horizontal mullions, or other modulating features. S. "Lug sills" (protruding window sills) should not be formed of rigid foam or other substrates sprayed with stucco or other wall finish material. They should instead be constructed with a permanent material such as painted wood, painted FRP, metal, precast concrete, GFRC, terra cotta, or stone. 6. Where multi-pane windows are utUized, specify "true divided Iight" windows or sectional windows. "Snap-in" muntins (i.e. detachable vertical or horizontal glass plane dividers or glass pane dividers sandwiched between Iayers of glass) do not meetthe design intent. SCDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 41 03/25/203/87 Southcenter Design Manual Examples of multi-paned windows 388CDesignManual_CouncilFinal.docx 42 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual 14. WEATHER PROTECTION �^"^~ ��"�^�������~� ��~�������"~^^� Intent � To provide additional shelter at the edges of buildings and entrances from wind and rain through the use of porticos, covered porches, and arcades. • To improve the pedestrian experience by providing protection from inclement weather. Design Criteria A. Design buildings with non-residential ground fioor uses to provide pedestrian weather protection along adjacent street front sidewalks and open spaces using awnings, canopies, or buliding overhangs such as porticos, covered porches and arcades. I. See TMC lU.28.lO0(B)(3) for weather protection requirements for buildings where orientation to streets or open space is required. 2. Design canopies or awnings with an overhead clearance between 8 to 12 feet. 3. Design weather protection as a permanent architectural element. Relate materials and details to the building as a whole. ~ • ~�='^,4•i • e„,•.0'..".: 4. Continuous weather protection coverage in pedestrian oriented areas is desirable. Different methods can be used to accommodate continuous coverage. For a sequence of storefronts or windows, a sequence of discrete, overlapping awnings or canopies for each storefront or building bay should be used, rather than one continuous runon awning. scoe ignmanuaLcnund|nnaidnm 43 390 Southcenter Desi Manual 1. Incorporate weather protection at least six feet deep across the width of shared/common entries. 2. Incorporate weather protection at Ieast three feet deep across the width of individual external unit entries. Residential weather protection examples. scme iunmanuaL[ound|pinaidnm 45 03/25/2C391 Southcenter Desi Manual � � BLANK ^`~"^ "°�°�^"^� Intent • To encourage the design of building fagades which incorporate interesting architectural details that add variety to the facade, animate the street presence, and are attractive at a pedestrian scale. • To enhance the pedestrian environment by avoiding large blank walls visible from public areas and adjacent properties. Design Criteria A. Consider all facades including side and rear facades as visible (unless facing "blind" onto an adjacent party wall) and treat with an architectural facade composition similar to that on the building's front. Blank walis, as defined below, are not permitted facing streets sidewalks, open spaces, or pedestrian pathways because they do not provide visual interest or human scale. Z. Use compatible materials on all four sides of the building. 3. Use one of more of the foliowing treatments to address blank walis: a) The pattern of openings and windows should be carried across windowless walls to add visual interest and avoid blank surfaces. b) Install a vertical trellis in front of the wall with climbing vines or plant materials. c) Provide a planting bed at least 5 feet wide or a raised planter bed at least feet wide by 3 feet long in front of the wall, and establish plant materials that will obscure or screen 60 percent of the wall's surface within 3 years. d) Install a display window per I8.28.200/[1. e) Provide artwork (a mosaic, mural, sculptural relief, etc.) over a significant portion of the blank wall surface and illuminate it for nighttime visibility. 46 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual f) Incorporate changes of materials and/or texture in the wall and accent it with architectural Blank wall definition A wall (including building facades and retaining walls) is considered a blank wall if: • A ground floor wall or portion of a ground floor wall over 6 feet in height and a horizontal length greater than 15 feet and does not include a transparent window or door; or • Any portion of a ground floor wall having a surface area of 400 square feet or greater and does not include a transparent window or door. greater than 400 f | BLANK WALL 1 greater than 15' Trellis with vines or other Onts Artwork Landscaping Blank wall definition and treatment example. scne isn,wanuaL[oumj|Rnaidoc 47 na/zs/zC/393 Southcenter Design Manual 16. PARKING STRUCTURES Intent � To reduce the visual impact of parking structures. � To improve the street level presence for parking structures adjacent to streets. • To integrate the design of parking structures with surrounding development. Design Critaria A. Design parking structures which are part of a new development to be architecturally consistent with exterior elements of the primary structure, including roof lines, facade design and finish materials. 1. Building massing should conform to the facade articulation and major vertical modulation provisions of Section 9 (Building Massing). Such structures should be simple but well-articulated in length and height for pedestrian scale and avoid excessive emphasis on long-span openinQs. Vertical elements — columns, pilasters, etc should be used to better relate parking structures to surrounding retail, office and residential structures of similar height. Z. Special massing should be used to identify main vehicular entrances and pedestrian vertical circulation. 3. Weather protection such as canopies and other faad&attached elements may serve as ways to incorporate expressive structural elements typical to Pacific Northwest design character. 4. Facade openings generally cover a high percentage of the facade area. Columns, decorative screening, and other intermediate members should be used to break down the scale of parking wammLCound|Rnaidom ~~' 48 03/25/2014 Southcenter Design Manual structure facades. 5. Design security grilles for parking structures to be decorative and architecturally consistent with the overall design. Chain link fencing is not permitted as a window treatment. G. Due to their highly visible location, light poles and fixtures at roof parking decks should be specified or designed as decorative fixtures, architecturally coordinated with the style of the building. 7. Landscaped trellis' in conjunction vvithobovedeSign/artiCu|ation1eChniqueS8neenCOUrag2dasan effective way to soften the facade and add visual interest. B. Design ground floors of parking structures that front on Tukwila Pond or public streets in the TOD and Pond Districts to accommodate future office, retail or residential uses. • 396 City of 1 Washington Resolution No. A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, ADOPTING THE SOUTHCENTER SUBAREA PLAN. Attachment D WHEREAS, the City adopted a new Comprehensive Plan in 1995 to implement the goals and policies of the Growth Management Act (GMA) of 1990 and the King County Countywide Planning Policies; and WHEREAS, the Tukwila Urban Center at Southcenter was designated as one of the region's urban centers in 1995; and WHEREAS, per RCW 36.70A.130 the Growth Management Act requires the City of Tukwila to review and, if needed, revise its Comprehensive Plan and development regulations by June 30, 2015 to ensure that the Comprehensive Plan and the development regulations are in compliance with the requirements of the GMA; and WHEREAS, Tukwila's Comprehensive Plan calls for the Southcenter area to develop as a high - density, regionally- oriented, mixed -use center; and WHEREAS, the vision for Southcenter is consistent with Puget Sound Regional Council's Vision 2040, the adopted regional growth strategy, which provides guidance to cities for accommodating future growth and preserving resources and rural lands; and WHEREAS, under this strategy the majority of the region's employment and housing growth is targeted to occur in compact, sustainable communities where housing and jobs are located; and WHEREAS, Tukwila began a planning process in 2002 to develop a Subarea Plan and regulations to further support this vision and to retain the urban center's economic strength in the face of regional competition; and WHEREAS, Tukwila has held a series of public workshops, open houses, focus groups and public hearings to gather community input and guidance; and WHEREAS, notice of the planning effort was provided via direct mailings, postings on the City website, emails to the broadcast email group, and articles in "The Hazelnut" and `Tukwila Reporter;" and W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Southcenter Subarea Plan adopted 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs Page 1 of 2 397 WHEREAS, the Southcenter Subarea Plan and its implementing regulations, codified in Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.28, have evolved during this public process to reflect the community's vision and priorities as well as the regional goals; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a properly noticed public hearing on August 23, 2012 and after deliberations forwarded their recommended changes for the Southcenter Subarea Plan to the City Council; and WHEREAS, on April 4, 2014, the City of Tukwila issued a supplement to the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Statement (previously issued October 9, 1995), which analyzed the potential impact of various Comprehensive Plan Amendments pursuant to the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) (Chapter 197 -11 WAC) and the Tukwila Municipal Code, Title 21; and WHEREAS, notice was provided to the Washington State Department of Commerce pursuant to RCW 36.70A.106; and WHEREAS, the City Council held a properly noticed public hearing on April 14, 2014; and WHEREAS, the City Council reviewed the legislative record, written and verbal testimony and approved revisions to the Southcenter Subarea Plan to address issues raised by interested parties, individual Councilmembers, and staff; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: The City Council approves adoption of the Southcenter Subarea Plan, hereby incorporated by reference as "Exhibit A." PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2014. ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED: Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk De'Sean Quinn, Council President APPROVED AS TO FORM BY: Filed with the City Clerk: Passed by the City Council: Resolution Number: Shelley M. Kerslake, City Attorney Attachment: Exhibit A, Southcenter Subarea Plan W: \Word Processing \Resolutions \Southcenter Subarea Plan adopted 5 -27 -14 NG:bjs 398 Page 2 of 2 Exhibit A City of Tukwila Southcenter Subarea Plan Final Council Draft 05/12/2014 399 400 Southcenter Subarea Plan Contents 1.1. Orientation 1 1.2. Community intent 4 1.3. Starting Point: Existing Conditions summary 5 1.4. The VISION for Southcenter 11 1.5. Redevelopment Strategy 30 1.6. Reccommended City actions 37 1.7. Appendix A: existing conditions 55 1.1. ORIENTATION This Subarea Plan is both an implementation and a policy document, in that it is intended as a strategy for change and as regulatory policy to guide and govern future development within Tukwila's urban center, Southcenter. This Subarea Plan establishes a planning and design framework to further the vitality, functionality, and sustainability of the Southcenter area in accordance with market forces and the community's vision for its primary commercial district. Sections 1.2 through 1.4 of the Plan describe the community's aspirations for Southcenter and the physical outcomes that the Plan is intended to orchestrate as new investment creates change. Section 1.5 outlines the strategies by which the community intends to support and promote the realization of the vision of the future Southcenter. Section 1.6 identifies a preliminary set of recommended actions and investments that the City can take to accelerate the redevelopment strategies. Appendix A contains a detailed snapshot of existing conditions in the urban center at the time the Plan was drafted. Finally, The Southcenter Subarea Plan is intended to provide guidance for actions not specifically covered by the development regulations contained in TMC Chapter 18.28 Tukwila Urban Center District. Planning Principles for Great Cities; Building Blocks for Redeveloping Southcenter This plan recognizes a set of integrated principles that have produced the best places and cities throughout the world. As part of this Plan, these principles are translated into objectives and short term strategies directing reinvestment and new development that successfully transition Southcenter from a suburban to a more urban center. The planning principles for great cities are as follows: • Make great streets. Street design dictates the form of individual blocks and buildings that enclose each streetscape. "Complete streets" provide for pedestrian comfort, bicycle safety and automobile movement according to their location and necessary function in the overall area. 1 Adapted from the Santa Ana Renaissance Specific Plan, 2007 Subarea Plan CouncilFinal.docx 1 5/12/2014 401 Southcenter Subarea Plan Streets of various types are designed to further improve pedestrian crossing safety and balance automotive speed with the needs of non - motorized transportation. Where appropriate, streets have on- street parking in order to provide a buffer between the moving traffic and the pedestrian, thus diminishing perceived and actual danger. Further, in key commercial environments, on- street parking plays a critical role in the daily and Tong -term viability of businesses. • Break up the super blocks. The most effective redevelopments will be those that retrofit the streets, blocks and lots to provide a compact, connected, walkable mix of uses and housing types. Retrofitting the underlying layout of the streets and blocks transitions auto oriented suburban patterns and behaviors into more sustainable ones. A fine network of interconnected streets, rather than super blocks and limited number of roadways, encourages pedestrian movement. Such a network also provides multiple routes that diffuse traffic, increasing the options for travel to various destinations, improving safety response time and creating alternatives for emergency access. • Create a memorable built environment. The buildings, blocks and streets of an area are interdependent and contribute to an overall pattern of unique and related places. Each one contains in part the ingredients of all the others. Buildings of a particular quality can define the block that contains them and the street that surrounds them. Design is the matrix that helps either to create or destroy the quality and character of a place. Buildings are the smallest increment of growth. A variety of architectural types, and their relationship to each other, largely determines the character of a place as they define the streets and open spaces they face. • Make great public spaces. Urban areas can be much more than a place to eat, work and spend. Part of what makes a place more valuable and beloved are the public spaces. Well-designed public spaces enhance community identity and foster civic pride. Public spaces are the visual punctuations along the greater public realm of streets that give identity to the various districts in the area. This will contribute to a unique character, and distinguish it from other regional centers and commercial areas. • Live near transit and where you work, shop & play. Adding more residential density in an urban center is a way to support goods and services and a means to enhance a sense of community. The opportunity to live above stores and businesses and in close proximity to transit access points encourages residents, shoppers and employees to drive their cars Tess and increases their ability to take advantage of the proximity of uses, services, transportation options, parks and public places provided in such an environment. This increases an area's appeal while providing for a 24/7 rhythm of uses. • Get the mix of uses right. A compact mix of transit - supportive land uses such as offices and housing within walking distance of transit will help generate ridership, reduce the need for parking, and help reduce the number of automobile trips. • Get the retail right. Retailers are encouraged to facilitate pedestrian storefront shopping. A successful pedestrian oriented retail core is typically located around a more urban pattern of streets accommodating cars and on- street parking. Off- street parking is ideally located in a Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 2 5/12/2014 402 Southcenter Subarea Plan combination of shared and park -once Tots and structures with buildings to the back of sidewalks. • Get the parking right. The compactness, mixed use nature and walkability of an urban area entices customers to park just once and complete tasks on foot. This reduces the average trips and parking in a traditional setting by half over strip retail. The transformation of drivers into walkers is the immediate generator of pedestrian life: crowds of people that animate public life in the streets and generate the patrons of street - friendly retail businesses. It is this scene that provides energy and attraction to sustain a thriving environment. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 3 5/12/2014 403 Southcenter Subarea Plan 1.2. COMMUNITY INTENT The Southcenter area serves many functions for the citizens of Tukwila. It is the city's primary commercial hub, drawing customers from within the community and all over the Puget Sound region. It is a workplace center, providing jobs to residents and nearby communities. It is a major contributor, through property and sales tax, to local government and the services it provides to all citizens. It is the intention of the Tukwila community and the purpose of this Plan to bolster, extend and build upon these valuable functions and to realign the Plan Area as needed with new forces of change and market demand. More specifically, it is the community's intention to: 1. Bolster the Southcenter area's market position as the primary regional shopping and entertainment center for South King County. 2. Establish a planning framework that insures that each increment of new investment adds to the long term sustainability of Southcenter as a part of the city and region. 3. Encourage the eventual redevelopment of underutilized properties and oversized parking lots into a pattern that connects the project areas' key anchors (such as Westfield Mall) and overlooked amenities (such as Tukwila Pond and the Green River) to each other and to new infill commercial, residential and public spaces. 4. Substantially enhance the walkability of the northern portion of the Southcenter area, augmenting the exclusively auto - oriented environment with pedestrian amenities, transit, and bicycle facilities. 5. Stimulate pioneering residential and office development in walking distance of the Southcenter (bus) Transit Center and the Tukwila Longacres Sounder commuter rail /Amtrak Station, and ensure it is configured to provide safe and comfortable pedestrian routes to and from the stations and other Southcenter destinations. In the area surrounding the Sounder commuter rail /Amtrak Station, consider a special opportunity area that could develop at even greater intensities with a wider variety of uses, such as regional serving entertainment and retail. 6. Enhance the convenience, visibility, accessibility, and visual character of the transit infrastructure in Southcenter, and integrate it with the pattern of development in the urban center. 7. Realign policies conditioning development in Southcenter with contemporary consumer and investor preferences, resulting in buildings and spaces that contribute to an identifiable sense of place and attract new types and forms of development envisioned by the community. 8. "Unearth" Tukwila Pond and the portion of the Green River that passes through Southcenter, restoring their natural health and beauty, and featuring them prominently as amenities that enhance the identity and drawing power of Southcenter. 9. Enhance the visual character of Southcenter to reflect the special landscape and architectural heritage of the Pacific Northwest region. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 4 5/12/2014 404 � n+� �n� Plan 10' Manage expected growth in a sustainable way, ensuring that the regional benefits of growth management do not come at the expense of livability, by focusing growth and density in environmentally suitable areas and adequately servicing it with improved infrastructure, including non-motorized facilities, transit and enhanced access to parks and natural features. 11. a lue to enhance the drivability of and access to the Com ,rcial Corridor. 1.3. STARTING POINT: EXISTING CONDITIONS SUMMARY The condition ofthe Plan Area at the time of the Southcenter Plan's drafting is detailed in Appendix A, documenting and describing the physical and structural conditions of the area that have informed the recommendations of the PIan. As change occurs, the community intends to measure those changes to monitor the Plan's success and the degree to which it remains sufficiently current. A summary of conditions, challenges and opportunities is provided below: Land Use � An economicafly successfui regional commercial, shopping and employment center � Major contributor to City revenues & locai services through sales & property taxes • Suburban pattern of development • Very Iittle vacant deveiopabie land • Low density development surrounded by parking points towards redevelopment opportunities • No residential or mixed use development — need more amenities to attract • Predominantly single-story buildings • New investment will increasingly entail redeveiopment of buildings and sfte North • Auto-oriented commercial, with retail, office, and lodging • Large regional shopping Mali surrounded by parking and rings of associated smaller scale, Iow-rise, surface-parked commercial buildings. Regional shopping & employment oen&er pei ati Low density development sunnundedbv parking provides opportunities for redevelopment Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 5 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan South & West • Primarily warehouse and distribution center serving the mall ®ion * Some outlets (especialiy furniture), along with some low-rise office. Some "big box" retail & super centers along Southcenter Parkway. Zoning • Current zoning is the same for the entire planning area — � Nearly every kind of retail, entertainment and restaurant use permitted • Commercial services, warehouse & light industrial uses permitted. * Residential uses permitted within 500' of a water body. 406 Primarily warehouse, industrial & big box retail uses in the southern part of urban center Supercenter retail along Southcenter Pkw Existing building pattern 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Transportation & Circulation • Located at the intersection of 2 major freeways (1-5 &1-405) • Few access points into Southcenter area • Limited street network, especially east/west routes • Street network designed solely for automobile traffic • Oversized blocks limit internal circulation • r0e ridership atnew/y expanded bus transit station on Andover Park West Non'motohzedCirculation liVAMegg w Tukwila Trans it Cep fr.4cilitie,5 • The regional Interurban & Green River Trails serve as a pedestrian/bicycle spine through Southcenter • Biock size too large to walk m Lacking bicycle infrastructure/routes on streets • Long distances between destinations • Narrow, unprotected sidewalks along highly trafficked & higher speed corridors • lnconvenient pedestrian ccess to Sounder commuter rail station from Southcenter area • Difficult to find and access parks, trails & open spaces m Little effort made to create site layouts oriented to pedestrians • Access (driveways) management needed in key pedestrian oriented areas Lacking sidewalks & pedestrian amenities Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 7 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Streetscape • Site layouts and streetscapes primarily oriented to needs of motorists Overall impression is of Iarge, simple buildings fronted by asphalt Lacking individual street identity — easy to get lost All streets look the same & are orie ted to need of motorists Architectural & Landscape Character • Buildings separated from street by large parking lots, with entrances difficult to find • Buildings generaily reflective of auto-oriented development ~ Construction before design review implemented (1982): o Unarticulated buildings with Iittle ornamentation or design o Simply massed buildings with a box-like appearance m Buildings don't reflect any design character indigenous to City or region • Since 1982: o Well designed buildings are Iost in the overall mix o Too few well designed buildings to create a visible theme or provide district identity • No landmarks Examples of Desired Urban Form �MWomone New parki gstructumc—Mo8 1044,01, NAt!it, 5ubareaP|an_[ounci|Finaidocx 8 408 Westfieid Mali Redevelopment Southcenter Subarea Plan .}a r . Claim Jumper — new construction built to the Corner of Southcenter Pkwy and 180th Street Acme Bowl — redevelopment of warehouse 405 Baker Blvd. — redevelopment of warehouse Fatigue Technology — redevelopment of warehouse with public frontage improvements Warehouse redevelopment on S.180th St Subarea Plan CouncilFinal.docx 9 Pad building on Westfield Site built to the back of sidewalk on Strander 5/12/2014 409 Southcenter Subarea Plan Southcenter Square Shopping Center — built to the back of sidewalk with plaza spaces and clearly delineated pedestrian paths, constructed two new half streets Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 10 5/12/2014 410 Southcenter S n` bareaTl8y 1,4~ THE VISION FOR SOUTHCENTER The Southcenter area comprises nf approximately Z5O individual privately he/dpnope properties, s, and nd over v e r 8 miles of public rights-of-way that are under the ownership and control of the City. The overarching purpose of the Subarea PIan is to orchestrate individual public and private investments to produce greater value than any separate p jectcou|dpractica|lyachievebyprovidinga common vision that all investors can rely upon, contribute to, and derive value from. This section describes the common purpose to which all actions and investments shall be directed: the realization of a vision of the future that is sufficiently specific to provide a common purpose, yet loose enough to respond to opportunities and changes in the marketplace that will inevitably arise. 1) District Structure — From Suburban Commercial Area to Urban Center The forces of market demand and land availability that produced the current characteristics of Southcenter's built environment have evolved significantly in new directions. The primary driving forces conditioning the form of new investment in the Plan Area will be: 1) The shopping industry's shift away from internally focused shopping centers in favor of more open air and amenity-driven formats; 2) Rising gas prices and increasing regional commitment to transit; 3) A rapidly growing demand for walkable urban environments for living, working, and shopping; and 4) The rising economic importance and value of property in the Southcenter area as a result of the expansion of the regional mall and the disappearance of easily developed property in the area. The implementation of this Plan is intended to enable Southcenter to benefit from these primary conditioning forces. Responding to these forces of change, the community envisions guiding development and change to create differentiated areas where the character, forms, types of uses and activities benefit, complement and support each other (See Figure 1.1. Evolution of E+wi-s4K+H(*i District Structure and Figure 1.2. E+4*ne4-District KapS#**E=1*+e\. 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan To SeaTac Airpo To Seattle To Renton • •LNAO IOU Sounder Transit Station To Seattle 00, rArlq To Tacoma To Tacoma Figure 1.1. Evolution of P-7446464 District Structure Southcenter encompasses a relatively large area containing a wide variety of uses. To create a more coherent urban form and enhance the Center's long-term competitive edge within the region, the City intends to guide development and change to create distinct areas where the character, forms, types of uses and activities benefit, complement, and support each other. (City of Tukwila Comprehensive Plan) Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 12 5/12/2014 412 Southcenter Subarea Plan Regional Center The area in the vicinity of Westfield Southcenter Mali, wfth easy access to the new bus Transit Center, will continue to infill and intensify to a more walkable and compact form of development extending southward toward Strander Boulevard, ultimately extending to the edge ofTukwila Pond and eastward across Andover Park West. Transit Oriented Development (TOD) Neighborhood In response to the region's enhanced commitment to transit service, a new Transit Oriented Development Neighborhood will extend from the upgraded bus transit center on Andover Park West, eastward towards the Sounder commuter rail station. Public investments that will serve as catalysts for the redevelopment of this area include a new pedestrian bridge over the Green River and frontage improvements along Baker Boulevard. Figure 1.2. Map Pond Distric City improvements to public frontage, water quality and pond amenities will help instigate the "unearthing" of Tukwila Pond Park not only as a public amenity, but as an "amenity anchor" for the southern edge of the Regional Center and as the center of a new mixed use Pond District. Workplace The large southern portion of the Plan Area will continue to provide a wide range of distribution, warehousing, light industrial, "big box" retail, and furniture outlets, with incremental infill by office and other complementary commercial uses. Commercial Corridor Southcenter Parkway will continue to feature auto-oriented retail and services in a manner similar to the existing patterns of development in that area. Results of City research into evolving, successful commercial corridors elsewhere will be applied to ensure the continuing success of the Southcenter Commercial [orhdot% SubareaP|an_[ounci|Finaidocx 13 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan The particular characteristics envisioned for each of these districts are provided below: The Regional Center The Regional Center portion of this Pian is the primary shopping and entertainment destination for South King County, and the centerpiece of the Southcenter area. It occupies the highly visible and accessible northwestern quadrant of Southcenter, which is nestled snugly up against the intersection of interstate 405 and interstate 5. The Regional Center owes its success to and is anchored by the recentiy expanded and refurbished Westfieid Southcenter Mali. The drawing power of this retail powerhouse will continue to bring investment in retail and services oriented to an expanding regionai trade. Just to the east, Acme Bowi, LA Fitness and i-FIy wiii serve as complements to the Mall and strong attractors for new entertainment venues in the area. The new Transit Center with service to the Sounder commuter rail and LINK light rail stations, iocai and regionai bus routes, and bus rapid transit (BRT) 15 prominentiy iocated between the Mali and existing entertainment venues. As new investment continues to flow into the Plan Area, the community envisions the emergence of an increasingly urban district that uses its progressively more valuable land with greater efficiency, which can be comfortably explored not only by automobiie but also on foot or bicycle. The District will likely begin changing from the exclusively parking-lot-surrounded, auto-dominated development to an increasingly walkable and amenity driven pattern reflecting contemporary consumer and investor preferences. However, ensuring excellent access for ail modes of transportation into the Regional Center will be key to its continued success. Over time, public investments, when combined with market-driven infill, are intended to instigate new development increasingly characterized by a pattern of walkable-scaled city blocks with key street frontages lined with visible storefronts and active sidewalks (Photos 1, 2). Buildings may be oriented to pubiic spaces and sidewaik areas with higher ieveis of amenity (Photo 3). Abundant and convenient parking will be provided, but will no longer dominate the view from the road or the sidewalk. 1. Smaller retail with visible storefronts and active sidewalks SubareaP|an_[ound|Finaidocx 14 414 2. Anchor ret il with visible storefronts and active sidewalks Southcenter Subarea Plan 3. Example of buildings oriented to amenities 4. Envisioned mixed use retail/office development As the RegonaI Center continues to grow in response to the growth of the region, the market public investment, and escalating property values, the District may continue to intensify with upper stories containing offices (Photo 4), homes (Photos 5) or hotel rooms. Over the long term, infill development on the high-value property of the Mall will likely continue the transition from surface parking to structured parking, and may be increasingly characterized by mid-rise or high-rise building components built over the retail base. This process of increasing land use efficiency, development intensity, synergy and mix, will be combined with public and private investments increasing waikability and accessibility befitting a true regional center. The increased intensity and vitality can continue the process of broadening the Mall's draw, expanding its "captive audience," adding customers, residents, employees and safety to the dynamic center of the region. 6ubareaP|an_Counci|Rnaidocx 5. Example of mixed use residential development 15 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan 6. Mali's internal streets ets connecting towards Tukwila Pond 7. Mall's internal streets connecting to Transit Center In the long term, the Mall, the entertainment area, and the Southcenter Transit Center will continue to be the armature for the ongoing escalation of value, activity and investment. The access points and internal streets of the regional shopping mall will likely be extended, developing into bustling, high amenity spines that connect shopping anchors and shopfronts southward to the north shore of Tukwila Pond (ultimately an "amenity anchor", Photo 6) and eastward toward additional shops in the direction of Southcenter Transit Center (Photo 7). The Pond District Southcenter's greatest amenity Tukwiia Pond, which prior deveiopment has rendered virtuaily invisible, will become the prized center of an entirely new part of Southcenter. Rather than turning its back on the Pond in the manner of development that has occurred in the past, new development will ultimately orient toward the pond with active doors, windows, and pubiic walkways facing the water. Surrounding streets and development will provide not only views to the water, but clear, legible and frequent connections to enhance public access to Tukwila Pond and its surrounding park. Degradation of water quality and natural environment that has occurred will be carefully reversed. The natural setting and wildlife amenities will be protected, and proximity to and views of the Pond will add substantial value and character to nearby real estate development. The Urban Wa t Along the northern edge of Tukwila Pond, development will take cues from its location adjacent to the Mall and to the retail corridor of Strander Boulevard, resulting in a more urban environment focused toward a paved waterfront esplanade-. Over the long-term, the Mall may grow toward the Pond (Photo 8), making the northern shore function in part as an "amenity anchor". Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 16 5/12/2014 416 Southcenter Subarea Plan ,tleaSTMMININIVIEVESSEtidiaSEI" 8. Envisioned Mall to Tukwila Pond Connection 9. Envisioned waterfront espianade (Cariiion Point, WA) The waterfront esplanade will ultimately run along the northern Pond shore, featuring restaurants and entertainment, with storefronts spilling out onto the active pedestrian promenade along the waterfront (Photos 9, 10). The upper stories of the Pond's north shore development will likely feature homes, offices and/or hotel rooms (Photo 11) that benefit from the activities below, as well as from enviable views and access to a loop trail around the Pond, making it one of Southcenter's most coveted places to live, work, or visit. 10. Esplanade character & elements 11. Envisioned mixed use on Pond's north edge Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 17 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan The Natural Waterfront The eastern, western, and southern edges of the pond will be characterized by a more natural park environment, preserving habitat for pond wildlife. A "necklace" of pedestrian paths, floating boardwalks and sidewalks will connect the edges of the pond. Tukwila Pond Park will provide benches, overlooks, shade trees and informal landscaping. Buildings will be separated from the pond by streets along the eastern and southern edges. Building heights will be lower along the southern edge to insure plenty of sunlight for the Pond itself; buildings will also step down toward the water to preserve views as well as a park-like character. Ground floors will range from office to support services, retail, and lunch options for workers, to newer housing types like live-work on the ground floor, with more private uses like office and residential above (Photos 12, 13, 14). Envisioned mixed-use development facing south end of Tukwila Pond 12. ''"ItgAINOR,1", 13. igL 14. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 18 5/12/2014 418 Southcenter Subarea Plan The Transit Oriented Development (TOD) Neighborhood Southcenter will continue to evolve as the region continues to embrace smart growth and livable communities strategies, and deepens its commitment to transit. The northeastern quadrant of Southcenter will benefit from its enviable location between the Regional Center,, Southcenter Transit Center and the Tukwila ation, and from the potential amenity value of the segment of the Green River that runs through the district. The community will leverage the rail station and bus transit center to bring new investment to the previously underutilized properties within walking distance of these faciiities. The emerging new TOD neighborhood district will eventually be increasingly characterized by a compact and vibrant mix of housing, office, lodging and supportive retail and service uses. Local workers, commuters, shoppers, and residents will benefit from the easy access and convenience and to an increasingly wide variety of transit offerings accessible in the urban center. Parking wili be accommodated by a combination of off- and on-street parking spaces/iots. Compact and coordinated mixed-use development will provide opportunities for shared parking facilities. Such faciiities can be shared betvveenpublicBndpriV@teuses — and between different private uses, As the area redevelops and intensifies, and as the vaiue of land increases, off-street parking may begin to transition into well-designed parking structures, such as those constructed by the Mali. A growing network of streets, public spaces and pedestrian connections will provide a fine-grained scale to the district, and connect it more readily to adjacent areas. A new pedestrian bridge across the Green River will provide a more direct connection between the Tukwila Sstation and the rest of Southcenter, and a new east-west pedestrian-oriented corridor along the Baker Boulevard alignment will complete the connection between the Regional Center and the Tukwila be*�.gef*,5tation. The overall structure of the TOD Neighborhood will be characterized by higher development intensities and buiiding heights close to the Tukwila `�-S Station, lower-rise buiidings along the river, increasing again to higher deveiopment intensities and heights where the district overlaps with the edges of the Regionai Center. Between the Mall and the River, changes will include a more urban mix of compatible uses spanning retail, high density residential, live-work, office and lodging (Photos 15, 16, 17, 18, 19). Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 19 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Examples of TOD Neighborhood Development 15. Retail/residential uses 1 1,111401!` 17. Residential 16. Live/work 8.Office Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 420 19. Mixed use retail/office 20 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Examples of active building frontages on pedestrian scaled blocks ��� = 4.0.000/09*�� 20. 21. .11"'"7:T�� 22. The neighborhood's small, pedestrian-scaled blocks will eventually be lined with a mix of uses along active building frontages (Photos 20, 21, 22) to provide a pleasant pedestrian realm throughout the district, particularly along primary streets leading to the Tukwila Station. New development will also contribute to the construction of new public open spaces within the district. (Photo 23). Also, if City efforts to relocate or remove the Union Pacific Railroad tracks are successful the area north of the Sounder Station and east of \AL Valley Highway would open up for redevelopment. There could be a possibility ofassembling properties in the area and crcadng,a special q[_portunity district with mixed use development (such as housing, office, and regional ser ' eta(| and entertainment)atgreater intensities than currently proposed Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 21 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan 23. New public spaces within the TOD Neighborhood . .�� 24. Envisioned townhomes oriented towards the Green River Properties lining the segment of the Green River that cuts through the TOD Neighborhood will want to take full advantage of their unique setting. New uses, including townhomes (Photo 24), mid-rise housing, offices, and hotels may be oriented toward the river. East of the river, between West Valley Highway and the railroad tracks, many redevelopment obstacles are present at the time of PIan adoption. An existing rail spur from the Union Pacific Railroad renders much of the land in this neighborhood un-developable. An overhead high tension power line crosses the area. Several underground and above-ground utilities present severe constraints to subterranean construction, which impacts the amount and intensity of possible deve|opnnent,_FinaUy, the BNSF and UP rail lines limit access to a significant portion of the land in the developable area between the tracks. However, a commitment by Sound Transit to support transit oriented development on the existing station site could kick of a renaissance in the surrounding area with high-density lofts (Photo 25, 26), mid-rise residential (Photo 27), and offices oriented towards the station (Photo 28). 25. Envisioned high-density lofts near Sounder/Amtrak Station Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 422 22 26. Envisioned high-density Iofts Southcenter Subarea Plan 27. Envisioned mid-rise residential near Sounder/Amtak Station 28. Envisioned TOD Office Development ' , ' .'1',;,(.4ANStraaleSilakitaiff 4'11441 0 29. Commercial Corridor retail "power centers" Commercial Corridor To insure that Southcenter provides op portunitiesforthefuUrangeofshoppingindustry development types, Southcenter Parkway will continue to serve asSouthcente/scommercial strip, t ri p , providing sites for auto-oriented retail and services, including large-scale "power centers" and "big box" retail, single tenant uses, and uses requiring drive-up and drive-in facilities (Photo 29). As new development occurs, new improvements will provide modest pedestrian amenities, as well as beautification with indigenous landscaping. The City will continue to research successful commercial corridors eisewhere and apply the results of this research to ensure the continued The Workplace Much of the southern portion of the Plan Area has been and will continue to be devoted to light industrial, warehousing and distribution uses (Photo 30), many having located there for proximity to the state's largest super-regional shopping mall, easy access to highways, its central location in Puget Sound, iow rent, and available space. The Workplace District will aiso continue to grow its retail niche of larger-scale goods and to deepen its wide range of furniture outlets (Photo 31). Higher intensity workplaces like /ow-rise office will bring new workers to the area. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 23 5/12/2014 ct. Southcenter Subarea T»� �C�D`'^C�D��7 �D"@��@ ^ ^aD Underutilized properties along the Green River may take advantage of their unique location along the water and Green River Trail, and redevelop with mid-rise housing adjacent to this amenity. " $1, dilitl‘hrillrirV,,,,,,IPAR 30. Existing light industrial/warehouse ^ • -�,�� __ 31. Existing furniture outlet 2) Street Network — From Superblocks to A Fine-Grained Pattern of Streets and Blocks The evolution of the suburban commercial center into an urban center will be facilitated by the maturation of its street and biock structure. As development proceeds, policies for new investment will insure the emergence of an increasingly fine-grained network of new interconnected streets and smaller blocks to accommodate by the intensification of the Southcenter area (See Figures 1.3). New development may need to provide new street connections to add the capacity that will accommodate the increase in internal district trips, in lieu of widening the larger through-district arterials. New streets will relieve the pressure on limited arterial network now handling all the vehicular circulation, by increasing access to development while distributing the traffic in Southcenter across a number of routes. In the northern Southcenter area — the Regional Center, TOD Neighborhood and Pond District - smaller block sizes with compact, mixed use development will make walking and bicycling a much more viable alternative. Primary corridors, such as Andover Park West, will emerge as the "front door" areas of the districts. The northern stretches of Andover Park East and Baker Boulevard, serving more mixed use types of development, including housing, will undergo a "road diet" to provide on-street parking and bike lanes, as well as auto travel lanes. A traffic impact analysis would be required to determine if the "road diet" would create (or exacerbate) roadway congestion or level of service problems elsewhere in the roadway system prior to making changes. In the Workplace District, new east/west streets perpendicular to the major arterials will accommodate truck bay access and service functions. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 24 5/12/2014 424 Southcenter Subarea Plan Figure 1.3 Southcenter Block Patterns Strander Boulevard will continue to be the most well-traveled east-west thoroughfare and the gateway for many visitors to the Regional Center, Pond District and TOD Neighborhood. Ultimately, Strander Boulevard will be extended eastward to provide a new through street to Renton. This extension will pass underneath the railroad lines and provide direct access to the Tukvvi|a atiVn from both Tukwila and Renton. Of the several north-south arterials, Andover Park West provides the most direct connection to and through the Regional Center, the new Pond District, and the new Southcenterk Transit Center. 3) Transit: Integrated with Urban Center Development As the region continues to grow gas prices increase, and the demand surges for increasingly compact, walkable and mixed use formats, a wide range of mobility options, especially rail transit, will become critical components for economic success, livability and sustainability. These trends will favor the areas of Southcenter within walking distance of the- Tukwila *Station and Southcenter Transit Center, which can be expected to capture an increasing share of regional demand for housing and office development. In order to realize the full potential of these transit facilities, existing barriers to visibility, access and convenience will be removed. Development within waiking distance of transit stations will provide much enhanced connectivity to and from transit facilities as they contribute to improvements that incrementally add to the network of walkable, safe, and complete street environments — and in turn, the new transit oriented development will promote system ridership. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 25 5/12/2014 � "�� Subarea 7»l �()uu�C�O��� °Dufl��� � ^@D Transit will serve as a backbone for new development throughout Southcenter, and make the most of its potential to instigate surrounding redevelopment. The most visible, usable example of this vviUbeanevv"pedestrianspine°connectingSouthcenter'stnansitcenters.TheSouthcenterTransit Center located at the edge of the Mall property will be seamlessly connected to the Tukwila commuter rail station along a street designed for walking and biking, making the stations the focal points of the area's circulation network (Figure 1.4). These two transit anchors will also be linked via bus routes and ultimately -will decrease the need for a private vehicle in the District. o WO � *tip. rgqvA Sounder Transit Station Figure 1.4 Strengthen pedestrian connections between activity centers and transit The Tukwila ation will be designed tobe attractive, accessible and interconnected to the workings of the Southcenter as a whole. The station includes a new plaza, with adjacent multi-modal facilities such as a bus terminal, "kiss-ride" drop off, and a park-and-ride lot+af-g,afaf��. In addition, the overall network of transit in Southcenter will be improved, including more frequent bus service and better links between bus, light rail and train service. Finaily, the Southcenter bus transit center w4#is be i improved and expandedto provide a transfer poin that is well-served by and integrated with its surroundings. New pedestrian paths and public sidewalks w-i-14-lead pedestrians from surrounding areas to the Southcenter Transit Center. The most heavily used route, from the Transit Center to the Mall, has already been improved with a covered walkway leading directly to a Mall entrance (Photo 32). Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 26 5/12/2014 426 Southcenter Subarea Plan 32. Mall to bus transit center pedestrian connection 4) Natural and Recreational Amenities — Integrated with the Emerging Urban Center The emerging "public realm" of Southcenter will be increasingly distinguished by not only new active urban streets and sidewalks, but by open spaces, plazas, and parks that will be connected to the interurban and Green River trails, and Tukwila Pond and Christensen Parks. This system of interconnected spaces will provide access to a range of recreational experiences, provide gathering places, serve as amenities to attract the types of development envisioned by the community, especially housing, provide locations for public art, and enhance Southcenter's livability. Rather than turning its back on the natural assets of the Plan Area, new public and private investment will "unearth" Tukwila Pond, Minkler Pond and the Green River and feature them as precious amenities to be integrated with the development of the emerging urban center (Photos 33, 34 and Figure 1.5). New development adjacent to the ponds and river will likely feature buildings oriented toward the water, and contribute frontage improvements that add to the appeal and public accessibility of the waterfronts. Key city investments in Tukwila Pond will focus on improving water quality, preserving its natural habitat for wildlife and plants, and creating a "loop" route around the Pond for people to stroll and jog. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 27 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Southcenter's hidden amenities M e 4 , PfiNfl -4 40:PiP,R .. -4.7..".. Ir'.... V. .... 34. The Green River 33. Tukwila Pond Park To I! . Wfrat.,,r7rw, fJoypwro) T.* ........ ' .'. rw5 W 'w,wr t,t 101 • .1 .442.44— ".4 csar.Wr ;111r, wr " Figure 1.5 Integrate Tukwila Pond into emerging urban center development Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 28 5/12/2014 428 Southcenter Subarea Plan 5) Building, Site and Infrastructure Design — Create a great space. The design quality of buildings, sites, streets and utilities contributes greatly to a community's identity and sense of place. These elements will be designed to support the overall vision for a high-quality civic identity. New and renovated buildings will be embody architectural characteristics that maintain the desired human scale, rhythm and urban character appropriate for Southcenter, with the goal of building on the best efforts of previous development and allowing for and encouraging creativity on the part of developers and designers. No specific architectural or Iandscape style is mandated. However, a characteristic style that features a mix of contemporary and Northwest-inspired elements will be recognizable. This includes the use of exposed natural materials and building elements that respond to the area's climate (Photo 35). 35. Northwes inspired architectural elements rw Nirdo ��� VI 36. Pedestrin facilities desgried to provide a safe path from street to front door through parking areas There will be a good deal of flexibility regarding how individual property owners develop their properties. The City's development regulations and design guidelines will ensure that a site's layout, including buildings, parking, landscaping and other features, achieves the City's vision, while allowing the freedom for innovative thinking and adaptation to emerging opportunities. Redeve|opnnentofthcbrge"nnegob|ocks"vviUresu|tininterna|strectsthatsinnu|ateanurban street grid and add to the overall street grid network, useable pedestrian spaces, and appropriately sized, located and designed parking areas. Additionally, within a mega block site where commercial bui|dinOsrnaybeseparatedfrornthepub|icright-of'vvay,redeve|oprnentvviUachieveaninnproved pedestrian-friendly environment with links to the street and surrounding uses (Photo 36). Streets will be designed to support the uses they serve. Along shopping streets, on-street parking, widened sidewalks and pedestrian amenities like streetlights, benches and seating, and special paving will support street-fronting retail (Photos 37, 38). In neighborhood areas, narrower streets with pleasant, tree-lined sidewalks will provide the right environment for residences. In addition, the private development that lines these streets will feature building frontages that match the Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 29 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan street type, with appropriate orientation, setbacks and entrances, and ensure that non-active frontages, like parking lots, are located in the right places. Examples of streets designed to support walking, shopping and auto 00, 07.2011 37. Baker Boulevard 1.5. REDEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 38. To orchestrate growth and change in Southcenter that is in keeping with the community's vision and redevelopment objectives, the City intends to promote and guide new investment by intertwining regulatory control with the strategic investment of limited public resources. The complexity of transforming a suburban pattern of development to a more urban one is such thatchangecannotbeexpectedorrequiredtohappenaUatonce.More|ike/y,thern jority of the development within Southcenter over the next 20 years will be as a result of market-driven renovations and expansions rather than entirely new construction. It is not the intent of the City to discourage such redevelopment, as new investment should enhance the image and appeal of the area. Instead, the City's strategy is to move forward in phases, leading with public investments and implementing a set of regulations that condition redevelopment and result in incremental changes to the urban form that are in alignment with the community's long term vision. Over time, these changes will serve as a framework, catalyst, and attractor for the types of development envisioned for the urban center. The redevelopment objectives that the City intends to pursue are identified below, followed by the corresponding Phase 1 implementation measures for redevelopment and public investment. These measures are important because they form the basis for the standards and guidelines contained in the TMC Chapter 18.28 and the Southcenter Design Manual. Keep in mind implementation must always remain sufficiently nimble to respond to unexpected opportunities and to make best use of resources as they become available. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 30 5/12/2014 430 Southcenter Subarea Plan As the area evolves, the City will revisit the vision, objectives and redevelopment strategies for the urban center, and may choose to expand the breadth and geographic application of TMC Chapter 18.28 regulations through future updates. Putting the Plan into Action: FUTURE INVESTMENT Objective 1: Promote investment in the full range of retail and entertainment uses in Southcenter: create a framework that accommodates the widest possible range of investment while avoiding the potential Toss of value from inappropriate juxtapositions of different shopping development types. Identify appropriate areas for pedestrian- oriented, destination types of development, and for auto - oriented patterns of development. Objective 2: Build on the presence of major retail anchor uses to encourage the augmentation of existing shopping assets with the type of urban, amenity- driven, pedestrian- oriented shopping increasingly favored by consumers and investors. Objective 3: Provide incentives for higher intensity projects in the northern Southcenter area to make the most of high development potential of the area. Objective 4: Improve waikability and begin developing a framework for the longer term transition to more urban forms of development by providing adequate public frontage space for future pedestrians and street furniture, and separation of pedestrians from moving and parked vehicles. Phase I implementation measures: o Restructure the Southcenter area into five districts — the Regional Center, TOD Neighborhood, Pond District, Commercial Corridor, and the Workplace District. Place the highest priority on actions that support and promote the continued success and enhancement of the northern half of the Southcenter area (Regional Center, Pond & TOD). As this area evolves into a more urban pattern of development, the City may respond by further refining these districts to differentiate between growing mixed use residential neighborhoods and areas with more of a retail- entertainment focus. Associated regulatory measures: • Districts & use table • Height maximums Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 31 5/12/2014 431 Southcenter Subarea Plan o Remove warehouse, Tight industrial and auto - oriented commercial entitlements from properties in the northern portion of Southcenter. These uses are not supportive of an evolving walkable community. Associated regulatory measures: • Use tables o Make funding projects that are economic development catalysts in the northern part of Southcenter a high priority for city investments. Associated measures or actions: • Development incentives • Southcenter Plan: City actions and investments • Relocation of Union Pacific Tracks south of 1 -405 o As redevelopment or new construction takes place on parcels without sidewalks in the public frontage, require developer compliance with the new public frontage standards. o As redevelopment or new construction occurs on parcels where existing sidewalks and perimeter landscaping do not meet the new public frontage standards, use incentives to encourage developer compliance with the new standards. o Recognize that public investment in roadway, public frontage and other transportation improvements may also be necessary. o Where a more walkable, urban neighborhood is desired, encourage the placement of buildings at the back of sidewalks by maximizing easily accessible curbside parking with on- street parking spaces along new streets and key existing streets. Associated regulatory measures: • Street master plan & cross - sections • Public frontage requirements & design regulations • Parking design /layout regulations • Setback requirements • Landscaping regulations • Developer incentives for public frontage improvements o Allow developers flexibility in meeting requirements for redevelopment or new construction, particularly around Tukwila Pond, the Sounder commuter rail station, and along Baker Boulevard and the Green River, provided that the resulting site plan and building design supports the community's vision for these areas. Where appropriate, provide incentives and look for opportunities for public /private partnerships. Associated regulatory measures: • Site design regulations • Building orientation • Setbacks Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 32 5/12/2014 432 Southcenter Subarea Plan • Architectural regulations • Qualitative criteria and /or performance standards and regulations Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 33 5/12/2014 433 Southcenter Subarea Plan TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT Objective 5: Leverage the new bus transit center and refurbished Sounder commuter rail station to stimulate investor interest in developing a transit - oriented, mixed -use housing, retail and office neighborhood in Southcenter. Phase I implementation measures: o Expand land use policies to allow housing throughout the northern portion of Southcenter within walking distance of the rail and bus stations, and in all districts along the Green River. When appropriate, provide incentives and explore public /private partnerships to encourage stand alone and mixed use residential development. Associated regulatory measures: • Use tables • Site design regulations • Building orientation • Qualitative criteria and /or performance standards and regulations • Developer incentives for housing and structured parking MALL TO STATION Objective 6: Continue to enhance connections between the Mall, the commuter rail station and the refurbished Tukwila Pond in order to reap synergies of destination retail, recreation amenities, increasingly compact housing and office development, convenience and mobility. Phase I implementation measures: o Redevelopment consistent with the vision will require market - driven infill development, incentives, and City investment. Designate the Baker Boulevard corridor as the area that will serve as the initial catalyst for future redevelopment of Southcenter, where future City investments will be directed and which will also provide a highly visible demonstration of the City's commitment to the vision. Require redevelopment and reinvestment along this corridor to support the City's long -term vision for a well - designed pedestrian connection between the Mall, the bus transit center, and the Sounder commuter rail /Amtrak station. o Recognize that the City may need to participate in construction and funding of public frontage improvements. o Identify developer incentives that encourage compliance with new public frontage standards when existing conditions do not meet the new standards. Associated regulatory measures: • Street master plan — street cross - sections and on street parking • Public frontage improvements • Maximum height requirements Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 34 5/12/2014 434 Southcenter Subarea Plan • Building orientation • Setbacks • Open space & landscaping regulations • Parking regulations • Architectural regulations • Developer incentives for public frontage improvements CIRCULATION Objective 7: Coordinate private and public contributions to the block and street system particularly for east -west streets, such that each new segment adds to the connectivity and number of alternative routes through Southcenter. Transportation corridors should be planned and reserved in coordination with land use. Objective 8: Improve pedestrian movement throughout the Southcenter area by creating quality spaces and pathways through and within development sites connecting to the street system and, where appropriate, public open spaces and parks. Phase I implementation measures: o Ensure that new public and private streets are located to break up the "mega blocks" and provide a more finely grained street network that simulates an urban street grid. o Require compliance with new street and public frontage regulations where traffic impacts generated by new development or a significant change in use triggers the need for mitigation. o While in some cases the need for new streets may be capacity driven, a finer grid system may also be needed to support mobility for pedestrians, bicycles and transit. Design new street cross - sections to support a full range of mobility needs and the adjacent land uses. o Recognize that the City may need to participate in construction and funding of new streets. Associated regulatory measures: • New street regulations • Developer incentives for constructing new streets • Access management regulations • Street master plan & cross - sections o Redevelopment of existing structures should move towards a more walkable community by providing well defined pedestrian connections between buildings and sidewalks. Associated regulatory measures: • Site design regulations Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 35 5/12/2014 435 Southcenter Subarea Plan OPEN SPACE Objective 9: Use a combination of development regulations and capital improvements to unearth the natural features of Southcenter - Tukwila Pond, the Green River and Minkler Pond - as public amenities. Objective 10: Create a hierarchy of interconnected public and private open spaces, ranging from active plazas to Tess formal gathering spaces, quiet residential courts, and natural open spaces, that are distributed within the Southcenter area. Phase I implementation measures: o Through a combination of development requirements, incentives, and public investment, facilitate the addition of high quality public amenities, open spaces, and recreation areas to attract housing development, stimulate new levels and quality of development, and complement the retail and other mix of uses in the northern part of Southcenter. Associated regulatory measures: • Open space requirements, standards & design guidelines • Design regulations for public and private open spaces • Housing incentives • Site design regulations • Public frontage regulations DESIGN OBJECTIVE 11: Continue to enhance Southcenter's "sense of place" reflected in building forms, development patterns and the public realm. Phase! implementation measures: o Adopt new design standards and guidelines that promote high quality architecture, site design and streetscapes, particularly for development in the northern part of the Southcenter area, that is consistent with and supports the vision for the urban center. Associated regulatory measures: • Development standards, design guidelines • Design review process • Roadway standards with streetscape elements Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 36 5/12/2014 436 Southcenter Subarea Plan 1.6. RECOMMENDED CITY ACTIONS The success of the Tukwila Urban Center will be supported by the recommended City actions and investments outlined in this chapter of the Southcenter Subarea Plan. Unlike private investment, City actions and investments can be strategically timed, scheduled and directed to specific areas and projects to further revitalization. The intertwining of regulatory control with the strategic investment of limited public resources is intended to accelerate the redevelopment strategies and add to the appeal and success of Southcenter as a great place. City actions will be: 1) guided by the Goals and Principles described in the Subarea Plan; 2) flexible enough to allow for opportunities that cannot be predicted; and 3) clear enough to prioritize actions and investments on an ongoing basis. As vision becomes reality, new and different actions may be required and implemented. Planned projects will be undertaken as opportunities and resources permit. Recommended Capital Improvement Projects & Actions The City will invest in capital improvements or will work jointly with the public sector and /or private sector to create public spaces, new streets, and streetscape conditions that are supportive of envisioned development, will enhance the pedestrian environment, and create an attractive setting for the City's urban center. • The Public Space and Amenity projects are specifically intended to instigate the types of land use changes in the northern part of the Southcenter area that are envisioned by the community — attracting housing, stimulating a new level and quality of development within the area, creating more pedestrian - friendly areas, and strengthening pedestrian connections between activity areas. • The actions related to Streets, Circulation and Mass Transit are required to support the goals of the Southcenter Plan for enhancing access for transit, automobiles, and trucks, breaking up the mega - blocks in the planned pedestrian- oriented areas, improving circulation within and access to the urban center, improving transit service and facilities, and enhancing streetscapes. • The Bicycle and Pedestrian Facility projects are intended to extend the network of existing trails and paths within the Southcenter area, connect activity areas (including Tukwila Sounder Station, the Green River and Tukwila Pond to neighborhoods and shopping areas), and provide a viable transportation alternative to the car as the area becomes more pedestrian - friendly. These actions are prioritized in terms of level of need and timing and summarized in Table 1. These actions should be viewed as a flexible planning tool that allows re- prioritization of projects based available resources and changing circumstances, needs and conditions. More detailed project descriptions of the identified capital improvements are provided in the following sections: Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 37 5/12/2014 437 Southcenter Subarea Plan Table 1. Summary of Recommended City Actions Subarea Plan CouncilFinal.docx 38 5/12/2014 Public Space & Amenities Street /Circulation Mass Transit Network Bicycle & Pedestrian Network & Facilities & Facilities Facilities Short Term Actions Project 1. Pedestrian infrastructure /path between 1. Street /Circulation Network & 1. Capital Improvements 1. Bicycle & Pedestrian Baker Blvd & Sounder Station Facilities Improvements o Pedestrian Bridge over the Green River o Initiate a Wayfinding Program to o Permanent Sounder Station o Wayfinding program for o Pedestrian Walkway to Sounder Station assist drivers & direct auto constructed pedestrians & bicyclists o At- grade, signalized pedestrian walkway traffic o Sidewalk improvements - across W Valley Hwy o Seek opportunities to add to the missing sidewalks or those not street network as meeting standards redevelopment occurs o Seek opportunities to add on- street parking to Baker Blvd o Intersection improvements o Pursue relocation of Union Pacific tracks Project 2. Improve Tukwila Pond water quality 2. Service Improvements o Alum treatment & air circulation pumps o Support Sounder Commuter Rail o Improve stormwater treatment on the service improvements (Sound north side of the Pond Transit project) o Install alternative stormwater treatment Project 3. Public Parking Structure o Feasibility & location study Project 4. Multifamily Housing Incentives o Developer incentives feasibility analysis Subarea Plan CouncilFinal.docx 38 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Subarea Plan CouncilFinal.docx W CO 39 5/12/2014 Mid Term Actions Project 1. Tukwila Pond Park improvements 1. Street /Circulation Network & 2. Service Improvements 1. Bicycle & Pedestrian Facilities improvements o A path /floating boardwalk connecting east o Extend Strander Blvd o Seek route span, frequency & o Bicycle facility improvements & west sides of Pond to APW via Pond's o Extend Trek Dr to APW routing improvements for those o Pedestrian signal crossing north edge o Construct S. 168`" St. when routes serving the urban center enhancements at key o Park enhancements on west side of Pond — property redevelops (KCO Metro project) intersections paths, extend viewing platform, add o New roadway from SCP to WVH, o APW /Tukwila Pond Park plantings, wetland restoration south of S 180th sidewalk improvements o Explore feasibility of expanding Park when o Sidewalk improvements - redevelopment of property to the south missing sidewalks or those not occurs meeting standards Project 2. Improve Tukwila Pond water quality 1. Capital Improvements o Add a variety of aquatic vegetation o Southcenter Trolley Long Term Actions Project 1. Pedestrian infrastructure /path between 1. Street /Circulation Network & 1. Service Improvements 1. Bicycle & Pedestrian Baker Blvd & Sounder Station Facilities improvements o Pedestrian underpass beneath UP RR to o WSDOT 1 -405 widening projects, o Amtrak Service Improvements o Bicycle access to Green River & Sounder Station (Tukwila & WSDOT project) including extent Tukwila Pkwy to (Amtrak project) Interurban trails from West WVH (Tukwila & WSDOT project) Valley Hwy o Convert railroad corridors to trails o Sidewalk improvements - missing sidewalks or those not meeting standards Project 2. Tukwila Pond Park improvements 2. Roadway Capacity Projects o Tukwila Pond esplanade o Intersection improvements o Extend Minkler Blvd across Green River to WVH Project 3. Improve Tukwila Pond water quality o Monitor water quality & performance of the stormwater bioswales Subarea Plan CouncilFinal.docx W CO 39 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan 1.6.1.Public Space and Amenity Projects A key element of the Southcenter Subarea Plan is the creation of a strong public realm with a variety of public places that offer a wide range of experiences and settings to choose from. While many of these places will be created as a part of new development over time, there are several open spaces - public parks, plazas, new streets and pedestrian ways— that are critical to the creation of this public realm. The Southcenter Plan implements the community's intention to place highest priority on actions that support and promote the continued success and enhancement of the northern half of the Plan area. A primary aspect of this is to facilitate the addition of high quality public amenity and recreation space to attract housing development, stimulate new levels and quality of development, and complement the retail and other mix of uses in the Southcenter area. As such, the northern area is intended to be the most public part of the urban center, containing three key destinations — the existing Mall, Tukwila Pond, and the Sounder Commuter Rail /Amtrak Tukwila &Station. Improvements will be focused on enhancing and connecting these major destinations, so that they may be easily accessed and enjoyed. 1) Pedestrian infrastructure /path between Baker Boulevard & Tukwila Station Short Term Actions To insure that the neighborhoods and primary anchors of the urban center are well- connected to transit, the City shall pursue the development of new access ways and pedestrian paths leading to the Sounder Commuter rail /Amtrak service at Tukwila Station. These new public ways will link with new and existing streets, to ensure a fine - grained network resulting in improved public access to the train station from all parts of the urban center. The City's pedestrian connection between the heart of the urban center and Tukwila Station consists of three major components - a pedestrian bridge over the Green River, a pedestrian underpass through the Union Pacific Railroad right -of -way to access the station, and a pedestrian path connecting the Mall, bridge, underpass, and the station. The primary components of this network the City will pursue include: a) Pedestrian Bridge over the Green River i) Elements: (1) Location: The bridge must provide a connection across the Green River to link Baker Boulevard to the Sounder /AmtrakTukwila S station. The bridge shall be directly accessible Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 40 5/12/2014 440 Southcenter Subarea Plan from the Baker Boulevard /pedestrian path and the Green River Trail. The final location decision for the bridge will be determined during the NEPA process. (2) Dimensions: The bridge shall be a minimum twenty (20) foot wide, providing sufficient space to accommodate pedestrians and bicyclists. (3) Lighting: Sufficient lighting will be provided to create a safe and pleasant night -time environment along the bridge, with pedestrian scaled street lights. (4) Design: Decorative bridge structure and integrated lighting will give the bridge a distinctive character and will add an attractive local element to the Green River. b) Pedestrian Walkway leading to Sfes- Tukwila Station 1) Elements: (1) Location: The pedestrian walkway will link Baker Boulevard, the pedestrian bridge, and Tukwila Station, terminating at the western entrance to the station. As it leaves Christensen Road, the walkway should be generally aligned with the Bow Lake Pipeline right - of -way; however alignment is subject to change to ensure alignment with the pedestrian bridge and pose the least impact on adjacent properties. The path shall also provide connections to the Green River and Interurban Trails. See TMC 18.28.070 for Pedestrian Walkway standards. (2) The portion of the walkway from the western boundary of the Sound Transit property to the pedestrian underpass will be constructed by Sound Transit. The City shall coordinate with Sound Transit to ensure that the walkway is appropriately aligned and configured to achieve the City's goals. c) An at- grade, signalized pedestrian connector across West Valley Highway (City of Tukwila & WSDOT project) West Valley Highway acts as a barrier to the pedestrian path linking the Mall to the Station. To span this barrier and facilitate safer and more convenient pedestrian and bicycle circulation, the City will coordinate with WSDOT about installing an at -grade connector on West Valley Highway. i) Elements: (1) Use jug handle turns on approach, with grade to slow and orient bicyclists toward threat. (2) In median, use 45 degree cut to orient trail users toward threat. (3) Use medians on approach to fully separate directions of travel. (4) Use lean rails to assist crossings. Subarea Pian_CouncilFinal.docx 41 5/12/2014 441 Southcenter Subarea Plan (5) Colorize center lanes for 200 feet before and after median. (6) Maintain current number of lanes. Long Term Actions a) Pedestrian Underpass beneath the Union Pacific Railroad Tracks (City of Renton & Sound Transit project) i) Elements: Should the City be unsuccessful in efforts to relocate Union Pacific Railroad tracks, the City shall seek a pedestrian underpass beneath the UP tracks. The City will coordinate with the City of Renton and Sound Transit during the design and construction of the Strander Boulevard Extension and the permanent commuter rail station to ensure that the pedestrian underpass beneath the railroad berm achieves the following: (1) Location: The UPRR underpass must connect the pedestrian walkway under the railroad tracks, to the station platform access points. (2) Dimensions: The underpass shall be a minimum twenty (20) foot wide. The length of underpass below grade should be as short as possible to maximize visibility and safety. (3) Lighting: Sufficient lighting will be provided to create a safe and pleasant night -time environment. Along the underpass, ceiling or wall- mounted lights shall be provided. (4) Design & Amenities: The underpass shall be well- designed and a sufficient amount of amenities provided to create an attractive, pleasant, and high quality environment for pedestrians accessing the platforms. 2) Tukwila Pond Improvements Tukwila Pond Park is a 25 -acre City -owned park in the middle of Southcenter's retail district. Nearly 23 acres of the park have been left in a natural state and serve as a passive recreation and wildlife preservation area. The westernmost 2.3 acres have been developed and feature picnic tables, trails, viewing platforms, green belt and restrooms. About 19 acres of the park are open water, used by a variety of waterfowl and other birds and wildlife all year round. In 2006, members of the Tukwila City Council, Planning Commission, Parks Commission, and City staff participated in an intensive design workshop to generate ideas and a vision for the future of Tukwila Pond, which were then incorporated into the Tukwila Pond Conceptual Design Report. The conceptual design is based on the intersection of the urban environment with the natural environment and the public's interaction with both. The intersection of these two environments provides an opportunity to explore the edge of each and for people to weave in and out of this edge. The design encourages pedestrians to walk "on the edge" along the eastern and southern Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 42 5/12/2014 442 Southcenter Subarea Plan boundaries of the Park; to sit "at the edge" along the northern shore; and be "within the edge" in the Tukwila Pond Park. Some of the key elements of the design include installation of a boardwalk across the northern edge of the pond, walkways on the southern end of the pond property, extension of viewing platforms, and additional viewpoints into the pond and adjacent wetlands. Improvements to Tukwila Pond Park should be accomplished simultaneously with the pond water quality improvements described in Section 1.6.1.3 Water Quality. Mid Term Actions The City will pursue the following projects in the first phase of Tukwila Pond improvements: a) A path /floating boardwalk connecting the east and west sides of Tukwila pond to Andover Park West via the Pond's northern edge. b) Tukwila Pond Park enhancements on the western edge of the Pond (additional pathways, extension of viewing platforms, additional plantings, wetland restoration). c) Explore the feasibility of and implementation steps for expanding the footprint of Tukwila Pond Park when redevelopment of the property to the south of the Park occurs. Long Term Actions The City's final phase of Tukwila Pond related actions include designing and constructing the enhancements on the northern edge of the Pond. The City will coordinate with developers as new retail or mixed -use development occurs on parcels adjacent to the park. a) Tukwila Pond Esplanade An attractive public esplanade will be designed and funded (in part or in its entirety) by the City. Once design, engineering and construction funding for the esplanade are in place, and when the parcels at the northern pond edge choose to redevelop, new construction should be designed with pond- fronting retail and restaurant activities, providing an active waterside promenade to augment the shopping, eating and other uses in the urban center. A primary facet of its intended role is its ultimate envisioned connection to the regional shopping area and the Mall to its north. i) Elements: (1) Location: This esplanade shall be located along the pond's northern shore, and stretch from the park along the western side of the pond to the public sidewalk on Andover Park West on its eastern end. (2) Orientation: The esplanade shall be connected to Strander Boulevard and to the Mall along a street designed with public amenities and preferably with a central median as a linear open space connection. (3) Dimensions: The esplanade shall be a minimum twenty -five (25) foot wide. Subarea Plan_CounciiFinal.docx 43 5/12/2014 443 Southcenter Subarea Plan (4) Lighting: Sufficient lighting will be provided to create a safe and pleasant night -time environment. Along the esplanade, pedestrian height double -head pendant street lights shall be provided. (5) Amenities: Street furnishings such as benches, trash receptacles, kiosks and stands for vendors, banners, and flowering pots will be integrated into the design. (6) Design: The northern esplanade is envisioned as an urban water edge, with hardscape, street trees and lighting, and other street amenities. The creation of a grand monument at the lynchpin of the Mall connection and the pond edge is recommended as a focal point and central gathering place. The pond edge beyond the esplanade shall maintain the pond's riparian environment. The design and materials of the esplanade should reflect the character of the Pacific Northwest, with wood deck and railings to reflecting Pacific Northwest design character. 3) Tukwila Pond Water Quality Tukwila Pond suffers from poor water quality, primarily due to elevated levels of phosphorus, which cause algal blooms in the dry summer and early fall months. This is due to a combination of factors that include: lack of freshwater input and air circulation through the pond in the dry months of the year; inputs of phosphorus from seasonal stormwater run -off, and accumulation of phosphorus in the sediments of the pond during the year, which serve as an ongoing "source" of this nutrient to the pond water. In addition, the lack of shade and the shallowness of the pond allow high water temperatures in the summer and light penetration through the whole water column, both of which promote algal growth. These conditions also contribute to low levels of dissolved oxygen in the water, a factor that limits fish and other aquatic organisms and can cause fish kills. Algal blooms, in addition to being visually unattractive, can cause unpleasant odors and can become toxic (to pets or humans, if ingested). Short Term Actions a) Water quality improvements. Water quality improvements to be implemented by the City shall include the following measures (this project is planned for construction in 2013): (1) Alum treatment (a substance that is pumped into the pond, settles to the bottom and prevents phosphorus from being released into the water column); and (2) Air circulation using pumps to push air out into the pond along lines laid on the bottom to improve the levels of dissolved oxygen in the water. b) Improve stormwater treatment. The City will work with all properties discharging surface water to the pond to ensure that existing storm water collection and treatment systems are properly maintained. Proper Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 44 5/12/2014 444 Southcenter Subarea Plan maintenance of these facilities will reduce the amount of phosphorus and other pollutants reaching the pond to the maximum extent feasible under current conditions. c) Over the very long term, install alternative stormwater treatment as the area on the north redevelops. Mid Term Actions a) Water quality improvements. Aquatic vegetation plays a significant role in the water quality of ponds. An increased variety of aquatic vegetation to use excess nutrients, along with the installation of shading wetland vegetation, would moderate algae blooms in the pond while also increasing diversity for wildlife enhancement. The City will work with property owners on the north side of the pond to improve the retention of phosphorus and other pollutants. Long Term Actions a) Water quality improvements. (1) (2) Once the alum injection and air circulation systems are installed, the City will monitor water quality and will continue to operate the systems during the summer and fall months to maintain the desired water quality in the pond. The City will monitor performance of the stormwater bioswales. f*d €tag6p 4) Public Parking Structure Short Term Actions a) Feasibility and Location Study Currently an adequate supply of parking exists within the urban center. However, as the area designated for a more urban mix of uses intensifies, and businesses are faced with the physical limitations of surface lot and on- street parking, there will be a growing demand for an increase in the supply of conveniently located parking. A public parking structure located on a site in the area designated for pedestrian - friendly, walkable development north of Strander Boulevard would allow Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 45 5/12/2014 445 Southcenter Subarea Plan visitors and shoppers to park once and walk to their destinations, and provide additional needed parking capacity for future growth. The City may prepare a study investigating the overall feasibility of developing a public parking structure on a site located north of Strander Boulevard, and to determine the most feasible and strategic site for the structure. The study should include the following tasks: • An assessment of current and future parking demand in the area; • Parking structure site criteria and analysis; • Recommendation of preferred site(s) for a parking structure; • An assessment of the potential for integration of mixed uses into the site(s); and • Preliminary identification of costs and possible funding sources (e.g., public /private partnership or LID). 5) Multifamily Housing Incentives Short Term Actions a) Developer Incentives /Feasibility Analysis. In addition to investing in amenities that are needed to attract housing (such as enhancing Tukwila Pond), the City will research the feasibility of implementing financial incentives that would further encourage multifamily housing development in the urban center. One example of this type of program is the multifamily tax abatement program, which forgives property tax payments for a period of time. Other useful tools may include tax deferral and the use of tax credits. 1.6.2. Street / Circulation Network and Facilities This section describes recommended City actions to improve the capacity and efficiency of the network of vehicular thoroughfares, in support of existing and new development. In addition to projects that will improve capacity, this section also lists other projects needed to support adjacent land uses, improve non - motorized mobility, and act as catalysts for future development. Where a regional transportation agency is responsible for an identified capital project or service improvement, the City's role in ensuring that these projects are implemented is described. 1) Street and Circulation Network & Facilities Short Term Actions a) Wayfinding Program The City will pursue implementing a Wayfinding program to assist drivers in finding their way into and around Southcenter. Signage unique to Tukwila will be placed at key entry points to direct traffic to key destinations within the urban center. The wayfinding program will also be used to redistribute traffic off the more congested main north -south corridors and on to alternative routes within Southcenter. Subarea Plan CouncilFinal.docx 446 46 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan b) Finely Grained Street Network Arterials are currently spaced approximately 1,200 to 2,500 feet apart to form a grid pattern in the Southcenter area. The blocks are very wide, with few collector streets serving the properties within the blocks. Numerous access driveways and dead -end streets act as collector streets. New public and private streets will begin to be implemented by the City and /or private developers on an on -going basis as significant redevelopment occurs, based on the requirements set forth in TMC Chapter 18.2842-0 New Streets. The added streets will gradually make the urban center's street grid pattern a more finely grained network, improving capacity and mobility for pedestrians and autos, including emergency vehicles. New access streets will also reduce the number of curb cuts needed on the major arterials, thereby reducing the number of traffic accidents. Traffic flows on the arterials will be more orderly. See TMC Chapter 18.28 for new thoroughfare designs. c) On- street Parking in the Pedestrian - Oriented Areas The City will reconfigure existing thoroughfares to provide two lanes of on- street parking, two travel lanes, and one center -turn lane on Baker Boulevard and on Andover Park East north of Strander Blvd. These projects will support the City's goals for serving pedestrian- oriented areas and connections, and ensuring that these streets have the right combination of on- street parking, tree - lined sidewalks and public amenity to serve their neighborhood. Restriping of these streets to accommodate bicycle lanes shall occur simultaneously. A traffic impact analysis would be required to determine if the "road diet" would create (or exacerbate) roadway congestion or level of service problems elsewhere in the roadway system prior to making changes. d) Relocate Union Pacific (UP) Railroad Tracks The City will pursue the relocation of the UP railroad tracks in a manner that opens up the area north of the Strander Station to 1 -405 and west to W. Valley Highway for redevelopment. This could create a special opportunity area for uses such as regional serving retail and entertainment, in addition to transit - supportive mixed use, including housing. Long Term Actions a) Extend Strander Boulevard (City of Renton project) The City will work with the City of Renton to extend Strander Boulevard eastward, under the UP railroad, to connect with the planned westward extension of SW 27th Street from Oaksdale Avenue. Both Cities will continue to coordinate with Sound Transit, so that the eastward expansion of Strander Blvd from West Valley Highway connects with the planned entry to the Tukwila Sounder /Amtrak rail station. This extension will provide improved access to the rail station for auto and transit traffic, and additional east -west access between Renton and the urban center. The underpass should include sufficient sidewalk width to accommodate pedestrians and bicycles. b) WSDOT 1 -405 Widening Projects The WSDOT's 1 -405 corridor widening project proposes a number of changes to the local network in the Southcenter area. The City will continue coordinating with WSDOT to ensure that the following projects proposed by WSDOT are constructed as part of the 1 -405 project: Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 47 5/12/2014 447 Southcenter Subarea Plan • Reconstruct the 61st Avenue and 66th Avenue overpasses. These are two of the key entry points into the urban center, but do not provide good visual aesthetics as gateways, adequate vehicular capacity, or appropriate pedestrian facilities and amenities. The City will work with the WSDOT to ensure that adequate vehicular capacity, sidewalk widths and bicycle lanes are provided as part of the project. • Extend Tukwila Parkway from 66th Ave S /Andover Park East to West Valley Highway. WSDOT has proposed a five -lane road. The City will work with the WSDOT to ensure that bicycle lanes and appropriate sidewalk widths are provided as part of the project. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 48 5/12/2014 448 Southcenter Subarea Plan Other Actions — DRAFT a) DRAFT: Roadway Capacity Improvements Needed to Accommodate Forecasted Growth in Traffic Based on the draft 2030 land use forecasts for the Southcenter areal, the City identified the following street improvements as necessary to accommodate the 2030 traffic forecasts and conditions. (Please note at this point the Transportation Analysis has not been finalized, so these projects have not yet been prioritized as to timing or funding. This list will be updated when the Background Report is finalized). These projects will also require additional design and engineering prior to construction: (1) Draft: Intersection Improvements o S 180th and Southcenter Parkway o S 180th and Andover Park West o Minkler and Andover Park West o Strander and West Valley Highway (2) Draft: Extend Trek Drive westward to Andover Park West. This will increase network connectivity and improve emergency response times. (3) Doti-New South 168th Street The City will pursue the construction of a new street on the south side of the Tukwila Pond between Southcenter Parkway and Andover Park East. This new street should be designed to accommodate on street parking on the south side of the roadway, as well as bicycle lanes. This roadway should be constructed as the adjacent land areas to the south are redeveloped. This roadway will reduce the projected traffic congestion on Strander Boulevard and provide local access and appropriate streetscapes for the adjacent properties. (4) Extend Minkler Boulevard Across the Green River Extend Minkler Boulevard from Industry Drive to West Valley Highway. The Southcenter area would benefit from additional connections to West Valley Highway over the Green River. 1.6.3. Mass transit network and facilities Capital projects and service enhancements related to transit are intended to better meet the needs of the communities, residents, employers, employees, and visitors to and within the Southcenter area. Overall goals are to work closely with service providers to improve and maximize usage of all transit service in the area, make service faster and more efficient, and assist the urban center in meeting its development potential. Where a regional transportation agency is responsible for an 2 See Background Report for the Transportation Element of the Comprehensive Plan Update, Transportation Analysis and 2030 Improvement Recommendations, May 2012 Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 49 5/12/2014 449 Southcenter Subarea Plan identified capital project or service improvement, the City's role in ensuring that these projects are implemented is described. 1) Capital Improvements Short Term Actions a) Bus Shelters in Locations with High Ridership (King County Metro project) The City will pursue having Metro Transit install bus shelters at stops with high ridership where facilities do not currently exist. Per the City's Transit Network Plan for the Tukwila Urban Center (Dec. 2004), within the urban center, there are twois one locations where a shelters aeis warranted; on 14-east and westbound Strander Boulevard just west of Andover Park West. Mid Term Actions a) Southcenter Trolley The City shall pursue the development of a trolley route connecting Sounder Tukwila Station with other activity areas (including shopping, hotels, parks and employment areas) in the Southcenter area. A trolley that is frequent (every 10 minutes or better) plus fun (either a modern futuristic design or a classic wooden trolley replica), will improve frequency of service between the Sounder Tukwila Station and the Southcenter area, and attract people to park once in the urban center and use the trolley to visit other destinations. This approach has been used successfully to carry passengers and enhance the image of other lifestyle centers, downtowns, and suburban shopping centers. Because it is unlikely that a Southcenter Trolley will rank highly as part of King County Metro's overall South King County transit priorities, the City shall pursue public /private partnerships with local businesses in the urban center as a means of funding. 2) Service Improvements Short Term Actions a) Route span, frequency & routing improvements for those routes serving the Urban Center (King County Metro projects) To improve mobility and better serve existing and projected travel patterns, the City shall continue pursuing improvements in span, frequency, and routing for Routes 128, 1'40, 150, 155 and 156 with King County Metro. b) Sounder Commuter Rail Service (Sound Transit project) Sound Transit's Sounder commuter rail service currently serves the Tukwila Station with sevefi both northbound/twe and Tess frequent southbound trains in the morning and sew southbound to and less frequent northbound trains in the afternoon. The service runs between Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 50 5/12/2014 450 Southcenter Subarea Plan Lakewood Tacoma and Edmonds, and as far south as Lakewood in the nc\ar future. The City will coordinate with Sound Transit on ensuring sufficient parking is provided at the station, and with Metro on providing appropriate transit connections and service, as ridership and commuter rail service levels increase. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 51 5/12/2014 451 Southcenter Subarea Plan Long Term Actions a) Amtrak Service (Amtrak project) Amtrak Cascades service, running between Eugene, Oregon and Vancouver, British Columbia, currently serves the Tukwila Station with three trains in each direction daily. The City will support better service at the Tukwila Station by supporting Amtrak's future plans to increase service to 13 trains per day between Portland and Seattle and 4 trains per day between Seattle and Vancouver, BC by 2023. 1.6.4. Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities The goal for the Southcenter area is for a livelier 24 -hour neighborhood with housing, shopping, and more employment. With more people- intensive uses, the City will make the area more walkable through a system of trails that will enhance the street network by connecting parks and open space with employers, retail and new housing. The City's Comprehensive Plan and Walk and Roll Plan call for identifying "bicycle friendly" streets and creating improvements that will allow trips both in the community and outside the city to jobs or other destinations. These documents expand the idea of transportation from simply keeping cars and trucks moving to the idea that the urban center's streets should be for everyone, whether motorist or bicyclist, walker or wheelchair user, bus rider or shopkeeper. This "complete streets" perspective will ensure that Tukwila residents and visitors can get around as freely as possible with a range of both motorized and non - motorized choices. In addition, community goals call for improving bicycle and pedestrian connections to the existing system of regional trails (e.g. the Duwamish /Green River and Interurban Trails). 1) Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities Short Term Actions a) Way finding program for pedestrians and bicyclists. The City will provide clear pedestrian and bicycle route information by installing quality way finding signs at all locations where choices in travel are made, and by publishing system maps. Signage shall guide pedestrians and bicyclists to key locations, such as Tukwila Pond, Southcenter Mall, and the Duwamish /Green River and Interurban Trails. b) Bicycle lanes on existing streets The City will pursue implementing a network of bicycle routes in the Southcenter area. Preliminary studies have shown that there is sufficient width on some existing streets to allow for re- striping to add bike lanes through a narrowing of turn and travel lanes. As a general principle, there is less need for marked bike facilities when speeds are at 25 mph or below, and a significant need for facilities if speeds are 30 mph or higher. The need for a facility increases with increased traffic volume and traffic complexity. As the urban form is built, traffic speeds will decrease. This Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 52 5/12/2014 452 Southcenter Subarea Plan will gradually eliminate the need for bike lanes along many streets and allow greater width for walking and parking transitions. The Walk & Roll Plan identifies future bike routes on Baker Boulevard and Andover Park East between Tukwila Parkway and Minkler Boulevard. However additional design and engineering is required before these are implemented. Mid Term Actions a) Bicycle lanes on existing streets The City will continue pursue implementing a network of bicycle routes in the Southcenter area. The Tukwila Walk & Roll Plan identifies future facilities on Andover Park East or Andover Park West (between Minkler and S. 180th Street), portions of Minkler Boulevard, Tukwila Parkway and Longacres Way. However, additional design and engineering for these routes is required before these projects are implemented. b) Pedestrian Signal Crossing Enhancements at Key Intersections On wider streets and larger intersection crossings in the northern, more pedestrian - friendly part of the Southcenter area, sufficient time should exist for pedestrians of all abilities to cross. The City should pursue installing countdown signals on intersection crossings greater than 40 feet, and install signals that automatically activate for pedestrians on each cycle at these intersections. Pedestrian signals should automatically activate on all legs. Push button controls should be used primarily on streets anticipated to be used less frequently by pedestrians, such as in the Workplace District. c) Andover Park West /Tukwila Pond Park sidewalk improvements Andover Park West sidewalk improvements adjacent to the wetland buffer on the east side of the Pond should be designed and constructed concurrently with the S. 168th Street project. This project supports the recommended Tukwila Pond conceptual design and planned improvements. The sidewalk configuration shall be as follows: • An 8 foot sidewalk separated from the street by a 10 foot planting strip planted with native vegetation and with trees 25 feet on center, on average. d) Other Sidewalk improvements on existing streets (Mid -Long Term) The City should identify locations within the districts planned for more walkable environment where sidewalks are missing or not consistent with required standards, and future development or redevelopment will not likely trigger sidewalk improvements. In these locations, the City will construct the sidewalks in order to complete the urban center's pedestrian network. For example, the City may construct a sidewalk along the south side of S 180th Street from Sperry Drive eastward to the Green River Bridge to fill in a sidewalk gap. Long Term Actions a) Bicycle access to Green River and Interurban trails from West Valley Highway Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 53 5/12/2014 453 Southcenter Subarea Plan High vehicle volumes and speeds along West Valley Highway, combined with narrow shoulders in spots providing little separation from vehicles makes this stretch of roadway unsafe for bicyclists. The Interurban Trail and Green River Trails provide cyclists with an off - street north /south route option. The City should pursue opportunities to access these trails from West Valley Highway. Options include pursuing an extension of Minkler Boulevard across the Green River, improvements to the Green River Trail south of S. 180th Street, and a rails -to- trails project if the existing rail bridge south of Strander Blvd becomes an abandoned corridor. Additional design and engineering is required. b) Convert Railroad Corridors to Trails Track locations within the urban center have been identified previously as opportunity areas for the construction of multi -use pedestrian and bicycle trails. While it is generally known that some of these spurs have been abandoned, the City will pursue further research to determine the ownership and disposition status of each specific spur. Once developed, these trails could extend the Green River and Interurban Trail system throughout the urban center, and connect to City neighborhoods. As redevelopment of the parcels of land containing railroad corridors occurs, the City shall pursue conversion of these corridors to trails. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 54 5/12/2014 454 Southcenter Subarea Plan 1.7. APPENDIX A: EXISTING CONDITIONS The condition of the Tukwila's urban center, "Southcenter ", at the inception of this Subarea Plan is detailed in this section. Ultimately, the implementation of the Plan's Phase I strategies will result in sufficient modification of these conditions as to make this Plan obsolete. At that point, a newly updated Southcenter Plan will need to be prepared to engage the problems and opportunities presented by the modified existing conditions. As change occurs, the community intends to measure those changes against the conditions recorded herein to monitor the degree to which the Plan remains sufficiently current. Introduction The City of Tukwila is located 12 miles south of downtown Seattle, 17 miles north of downtown Tacoma, and two miles from the Sea -Tac International Airport. The Plan Area is comprised of approximately 1,000 acres located in the immediate southeastern quadrant formed by the crossing of lnterstates 5 and 405. It contains the City's primary commercial center — featuring by far the greatest proportion of the City's development and its primary source of sales tax revenue. The Plan Area contains a sufficiently wide range of retail offerings to make it the largest shopping destination serving the South King County region. Its primary shopping anchor is Westfield Southcenter Mall, the largest mall in the state of Washington. The Mall recently went through a substantial expansion and renovation. In addition to the wide range of shopping venues, the Plan Area also contains a substantial amount of other commercial uses, especially distribution, warehousing, office and lodging. Context 1) History The land area of Tukwila has historically been inhabited by the Duwamish, the Native Americans who made their homes along the Duwamish River. They were followed by Euro- American settlers in the 1850's who began the development of a small community based on farming and coal mining. Tukwila was incorporated in 1908, and its development was spurred by accessibility from the Duwamish, Green and Black Rivers; then by train lines that connected it to the major cities of Seattle and Tacoma, and finally by the construction of a regional freeway system. Over time, Tukwila has grown as a center of commerce due to its location at the crossroads of rivers, trails, highways and railroads. The majority of growth in the City, and especially in the Plan Area, has occurred over the last fifty years. The area to be known as the Tukwila Urban Center Southcenter Plan area was annexed to the City as an industrial park in 1956. The construction of Interstates 5 and 405 in the mid 1960's opened the area up for commercial development, and instigated a rapid transformation of what was largely undeveloped open land and dairy farms (see Photo 1). The Southcenter Mall (currently the Westfield Southcenter Mall) opened in 1968, becoming a commercial anchor for the area. Over Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 55 5/12/2014 455 � "�� Subarea Plan the subsequent twenty years, more industry and commerce located in the area, providing space for over 1,000 businesses. Photo 1. 2) Community Population in Tukwila has almost doubled in the lost 20 years, due to new residential construction and a land annexation in the early 1990's, to a current estimation of 19,107 (2010). While growth has slowed since the 1990's, population is again expected to significantly increase over the next twenty years. Many of Tukwiia's newer residents are immigrants from outside the country, and this is expected to continue. Black or African American and Asian are the fastest-growing new groups. Median family income for Tukwila was $44,530 in 2009, compared to $67,076 in King County. 3) Regional Circulation The City of Tukwila is well positioned in the regional transportation network: it is Iocated immediately along the two primary regional freeways; 1'5 and 1'405 (see Photo 2). It is highly visible and accessibie to motorists moving through on these major jor regional thoroughfares to and from downtown Seattle, downtown Tacoma and SEATAC International Airport. Two regional transit operators provide service within Tukwiia. King County Metro provides both local bus and paratransit services to Tukwila and the surrounding region. Sound Transit operates a three-county bus network, and a light rail and commuter rail system. The Sounder commuter rail line serves the Southcenter area via the Tukwila Station. Sound Transit's 14 mile LINK light rail line runs between Seattle and the Seattie-Tacoma internationai Airport, stapping at South 154 m Street and Tukwila International Boulevard, approximately two miles west of the urban center area. King County Metro provides frequent bus service between the light rail station, the Southcenter Mall area, and the Sounder Commuter Rail Station. Amtrak passenger train service is also available at the Tukwila 4794e-r}(-±(-2-5 Station. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 56 5/12/2014 456 Southcenter Subarea Plan Photo 2. Location at freeway crossroads LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT Southcenter has become a commercial center for the City and the region. Development in the Southcenter area is exclusively commerciai, with retail, office, lodging, warehouse and industrial uses. There is minimal residentiai development. Existing development patterns are primariiy sing|e'story,auto'oriented,cornnnercia|deve|oprnent.ThenorthernportinnofSouthcenteris dominated by the super-regional Westfield shopping mall (the largest covered mall in Washington state — See photo 3) surrounded by parking lots and rings of associated smaller scale, surface parked commercial buildings. The southern portion is primarily a warehouse and distribution center that takes advantage of the area's highway and railroad infrastructure, with some retail outlets and office buiidings. M jordestinationsinc|udetheK4aU,theretai|°poxver"centersUningSouthcenterParkvvay(see Photo 4) and portions of Strander Boulevard, and big-box retail along Andover Park East in the southeastern portion of Southcenter (see Photo 5). In addition, many chains that draw on a regional audience, such as Office Depot, Home Depot and Target, have located within Southcenter's boundaries. A large proportion of Tukwila's jobs are located in the Southcenter area. More than half of these jobs are in retail, with the remainder primariiy oriented towards manufacturing and industrial work. Boeing's Longacres campus, located just outside of the Southcenter area and directly to the east of Sounder's Tukwila 17e*+g+epeEi ,i5tation,is forecasted to provide over lO,OOO jobs for the region. As a result of Southcenter's role as a popular commercial center, land values in Southcenter are expected to rise over time. The lower value office and warehouse uses (see Photo 6) that make up a large part of Southcenter's land area are potential locations for higher-value uses, and various sites have transitioned to retail use. As a testament to the rising land values, the owners of Westfield Southcenter Mall intensified their property site with an expansion that increased its size by another 500,000 square feet, including cinema, an expanded food court, additional smaller retail stores, new restaurants and the first structured parking garages serving retail to appear in the Southcenter area. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 57 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan A market analysis conducted in 2002 showed that the development potential for the Southcenter study area for the near future was projected to include demand for more retail, more restaurants, and more industrial uses, with more office and lodging to follow in the long term. Market analysis of land constraints and demand pressures in the area pointed to the possibility of denser development and structured parking, justified by rising land values. Since that time, due to the downturn in the economy, many of the stakeholders in the Southcenter area have expressed concern that much of the draft Plan is based on a market analysis that is now outdated. The City's consultants agreed that the 2002 analysis is not adequate now for use as a short-run analysis. Instead, the consultant's conclusions are that the vision is achievable, but in phases and over a period of time and only with significant, targeted public investments to catalyze and support development of the type that the City would like to see. Also, given the uncertainty in the current market, it is not effective use of City funds to do a new, detailed market analysis at this time. Photo 3. Westfield Southcenter Mall wark Photo 5. Big box warehouse retail EXISTING LAND USE POLICY Photo 4. Parkway Super Center Photo 6. Lower value office & Warehouse The City's Zoning Code is set forth in Chapter 18 of Tukwila's Municipal Code. All of the land area under study is contained within the area designated by the City's Comprehensive Plan and the City's Zoning Map as the Tukwila Urban Center (TUC). The stated purpose for this zoning district is Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 58 5/12/2014 458 Southcenter Subarea Plan "intended to provide an area of high- intensity regional uses that include commercial services, offices, light industry, warehousing and retail uses. Development is intended to be pedestrian - friendly, with a strong emphasis on a safe and attractive streetscape." Uses permitted in the district include an extremely wide range of retail, entertainment, commercial and industrial uses. Residential uses are conditionally permitted on areas within 500 feet of the Green River, Tukwila Pond, or Minkler Pond (a maximum density of 22 units per acre; 100 units per acre for senior housing), and in mixed -use developments within one - quarter mile of the Sounder Commuter rail /Amtrak Station property (maximum density of 65 units per acre). Most of the uses that support residential, like churches, schools and recreational facilities, are also conditionally permitted. Buildings are allowed to a maximum height of 115 feet. There are few policies setting standards for building design, orientation, massing, location of parking, block size, or the creation of new streets. The Zoning Code requires design review for all commercial structures larger than 1,500 square feet and for all structures containing multi - family development, as well as for certain exterior repairs, reconstructions, alterations or improvements to buildings over 10,000 square feet. Design review for commercial structures between 1,500 and 5,000 square feet will be done administratively; for larger structures, by the Board of Architectural Review. DEVELOPMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT POSSIBILITIES Southcenter is almost 100% developed, with very little vacant developable land. The few areas that are untouched by development are either preserved as open space, environmentally sensitive wetlands and river areas, or dedicated towards public uses, such as utility sites. The most significant piece of vacant land that is available for new development lies on the eastern border of Southcenter, north of and adjacent to the Sounder Tukwila Station. However, there are many obstacles to redevelopment of this area, such as underground and above ground utilities and limited access. While there is very little undeveloped land in Southcenter available for new investment, the low - density nature of its development pattern points toward redevelopment opportunities. Its high - visibility location at the juncture of two freeways makes it a desirable location, especially since there is little developable area elsewhere. The other quadrants bordering the freeway intersection are filled with low- density residential neighborhoods, with little to no land open for development. With heightened demand for retail space in Southcenter, and the rising land values that result from this demand, much of Tukwila's industrial and warehouse space is vulnerable to conversion to office (see Photo 7) or retail. Some of Tukwila's industrial uses have already shifted to retail uses, (See Fig.A.1) as evidenced by Costco Wholesale, Lowe's Home Improvement, and Home Depot-a-Ret City, all of which are located in former warehouse buildings. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 59 5/12/2014 459 Southcenter Subarea Plan ir...'...-,-..MMMIIMIMMOIMMMIBMWMOWSWM1DWMEEWMIEM Photo 7. Fatigue Technology Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 460 Fig.A.1. Patterns of Development and Change 60 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan LOCAL TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION 1) Vehicular Circulation Because Southcenter is geographically bounded by the two freeways and the Green River, primary entrance points into the study area are limited. From the north, traffic can enter over 1 -405 at 61st and 66th Avenues. From the south, access is limited to Southcenter Parkway, Andover Park West, and Andover Park East, and West Valley Highway. Traffic from the west can enter from 1 -5 at Southcenter Parkway, Klickitat Drive and South 4Z41848th Street, and traffic from the east is limited to Strander Boulevard and South 178/180th Street. Because of this limited access to the area and the small number of streets serving development, there can be delays at the entrance /exit ramps to the freeway, and there are frequent bottlenecks at the Klickitat Drive and Southcenter Parkway intersection and other intersections near Westfield Southcenter Mall. Traffic on the surrounding interstates is expected to increase in the future. Proposed long -term improvements include the relocation of the 1 -405 on -ramp from the Southcenter retail area to the east of 66th Avenue, extending Tukwila Parkway to West Valley Highway, and at the 188th Street freeway interchange. Also, with tThe recent Tukwila Urban Center access improvement project, has reduced bottlenecks in the Klickitat area and near the mall are expected to improve. Major north -south arterials through the study area are Southcenter Parkway and West Valley Highway; east -west arterials are South 180th Street and Klickitat Drive/ Strander Boulevard. However, arterial routes are treated no differently than other streets in the network. All of the streets appear to be the same in width, design, and even in the types of buildings that line their edges. No priority is given to entrance routes or to important thoroughfares; there are no custom signs incorporated into the streetscape; and no landmarks or monuments mark special places along the street lengths. The street network in the Southcenter area is designed solely for the automobile, and follows an oversized grid that limits internal circulation. Southcenter is divided into 38 blocks, with an average block size of 22 acres. The area contains over 14 linear miles of roadways, with an intersection density of one intersection for each 16 acres. The smallest blocks in the study are 1,000 feet in length by 1,000 feet in depth, compared to downtown Seattle, with an average block size of 1.5 acres and average block length of 250 feet. East -west streets are particularly limited. With increased success on this limited street network, congestion within Southcenter is becoming more common — peak times for congestion are the noon hour during the week, and Saturday's congestion is even greater around the Mall. 4) Pedestrian Circulation Pedestrian activity is almost nonexistent in Southcenter, limited to the brief walks taken by people walking to their jobs or to shopping destinations from transit. There are several reasons for this - a street network scaled to the automobile creating block sizes that are too large to walk, long distances between intersections and destinations, narrow unprotected sidewalks along wide highly trafficked roads, large parking lots, and the fact that there are no residential uses in the area. In some areas, sidewalks were created as a part of adjacent development and end at the parcel limits, creating a pedestrian network that is interrupted and sporadic. Pedestrian access to the Tukwila Sounder /Amtrak station from the urban center is not clearly legible, but this should improve with Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 61 5/12/2014 461 Southcenter Subarea Plan the installation of a permanent station and a future pedestrian bridge over the Green River. Access to park and open spaces in the area can be difficult to find on foot, and are often hidden behind buildings. While Southcenter does not have many pedestrian or bicycle facilities, it does connect to the Green River and Interurban Trails, which connect to the regional trail system. However, these, too, are difficult to find and access. 5) Transit Transit is provided to the area through King County Metro bus service, and Sound Transit's "Sounder" commuter rail service. King County Metro regular routes as well as rapid ride routes 110, 128, 140, 150, 154, 155 and 156 serve the Southcenter area, providing connections to . Routes operating hours. Route 110 connects the Tukwila Station ar a at Longacres Drive with north Menton. Route 128 provides connections between Southcenter and White Center and West Settle. Route 110 is a major east west bus route connecting the mall to Burien, the LINK light rail station at South 154th Street, Southcenter, the Tukwila Station, the Burien Park & Ride and the Renton Park & Ride. Route 150 is the major north south route connecting Tukwila with Kent and Scattle. Route 154 serves the Boeing Industrial site and connects to the Tukwila Longacres station. Route 155 provides service between Tukwila and north Kent, and Route 156 connects SeoTac, Southcenter and the Tukwila Longacres station. Bus rapid Transit connecting the Burien Park & Ride, Southcenter, the Tukwila Station and the Renton Park & Ride is planned to commence in 2013. Sounder offers commuter rail service between Tacoma and downtown Seattle with stops in Puyallup, Sumner, Auburn, Kent, and Tukwila. The interim Tukwila Longacres Sstation is located just south of Longacres Way and {see Photo 8); construction of a permanent station is underway-to be completed by 2013. The station currently accommodates Amtrak service as well as the commuter trains. A study by Mirai Associates (now Fehr & Peers) in 2002 indicates that transit accounts for about 2% of all trips into and out of the area. A great number of these trips are to and from the Westfield Southcenter Mall; the stop at this mall is the most highly used, and accounts for more than half of the total riders in the study area. However, existing facilities at this stop arc inadequate for the The City plans include design and construction e#is contructing a new transit center in the vicinity of Andover Park West and Baker Boulevard. This, combined with a permanent Tukwila Long acres Sstation, should make transit a more appealing option for the area. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 62 5/12/2014 462 Southcenter Snb��re�{�ul��Il OPEN SPACE ��N��RECREA���N There are many natural resources w�hinthe Tukwila Urban Center (see Fig.A.2lthe most noteworthy of vvhichisTukvvi|a Pond (see Photo 4QB),a body ofvvater created bya high vvatertable and the runoff fronnaUof the innpervioussu�acesof the area's rooftops and parking lots, that isnovva significant wildlife habitat and a stop-over point for migrating waterfowl. Access to the pond's edges is restricted around nnostof its perinneter(see Photo 449\, but a park has been preserved along the Pond's vvesternedge. Tuhxvi|aPond Park is located behind the cornrnercia|deve|opnnent along Southcenter Parkway and the Target store on Strander Boulevard, and accessed along foot trails from these roadways. Viewpoints of the pond and wetland are accessible along the eastern edge of the Pond, on Andover Park East. (]therannenitiesin the area indudeK4inNer Pond and the Green River (see Photo 1O�\.K4ink|er Pond is a snnaUervvaterbody atthe eastern terminus ofK�ink|er Boulevard that flows into the Green Rive�but is inaccessible fronnthe vvestbecause itis trapped behind several industrial buildings. The Green River Trail, 2.6-miles of which are within Tukwila, winds along the west bank of the Green River, and the Interurban Trail located on the old Interurban right-of-way east of West Valley Highway, provide recreational space for bike riding, jogging, walking and inline skating. Visual and physical access to these trails is difficult. k�uchnf the Green River Trail is hidden behind the industrial deve|opnnentthat lines the river�nnt for nnostof its length through Southcenter. •�..�m�. .`. Photo 408. Tukwila Pond SubaneaP|an_Counci|Finaidocx 5/12/2014 Photo 4J9,Tukvv|a Pond —no�hside 63 Southcenter Subarea Plan Photo 102. Green River -_J 7 Fig.A.2. Existing Open Space Network ARCHITECTURAL AND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER While a distinctive building and landscape design has evolved in the Pacific Northwest region, this has had little influence on the design of buildings in Southcenter. Buildings are often separated from the street by large parking lots, and their entrances are hard to find. The well-designed buildings constructed after design review was implemented in 1982 are lost in the overall mix, and there are too few of them to create a visible theme that could unify the district with any sort of identity. The result is an unrelated hodge-podge of unarticulated buildings with little ornamentation or design. The highly distinctive design context ofthe Pacific Northwest Iandscape (see Fig.A.3. Design Context) stands in contrast to the existing character of the Plan Area's built environment. 1) Buildings Buildings within Southcenter are generally reflective of auto-oriented development. Structures are reduced to the simplest, most economical form: often tilt-up construction, simply massed buildings with a box-like appearance. While buildings are allowed to a maximum height of 115 feet, few are more than 50 feet tall. The number of stories on the taller buildings is indiscernible as their Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 64 5/12/2014 464 Southcenter Subarea Plan architecture is not articulated by typical desi cues like windows per floor or cornice lines. Ornamentation across the facades is Iimited, except for signage. 2) St[e2tSC8pe The site layouts and streetscapes surrounding the area's development are primarily oriented towards the needs of motorists (see Photos 13-16). Primacy is placed on signage visibility and availability of parking. Parking fronts or surrounds the building, distancing the building from the street and the public realm. The overall impression of the area's development pattern is of large, simple buildings fronted by asphalt, announcing convenience and ease of movement for automobiles. Very little effort is made to create site layouts that are amenable to the pedestrian, or to use pathways, trees or other site design elements that contribute to the pedestrian realm. While there are a few individual projects that have successfully used landscaping, streetscape and lighting along their edges, these fragments do not add up to create any consistent feeling throughout the district. Photo 112,. Andover Park West Photo 124. Minkler Boulevard Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 65 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Natural Environment Small Scale 0 0," Murkier Pond Large Scale Green River Tukaalla Pond e Water F ure Walkable Environment King Coun[y Trail ranter Boulevard uildings integrated with nature I , lttgliltitottlittaktlitta Beautiful Backdrop Friendly r4^141'', Engaging Facade ge ale Signage • ,,,,,,,,psONSISSOLIO, • M Vi •:,••• Destination Plentiful Pa Built Environment Urban Center Subarea Plan City of Tukwilla, Washington othcenter MnI Fig.A.3. Design Context Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 66 466 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan Photo 135. Southcenter Parkway CONCLUSION Photo 146. Strander Boulevard The Tukwila community has seen its "Urban Center" transform from farms and undeveloped open land to an industrial hub, and again to its current incarnation as an industrial and regional retail and employment center. Southcenterisverysuccessfu|asacornnnercia|district'itis"thep|aceto shop" for the City and a large portion of the region. Tukwila is the sixth-iargest city in the state for sales tax collections, and most of those dollars come from the stores located in Southcenter, with up to twa billion dollars' worth of retail activity generated annually by retailers in the Southcenter area. However, the success of the district has led to rapid growth that has sprawled in haphazard fashion across the enormous land area of Southcenter, resulting in a diffuse and exclusively auto- oriented environnnenttbatisconfusingtoshoppersandfeatures|itt|econnectiontotherestofthe community. Whereas Southcenter is the economic engine of the City, it does not function as any real center for the community. It is active primarily in the daytime, and there are few nighttime uses. Development within Southcenter is exclusively commercial and is characterized by low-rise structures surrounded or edged by surface parking. There are very few places to gather or meet other than in the interior pedestrian corridors ofthe Mali. Southcenter is bounded by substantial natural and manmade features that separate the district from the residential neighborhoods to its north and west, and from commercial development to the east and south. Because of a lack af other connections to the district, most peopie get to Southcenter by car. Its development pattern is entirely oriented to automobile, with very little consideration given to the pedestrian or bicyclist. Wide streets lack distinctive treatments such as landscaping themes, interesting signage or architecture. While the City's Zoning Code states that the TUC is intended to be "pedestrian-friendly", the large scale of the district's blocks and the speed of traffic on its streets create powerful disincentives to walking in the district. Sidewalks are inconsistent and narrow. Street crossings are few and far between, and the streetiights are timed for cars, not for pedestrians. This pattern of development is vulnerable to loss of value likely to stem from increasing gasoline prices and the popular embrace of sustainable patterns of development. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 67 5/12/2014 Southcenter Subarea Plan The City of Tukwila has a memorable natural setting, and Southcenter has several notable, if hidden, resources, including Tukwila Pond, Minkler Pond and the Green River. But these resources have thus far been a missed opportunity for the district - hidden from view, difficult to access, and therefore rarely used by most of the City's population. Aside from these amenities, few natural site features remain - most have been developed and paved over with asphalt. Southcenter's visual character stands in contrast to the context that surrounds it - the incongruence between the green residential fabric of the City and the hard asphalt of its Urban Center is heightened by the lack of connections between them. Tukwila's Urban Center does not reflect design character that is indigenous to the region or to the City. Buildings are similar in height and massing, and no different than those that can be found at any successful retail center in the country. The streets that make up the network of Southcenter are indistinguishable from one another in both aesthetics and importance. There are no landmarks to indicate important locations and anchors in the district, and no visual or physical connections to Zink these places together. Unremarkable building design, spread -out development patterns, and undefined streetscapes contribute to the character of a "placeless" setting. But the opportunities inherent in Southcenter are strong. The area is easily reachable from surrounding cities, with good access via the interstate freeways, and as result, the regional mall remains successful. The recreational and natural amenities of the area make good incentives for residential development throughout the district, providing potential anchors for new neighborhoods. Transit options, including the King County Metro bus system, bus rapid transit, and Sound Transit's commuter and light rail service, can be improved and built upon, and combined with an improved pedestrian realm to provide an alternative to automobile travel. All of these factors provide the framework for positive change and offer the opportunity to direct future growth, to make Southcenter a true "Urban Center" for its community. The Southcenter Plan is intended to build upon and extend these assets while improving the character, connectivity and range of experiences offered in Southcenter for the community and the region. Subarea Plan_CouncilFinal.docx 68 5/12/2014 468 mon City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor CITY ADMINISTRATOR REPORT The City of opportunity, the community of choice TO: Mayor Haggerton Councilmembers FROM: David Cline, City Administrator DATE: May 28, 2014 SUBJECT: Report for June 2, 2014 Regular Council Meeting The City Administrator Report is meant to provide the Council, staff and community an update on the activities of the City and on issues that concern Tukwila. Please let me know if you have any questions or need additional information about any of the following items. Intergovernmental Update • Tukwila School District: City Administrator David Cline continued his monthly meetings with Tukwila School District Superintendent Dr. Nancy Coogan to discuss issues in common between the City and the District. • SCA Networkinq Dinner: Mayor Haggerton, City Administrator David Cline, and several Council and staff members attended the SCA Networking Dinner where Governor Inslee was the keynote speaker. • Puget Sound Reqional Assembly Meetinq: Councilmember Kruller and City Administrator David Cline attended the Puget Sound Regional Assembly meeting in Seattle. • Washington DC Trip: Mayor Haggerton, Councilmember Ekberg, Councilmember Quinn, and Economic Development Administrator Speck met with US Senator Maria Cantwell and staff from the offices of Senator Murray, Congressman Smith, Department of Justice, Federal Emergency Management Agency, and Housing and Urban Development to seek support and guidance on City projects. II. Community Events • Residential Recyclinq Collection Event: The City of Tukwila Recycling Program and Fire Department sponsored a Spring Recycling Collection Event for "hard to recycle" items on May 17, 2014 at the vacant Tukwila Village site. Residents arrived with 385 carloads of recyclable materials. Some highlights included collecting and recycling 9.62 tons of metals(including appliances, ferrous and nonferrous metals and electronic equipment), 3.25 tons of bulky wood, 2.25 tons of reusable household goods /textiles, 3290 batteries, 15 mattresses and .7 tons of refrigerators /freezers. • DSHS Annual Conference: Parks and Recreation hosted the Department of Social and Health Services annual conference at the Tukwila Community Center on June 2, 2014. The entire facility was booked and full conference services provided. • Foster Golf: Links will kick off FootGolf on the golf course beginning June 7, 2014. III. Staff Updates Project Updates • Briscoe /Desimone Levee Repair: DCD has determined that the City of Kent applications for a shoreline substantial development permit and shoreline variance for 469 City Administrator Report Page 2 the Briscoe /Desimone levee repairs for Reach 1 and Reach 2 (the small portion within Tukwila) are complete. The public notice went out last week. Staff is coordinating with the Hearing Examiner to identify a date for the public hearing on the shoreline variance. • Washington Place Design Review: The Board of Architectural Review held the public hearing and approved the design review application for Washington Place, a hotel /apartment mixed use building proposed at the former Circuit City site. The proposed building is nineteen stories high and includes 370 apartment units and a hotel with 189 rooms. The Board concurred with the staff's recommended conditions and added one additional condition requiring more vegetation in the areas of pedestrian activity. • Safe Routes to School Grants: Public Works has requested DCD's assistance in creating an Interlocal agreement between the City and the Tukwila School District for the education and enforcement portion of the Safe Routes to School grant. Staff has drafted the agreement for review by the Finance Department and the City Attorney's Office. • Colonial Garden Apartments 3465 S 144 St: Code Enforcement was asked to inspect several units at the Colonial Garden Apartments due to a severe plumbing leak. Evidence shows that this is a long- standing problem, with associated mold and water damage. At least three units will need complete renovation. These units are occupied and Human Services is providing support to the tenants that are being displaced. Community Services • Syria Delegation: World Affairs Council has called to ask us to host visitors from Syria. Tentatively scheduled for afternoon of June 16. • Vulnerable Populations Steering Committee: Raejean Kreel and Stacy Hansen presented to the Vulnerable Populations Steering Committee on lessons learned from the Riverside Residence Inn fire. • King County Consolidated Plan: Human Services staff is participating in several meetings on the King County Consolidated plan. This plan spells out the goals and strategies for the next 3 years on how community development and housing funds are used. • Preschool Open House: Parks and Recreation will host a Preschool Open House on Saturday, June 2, 2014 at the Tukwila Community Center Attachment: 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid Year Update 470 Orli ISHII 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid -Year Update Community Vision The City of opportunity, the community of choice. City Mission To provide superior services that support a safe, inviting and healthy environment for our residents, businesses and guests. Strategic Goals and Objectives 1. A Community of Inviting Neighborhoods & Vibrant Business Districts A. Cultivate community ownership of shared spaces. B. Build a broad and collaborative approach to preventing crime and increasing the sense of safety. C. Focus City planning and investments on creating a connected, dynamic urban environment. D. Use City efforts and investments to realize established visions for specific sub - areas. 2. A Solid Foundation for All Tukwila Residents A. Partner with organizations that help meet the basic needs of all residents. B. Strive for excellent education, vocational supports, and personal growth opportunities through effective partnerships and City services. C. Encourage maintenance, improvements, and diversity in the City's housing stock. 3. A Diverse & Regionally Competitive Economy A. Embrace the City's economic potential and strengthen the City's role as a regional business and employment center. B. Strengthen the City's engagement and partnership with the business community. 4. A High- Performing & Effective Organization A. Use Tukwila's Vision, Mission, and Strategic Plan to focus and prioritize City efforts. B. Advance Tukwila's interests through participation in regional partnerships. C. Continue to develop as an organization and support individual growth. D. Ensure City facilities are safe, efficient, and inviting to the public. E. Ensure the long -term fiscal sustainability of the City. 5. A Positive Community Identity & Image A. Improve the City's ability to build trust and work with all members of the Tukwila community. B. Facilitate connections among Tukwila's communities. C. Promote a positive identity and image of Tukwila. 2014 Priorities Crime Reduction along Tukwila International Boulevard (TIB) An Improved Environment for Community Livability Strengthened Financial Fundamentals Updated Plans and Policies Aligned with the Community's Vision Improved Access to City Services and Decision - Making Council, Staff and Partners Engaged in a Shared Commitment to the Community's Vision 471 2014 PRIORITIES e Reduc 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid -Year Update Community Vision The City of opportunity, the community of choice. on along Tukwil. nter`ni STRATEGIC' PLAN STATUS AS OF June, 2014 GOALS onal Boulevard Tukwila Village ED /DCD 1, 5 The site development permit is anticipated to be issued in June. Vacation of 41St Avenue is anticipated to be complete in June. Building permits for phase 1 and the library are expected to be ready to be issued this summer. Groundbreaking is tentatively scheduled for August 1st Motel Purchases /Urban Renewal ED 1, 5 City is working through the US Attorney's office to purchase the Great Bear, Boulevard, and Traveler's Choice motels. We anticipate completing those purchases this summer. The City is negotiating with the owners of the Spruce Motel and anticipates completing that purchase this summer. Urban renewal financing FIN 2 In process of securing services of a financial advisor to assist with the urban renewal financing; conducted preliminary discussions with bond counsel and bond underwriter for urban renewal financing Increase bus shelter cleaning, litter pickup and graffiti removal PW Continued higher frequency bus shelter cleaning and litter pickup. Graffiti occurrences are down from 2013. PD Strategic Plan Police 1, 4 The Police Department strategic plan is complete, which is aligned with the City's Strategic Plan. It identifies three broad goals and the strategies and tactics to complete those goals. Goal one - Improve Public Safety by Reducing and Preventing Crime; Goal two - Effectively Manage Our Resources; Goal three - Build a High- Performing Organization. Residential Neighborhood Maintenance Program DCD 1,2 Temporary re- assignment Admin. Support Technician to Code Enforcement Officer and hire temporary full time Administrative Support Technician has been completed. A review of ways to Streamline Code Enforcement process has been completed. The Community Involvement component will involve several divisions of City government, some City funds, and community groups will begin in July. PD and FD Computer Aided Dispatch Upgrade IT /PD /FD 1, 4 Tiburon CAD upgrade for Valley Communications went smoothly on go- live date of March 14 with 28 PD vehicles, 17 FD vehicles, and 59 office workstations updated to use the new interface. Civics Class at Foster High School Police 1, 5 On April 3, a Police Department team met with about 30 Foster High School students, their teacher and the principal for a two -hour open discussion meeting with their Civics class. The open forum allowed for the students to ask any questions of the officers present. The team and students engaged in thoughtful discussion and the team was able to appropriately respond to their questions and hopefully ease some of their concerns. A few of the questions asked were: What are some of the most difficult situations you face being police officers? What does accountability look like for officers? How does the department ensure the best officers are working with the community? Students /teens in Tukwila often feel more fear than protection from the police, how do we develop more trusting relationships between us and the TPD? What are some of the measures the department has put in place to ensure that TIB is a safer place? At a recent police school meeting, Dr. Coogan requested additional sessions due to the success of the initial session focused on building trust and fostering positive relationships. Page 2 2014 PRIORITIES Light Rail Station 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid -Year Update Community Vision The City of opportunity, the community of choice. Police STRATEGIC FLAB STATWS AS QF June, 2014 GOALS The Light Rail Station has become a focus of the Community Police Team (CPT) in our efforts to reduce crime on TIB. We formed a work group with Metro Police, Sound Transit, and TPD staff to develop and implement solutions to reduce crime on and near the property. CPT Officers have received training from Sound Transit Police regarding unlawful transit conduct and we have coordinated joint operations for 2014. Meetings have continued with these agencies every month since September. We continue to share crime and calls for service statistics , as well as discuss strategies and response procedures, multi- agency emphasis patrols conducted during the past 6 months, and extra patrols by TPD patrol division and CPT teams 9th Annual EAASG Conference Police The Tukwila Police Department was the host agency for the international 2014 EAASG conference, which was held at the Double Tree Suites in Tukwila, May 5 -7. The mission of the East African Area Studies Group is to support law enforcement in understanding the East African community, share information regarding crime trends and gangs, and enhance collaboration between government entities regarding Horn of Africa issues. The conference covered a variety of topics, which included sessions on: 1) Understanding Somalia: Society, Culture, and the State; 2) Community Policing in the Somali Community; 3) Creating community Engagement Teams. There were approximately 130 attendees at the conference. The Department also arranged tours of the City for conference attendees. Conference attendees were excited about the location and asked to have the conference return here in the future. Trainings Police 4 Police staff attended the succession planning class in May and has worked diligently on organizational development and leadership development training. Staff also completed HPO training. Some Command staff as well as sergeants have either completed or been scheduled to attend the Leadership in Policing Organization (LPO) training offered by IACP. Human Trafficking Police 2, 4 Furthering our focus on building partnerships and crime reduction on TIB, the Police Department is working with the King County Prosecutor's Office, Seattle Police Department and King County Vice to address human trafficking in our region. The KC prosecutor reached out to our police department as a result of our recent success in our investigation and arrest of a prolific human trafficker operating from one of our hotels on TIB. That person was convicted and received a significant sentence for trafficking under -aged girls. On May 23, the Police Department hosted an 8 -hour training course on Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children (CSEC). Approximately 60 attendees were scheduled to attend including those from police departments, Seattle public schools, county and city prosecutor's offices, probation counselors and DOC employees. Page 3 473 2014 PRIORITIES An API 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid -Year Update Community Vision The City of opportunity, the community of choice. ved on en fai Corn n STRATEGIC' PLAN STATUS AS OF June, 2014 GOALS ty Livabi ;y Washington Place ED /DCD 1, 5 In May the City Council approved an amendment to the development agreement for Washington Place and the Board of Architecture Review approved the project design. Duwamish Hill Preserve PR 1, 5 Parks & Rec Held stakeholders meeting in May to capture input for Phase II design at DHP. Applied for 2015 Minor Home Repair funds HS 1,2 Application for 2015 Minor Home Repair funds was submitted in May. City will know the outcome in the fall. Minor Home Repair Activity HS 1,2 Human Services served 12 homeowners with 72 hours of repair from Jan - March. Access to current City laws 24 hours a day City Clerk 2, 4 Priority has been given to incorporating new and changing City laws into the Tukwila Municipal Code upon approval by the City Council. The relevant Code sections are added to the City's Digital Records for keyword searching and 24 -hour access by the public. Benefits include easy access to Fire codes, Public Safety laws, Code Enforcement regulations, Utility Fees, etc. Fire Department Community Outreach FD /EM 2,4,5 Participated in FHS Career Fair. Offering Public Education in the areas of First Aid, CPR, Public Defibrillator Training, CERT, and Fire Extinguisher Training. 2013 financial results FIN 1,2 General fund increased by $3.5M to $9.5M and Contingency fund increase by $4.3M to $5.7M meeting the City's reserve policy criteria. False Alarm fee increase FIN, POL, FIR 1,2 Effective April 1, 2014. nd Policies Aligned unity's Vi on Facilities Needs Assessment and Feasibility Study PW 4, 5 Phase 2 Council Work session held on May 12, 2014. Previous meetings include a Council workshop on April 14 to discuss Council interviews, expectations and update timeline; and a Phase I update on January 13. Southcenter Plan DCD 1,2, 3 Completed Council review of the Southcenter Plan, updated TUC Zoning and Design Manual on June 2, 2014. Issued the final supplemental EIS for the Plan that will allow future projects meeting the Plan standards to be exempt from SEPA review and protected from appeal on environmental issues. Community Conversations DCD/ Mayors /HS 1,5 Conducted a survey of community issues and priorities and held two Community Conversations meetings to build community, foster communication between residents and the City and gather information to inform the Comprehensive Plan update. Undergrounding of Utilities PW Staff is negotiating with Seattle City Light for a Franchise renewal that may include subsidized undergrounding for 42nd Ave S. and 53rd Ave S. Residential Sidewalks PW Designing 42nd Ave South Phase III Improvements and two Safe Routes to School projects. Page 4 2014 PRIORITIES 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid -Year Update Community Vision The City of opportunity, the community of choice. Parks, Recreation and Open Space Plan (PROS) PR STRATEGIC' PLAN STATUS AS OF June, 2014 GOALS 1, 2, 5 Adopted PROS Plan in March Fire Department Strategic Plan FD 4,5 Plan completed with exception of implementation matrix. Staff working with BERK to finalize. Information Technology Assessment All 4,5 Contract with Moss Adams to do an Information Technology Assessment to include review of current operations and interviews with stakeholders. To be completed in the 3rd Quarter. Created a Communications Division Mayor's Office 2, 4, 5 Created a Communications Division to focus on improving communication as an organization both internally and externally. Reallocated existing staff to the Communications Division and dedicated work space in the 6300 building. This division has assisted in creating publications and brochures for upcoming events, increased the City's presence with Social Media, created /reinstated employee publications the City Digest and the Grapevine and collaborated with other organizations to develop resources. A Communications Consultant currently oversees the division and is providing administration with an assessment of the City's current communications. The City is in the process of hiring a Communications and Government Relations Manager. TRAKiT Permitting System DCD The implementation of the City's new permitting system is going well. The end users are continuing to become familiar with the features that it offers. Staff is continuing to work with the vendor to soon have the eTRAKiT module available to the public. This module will allow our customers to apply /issue over - the - counter permits online as well as allow citizen comments /concerns to be submitted electronically. Tukwila Community Center Rental Office PR 4, 5 Created Rental Office at Tukwila Community Center to increase level of service to patrons renting parks and recreation facilities. Joint Request for Proposal Process for 2015 human service providers HS 2 Human Services Advisory Board will start reviewing 52 proposals in June Open Government as the highest priority City Clerk 2, 4 Digital Delivery and online accessibility of meeting materials has been enhanced to include not only Council meetings, but Boards and Commissions to include the Planning Com., Parks Com. Arts Com., Community Policing, Civil Service, Equity & Diversity, Human Services, and Library Advisory Board. These meeting materials are distributed via a link to the City's Digital Records Center available 24 hours a day. The minutes of each meeting are also available online. Records transparency and availability City Clerk 2, 4 The City strives to fulfill the requirements of the Public Records Act at the highest level. Providing online access to records frequently requested by the public is the most innovative and efficient means of serving the community and meeting the stringent requirements of the law. Records continue to be added to the City's Digital Records Center to enhance records transparency. A project currently in progress involves digitizing and indexing all development and land use files from 1908 to current for online access by citizens. Page 5 475 mmumummol 2014 PRIORITIES 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid -Year Update Community Vision The City of opportunity, the community of choice. Fire Prevention Move to 6300 FD STRATEGIC' PLAN STATUS AS OF June, 2014 GOALS 4,5 Space has been identified. Drawings for remodel have been submitted to PW. Projecting a move in 3rd Quarter. Council, Staff and Par ner Engages ed C+ High Performance Organization /Cultural Awareness Mayor's Office 1, 2, 4, 5 Over the past 9 months, over 100 employees have received training in High Performance Organization, Cultural Awareness, and LEAN principles. This work is creating a foundation that will support organizational /cultural change, and improve communication and understanding with each other and the community we serve. Succession Plan Training All 4 32 Executive staff and mid -level supervisors attended a full day training offered by WCIA on Succession Plan Training. RFP for afterschool provider Mayor's /HS 2 The School District and City have agreed on a joint process for selecting an afterschool provider, expected to be completed early in 3rd Quarter. Community budget forum FIN Community budget forum was conducted in March Budget survey FIN Budget survey made available in March Job shadowing and Future Business Leaders of America FIN /IT 1, 2 Both Finance and IT hosted Foster High School students that participated in job shadowing; Finance assisted with the Future Business Leaders of America meetings at Foster High School. FHS Career Fair P &R FIN 2, 5 Staff served as a lead organizer for the FHS Career Fair event in April. Several other staff served on a professional speaker panel team and as exhibitors for the career resource fair. VROOM Partnership P &R 2, 5 Staff has been working in partnership with the Bezos Family Foundation on the VROOM "Movement" (promoting an early learning nation). Involvement includes serving on the Advisory Committee, distributing materials at events, educating facility and program staff on engagement strategies, and supporting related events and activities. Project Feast Partnership P &R 1, 2, 5 Staff has developed a collaborative partnership with the non - profit organization "Project Feast" to support their job training program for refugees and immigrants. Project Feast now uses the Tukwila Community Center as its operations center for the training program and catering business (which helps to ensure the training program remains to be free for participants). Fire Department /Emergency Management to SR -530 Slide FD /EM 4,5 FD and EM staff gained significant experience and training in assisting the Oso /Snohomish County Community during the SR -530 Slide Incident. Much that was learned can be utilized in response to local disaster. The City of Tukwila enhanced its reputation as a caring and giving regional community partner. Public confidence in the City's ability to respond to a major local disaster has improved as well. Page 6 2014 City -Wide Work Plan — Mid -Year Update Community Vision The City of opportunity, the community of choice. 2014 PRIORITIES Community Connectors Mayor's Office 1, 2, 5 STATUS AS OF June, 2014 Implemented the City's Community Connector program by working collaboratively with Global to Local and Forterra. Provided training of basic City services, developed Pilot Project, and enlisted in the help and support of 7 community leaders and City staff to engage over 180 residents in discussions related to housing and food access. It was one of the City's most successful community outreach events to date. Page 7 477 478 Upcoming Meetings & Events June 2014 2nd (Monday) 3rd (Tuesday) 4th (Wednesday) 5th (Thursday) 6th (Friday) 7th (Saturday) > Civil Service Commission, 5:00 PM (Hazelnut Conference Room) ➢ Utilities Crate, 5:15 PM (Foster Conference Room) ➢ City Council Regular Mtg., 7:00 PM ( Council Chambers) D Finance & Safety Crate, 5:30 PM (Hazelnut Conference Room) > Arts Commission, 5:00 PM (Community Center) D Library Advisory Board, 7:00 PM (Community Center) ➢ Human Services Advisory Board, 10:00 AM (Human Services Office, 6300 Southcenter Blvd,. Suite 115) ➢ Equity & Diversity Commission, 5:15 PM (Hazelnut Conference Room) 9th (Monday) 10th (Tuesday) 11th (Wednesday) 12th (Thursday) 13th (Friday) 14th (Saturday) ➢ Transportation Crate, 5:15 PM (Foster Conference Room) ➢ City Council Committee of the Whole Mtg., 7:00 PM (Council Chambers) D Community Affairs & Parks Crate, 5:30 PM (Hazelnut Conference Room) D Tukwila International Boulevard Action Crate, 7:00 PM (Community Center) ➢ COPCAB, 6:30 PM ( Duwamish Conference Room) Restore the Duwamish Shoreline Challenge 1:00 — 4:00 PM Meet at the Green River Trail @ BECU Campus (12770 Drive) way Visit: forterra.org/events for information & registration. Council Chat 10:00 AM to 12:00 NooN Stop by and informally talk with a Tukwila City Councilmember about anything on your mind regarding Tukwila. Foster Golf Links Clubhouse (13500 Interurban Ave S) > Arts Commission: 1st Tues., 5:30 PM, Tukwila Community Center. Contact Stephanie Gardner at 206 -767 -2342. > Chamber of Commerce's Tukwila Government and Community Affairs Committee: Quarterly, 12:00 Noon, Chamber Offices. > City Council Committee of Whole (C.O.W.) Meeting: 2nd & 4th Mon., 7:00 PM, Council Chambers at City Hall. > City Council Regular Meeting: 1st & 3rd Mon., 7:00 PM, Council Chambers at City Hall. ➢ Civil Service Commission: 1st Mon., 5:00 PM, Hazelnut Conf. Room. Contact Kim Gilman at 206 -431 -2187. > Community Affairs & Parks Committee: 2nd & 4th Tues., 5:30 PM, Hazelnut Conf. Room ➢ COPCAB (Community Oriented Policing Citizens Adv. Board): 2nd Thurs., 6:30 PM, Duwamish Conference Room. Contact Chris Partman (206- 431 - 2197). > Equity & Diversity Commission: 1st Thurs., 5:15 PM, Hazelnut Conf Room. Contact Joyce Trantina at 206 - 433 -1850. > Finance & Safety Committee: 1st & 3rd Tues., 5:30 PM, Hazelnut Conf Room (A) A fireworks permit application for the Family 4`1 at the Fort event. (B) A resolution and annual report for the "Tukwila, City of Opportunity Scholarship" program. (C) Amendments to the Ethics Code. >Human Services Advisory Brd: Human Services Office. Contact Evie Boykan at 206 - 433 -7180. > Library Advisory Board: 1st Tues., 7:00 PM, Community Center. Contact Stephanie Gardner at 206 -767 -2342. > Park Commission: 3rd Wed., 5:30 PM, Community Center. Contact Dave Johnson at 206 - 767 -2308. > Planning Commission /Board of Architectural Review: 4th Thurs., 6:30 PM, Council Chambers at City Hall. Contact Wynetta at 206 - 431 -3670. > Transportation Committee: 2nd & 4th Mon., 5:15 PM, Foster Conf. Room > Tukwila Historical Society: 3rd Thurs., 7:00 PM , Tukwila Heritage & Cultural Center, 14475 59th Avenue S. Contact Joan Hernandez at 206 -248 -0260. >Tukwila Int'l. Blvd. Action Cmte: 2nd Tues., 7:00 PM, Tukwila Community Center. Contact Chief Villa at 206 - 433 -1815. > Utilities Committee: 1st & 3rd Mon., 5:15 PM, Foster Conf. Room (A) East Marginal Way S Storm Pipe Replacement Supplemental Agreement No. 3. (B) NPDES Program, Regional Stormwater Monitoring Program Interagency Agreement. (C) Water and Sewer Comprehensive Plans Supplemental Agreement No. 7. 479 Tentative Agenda Schedule MONTH MEETING 1- REGULAR MEETING 2 - C.O.W. MEETING 3 - REGULAR MEETING 4 - C.O.W. June 2 See agenda packet cover sheet for this week's agenda (June 2 2014 Regular Meeting).. 9 Public Hearing: 16 Special Presentation: 23 Special Presentation: A resolution adopting the six-year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). Special Issues: - Valley Com Presentation. - Police Department Strategic Plan. -2014 1st Quarter Financial Report. Unfinished Business: -A briefing on the Cascade Water Alliance. Committee of the Whole to be followed by a Special Meeting. -A resolution adopting the six-year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). -East Marginal Way South (Boeing Access Road to S. 112th Street) Project consultant selection and agreement. -A resolution adopting the six-year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). - Authorize the Mayor to sign a consultant agreement with TransOlympic Engineering, Inc. for design feasibility report for the East Marginal Way South (Boeing Access Road to S. 112th Street) Project in the amount of $88,032.00. 480